T

TA (tà) to dash down. Cf. takahi, to trample; tatahau, to be violent; tau, to attack. 2. A mallet, a maul. 3. To beat; to strike with a stick. Cf. tapa, to pulverise soil; tapahi, to chop; tarai, to chop with an adze; tararo, a mess of mashed food. 4. A whip for a top; to whip a top: A ka kaha te ta a Manutongatea—A. H. M., v. 15: He tino mohio rawa a Hutu ki te tekateka niti, a ki te ta potaka ano hoki— A. H. M., ii. 158. Cf. tawhiu, to drive together; tawhiri, to whirl round. 5. To sprinkle by means of a branch or bunch of leaves dipped in water: Ka ta atu ai ki nga pou e rua— Eko., xii. 7. 6. To dash water out of a canoe; to bale; a scoop for baling water out of a canoe. Cf. taha a calabash. 7. The stern of a canoe. 8. A feint in wrestling; a lock in wrestling. 9. The shin, the lower part of the leg. Cf. tatahau the leg; tahau, the front part of the thigh. 10. Wind; a gentle wind: Ata rangaranga ana te ta. Cf. tawhenua, a land-breeze. 11. To breathe. Cf. takuate, to sigh. 12. To throw out, as a fishing-line. 13. To net: Kei te ta kupenga, kei te hao ana— P. M., 11: Ka whakahau e Pahau kia taia he toiemi— A. H. M., iv. 84. Cf. takeke’ to make a net; tawhiwhi, to be entwined, entangled; taruke, a crayfish-trap; tapuni, to close up faulty places in a net; takekenga, the mesh of a net. 14. A mark or sign: He ta kakaho e kitea, ko te ta o te ngakau ekore e kitea— Prov. 15. To paint or print: Ano i taia ki te takou te whero— P. M., 19. 16. To tattoo: I taia te moko ki te aha?— Prov.: Taia mai ra ki te uhi a Mataora— G. P., 57. Cf. tahei, to divide by a stripe; tapawaha tattooing on the cheek; tatau, to count. [See Tahitian.] For New Zealand tattooing, see Mataora, and Mokokuri. 17. To spear, to lance: Ka haere nga tuakana ki te ta kereru— Wohl., Trans., vii. 37. Cf. tao, a spear; tara, a spear-point; tahere, a bird-spear. 18. To be oblique; to deviate from the perpendicular. Cf. tapapa, to stoop; tawharu, to sag; tawharawhara, leaning, slanting. 19. Ta-i-te kawa. [See under Kawa.] He patunga tapu ano to te tànga i te kawa— A. H. M., i. 4.

TATA (tatà), to bale water out of a canoe; a vessel used to bale with: Ko nga kaiwae, ko te hoe, me te tata— M. M., 185.

TATA (tàtà), to dash down. 2. To break to pieces by dashing on the ground or across a stone: hence, to cleave, to split up: Te Kai tata i o wahie— Tiu., xxix. 11. 3. To beat, to strike repeatedly with a stick. 4. To gainsay, to oppose, to withstand. 5. A kind of net used for catching crayfish: Oriori mai ki roto ki te tata— Wohl., Trans., vii. 52. 6. [See Tata, a stalk.]

TANGA, the circumstance, time or place of dash ing down, striking, &c. 2. A company, a troop. 3. The place where a seine-net is used.

TATAHANGA (tàtàhanga), the circumstance, &c. of dashing down.

Samoan— ta (tà), a stroke, a blow; to strike with a stick or weapon; (b.) to beat with a stick upon the native drum; (c.) to tattoo; (d.) to play on a musical instrument with the hand; (e.) to reprove; (f.) to open a vein; (g.) to bale a canoe; (h.) to wash clothes by beating them in water; (i.) to turn a somer-sault; tata, to jerk off, to pluck with violence; (b.) the figure-head of a canoe; (c.) the rubber for rubbing on the colours of a siapo (native garment); tata (tatà), a baler for a canoe; to bale out; (b.) to be relaxed, as the bowels; (c) to speak rapidly; (d.) to cover with banana page 438 leaves in order to keep dry; tata (tàtà), to flap the wings; (b.) to break firewood, to break up a dry tree, in order to get afato grubs; (c.) perspiration in sickness; fa'a-ta (fa'a-tà), to intercede for; fa'a-tata (fa‘a-tàtà), to crack a cocoanut in the middle, so as to make the juice flow quickly; (b.) one method of fishing. Cf. ‘apatà, to clap the wings; ta'au, to strike the handle of a paddle against the gunwale of the canoe in pulling; sasa, to beat, to scourge; tatau, tattooing; ‘autà, the wooden drumstick used to beat the mat-drum at a night-dance; the agitation of the sea after a breeze; tàiti, a person tattooed young; a youth; tàitua, a back-handed blow: tautà, to fish with a large net, driving the fish into it by striking the water; tautatau, one who sits with the tattooers at work; tàfao, a mallet used in canoebuilding; to strike the fao; to hammer; tàfala, to beat the mat-drum at a night-dance; talaki, the name of one kind of net; tàliu, to bale out a canoe; tàtatau, tattooing instruments; tatù, to stamp with the feet; to strike down a man standing.

Tahitian—ta, to strike; (b.) to write; (c.) the instrument for marking the skin; (d.) a rope pendant from a tree, by which children swing; a skipping-rope; (e.) the meshes of a net; (f.) to repeat, or tell a tale; (g.) to move in the womb; the motion of a child in the womb, when the mother is-startled by some affecting or unexpected news; (h.) the stalk of the banana that supports the fruit; (i.) a causal prefix answering somewhat to the Maori whaka; tata, to delay; (b.) to strike, to beat; tata (tatà), a ladle or vessel to bale with; to ladle, to bale a canoe, &c. Cf. ota, to fell a tree; taiariu, the part of a canoe where it is baled out; tapao, a sign or mark; to make a sign or mark; tatau, to tattoo, to mark or point on the human skin; to count or number; counting; tatatau, a person who marks the skin; tatiti, to point or ornament a piece of native cloth with various figures; taaa, to cut the roots in order to fell a tree; taetae, sharp thorns or prickles on the tail of fishes; taha, a cocoanut-bottle; tahahu, a baler, a ladle; taharahara, membrum virile; tahere, a girdle; tairi, to strike; tao, a spear used in war; taotao, a piece of carved work in a canoe; tapono, to knot, to tie together in knots; taputua, a certain tatau or skin mark; tarai, to chop, to adze; tatui, to strike through, as a dart.

Hawaiian—ka, to strike, to dash, to overthrow; a striking against, a collision: Aia Mahiki, ke ka mai la; There is Mahiki striking one down. (b.) To strike, as to strike fire with flint and steel; to block or chip off a piece of hard stone for the purpose of making a stone adze in ancient times (ka makau, to fabricate a bone into a fish-hook); (c.) to bale water, as from a canoe; a baler; (d.) to finish or end a thing; to rest; to escape from pursuit; to flee away; (e.) to radiate, to go out from the centre, as rays from the sun, as sparks from red-hot iron; (f.) to braid or net, from a central point; (g.) to curse, to express anger at one by wishing evil; (h.) to doom, to pass sentence; (i.) to catch birds in a snare; kaka, to beat, to whip; (b.) to cut and split or break wood (this was anciently done, not with an axe, but by striking sticks against stones or rooks); (c.) to wash, as dirty clothes, by beating them in water; (d.) to strike, as fire from a flint; to thrash out grain; (e.) to rip open; (f.) to dip or bale up water; (g.) fruits that grow in clusters, as grapes; kakaka, a bow for shooting arrows; a cross-bow; to crook, to arch, to bend as a bow; hoo-ka, to destroy, to cause to perish; (b.) to be disappointed; to be put to confusion; made ashamed; (c.) to strike, to dash, to cause to kill; hoo-kaka, to break up, as wood for fuel; to dash, to strike against. Cf. kao, a dart, a javelin; to cast as a dart; kaha a scratch, a mark, a letter; to scratch, to write; to cut, to hew, as timber; to out open, as a fish or animal; kakau, to write, to paint upon kapa (native cloth: tapa) as in ancient times; kakaukaha, to print, paint, or mark, as upon the skin; kakia, a nail, a pin, a wedge; kakala, the spur of a cook; kakua, to bind or fasten on, as a girdle; kalai, to hew; kapa, the cloth beaten from the bark of the wauki or paper-mulberry; kawa, to strike secretly, to assassinate.

Tongan— ta, a blow, to beat, to strike; (b.) to hew; (c.) to tattoo; the tattooing on the body; (d.) the circular end of a Tongan house; (e.) a row of bananas; tata the scoop for baling water out of canoes; (b.) to cover; a covering for the top of the thatch of a house; any covering for the head; (c.) to dab; a dabber used in making native cloth; (d.) to collect; (e.) to wipe, to rub; to clean out, as a well; faka-ta, to put the ends to a Tongan house; faka-tata, an image, a portrait; allegory, parable; to speak figuratively. Cf. tai, to strike, to beat; mauta, to have learnt, to have acquired; taibaga, to break, to bruise, to fall; tabo, a certain kind of fishing-net; tabulu, one way of tattooing; tafano, one kind of fishing-net; tafoa, to break, to crack; takatakata, to walk about and strike others; tatatau, to tattoo; the tattooing.

Rarotongan — ta, to kill, to destroy: Arataki mai ana ia aronga ki konei, e na matou e ta; Bring him here, and we will kill him. (b.) To plague, to annoy: Ka taia e au te aronga i makitakita mai iaia ra; I will plague those that hate him. (c.) To striko, to beat: Na Tinirau e ta ta i tana kiri; That Tinirau may strike my skin, (d.) To tattoo: Na Ina Tekea i ta e; Tekea (the Shark-god) was tattooed by Ina. (e.) To write; tata, a very coarse net; (b.) to write. Cf. tatatatau, to tattoo.

Marquesan—ta, to make a knot or fillet; (b.) the knot of a band; (c.) to strike, to beat; (d.) to kill; tata (tàta), to lift the upper bark to make cloth of the under bark; tataa, a vessel for baling a canoe. Cf. tatahu, a wound on the forehead.

Mangarevan—ta, to write; writing; (b.) to tattoo; (c.) to suffer, said of a wound or skin-disease; (d.) to husk a cocoanut; (e.) to make a band or fillet; (f.) to clean a well; (g.) to discover, to see first; (h.) to cut young poles to make cords of the bark; (i.) to join the ends of a chain or of cocoanut-branches on two rafts, so as to join them together; (j.) to try or prove the effect of castings or shootings. Cf. tahoa, to make native cloth by beating; tahihi, to be entangled, as thread; taia, to be vanquished in a duel; to be the one in a wrestling fall; takahi, to crush under under foot; takai, to strike with the feet; takape, to break, to break easily; takoiko, page 439 tattooing; to tattoo; tapotu, to beat.

Paumotan—cf. tatau, to tattoo; tamaki, to fight; takaikai, to entwine, to twist; tapona, to knot; tairo, to mark, to stamp.

Ext. Poly.: Motu— cf. tàia, to coil in the hand; tadaia, to beat out the bark of the paper-mulberry for making cloth; atah, to out.

Aneityum—cf. ehtit, or ehtet, to knot or net.

Fiji—cf. ta, to chop, to cut with an axe; tata, to chop lightly; to dres, as timber; tata-ya, to hack.

Malagasy —cf. fa, the sound of beating or knocking; tabaka, a stick used for driving cattle.

Malay— cf. chachah, to puncture the skin, to tattoo; chap, to print; tata. order, disposition, arrangement (Sanscrit?).

Java—cf. chachah, quantity; number; to count.

New Britain— cf. ta, to strike.

Formosa—cf. tatta, a beater for bruising corn; tabba, a native chopper; tatabba, an instrument for stabbing; tattaga, an instrument for cutting; tattipi, the sting of anything which stings with its tail; malatà, a hammer.

Sikayana—cf. ta, to strike.

Macassar—cf. tatta, to fell; to cut off.

TA (tà), an exclamation of address: E ta! tau a rangi—S. T., 166: E ta, e aha ana tona, reka o tena kai o te tangata—A. H. M., i. 30. Cf. tae, a similar exclamation.

Samoan—cf. Ta e! a call to a child.

Hawaiian—ka, an interjection, used at the beginning of a speech to call attention; (b.) an exclamation of surprise, disappointment, or disgust; (c.) Ka! Ka! Sufficient! Stop!

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. ta, and tata, a word used by children (“father”) instead of using the proper name.

Malagasy—cf. dada, or daday, father.

Guaham—cf. tata, father.

Formosa—cf. ta, a prefix to names of men.

TA, a particle, signifying “the—of,” as Ta tatou matua, the parent of us: No reira tana wahine ta Tumutumuwhenua—G.-8, 29. To is also thus used for ‘te—o’.

Tahitian—ta, of or belonging to, as ta oe, yours (the — of you); ta ratou, theirs. Cf. to, used similarly as to oe atoa ra, all that is thine.

Hawaiian—ka; of or belonging to, as ka laua, that of those two.

Mangaian —ta, of or belonging to: Kua pou oki te kai i ta taua puke kete; The food in our baskets is all consumed.

Marquesan — ta, of or belonging to.

Mangarevan—ta, a possessive article; (b.) used as a genitive concerning food, or the name of wife or husband.

Aniwan—tsha, a particle prefixed, signifying “a thing belonging to,” as tahaku, my thing.

TAANOA, part of the female genitals (clitoris).

TAAWHE, to go round a corner; to weather a point of land: A ka taawhe ratou i Muriwhenua—P. M., 122. Cf. takaawhe, circuitous; hawhe, to come or go round; awhe, to surround, to beset; awheo, a halo; awhio, to go round about. 2. To be travelled all round, circumambulated. [For comparatives, see Takaawhe.]

TAAWHI, to suppress feelings, to restrain anger, &c.: Taawhi noa iho, e totoko tonu ake ana i roto i te ngakau te whanowhanoa—P. M., 83. 2. To pant for breath.

TAAWHITAAWHI, to linger, to hang back.

TAE, to arrive: A tae noa ki tenei-po—P. M., 14: Ka haere a Tane ka toe ki te kainga o Tukainanapia—Wohl., Trans., vii. 83. 2. To go: Ka maroke te kaki o te manu, ka toe ki te wai Wohl., Trans., vii. 35. 3. To reach the utmost limit.

TAEA (also Taeka,) to be reached. 2. To be equalled. 3. To be effected, to be accomplished: E kore e taea e te tangata kahakore P. M., 17. 4. To be overcome, to be taken.

Whaka-TAETAE, to prove by trial; to try one's strength; to contend: E haere ana homi ia ki te whakataetae i tera tohunga — M., 171.

Samoan—taea, to reach to; to be reached.

Tahitian—tae, to arrive, to come to a place; to arrive at a thing or an act: Tae atura oia i reira i roto i te hoe ana, e ua taoto ihora i reira; He came thither to a cave, and dwelt in it. Faa-tae, to go quite to, or reach quite out to anything, as to fruit at the extremity of a branch; to excite to go, to let a going; (b.) to take a person or thing to the marae (sacred place). Cf. faa-taeaau (M.L. = whaka-taengakau) that which excites desire after anything.

Hawaiian— kae, to have a border or brim; to hold on the brim or border; the edge or border of a thing: A e hana oe i kae a puni ia mea, i hookahi lima ka laula; You shall make a border round the thing a hand's breadth wide. (b.) The side, as of a precipice, of a wood, of a lake, &c.; (c.) the exterior of the anus; kaekae, the narrow edge of a rule; (b.) having many edges; by borders; on the borders; (c.) to bo smooth and plump; kakae, to run; to be nimble, quick, lively; hoo-kae, to hate, to dislike; (b.) to blot out; to kill, to destroy.

Moriori—cf. ta, to arrive.

Tongan—tae, to reach, to stretch out the hand for any object; tatae, to extend the arm to collect; to gather; faka-tae, to take off, to carry away. Cf. fetataeaki, to reach, to touch with the hands stretched out.

Rarotongan—tae, to come to, to arrive: I na, e tae mai aia; Lo, he shall arrive. Aka-tae, to bring forth, to produce.

Mangarevan—tae, to arrive, to reach; taega, a haunt of fish; akatae, to plumb the depths of the sea; (b.) to cause to touch; (c.) to go a long way off; (d.) to try to seize a thing which one has trouble to get.

Paumotan—tae, to arrive.

TAE, an exclamation of address: E tae! Cf. ta, a similar exclamation.

TAE, gum; exudation from plants. Cf. tutae excrement; tahae, filth; taematuku, purulent; tahe, menses of women. 2. A dye, coloring matter.

Samoan—tae, excrement, fæces; tae (tàe) to gather up rubbish. Cf. fa'a-taelama, black-vomit; tafe, to flow, to run-down,

Tahitian —cf. taetae, a sore, an ailment: tahe, to run as any liquid; tahetahe, to be oozing or running without ceasing; tutae, excrement; tutaeauri, iron-rust tutaero, a disease of the bark of trees.

Hawaiian—cf. kukae, excrement; dirt filth; kukaeuli, the black matter in the cuttle-fish; kae, the border or edge of a thing, the exterior of the anus; hoo-kae, to hate, to dislike; to destroy; to kill; to daub over; to defile; to pollute; kahe to drip, to trickle; a flow of blood. ‘

Tongan—tae, excrement, fæces; (b.) a cough; to cough; tatae, to gather up; faka-tae, to take up, to carry away. Cf. taele, sediment, remains. Marquesan-cf. kae, spittle dropping from the page 440 mouth; tahe, to trickle.

Morioi—cf. hokotae, abominable.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. tage, excrement.

Malagasy—cf. tay, dung; excrement; taiadelo, mucus from the nose.

Magindano —cf. tae, dung.

Formosa— cf. chè, dung.

Macassar—cf. tai, excrement; dysentery; dirt; rust.

TAEA. [See under Tae.]

TAEAKA, a variety of potato.

TAEHAE, stingy, mean. Cf. tahae, a thief; tahae, filth.

Tahitian —cf. taehae, a savage man or beast; wild, savage, untamed, cruel.

Paumotan —cf. taehae, tyranical; arikitaehae, a tyrant.

TAEKA. [See Taea, under Tae.]

TAEKAI, worn-out soil.

TAEKE, a snare used in catching birds: Hei taeke manu, ara hei kaha—MSS. Cf. tahere, to ensnare; ta, to net.

TAEKI (tàeki), to lie, to recline. Cf. taika, to lie.

TAEMATUKU, purulent. Cf. tae, exudation; tutae, excrement; tahae, filth.

Tahitian —cf. taematuu, to grieve. [For full comparatives, see Tae.]

TAEO (tàeo), a thicket of supplejack, kiekie, or other scandent, entwined plants.

TAEPA (tàepa), pendant; to hang down; trailing: Kei hopu to ringa ki te aka taepa—P. M., 50. Cf. tareparepa, to flap in the wind. Te taepaepatanga o te rangi, the place where the sky hangs down to the horizon. [See Myth.]. 2. A fence [also Taiepa]; to fence in: Ka tapuketia ki te tara o te whare, taepatia— Wohl., Trans., vii. 32.

Samoan —cf. taepà, a basket or net for catching the sea-worm called palolo.

TAEPAEPATANGA-O-TE-RANGI (myth.), a name for the great mid-ocean whirlpool, commonly known as Te Parata—P. M., Eng. 87, Maori 74. [See Parata, and Taepa.]

TAEPO, a goblin, a spectre. Cf. tae, to arrive; po, night.

Ext. Poly.: Formosa — cf. Chaibos, the Devil.

TAERO, a lean sow; leanness.

Whaka-TAERO, desirous of the male, said of girls; maris appetens. 2. An obstruction, an obstacle. 3. Tightly; fast-bound.

TAHA, the side: A ka tae ki te taha o te moana, ka noho i reira—P. M., 29. Cf. tahatai, the sea-shore; tahatika, the coast-line; titaha, to lean to one side; tahaki, one side; kotaha, sideways, askance. 2. To pass on one side, to go by: Ka ngaro atu a Hine, ka taha— Wohl., Trans., vii. 50. 3. A leaf of flax (Phormium).

TAHATAHA, the Steep bank of a river.

Whaka-TAHA, to go on one side; to move Whaka-TATAHA, stealthily: Ka karanga a Reinuiatokia ‘Whakataha!’ —Wohl., Trans., vii. 48.

Whaka-TAHATAHA, to turn from side to side.

Samoan —tafa, the side of a hill; (b.) to turn on one side; (c.) to cut, to gash, to scarify; tafatafa, the side: E saunia foi le malaia i ona tafatafa; Calamity shall be ready at his side. Fa'a-tafa, to step on one side to allow a chief to pass; (b.) a chief's illness; fa'a-tafatafa, on one side; indirectly; (b.) to pass on one side; (c.) to ask in a sidelong manner. Cf. tafatasi, one-sided; united in one, as a title held by one; tafajà, four-sided; tafatafailagi, the horizon; tafailauloto, the edge of a sugar-cane leaf.

Tahitian—taha, the side; a side; tahataha, to be declining, as the sun in the afternoon; (b.) to be wandering, as the eye, on account of some evil that is felt or designed; faa - tahataha, to cast a side-glance at something disagreeable. Cf. tahaatau, the right side of a person; tahaaui, the left side; ataha to turn aside: atahataha, narrow, as the border of low land between the mountains and the sea-shore.

Hawaiian —kaha, to stand sideways; to stand upon edge like the comb of a cock; (b.) to tread water; to swim standing up; (c.) to cut, to hew timber; (d.) to scratch, to make marks; (e.) to turn about to go away; to go off; (f.) a strip of barren land on the seashore. cf. kukaha, to stand bent sideways.

Tongan —cf. taha, the numeral “one” (Maori = tahi); balataha, all on one side.

Raro— tongan—taa, the side; one side; the edge: Na te taa o te rangi; At the edge of the sky.

Marquesan —taha, to go; to go to the right or left; tataha, to go and return in walking about.

Mangarevan — taha, near; in the presence of [see Tata]; (b.) to go towards the sea or the mountains, Taha ki uta ko Maui Matavaru; Eight-eyed Maui was on the landward side, (c.) To drive fish into a narrow place; tahataha, to cut wood into morsels; (b.) to open the pearl-oyster; (c.) to make an autopsy; aka-taha, to shun, to avoid, to pass on one side. Cf. atutaha, the open country; katahataha, a neighbour; kitaha, to place apart; tahaga, only.

TAHA (tahà), a calabash: Ka tae te taha ki roto i te wai—P. M., 92. Cf. ta, to bale a canoe; tahe, a calabash; tawha, a calabash.

Tahitian —taha, a cocoanut-bottle. Cf. tahahu to bale, to lade; to skim; a ladle.

Marquesan—Cf. tàhaha, a flat plate; a trough for mashed food.

Mangaian —taa, a calabash: E taa vai no Tautiti; A calabash of water for Tautiti.

TAHAE (tàhae), a thief; to steal: Ke te tahae kua haere ki waho i te turua-waenganui po— P. M., 134: Ka rua tahi nga mea i tahaetia e Tama-te-Kapua— P. M., 72. Cf. hae, to tear; taitahae, oppressive, wearisome. 2. A young fellow; a young person. Cf. tahake a young fellow. 3. To do anything by stealth; clandestine; illegitimate: He tane tahae a Tuwharetoa—P. M., 125. 4. Filth: Hei koko i te tahae o te kainga o Rehua—P. M., 37. Cf. tae, exudation from trees; tutae, excrement.

Tahitian—tahe, to steal. Cf. taehae, a savage man or beast; wild, untamed; cruel.

Hawaiian—cf. Kaha, robbery, plunder, rapine; hae, wild, tearing, furious.

Mangaian —taae, a monster: Koia i pau taae; Victorious over monsters.

Paumotan—cf. tae-hae, a bloody-minded person; cruel, tyrannical.

Tongan—cf. tae, excrement.

Samoan—cf. tae, excrement.

TAHAE-O-TE-KORAHA (myth.), “The Thief of the Desert”; the name of a fairy who stole the child of Takaraho—Ika, 285.

page 441

TAHAKE (tàhake), a young fellow; a person. Cf. tahae, a young fellow; a person.

TAHAKI, one side: A ka tu tahaki a ia—A. H. M., i. 162: Engari i waiho mai i tahaki—P. M., 20. Cf. taha, the side; tahapa, to pass by. 2. The shore, regarded from the water. Cf. tahatai, the sea-shore; tahatika the coastline; tahataha, the steep bank of a river.

Samoan—tafa‘i, those privileged to sit on the right and left hand of a chief; (b.) to break off; tafa'ia, to get before anothor in swimming in the surf; (b.) to circumvent another by getting his lady-love. Cf. tafa, to turn on one side; the side of a hill.

Tongan —tafaaki, the side, right or left. [For full comparatives, see Taha, the side.]

TAHAKU (tàhaku), my. [For. Taku. See Taku.]

TAHANGA, naked: Ka tahi ia ka marama ake, anana ! kua noho tahanga ia—P. M., 16. Cf. taha, the side [see Mangarevan]; hana to glow [see Hawaiian.] 2. Empty. Cf. kautahanga, empty.

Samoan — tafaga, to be dear of trees; tafagafaga, thrown open, as a house with all the pola (wall-mats) drawn up; (b.) open, clear, as a place in the bush without trees; (c.) smelling of pork. Cf. tafa, to turn on one side; to dawn; to cut, to gash, to scarify; tafagaloa, open, eear of trees.

Tahitian —tahaa naked, without clothes or covering: Mai iana hoi i fanau tahaa noa mai mai te opu mai o te metua vahine ra; e na reira hoi oia ia ho'i ra, mai iana hoi i haere maira; As he came forth from his mother's womb, naked shall he return to go as he came. Cf. aitahaa, a person destitute of modesty, that would come and eat naked without regarding the presence of others; nohotahaa, to dwell, Sit, or continue naked; to abide in the unmarried state.

Hawaiian — kohana, naked; nakedness; nakedly; to make bare, to strip naked: He kai hele kohana ko Mamala; A sea for going naked in is Mamala. Kohanahana, to be hot, to be warm; to burn. Cf. hana, to be warm; to do, to work, to labour [see Maori Hanga]; kohania, to be shaven, cut close, as a shaven head; holokohana, to be destitute of clothes, to go about naked.

Tongan—tafaga. cleared, free from trees; tafagafaga, a spot free from trees, &c. Cf. tafa, to cut, to carve; an open wound made by something sharp; tafagaloa open, free; wilderness-like; without trees.

Rarotongan—taaka, naked: Kite akera raua e, te vai taaka ua ra raua; They knew that they were naked.

Marquesan—tahakahaka, clear to view, stripped of brushwood.

Mangarevan—cf. tahaga, only; aka-taha, to shun, to pass on one side; atutaha, the open country; katahataha, a neighbour; kitaha, to place apart; nohotahaga, unmarried.

Paumotan—cf. nohotahaga, temporary; tahaga-haere, indecent.

TAHANGA, moderately; a little.

Mangarevan — tahaga, only: To koutou akaaroa ki te etua e akamikara tahaga; Your devotion to the god is in appearance only: E ika riria tahaga; Bad fish only.

TAHANGOI, awkward, unaccustomed.

TAHAOHAO (tàhaohao), to cease (spoken of rain).

Marquesan—cf. tahao, to hover in the air.

Hawaiian—cf. kahau, to abate, as the wind; to be diminished, as sickness; to abate, as a stream of water.

TAHAPA (tàhapa), to pass by. Cf. taha, to pass on one side; hapa, to be passed over in the apportionment of anything. 2. To be left behind. 3. At an acute angle. Cf. hapa, crooked hapa, crooked;

TAHAPOUNANU, a species of Shark.

TAHARAHARA (tàharahara), to be diminished. Cf. harahara, to be diminished.

TAHATAHA-PAKUHA, a dowry; a marriage portion. [See Pakuha.]

TAHATAI, the sea-shore: Ka tukua o matou turi ki te tahatai, ka inoi—Nga Mahi, xxi. 5. Cf. taha, the side; tai, the sea; tahake, the shore; tahatika, the coast-line; tatahi, the seaside; takutai, the sea-coast.

Samoan —cf. tai, the tide, the sea; tafa the side of a hill.

Tahitian—tahatai, the sea-shore. Cf. taha a side; tai, the sea; salt water.

Hawaiian—kahakai, the sea-beach: Halulu aku la ka pohaku i ke kaha kai; The rock thundered off to the sea-shore: Ahu iho la i kahakai; They gathered them together on the sea-shore. (b.) The sand of the sea-beach; (c.) the region of country bordering the sea. Cf. kaha, a strip of barren land on the sea-shore; kai, the sea; makahakai, at the sea-side.

Rarotongan—taatai, the sea shore: Te tu ua maira oki te tangata tini i taatai; The whole multitude stood on the shore. Cf. tai, the sea; taa, the side.

TAHATIKA, the coast-line. Cf. taha, one side; tahatai, the sea-shore; tahaki, the shore. [For comparatives, see Tahatai.]

TAHATITI (myth.), a deified ancestor, a descend ant of Tiki. He was the son of Apaapa, and father of Ruatapu—. R., 14. Ruatapu is more widely known as the son of Uenuku.

TAHATU (thatàù), the upper edge of thing, as of a net or canoe-sail. Cf. taha, the side; tu, to stand. 2. The horizon. 3. (Moriori) The bank of a river.

Mangarevan —cf. tahatu, a creek; a bay.

TAHATUNA (myth.), one of the canoes of the Migration of the Maori people to New Zealand—A. H. M., ii. 177. No tradition as to this canoe has come down to us: the name only has been preserved.

TAHAU (tàhaù,) the front part of the thigh. 2. The calf of the leg.

TATAHAU, the leg.

TAHAU, thy. A lengthened form of Tau: He aha tahau e whai mai i au? — Wohl., Trans., vii. 43. Cf. mahaku for maku; nahau for nau, &c.

Rarotongan—taau, thy, thine: E rekareka taau moe; Your sleep shall be sweet: I keia matou i taau i te aa? How have we robbed you?

TAHAURI (myth.), a person of prediluvian times, famous for his teaching rites and incantations—A. H. M., i. 170.

TAHAWAHAWA (tàhawahawa), to defile, to pollute, to contaminate with something tapu. Cf. hawahawa, to be smeared.

Samoan —cf. sava, to be daubed with filth; page 442 filth, ordure.

Tahitian—tahavahava, to befoul. Cf. hava, dirty, filthy, defiled; havahava, filthy.

Hawaiian—cf. hawa, to be daubed with excrement; to be defiled.

Marquesan—cf. hava, dirty, fouled.

TAHE, the menses, the monthly courses of women: Aku toto, aku tahe, aku parapara—P. M., 127. 2. Abortion. Cf. taheke, to descend; paheke, the menses; heke, to drip, to descend.

Whaka-TAHE, an abortion: Tena ko tenei whakatahe, ko wai tatou ka ata kite atu—P. M., 14. 2. To clear from obstruction, as a water-course or channel.

Samoan—tafe (plural tatafe, passive tafea), to flow, to run down; fa'a-tafe, to cause to flow. Cf. tàfega, a freshet; a flow of a river; tafelaloma'a, to have a small flow (lit. “to run under the stones”); tafeaga, exiles in war; tafetotoi, to be streaming with blood; tafetinoivai, to flow in the river-bed; tafe'ialo, to be carried by a current inside the reef; tae, excrement; tafa, to cut, to gash; to dawn.

Tahitian—tahe, to run, as any liquid; to melt; tahetahe, to bleed; to run as any liquid; to be oozing or running without ceasing. Cf. tahee, to be purging; tahetaheavai, little rivulets or streams; tahetatufà, acrid streams running among the coral when the sea is low and the sun is hot.

Hawaiian—kahe, to spill, to pour out, as water or blood; a flowing; a flowing of blood; (b.) to run, as water, to flow, as a stream or river; (c.) to flow, i.e to abound in any substance; (d.) to drop, to trickle: Aole hoi e kahe iho kou waimaka ilalo; Neither shall your tears drip down. (e.) To flow, as froth from the mouth of a person in a fit; (f.) to cut or slit longitudinally; to cut off; with omaka, to circumcise after the Hawaiian manner; (g.) to castrate; (h.) to shave; (i.) to bind round the waist, to gird; (j.) to begin to wither, as leaves eaten by a worm; hoo-kahe, a flowing; a flowing of blood; to shed or cause to flow, as blood in murder; (b.) to cause liquid to flow: E kaiua i ka hookahe i ka wai; Continue to water (the ground). Kakahe, to flow, to overflow, to run, as a liquid; a flowing brook; a dripping of water; kahea, to be dirty, to be foul, to be corrupt; filthy. Cf. kaheawai, to flow; to be soft; to run like water; kaheule, to circumcise; kaheumiumi, a razor; kaha, to cut; kahawai, a brook, a rivulet; waikahe, to flow, to overflow with water; running water in a stream.

Tongan—tafe, to run, to flow; to pour, to drop; tatafe, to flow, to run, as a current; tafetafe, to run, to flow gently; to drop; tafeaga, a channel for water, a conduit, a drain; faka-tafe, to draw or pour off; to distil, to drain; faka-tafea, to cause a thing to be carried away by the stream. cf. vaitafe, a river; fetafeaki, to flow in different directions, as after heavy rains; tae, excrement.

Marquesan—tahe, to flow, to gush, to stream, to trickle; Uu tahe mai tetahi vai mei oto; A river ran in the midst (of the valley). Tatahe, that which flows drop by drop. Cf. tahea, an indecent position during sleep, with the legs spread apart; the name of a god of fishes.

Mangarevan—tahe, to flow, to run, said of melting grease, &c.; (b.) a mark where water has flowed; (c.) the bed of a stream; tahetahe, the flesh of human beings; soft muscle and tendons; (b.) the menstrual flow of females; aka-tahe, to make to flow; to run drop by drop; (b.) to pursue a fish or an animal; (c.) to press anyone to disclose or confess; (d.) mate-aka-tahe, the menstrual discharge; catamenia.

Paumotan—tahe, a river; tahetahe, resin.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. atahedid, to overflow, as water.

Fiji—cf. dave, to flow, as liquids; dave-na, to be carried away by a stream; daveta, a ship- or canoe-passage through a reef.

TAHE (tahè), a calabash.

TAHEHA, a kind of small mat.

TAHEI (tàhei), to divide by a crease or stripe; divided by a stripe. 2. Having a circlet round the neck. Cf. hei, a neck ornament; to wear round the neck; tahekeheke, striped; ta, to net.

Hawaiian—kahei, a belt; to tie round, as a girdle or belt; to gird on; (b.) a sack passing over the shoulders, as a soldier's belt; (c.) a cloth for preserving goods. Cf. kaei, to gird on; a belt, a girdle; hei, a net; to entangle in a net.

Tahitian—tahei, a handkerchief or upper garment; (b.) to cast a net for fish. Cf. taheimanu, a bird-catcher; hei, a wreath or garland of flowers. [For full comparatives, see Hei.]

TAHEKE (tàheke), to descend. Cf. heke, to descend; paheke, to slip; taiheke, to descend. 2. Quick. 3. A waterfall; a rapid. [For comparatives, see Heke]

TAHEKE, the name of a fish, the Gar-fish (lch. Hemirhamphus intermedius).

TAHEKEHEKE, striped, streaked. Cf. whakahekeheke, striped; tahei, divided by a stripe.

TAHERE (tàhere), a bird-spear: Kahore he tarainga tahere i te ara—Prov. Cf. here, a birdspear; tà, to spear. [For comparatives, see Here, a spear.]

TAHERE (tàhere), to ensnare; to fasten, to tie: Ka taia he mahanga, ka oti, kei te tahere—P. M., 10: Kei he nga wa mahi kai a te iwi i nga wa tahere manu—A. H. M., i. 12. Cf. here, to tie; ta, to net; tawhiti, a snare; ahere, a bird-snare; houwere, to tie, to bind; paihere, to make up into bundles. 2. To hang oneself.

Samoan—tasele, to turn a skipping-rope quickly; (b.) to strike in the belly with a club; (c.) to strike a mat-drum with rapid strokes; (d.) to make part of the tattoo. Cf. sele, to snare; matasele, a noose.

Tahitian—tahere, to make use of a here or snare; (b.) a sort of girdle. Cf. heretau, a rope or string for suspending things at some height.

Hawaiian—kahele, a braiding, a wreathing, as of vines; a plaiting of leaves; (b.) the name of the common adze. Cf. hele, a noose-snare for catching birds; to stretch, as a string or rope; ahele, a snare; pahele, a snare, a noose; hawele, to tie or lash on with a piece of string.

Tongan—cf. tauhele, to ensnare, to entrap, to decoy; a snare, a gin; hele, to catch in a noose; helehu, a snare for the head.

Marquesan—cf. hee, to strangle; to be choked.

Mangarevan—cf. ere, to hang up; toere, to cloth oneself.

Paumotan—tahere, an armlet. Cf. here, a Snare; to tie, to lace up.

page 443

Rarotongan—cf. ere, a Snare.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. uere, entangled; confined.

TAHI, one: He kukupa pae tahi—Prov. Cf. matahi, the first month of the native year; tapatahi, single; tautahi, an odd one; tetahi, the other; another. 2. Unique; unprecedented.

Samoan—tasi. one: E tasi lea mea, o le mea lea na au fai atu ai; This is one thing, therefore I said it. (b.) Another; (c.) to be unprecedented; unique; fa'a-tasi, once; (b.) to join together; to make one.

Tahitian—tahi, (also etahi, and atahi,) one; once; tatahi, one by one. Cf. vetahi, one; someone; rotahi, singleness of mind; putahi, applied to a dog that has one spot on one of his ears, all the rest being white; arotahi, to fight in one compact body; paatahi, enveloped in one folding; one-sided, as water running on one side of a channel.

Hawaiian—kahi, (also akahi,) one; someone; hoo-kahi, only one; one: Ke kanakahookahi e hiki; The only man who got there: I ka hale hookahi no e aiia'i ia mea; In one house it shall be eaten. Cf. pakahi, one to each; to distribute to each one.

Tongan—taha, one: E ikai teu kabuji akinautolu mei ho ao i he tau be taha; I will not drive them out before you in one year. Faka-taha, to assemble, to meet together; to make one; an assembly, a company. Cf. tahatahaana, a single one, but Important; agataha, a oneness of disposition; unanimous; singular; takataha, to go alone.

Marquesan—cf. etahi, one (Atea me Ono etahi ona; Atea and Rongo in one place); tai, a species, a kind: (E ia e tohu ia i vavena te tai o te puaa; Here is confusion among the different kinds of animals).

Mangarevan— tahi, (also etahi,) one. Cf. putahi, single; simple; alone; tiputahi, an only son; tukutai, to send alone; matatai, one-eyed.

Aniwan—tasi, one: Tasi eipesia nohua, ma sece toria fakatapuria nohua; One scatters seed and another gathers and saves up the fruit. (b.) Used for definite article ta, the.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. ta, one.

Aneityum—cf. tah, someone; anyone.

Brumer Islands—cf. teya, one.

Sikayana—cf. tahi, one.

Mame—cf. tahi, one.

Lampong—cf. sahi, one.

Malay—cf. sa, one. Lord Howe's Island—cf. kasi, one.

Guadalcanar—cf. sakai, one.

TAHI, together: Korua pea ko Te Arahore i haere tahi mai ?—Prov. Cf. putahi, to join, to meet; ngatahi, together; ngatatahi, together; tetahi, a certain one; another. 2. Throughout. 3. Altogether.

Samoan—tasi, one; fa'a-tasi, together; fa'a-tasia, to be set upon by all.

Hawaiian—kahi, one; (b.) some, a portion.

Tongan—faka-taha, to assemble. [For full comparatives, see Tahi, one.]

TAHI, to sweep: Na, katahi ka tahia te kainga o Rehua e Rupe—P. M., 37. Cf. tawhiri, to beckon, to wave to.

TAHITAHI, to scrape. 2. To touch lightly.

Samoan—tafl, to brush, to sweep. 2. To shave; a razor. 3. To pluck cocoanuts by jerking or sweeping them. 4. To drive away; tafitafi, to sweep, to brush; tatafi, to clear and weed a piece of land; (b.) to wash the hands (a chief's word); fa'a-tafi, to devote to destruction. Cf. tafitafituàniu, to clear and weed a piece of land; to brush up clean.

Tahitian—tahitahi, to brush by striking with the hand; (b.) to weed; (c.) to wipe off; to make ready; (d.) to make room; (e.) to divide, to separate, to disown, applied to relations; tatahi, to clear away rubbish. Cf. tahiri, to sweep; to wag the tail, as a dog; to fan; tahitahimuriavai, the first running of the water in a channel after the dry season.

Hawaiian—kahi, to rub gently with the finger and thumb; (b.) to comb, as the hair; (c.) to shave, as the beard; (d.) to cut, i.e. to tear, to lacerate; (e.) to cut, as the hair (from the old manner of sawing off the hair with bamboo knives); (f.) to slit open, i.e. to cut longitudinally, as in Hawaiian circumcision; kahikahi, to scratch out, as writing, with a knife; hookahi, to daub over, to anoint; (b.) to rub, to polish; (c.) to comb. Cf. kahe, to cut longitudinally; kaha, to cut, to cut open; kahili, to brush, to sweep; a brush.

Tongan—tafi, to sweep; to clean with a besom; tafia, to sweep off; to carry away with violence; tafltafi, to wash or wipe with anything wet; to clear away; tatafl, to clean and sweep off. Cf. fetafiaki, to sweep quickly; to prepare ground for cultivation; matafi, swept; clean; tafilala, to be swept off.

Marquesan—tahii, to fan; a fan with which to blow the fire.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. tasi, a razor; tasi-a, to shave.

TAHINGA (“the Sweeping,”) the name of an incantation used in expiating the curse called Kanga.

TAHIRA (tahirà), the day after to-marrow. Cf. tahi, one; ra, a day.

TAHITAHI, within a little.

TAHITAHIA (myth.), the name of a wooden shovel made by Rupe, with the object of cleansing and beautifying the dwelling of Rehua—P. M., 53. Cf. tahitahi, to scrape.

TAHITI. [See Tawhiti.]

TAHITO, the perineum; the space between the vagina and the anus in females, and between the anus and root of penis in males.

TAHIWI (tàhiwi), the heart of a tree. Cf. tàiho, the heart of a tree; taikura, the heart of a tree; taitea, the sap-wood.

Tongan—cf. tahi, the heart of wood; red, sound, with little sap; tahihina, Sound, but light in colour, as wood.

TAHOATA (tàhoata), pumice-stone.

TAHOE, to stretch out the arms alternately in swimming: Na, ko Te Huhuti, nana i kau tahoe te roto o te Rotoatara—P. M., 160. Cf. hoe, to paddle; kauhoe, to swim. [For comparatives, see Hoe.]

TAHOHO (tàhòhò), soft, pulpy.

TAHOKAHOKA (tàhokahoka), a screen from the wind. Cf. hoka, a screen made from branches stuck in the ground; tihoka, to stick in, to thrust in; pahoka, a screen of branches; oka, the rafters of a kumara-pit. [For comparatives, see Hoka.]

TAHORA (tàhora), to gather fruit or berries off a tree.

Mangarevan—cf. tahora, to make a small hole in the ground, from six to twelve inches page 444 in depth, for food to be placed in; tahorahora, to make a deep hole.

TAHORA. uncultivated open country: Noho ana i te tahora —P. M., 21: Nga kohatu o waenga tahora—P. M., 84. Cf. hora, to spread out, to expand. [For comparatives, see Hora.]

TAHORO (tàhoro), to cause to crumble down; to throw down a heap. Cf. horo, to crumble down; ngahoro, to drop off or out; papahoro, to fall off or out. 2. To pour out.

TAHU (for Tahuhu). [see Tahuhu.]

TAHU (myth.), a son of Rangi-potiki and Papatuanuku. He was brothor to Tu, Rongo, Tangaroa and others. Tahu was the god presiding over feasts—S. R., 17, 18. He is called, under different manifestations, Tahukimi - kai (“ food-seeker ”), Tahu-mahi - kai (“food-cultivator ”). &c., &c.—A. H. M., i. 35. 2. A son of Tiki and Kauataata—A. H. M., i. App.

TAHU, a husband, a spouse: A ka kai, ka hoatu hoki ki tana tahu—Ken., iii. 6. Cf. tahu, to kindle. 2. Any near relative. 3. A rite, an incantation; belonging to religious ceremony: Ko te tangata matau nui ki te korero i nga tahu— A. H. M., i. 153. Ka mahia ko nga karakia tahu mo te. Po, mo te Ao, mo Tane—A. H. M., i. 8. Cf. tahu, to kindle. 4. Opulent, possessing property. Cf. taonga, property (as tahu, to cook=tao, to cook).

TAHUTAHU, to attend upon; to comfort; to nurse in sickness: Ki roto ki te whare Whatukakahu ra tahutahu ai ka mahu tangata ra—A. H. M., ii. 7:

Samoan—tafu, fortune, luck.

Hawaiian—kahu, an honoured upper servant; a guardian, a nurse for children: hence, a feeder, a keeper,a provider: Kiina mai la e na kahu make kaulua; He was sent for by his guardians on a double-canoe. Kahukahu, to offer a sacrifice to the gods; the sacrifice offered to the aumakua. Cf. Kahuahi, one who has care of the Fire; to build a fire; kahuahua, one engaged about the altar; one who has charge of the gods; a priest; kahuna, to act the priest; to be a priest; a cooking; a profession or trade, as kakuna-kalai-laau, a carpenter; kahuna-pule, a priest [see Maori Tohunga]; kahuaina, the head man of a land; kahuwai, one who overlooks the distribution of water.

Tahitian—tahu, to act as a sorcerer. Cf. tahuamana, a skilled artificer; tahuaati, a perfect priest or artificer.

Paumotan— tahutahu, a sorcerer.

Mangaian—cf. taunga, a priest; a carpenter. [See also Tahu, to kindle.]

TAHU, to set on fire, to kindle. Cf. tou, to kindle; tahunuiarangi, the Aurora Australis. 2. To tend a fire. 3. To cook. Cf. tao, to cook.

TAHUNA, to be set on fire, to be kindled: Katahi ka tahuna e Mahuika ki te mea i toe o nga maikuku—P. M., 26. 2. To cook: Tahuna he kai kia ora ai te haere—P. M., 51.

TAHUTAHU, to kindle fires; to set alight in several places: He hiore tahutahu—Prov.

Samoan—tafu (passives tafua, and tafuina), to make up a fire: Ua tafu le afi e o latou tamà; Their fathers kindle the fire. (b.) fortune; luck; tafutafu, an oven of lime. Cf. fa'a-tafuna, a place for rubbish; tafula'i, a large fire to burn up rubbish.

Tahitian—tahu, to kindle a fire: E tahu vau i to mau pereoo i te auauahi; I will burn her chariots In the smoke. (b.) To use ceremonies of sorcery; to act as a sorcerer; tahutahu, a sorcerer. a conjurer; tahua, an artificer, a mechanic;(b.) to deliberate, to settle by consultation; faa-tahua, to constitute or employ a priest. Cf. tahuamana, one skilled in the art he professes; tahuaati, a complete priest or artisan; ahitahuna, a fire kindled secretly to dress food; autahu, small chips or pieces of wood to kindle fire with; (fig.) beginnings of strife; tanuna, to set on fire, as rubbish.

Hawaiian—kahu, to bake in the ground; to cook food; (b.) to kindle, to make a fire; (c.) to burn, to consume;(d.) a guardian; a nurse for children; an honoured upper servant: hence, a feeder, a provider, a keeper; kahukahu, to offer a sacrifice to the gods; (b.) to worship the god of fishermen; (c.) to sacrifice to the aumakua; kahuna, a priest, generally: but when used with somo qualifying term, one who is skilled in some art or profession, as kahuna kalai, an engraver; kahuna kalai laau, a carpenter; kahuna lapaau, a physician; kahuna pule, a priest; (b.) to work at one's appropriate business; (c.) to sprinkle salt on a sacrifice; hoo-kahuna, to sanctify or set apart to the priest's office; kahunahuna, to sprinkle, to sprinkle a iittle salt upon meat; small particles; (b.) a fog, mist, &c. [See Maori Tohunga, and Hungahunga.] Cf. kahuahi, one who has care of the fire; to build a fire; kahuai, to bake kalo (taro) in the ground; kahuumu, to bake food in an oven; to cook food generally; kahuahua, one engaged about the altar; kahuaina, the head man of a land.

Tongan—tafu, to blow, to fan up a fire; (b.) a hole, a burrow; tafutafu, to blow, to fan up a fire. Cf. fetafuaki, to blow up a fire quickly; tafue, to blow strongly and boisterously; tafunaki, to feed fire with wood; to increase; faka-tafunaki, to blow up into flame; tofua, to bake the yams whole; tofunaga, a spot where food has been cooked.

Rarotongan—tau, to kindle; (b.) to cook:Kua tuatua i te vaie, e tau iaku oki; The firewood has been split with which I am to be cooked. Taunga, a priest.

Marquesan—tahu, to kindle; (b.) an abortion. Cf. katautau, a cook, a servant.

Mangarevan—tahu, to stir up the fire, to make up the fire. Cf. tahuahua, well cooked.

Paumotan—tahutahu, a sorcerer; tahuga, dexterity; an artist, an artisan. Ext. Poly.: Macassar cf. tana, to cook (tahuna?).

TAHUA, a heap of food: Katahi ra ka whiua ki te tahua—P. M., 162. Cf. hua, to abound; fruit; ngahua, to swarm.

TAHUHU (tàhuhu), the ridge-pole of a house: A ko nga iwi ka whakairia ki runga ki te whare, ki te tahuhu o te Uru-o-Manono—P. M., 42. 2. A line of ancestry; to run in a continuous line: Ko tahuhu tenei o Papa-tu-a-nuku—A. H. M., i. 42. 3. Sticks used in the incantations concerning a war-party.

Tahitian—tahuhu, the ridge-pole of a native house; (b.) a certain division of the warriors in battle. Cf. tahuhua, the summit of the mountains.

Hawaiian—kauhuhu, the ridge- page 445 pole; (b.) a ridge or end of a precipice; (c.) the shark that was formerly worshipped. Cf. kau, to put Into an elevated position.

Mangaian—tauu, the ridge-pole: E moe; e te tauu noou te are ! Thou ridge-pole of the house, sleep on !

Marquesan—tohuhu, the top of a house.

Mangarevan—cf. tohuhu, a beam running from one gable to another.

TAHUKUMEA, TAHUKUMEATEPO, TAHUKUMEATEAO, TAHUOTIATU, TAHUWHAKAIRO, (myth.) names of the children of Tane, by his daughter Hineahuone or Hinehaone (afterwards known as Hine-nui-te-Po)—Wohl., Trans., vii. 34. [See Tane.]

TAHUNA, to be kindled. (see under Tahu.]

TAHUNA (tàhuna), a shallow place in a river or the sea; a shoal, a sandbank: He tahuna no runga, he maroke no runga, he pakeke, kahore he wai—Wohl., Trans., vii. 44. Cf. huna, to hide, to conceal. 2. The seaside, the beach. 3. A garden-bed or raised plat in a cultivation. 4. A battle-field.

Samoan—tafuna, a rocky place in the sea; fa'a-tafuna. to lay waste; a place for rubbish. Cf. tafuna'i, to be gathered together, as clouds to leeward; funa, to conceal; funa'i, to hide away.

Tahitian—tahuna, to hide, to conceal; purarohuna, some concealed action.

Hawaiian—cf. huna, to hide, to conceal.

Marquesan—tahuna, a bank, a sandbank.

Rarotongan—cf. una, to conceal. Manga-rovan—tahuna, certain low-lying land behind Akena, to the east of the isle; tahunahuna, any similar low-lying land. Cf. una, to hide, to conceal; Tahuna-papapapa, and Tahuna-uhuhu, names of reefs.

TAHUNE (tàhune), the seed-down of the bulrush (raupo). Cf. hune, the down or pappus on the raupo; tahunga, any downy substance. [For comparatives, see Hune.]

TAHUNUIARANGI, the Aurora Australis. Cf. tahu, to be set on fire; rangi, the sky.

TAHUNGA (tàhunga), auy downy substance. Cf. tahune, down of raupo; hungahunga, down, refuse of flax, &c.

Hawaiian—cf. kahuna, to sprinkle salt on a sacrifice; kahunahuna, small particles of any substance, fine dust, &c.; a fog, a mist. [For full comparatives, see Hungahunga]

TAHUPERA, false.

TAHURANGI, a kind of fairy people, perhaps the same as the Patupaiarehe or Ngati-whatua: Ka whati tera te Tahurangi, ko te rua tenei o nga ingoa o tera iwi—P. M., 175: No te ao nei taua wahine, he Tahurangi, he iwi ano to tenei wahine, no Patupaiarehe tenei wahine—G.-8, 29.

TAHURI, to turn oneself: Katahi ano Rangitu ka tahuri—P. M., 93. Cf. huri, to turn round, huriaro, to turn right round. 2. To turn over, to upset: I homai ana tatou ki te au o te moana nei kia tahuri ki te wai ma te ika—P. M., 24. Cf. kauhuri, to turn over the soil; to dig. 3. To turn to, to set to work: Na, katahi ia ka tahuri ki te tarai papa—P. M., 37. Cf. huri, to set to work.

TAHURIHURI (tàhurihuri), to be upset in mind: Tahurihuri kau ana a Tuhourangi ratou ko tona iwi—A. H. M., v. 55.

Samoan—tafuli, to turn over, as a stone, &c. Cf fuli, to turn over, to capsize fulialo, to be turned wrong-side out; fulifao, to turn upside down; mafuli, to be turned over, to be upset.

Tahitian—tahuri, to turn over, as a canoe; tahurihuri, to be repeatedly turning from side to side; to toss, as a ship at sea. Cf. taahuri, to turn over huritaere, to turn keel upwards; huriavero, to be overturned by a storm; hurifenua, the name given to a very tempestuous wind; huriaroa, to turn away the front or face; pahuri, to turn over horizontally.

Hawaiian—kahuli, to change; to turn over, to upset; a change: Me ka Olapa lau kahuli; With the Olapa of the changing leaves: Kahuli mat ke kino aka o ke akua; Changing is the image of the god. Kahulihuli, to be overturned; to be changed; to be tossed about, as a ship in a storm; to rock, to wave; to stand in a tottering manner; hoo-kahuli, to overturn, to overthrow, to pervert; an over throw, a change. Cf. huli, to turn in any way; huliua, turning two ways; huliua, to turn together; to wring or twist, as wet clothes.

Tongan — tafuli, to move round; to roll along; faka-tafuli, to roll. Cf. fetafuliaki, to roll round and round; fuli, to be covered over with holes burnt in the skin; fulitua, to turn the back upon, to avoid; mafuli, to be capsized or turned over and over.

Rarotongan—cf. uri. to turn, to roll over; uriia, a cyclone; tuuri, to turn upwards, as stones.

Marquesan—tahuihui, to stagger, to totter; (b.) having a rolling motion. Cf. tohuihui, rolling.

Mangarevan—tahuri, to alter one's conduct; to change; to be disguised; aka-tahuri, to repel an excuse, to repel an accusation; tahuriga, conversion; change of conduct. Cf. tohuri, turned upside down; touuri, to capsize; aka-tauri, to change; to counterfeit; aka-touri, to change; aka-touriuri, to turn from side to side.

Paumotan—tahurihuri, to toss about.

Ext. Poly.: Sikayana—of. huri, to turn over.

Malagasy—cf. voryvory, round, circular; boribory, round, circular.

TAHURIHURI (tàhurihuri), the head.

Whaka-TAHURIHURI, a ceremony performed on the return of a victorious war-party.

TAHURU, a string stretched out on which snares are placed.

TAHUTAHU. [See under Tahu, to kindle.]

TAHUTAHU. [See under Tahu, a husband.]

TAHUTI, to run away, to flee, escape: Ahiahi noa, po rawa ka haere, i haere tahuti—P. M., 183.

Mangarevan—tahuti, to dissipate; to disperse, to throw right and left: Na te tai i tahuti ki te ika; The tide sweeps away the fish, (b.) To destroy through anger; (c.) to sweep; tahutihuti, to disquiet oneself.

TAHUTI-MAI, a cry of welcome: Tahuti mai ana, tahuti mai ana !—P. M., 145. Also Tautimai.

TAHUWERUWERU (myth.), a star or constellation fastened on the breast of Rangi (the sky) by his son Tane, after the rending apart of Heaven and Earth—Wohl., Trans., vii. 33. [See Rangi.]

TAI, the sea; the tide: Titi tai, tata tai, maro tai ki Hawaiki—Prov. Cf. takutai, the sea- page 446 coast; tapatai, the sea-shore; taipari, a flowing tide; taitoko, a spring-tide; mataitai, saltish. 2. To bale a canoe.

TAITAI, to bale a canoe: Ko a au te eke atu ki te taitainga riu— MSS. Cf. tata, to bale water out of a canoe.

Samoan—tai, the sea; (b.) the tide (Gaogao-o-le-tai, “Expanse of the sea;” the name of a deity, the wife of Lu); fa'a-tai, to go to fish while others work inland. Cf. taiofeiti, spring-tide; taimasa, low-tide; taipisi, seaspray; tautai, a seaman; a steersman; a fisherman; taialoalo, to have a lagoon on the coast; taigau, the turn of the tide: tailelei, to have a lagoon on the coast; to have deep water within the reef, suitable for a boatjourney; to be dead low-water, for fishermen; taipè, a dead low-tide; taipò, a low-tide at night; taipùpù, an iron-bound coast.

Tahitian—tai, the sea; salt water: Aita tai, aita taata; There was no sea, there was no mankind;(b.) salt; taitai, salt, saltish, brackish; (b.) to fetch or bring something from another place; faa-tai, to make one grieve or weep. Cf. taiaro, a lagoon; tairoto, a pond or lake; taiatea, a wide open sea; taiaru, a noisy talker, whose voice resembles the roaring sea; utai, to be wet with salt water; otai, an engagement at sea; taiharato, itchiness caused by salt water; taihauriuri, the black, deep, or bottomless sea; taihorahora, the sea, when the waves begin to swell; taimara, the sea, when sacred on account of some chief; tainee, to be shifting as the wind and sea; to crawl, to creep; taiotua, the sea outside the reef.

Hawaiian—kai. the sea: Mehe kai la ka wai, mehe wai la ka kai; Like the sea is the water, like water is the sea. (b.) Salt water; (c.) a flood; (d.) surf; (e.) a current in the ocean; kaikai, that which is lifted up or heaved. Cf. Kaihulu, to be in a foam; kaiapo, a high tide; kaiulaula, out of sight of land; kaiki, high-tide; kaikoo, a high surf of the sea; to roll in; to rage, as a high surf; kaimake, ebb-tide; low-water; kailikoliko, the oily part of fat.

Tongan—tahi, the sea: O mafao atu ho nima ki tahi; Stretch out your hand over the sea. Faka-tahitahi, to wet with salt water. Cf. tahikia, wet with salt water; balatahi, saturated with salt water; taitai, brackish; taiki, to give a salt taste; faka-tai, to season with salt and water; totahi, to be lost at sea.

Mangaian—tai, the sea: Itiki Mu e i tona tai e, i tona tai ia Karanganui; Mu has tabooed the sea; his sea at Karanganui. (b.) Salt.

Marquesan—tai, the sea: E ia! E amo atu atou i tai! Here! Carry them away to the sea. (b.) A race, a breed, a stock; (c.) a period, time: Ei mau haatu no na tai, no na a, e no na puni; Let them be for times seasons) and days and years. (d.) The shore; taitai, slightly salt. Cf. taiee., to fall into the sea.

Mangarevan—tai, the sea; that part of the sea touching the shore: Na te tai i tahuti ki te ika; The tide sweeps away the fish, (b.) The shore of the sea; (c.) salt water. Cf. atatai, the edge of the sea; the bank of a river; autaiohonu, high water; garutai, sea-foam; akaratai, to pass along the high seas; taiehu, a troubled sea; a sea white as milk with the force of the tempest; taikura, a hurricane, when the sea rises on the land; taiparipari, the breaking of a wave.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. taci (tathi), the sea.

Ceram—cf. tasi, and taisin, the sea.

Matabello—cf. tahi, the sea.

Motu—cf. tadi, salt water.

Sikayana—cf. wai-tai, salt water.

The following words mean “sea”: Malay, tasek; Kawi, tasik; Bugis, tasik; Sesake, tasi; Fate, tas; W. Api, tzi, or tsi; Baki, tei; S.E. Api, si; Guaham, tasi; Chamori, tahsi; Satawal, tati; Sunda, chai; Java, tasik; Ahtiago, tasi; Pentecost, tahi; Macassar, djai. The following words mean “salt”:—Sesake, tasi; Fate, tasmen; Pentecost, tahi; Aurora, tas; Lepers Island, tahi; EspirituSanto, tasi; Amboyna, tasi; Awaiya, tasie; Camarian, tasie; Bouru, sasi; Tidore, gasi; Gani, gasi; Galela, gasi; Sanguir, asing; Nikunau, tari; Duke of York Island, tai; New Britain, ta.

TAI, an exclamation of address used to a married woman. E tai!

TAI, the other side, beyond.

TAITAI, to remove the tapu from a newly-built canoe; a ceremony accompanied by the sacrifice of a slave: Ko aua rimu ra i kawea ki mua, taitai ai—Wohl., Trans., vii. 47.

TAIAHA, a wooden sword, having one end carved, and generally decorated with a bunch of feathers.

TAIAKOAKOROROA, spring-tides. Cf. tai, the tide, the sea.

TAIAMIKI (taiàmiki), to wander, to ramble here and there.

TAIAPO, to carry in the arms. Cf. apo, to grasp; hapopo, to gather together; tauapo, to hug; to carry in the arms; kapo, to snatch. 2. To covet. [For comparatives, see Apo.]

TAIAPU, to assault; to try to take by storm. Cf. apu, to burrow, to force a way into the ground. 2. Said of a star in close conjunction with the moon, an omem of war.

TAIARI, to smash; to pound up.

TAIAROA, weary, exhausted. Cf. aroaroa, lonely, sorrowful; tairoa, lingering, dawdling. [See Tairoa.]

TAIAROA, a kind of spell or enchantment laid upon a person: Rokohanga mai au ka taiaroatia—MSS. 2. A peculiar long ornamented sacred staff, used for purposes of enchantment: Ka kawea te taiaroa ki a Apakura—P. M., 45.

TAIATEA. nervous, faint-hearted. Cf. taitea, timid, fearful; the sap of wood; tea, white.

TAIAWA, a foreigner. 2. A cold; catarrh. A potato.

TAIAWHIO (taiàwhio), to encircle; to circumambulate: Ka taiawhio i te motu nei—P. M., 122: Taiawhiotia te Pa—Hoh., vi. 3. Cf. awhio, to go round about; to wind about; tawhio, to go round about; takawhio, giddy, dizzy; amiomio, to turn round and round. [For comparatives, see Awhio.]

TAIEPA (myth.), one of the inferior deities, an attendant upon Koroko-i-ewe, the god of birth —A. H. M., i. App.

TAIEPA (also Taepa,) a fence: Ka tae raua ki te taiepa o te Pa—P. M., 173. 2. A wall; a bank: Ana, kei te hanga i te taiepa oneone—

page 447

P. M., 21. Cf. epa, objection; hindrance; pa. a fort; to obstruct.

TAIHEKE, to descend. Cf. heke, to descend; paheke, to slip; taheke, to descend. 2. To slope downwards. [For comparatives, see Heke.]

TAIHO (taìho), the heart of a tree. Cf. iho, the heart of a tree; uho, the heart of a tree; tahiwi, the heart of a tree; taikura, the heart of a tree; taikaka, the heart of totara wood. [For comparatives, see Iho.]

TAIHOREHORE, close-cropped, said of the hair.

TAIHOA, presently, by-and-bye: Ka mea atu ia ‘Taihoa ra!’ —P. M., 23. Cf. tairoa, lingering, dawdling. [See comparatives of Tairoa.]

TAIHOROPI, the name of a bird, the New Zealand Dabchick (Orn. Podiceps rufipectus).

TAIKA (tàika), to lie, to repose. Cf. kauika, to lie in a heap; a school of whales; ika, a fish.

TAIKAHA, forcible, impetuous, violent. Cf. kaha, strong; loud; strong-voiced. [For comparatives, see Kaha.]

TAIKAKA, the heart of a totara-tree: Ruia taitea, kia tu ko taikaka anake —Prov. Cf. taikura, the heart of a tree.

TAIKEHU (myth.), a chief of the Arawa canoe. He commanded the shore party of exploration in landing (P. M., 90), and settled at Tauranga—P. M., 94. 2. A chief of the Tainui canoe—S. T., 7. He, with Mania-o-rongo, Ao-o-rongo, and Te Taura-waho, had places in the stern; Potukeha being amidships. At Katikati, a shoal named Te-ranga-a-Taikehu is pointed out as having arisen in the harbour, on account of Taiheku having dropped a jade hatchet overboard, and by his incantations compelling the land to rise and the water to dry up so that the axe could be recovered without difficulty.

TAIKI, a rib: Whana atu poho ki roto, haere mai taiki ki waho, nohoia te whare ko te he tonu—Prov. 2. A wicker basket; anything made of wicker-work: Katahi ka whiria he taura hei whitikiranga ki te taiki—P. M., 151. 3. To provoke a spirit or demon (atua) by passing cooked food over anyone who is tapu.

Mangarevan—cf. taiki-torea, the inter lacing of threads to adorn the uprights of a door.

Hawaiian—cf. kaii, a kind of net for taking fish.

TAIKIRI, an exclamation of surprise or alarm. Cf. taukiri, an exclamation of surprise.

TAIKO, the name of a bird, the Black Petrel (Orn. Majaqueus parkinsoni): Uahatia taku manu i te rangi, he toroa, he karae, he taiko—P. M., 30. 2. A kind of leprosy: A kaua ana taua tangata e te taiko —A. H. M., i. 152.

TAIKORAHA, a very extensive mud-flat. Cf. tai, the sea; koraha, a desert place.

TAIKUIA, to act like an old woman; to be like an old woman: E maha nga rangi; ka tautau te remu, ka taikuiatia ki te whare—Prov. Cf. kuia, an old woman.

TAIKURA. the heart of a tree; red wood. Cf. taiho, the heart of a tree; tahiwi, the heart of a tree; taikaka, the heart of a totara tree; kura, red; taitea, the sap-wood of a tree; tea, white.

Tongan—cf. tahi, the heart of wood; red; sound; with little or no sap.

Mangarevan—cf. taimea, wood without sap; dry wood.

TAIMAHA, heavy: He mea taimaha rawa tenei—M. M., 123. Cf. taumaha, heavy; toimaha, heavy. 2. Oppressed in mind. [See Taumaha.]

TAI-MAIHI-O-RONGO (myth.), a large carved house erected by Ngatoro-i-rangi in his fort of Matarehua at Motiti Island (Bay of Plenty). Here he was attacked by Manaia after the battle of Tarai-whenua-kura—P. M., 110.

TAIMATE, slack water; the interval between the ebb and flow of the tide. Cf. tai, the tide; mate, dead.

Hawaiian—kaimake, low-water; ebb-tide; (b.) a calm sea; still water; no wind. Cf. make, dead; kai, sea. [For full comparatives, see Tai, and Mate.]

TAINA, younger brother or sister: Na ka tae te rongo ki ona tainai— P. M., 42. Taina is seldom used in the plural, except by the NgatiAwa tribe. Taina, and teina, mean younger brother or sister; tèina, the younger brothers of a male, and the younger sisters of a woman; but taina is sometimes used (like potiki) as an endearing name for any younger relative (as, Kanui te aroha ki tona taina; She was full of pitying love for her little brother; tungane being the proper word for a woman's brother). [See under Maori Taki, the Hawaiian Kai, and Kaina.] Taina is probably a contraction for takina. [For comparatives, see Teina.]

TAINAHI (tàinahi), TAINANAHI (tàinanahi,) the day before yesterday. Cf. inanahi, yesterday; nonanahi, yesterday; tainakareha, the day before yesterday.

TAINAKAREHA (tàinakarèha), the day before yesterday. Cf. tainanahi, the day before yesterday.

TAINAWHEA (tàinawhea), when? what time? (of the past only). Cf. whea, what place ?

TAINUI (myth.), a celebrated canoe of the Migration of the Maori people to New Zealand. [See under Arawa.]

TAINUI, the name of a small tree (Bot. Pomaderris apetala). It is said to have sprung from the skids of the Tainui canoe. [See Tainui, under Arawa.]

TAINGAWAI (taingàwai), that part of the canoe where the water is baled out: Tango atu ki te taingàwai o waenga—P. M., 74. Cf. tai, to bale a canoe; wai, water.

TAIOMA, pipeclay.

TAIORORUA, a valley.

TAIPAPA (taipàpà), aged. Cf. papa, father.

TAIPAPATANGA, fullness of years.

TAIPARA, to fire a volley at.

TAIPARIPARI (myth.), a battle fought in prediluvian days because the evil tribes would not listen to the words of Tutawake—A. H.M., i. 166. 2. A battle fought between Uenuku and Tawheta, in which the latter was slain—A. H. M., iii. 36.

TAIPU (taipù), a sand-hill. Cf. tai, the sea; pu, a heap.

page 448

TAIPU (taipù), to betroth. Cf. puhi, a betrothed woman.

TAIPUA, to lie in rounded masses like cumulus clouds. Cf. pua, to foam, to froth.

TAIRAKI, a gentle current in the sea. Cf. tai, the sea. 2. The name of a shell-fish.

TAIRANGA, to adjust: Tuia te kawe, tairanga te kawe, ko te kawe o te haere—Prov. Cf. ranga, to set in motion an army; raranga, to weave.

TAIRANGARANGA, elevated. Cf. ranga, to raise; maranga, to rise up.

Whaka-TAIRANGARANGA, to rise up.

TAIREA (myth.), one of the canoes of the Migration of the Maori people from Hawaiki to New Zealand; also called the Rangiuamutu. [See under Arawa].

TAIREPOREPO, a tide that appears high at low water, the wind backing up the water. Cf. tai, the sea, the tide; repo, swamp; dirt. [For comparatives, see Tai, and Repo.]

TAIRI, to block up.

TAIRI (tàiri), said of the sun when late in the afternoon it appears to hang in the horizon. Cf. iri, to hang up; moiri, suspended over; tare, to hang.

Tahitian—cf. iriatai, the surface of the sea or the place where the sea and sky appear to meet: hence the expression, ‘Tei te iriatai te mahana,’ “The sun is gone to the setting place.”

Hawaiian—cf. kaili, to give up, to depart, as the spirit of a dying person.

TAIRIKIRIKI, neap-tides. Cf. tai, the sea; riki, small. [For comparatives, see Tai, and Riki.]

TAIRO (tàiro), to cause a priest or magician (tohunga) to be destroyed by his own demon (atua).

Tahitian—tairoiro, a soothsayer; to foretell, as a prophet; (b.) revenge, malice, retaliation.

Tongan—cf. tailoilo, very cold; to feel the cold.

TAIROA, lingering, delaying, dawdling. Cf. roa, long; taiaroa, weary; taihoa, presently, by-and-bye.

Hawaiian—cf. kai, a long time; kaialile, indolent, lazy.

Marquesan—cf. tai, a period, time.

TAITA (taità), timber fixed in a river-bed, a snag.

TAITAHAE (taitàhae), oppressive, wearying. Cf. tahae, a thief. [For comparatives, see Tahae.]

TAITAI (myth.), the god of Hunger—A. H. M., i. App.

TAITAI. [See under Tai.]

TAITAIA (taitaià), unlucky in fishing, &c. Cf. taitaiahenga, producing no food.

TAITAIAHENGA (taitaiàhenga), producing no food. Cf. taitaià, unlucky in fishing; henga, food for a working party.

TAITAMAHINE, a young woman. Cf. tamahine, a daughter; taitamariki, children.

Hawaiian—kaikamahine, a daughter. [For full comparatives, see Tamahine.]

TAITAMARIKI, a young person of either sex: Ka tuturia nga taitamariki o te iwi a Tara—A. H. M., v. 26. Cf. tamariki, children; taitamahine, a young woman; riki, small; tama, a son.

Hawaiian—cf. kaikunane, a brother of a sister; kaikamahine, a daughter; kaikuwahine, a sister of a brother; kakai, a family, including servants, &c.; a litter, as of animals; to follow, as chickens do a hen; to go along in company. [For full comparatives, see Tamariki.]

TAITATA, near. Cf. tata, near. [For comparatives, see Tata.]

TAITEA, the sap-wood of a tree; the lightcoloured wood; alburnum: Ruia taitea, kia tu ko taikaka anake—Prov. Cf. tea, white; taikura, the heart of a tree; taikaka, the heart of a totara tree. 2. Offal; refuse: Kohia te kai rangatira, ruia te taitea—Prov. 3. Apprehensive, afraid.

Samoan—cf. tai, the heart of a tree; taisina,. the white wood of timber next the bark (Sina, white); tetea, light-coloured; an albino; teateavale, to be pale.

Hawaiian—kaikea, the white outside sap-wood of a tree; (b.) the fat of hogs and other animals.

Tongan—cf. tahi, the heart of wood; tahihina, sound, but light in colour, as wood.

TAITIMUROA (myth.). [See Tutaeporoporo.]

TAITOKO, spring-tides: He ata marama ki uta, he taitoko ki te moana; ka kai a Koho i tona pito—Prov. Cf. tai, the sea; toko, to spring up in the mind; whaka-totoko, to begin to swell.

Mangarevan—taitoko, waves breaking often and continuously; (b.) to throw frequently stones on stones. Cf. tai, the sea.

Marquesan—taitoko, the Deluge. [See Tuputupuwhenua.] Cf. tai, the sea. [For full comparatives, see Tai, and Toko.]

TAITUA, the farther side of any solid body. Cf. tua, the farther side of a solid body. 2. The western sea. [For comparatives, see Tai, and Tua.]

TAI-TU-AURU-O-TE-MAROWHARA (myth.), the daughter of Kupe. The rolling waves were named after her: hence the proverb, ‘Tai-hauauru i whakaturia e Kupe ki te Maro-whara’— S. R., 84. [See Kupe.]

TAIURU, to lean, to decline from the perpendicular.

TAIWARU, the name of a fish.

TAIWHAKAEA (myth), the name of the red wreath thrown into the water by Tauninihi, and found by Mahina. [See Mahina,]

TAKA, to fall off: I na taka te tangata i runga— Tiu., xxii. 8. Cf. tautaka, top-heavy; unsteady. 2. To fall away; to desist. 3. To set, as the sun: Titi ana te whetu, taka ana te marama—S. T., 175. 4. To turn as on a pivot. Cf. titaka, to turn round; potaitaka, turned round and round; takai, to wrap round, to wind round; takawiri, twisted; kaihotaka, a top; porotaka, round; potaka, a top; potakataka, round; takamingomingo, to turn round. 5. To undergo change in direction. Cf. takaawhe, circuitous; takahe, to go wrong; takawhetawheta, to writhe. 6. To go round: Ka taka te marama ki tua ki te kapua—M. M., 167. 7. To roam, to range, to go free: E mea mai ‘Ka taka i whea ?’—P. M., 169. Cf. takakau, at leisure, free from business; takapui, going about in company; takawhaki, to roam page 449 at will. 8. To obtain as one's portion; to fall to one's lot or turn. 9. To lie in a heap; a heap. 10. To prepare: Ko au taokete tenei e taka kai mai ana ma taua—A. H. M., ii. 28. 11. To entertain a design, to propose: Ka taka te whakaaro i te tuakana—M. M., 184. 12. On all sidas; all round.

TATAKA (tàtaka), to fall frequently or in numbers.

TAKATAKA. provisional, conditional. 2. To make ready. 3. To shake.

Whaka-TAKA, to throw down; to cause to fall off: He tutu na etahi i whakataka iho ai era ki aua Po. 2. To muster assemblies: Whakataka runga nei, whakataka raro nei, whakataka Ngati-Ruanui, &c.—P. M., 108. 3. To surround. 4. To take a circuitous course. 5. A herd, a flock.

Whaka-TAKATAKA, to roll over and over: E whakatakataka ana te tamaiti i roto i toku kopu nei—P. M., 125. 2. To drop down one by one. 3. To roll down in a jerking manner, as down a series of steps.

Samoan—ta'a, to go at large, as animals and fish; (b.) the party who go to a woman's family to take proposals of marriage from their chief; (c.) the food taken on such occasions as a present; (d.) to commit fornication, said of the woman; tata'a, to go at large, generally said of animals; (b.) to trail, as a fish-hook; ta'ata'a, strong; to be strong; (b.) to go at large; fa'a-ta'a, the fibres of the cocoanuthusk twisted for making sinnet; (b.) to adze off the white outside and soft wood from timber in order to use only the hard inside portion; ta'aga (tà'aga), a shoal of fish; (b.) a herd of animals; (c.) a flock of duoks; ta'aga, pasture; to graze. Cf. ta'anu'u, to wander from land to land; ta'avili, to turn round, as a drill; ta'ai, to wind round; ta'amilo, to go round about; ta'amala, to go about with a calamity; ta'aniho, to go round about in speaking; ta'asè, to wander from home; ta'atia, to be prostrate, to be lying down; fa'a-ta'afili, to roll, as a stone; fa'a-ta'a-milo, to go round about; fa'a-ta'ali'oli'o, to encircle; ta'anunu, to be in crowds.

Tahitian—taa, to fall from a rook or high place; (b.) to remove, as a thing out of its place; to separate, or slip off or aside; (c.) to be single or separate, as unmarried persons; (d.) to be dismissed; to be set apart or aside; (e.) the circular piece under the rafters of a Tahitian house, which joins them together; (f.) let go, allowed to depart; tataa (dual), to be separate: faa-taa, to part, to disjoin; to set aside; (b.) to throw or roll down from a precipice; faa-taataa, to separate or put away obstacles; to make distinct parts or parties; (b.) to shift from one place to another. Cf. faa-taae, to put far off, to separate entirely; taafare, the piece that joins the rafters together; taamu, to tie, to bind; taanoa, to slip or fall, or be going down spontaneously without any external force; taati, to encompass.

Hawaiian—kaa, to roll, as a wheel; to travel about from place to place; anything that rolls or turns, as a top: Kaa ka pohaku pili o ke kahawai; Rolling down are the rocks of the ravines, (b.) A cross; (c.) a legend, a tradition; (d.) to operate; to take effect, as a cathartic or emetic; (e.) to pass off or out from; to go out from the presence of one; (f.) to fall away, to leave one party and join another; (g.) to remove, to change one's place; (h.) to be sick, to suffer pain in sickness, to be confined with long sickness; (i) to mourn, as in the loss of relatives; (j.) to radiate; to go out, as rays of light from the sun; (k.) to turn every way, as bones in a socket-joint; (l.) gone; absent; no more; kakaa, to roll, to turn this way and that; (b.) to stare or gaze in wonder; to strain the eyes with looking; (c.) to turn aside from; to deviate from a right line; to sail in a zigzag manner; (d.) to squint; (e.) rolling; (f.) watery, sore-eyed; kaakaa, to open, as the eyes; to look upon; to have respect to; to watch over; hoo-kaa, to roll off; to remove; to cause to roll, as a wheel; (b.) to turn over often in bed; to toss in distress or sickness; (c.) to throw over or down a precipice, i.e. to roll a thing down it; (d.) to open, as the eyes; to cause to open; hoo-kaakaa, to cause one to see by opening the eyes; (c.) to cause to roll. Cf. kaahele, to travel about; kaakaawili, to turn frequently; to writhe in agony; kaamoela, turning round; changing; kaapuni, to roll round; to go round; to circumnavigate; okaa, to spin, as a top; a top; Ka, to radiate; to knit, as a fishnet, from a centre point; kaawe, to tie any flexible thing around the throat; to strangle; hoo-kaawale, to roll off; to separate; to make a division between; kaalalo, to talk crookedly by way of flattery; pakaawili, to encircle; to twine round, as a vine; to turn this way or that; Pohakaa, the name of a god who dwelt in precipitous places where stones were often rolled down; pokaa, a ball, as of rope or twine; to turn; to go round.

Tongan—taka, to go about and do (as takaloi, to go about telling lies, &c.); (b.) to look at, to witness, to see; (c.) to move, as the wind; tataka, unsettled; (b.) at work, but only of the mind; takataka, to walk about; faka-taka, to twist, to roll. Cf. takai, to wrap round with sinnet (kafa); to roll up; to coil; faka-takamilo, to encircle; about; takaoa, to surround; takaniko, circles round the moon; takatofu, a light shifting wind; fetakaaki, to move rapidly from place to place; to move in a zigzag course; fetakaiaki, to roll up, to twist speedily; to roll up from both ends; teka, to roll.

Marquesan —taka, a strap, a thong, a belt; (b.) to take with a cord; to strangle. Cf. takanini, to totter; to swoon;. dazzled; takai, to voyage; to circumnavigate; takako, badly twisted thread; takapuni, to encompass.

Aniwan —taka, to gird.

Mangarevan—taka, to weigh anchor; (b.) to break (said of the anchor); (c.) to prevent one's walking about; aka-taka, to rub, to polish, to burnish; (b.) to unite little pieces of wood, poles, &c.; (c.) to fish all day or night with a line; (d.) to throw the fishing-line here or there; (e.) to peel off the fragile edges of the mother-o'-pearl shell; to cast away superfluous parts of the shell; (f.) to be bedridden a long time with sickness; (g.) to rough-hew with one hand; takataka, to be beautiful, well-made. Cf. takai, a ring, as of men; to turn anything into a circle; takaiti, to roll, to bound; takatakahiga, spirals or chambers of a shell taken collectively; takatua, to turn round and round, as in pain; takotake, to make the circuit of an island without calling in anywhere.

Paumotan—faka-taka, to designate, to describe; (b.) to retrace; faka-takataka, to whirl round, page 450 to pirouette. Cf. takapuni, about, around; takanoa, variable; takaviriviri, to turn round; takatakaviri, to struggle; potaka, round; porotaka, a disc, a wheel; takakè, to separate; takai, to tie again; takapakapaka, athwart and across; takaheahea, a tiresome person.

TAKA (takà), the batten which covers the outside of the joint of the rauawa of a canoe.

TAKA (takà), to fasten a fish-hook to a line; the thread by which the fish-hook is fastened to the line: Katahi a Maui ka takà i tana matau—P. M., 22. Cf. kaka, a single fibre or hair; takaka, fibres in fern-root; takai, to wrap round.

Samoan—ta'a (ta'à), a small fishing-line.

Hawaiian—kaa, the string which fastens the fish-hook to the line.

Tongan—taka, the short line attached to Tongan fish-hooks.

Marquesan —cf. takako, a badly-twisted thread.

Mangarevan—cf. takara, a thread for fastening bait on the hook.

Paumotan —cf. takai, to tie. Ext. Poly.: Solomon Islands—cf. dakataho, the name of a shrub (Bot. Hibiscus tiliaceus). [See Whauwhi.]

TAKAAWHE, circuitous. Cf. taawhe, to go round a corner; awheo, a halo; hawhe, to come or go round; taka, to go round; to turn as on a pivot.

Samoan—cf. ta'amilo, to go round about; ta'anuku, to wander from land to land; ta'avili, to turn round as a drill.

Hawaiian—cf. kaa, to roll, as a wheel; to travel about from place to place; kaakaawili, to turn frequently; to writhe; kaapuni, to roll round.

Tongan—cf. takaoa, to surround; takai, to roll up, to coil; afe, to turn aside; to turn in at, as into a house when on a journey; afeitui, a serpentine winding path.

Paumotan—cf. takapuni, about, around; porotaka, a disc, a wheel.

TAKAHA, the male of the Tui bird (Orn. Prosthemadera novæ-zealandiæ).

TAKAHE (takahè), to go wrong; to come to nothing; abortive, as a scheme. Cf. taka, to change in direction; he, a mistake; error. [For comparatives, see Taka, and He.]

TAKAHE, the name of a bird, Mantell's Notornis or Mono (Orn. Notornis mantelli).

TAKAHI, to trample: Na te moa i takahi te rata—Prov. Cf. takahanga, the sole of the foot. 2. To place the foot on anything to hold it. 3. To plunder. 4. To disregard, to disobey: E hara ! kua takahia nga kupu i rongo ra ratou—P. M., 24. 5. To dance; Na e takahia ana, whakaaro ana a Te Puhihuia, &c.—P. M., 163. 6. That part of the trunk of a tree which is nearest the ground.

TAKATAKAHI, to trample, to tread down: A whaia ana, takatakahia ana—Kai. xx. 43.

TAKAHANGA (for Takahihanga,) the circumstance, &c., of trampling. 2. The sole of the foot: Te takahanga o tona waewae—Ken., viii. 9.

Tahitian—taahi, to tread with the foot: Ua taahi au ia ratou ma tau riri; I will trample them in my fury. Taataahi, to tread under foot: A haere i roto i te araea, taataahi i te vari; Go into the clay and tread the mud. (b.) To separate; to put an army in order. Cf. taahiaufau, to treat with contempt anyone's ancestry or paternity; taahiouma, to tread on a person's breast; (met.) ingratitude.

Hawaiian—keehi, to kick, to stamp with the foot; to lift up the foot against one, i.e. to resist; to despise; to rebel; (b.) to strike or hit upon, as a beam of light; keehana, the sole of the foot; a place for the bottom of the foot; (b.) ground stamped upon or trodden by the foot; (c.) a footstool; a prop; a supporter. Cf. keehilae, proud, haughty; disdainful.

Tongan—cf. takahi, to scratch, as a cat; takatene, to kick and knock about; takatata, pugnacious.

Rarotongan—takai, to thrust down: Takai ia te ra, ei eke i Tekurutukia; Thrust down the sun, that he may descend to the Nether-land. Takatakai, to trample, to tread down: E takatakaiia e te vaevae tangata; Trampled under the feet of men. Takainga, a step, a pace: Okotai ua ake takainga vaevae i te atea iaku nei e te mate; There is but a step between me and death.

Marquesan—tekahi, to trample on one's feet; to crush the nails of a person's feet.

Mangarevan— takahi, to crush, to put under the feet, to trample; (b.) to kick; (c.) to utter, to pronounce; takahiga, the threshold of a door; (b.) a footstool, or anything on which to put the feet. Cf. aka-takarori, to trample down plantations.

Paumotan—takatakai, to trample, to tread on.

TAKAHIKAHI, the name of a bird, the Redbreasted Plover (Orn. Charadrius obscurus).

TAKAHOA, a companion. Cf. hoa, a friend, a companion; takatapui, an intimate companion of the same sex; takahore, a widow or widower.

TAKAHORE, a widow; a widower. Cf. takahoa, a companion of the same sex; hore, not. 2. A naked person. Cf. tahanga, naked.

Tahitian—cf. taa, single, unmarried, separate; taanoa, naked; tahaa, naked.

Hawaiian—cf. kaala, a widow; a widowor.

Tongan—cf. takabe, unmarried, single; destitute of clothing.

TAKAI, to wrap up; to wrap round; a wrapper: A he mea apoapo ahau e te rimu, takai atu takai mai—P. M., 14: Ka takaia nga atua na—P. M., 84. 2. Wrapped round: A he mea takai ahau e koe ki roto ki tou tikitiki—P. M., 14. Cf. taka, to turn round, as on a pivot; to undergo change in direction; tangai, bark of trees; ta, to net. 3. To wind round: Ko te upoko i takaia ki te akatea—Prov. 4. (Moriori) A band, a bandage.

TAKATAKAI, to wind round and round.

Samoan—ta'ai, to wind round, applied to smoke circling round a house, and to an ulcer encircling a limb; ta'ata'ai, to wind round often or much; ta'aiga, a roll, as of sinnet, mats, &c. Cf. fa'a-ta'a, the fibres of the cocoanut husk twisted for making sinnet; ta'aivai, iron-hoop; ta'a, a small fishing-line; ta'afili, to roll; ta'avili, to turn round, as a drill, mill, &c.

Tahitian—taai, a ball of pia (arrowroot) rolled up; (b.) to tie or bind a thing; (c.) to plot; to form political schemes of mischief; (d.) to journey or be travelling about the country. Cf. taahuri, to turn over; taati, to encompass.

Hawaiian—kaai, to bind or tie round; to gird on, to tie on, as a fillet on the head, or a girdle round the waist; (b.) the girdle round the loins of the gods, put page 451 round by the chief, and made of vines. Cf. ka, to braid or net, as a fish net, from a central point; kaa, a strand of a cord; a rope; the string that fastens the fish-hook to the line; kaawe, to tie any flexible thing tightly round the throat; to strangle; haei, a belt, a girdle; kakanakana (M. L.= tatangatanga), a species of seaweed.

Tongan—takai, to roll up; to coil; to surround; to wrap round with kafa (cocoanut-fibre cord, sinnet); (b.) to anoint the body; anointing; takatakai, to roll round and round; to make into a roll. Cf. taka, the short line attached to a Tongan fish-hook; takao, to make anything round in the hand, as pellets; takatakamilo, to encircle; to whirl round; taga, the large gut; fetakai, to struggle, applied to two or more; tagai, a narrow bag, a sack; tagakakai, the crop, the gizzard; faka-takafi, to cover.

Aniwan—cf. taka, a girdle; to gird.

Mangarevan—takai, to make a circle or ring of men; (b.) to turn a thing round; aka-takai, to bend, to make into a circle. Cf. takaiti, to roll, to bound; takaivave, to strike with the feet; to crush with the feet.

Paumotan—takai, to connect; (b.) to tie again; to knot; (c.) to warp; (d.) to contrive, to plan; (e.) a ball, a bowl; takaikai, to entwine, to entwist. Cf. faka-takataka, to whirl round; to pirouette.

Marquesan—takai, to voyage; to circumnavigate. Cf. taka, a strap, a thong, a belt. Bowditch Island—takai, a waist-mat.

TAKAKA (tàkaka), the common New Zealand Fern (Bot. Pteris aquilina). 2. Fibres in fernroot. 3. Open fern-land.

TAKAKAU (tàkakau). the stalk of a plant, the straw of grain, &c.: Kahore he takakau i homai ki o pononga—Eko., v. 6. Cf. kakau, the stalk of a plant, 2. The fore-arm: A i whakapakaritia nga takakau o ona ringa— Ken., xlix. 24.

Samoan—cf. tau'au, the shoulder; ‘a'ao, the arm or hand, leg or foot of a chief; ‘au, the stalk of a plant.

Tahitian—cf. aau, the stalk of fruit.

Hawaiian—cf. au, the staff of a spear, the handle of an axe.

Tongan—cf. kau, the stem or stalk.

Marquesan—cf. kokau, the stalk of fruit.

Mangarevan—cf. kakau, the stalk of fruit; tukau, stalks of fruit.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. auau, a stick. Solomon Islands—cf. au, a tree; wood.

TAKAKAU, at liberty to act; free from business; at leisure. 2. Free from the marriage tie: Ki te mea he takakau ia i tona haerenga mai— Eko., xxi. 3. Cf. taka, to roam at large.

TAKAKOPIRI (myth.), a chief who married the celebrated beauty, Kahureremoa. Their daughter was named Tuparahaki, and from her is descended the tribe of Ngati-paoa— P. M., 168.

TAKAMINGOMINGO, to turn round. Cf. taka, to turn round, as on a pivot; to go round; takaawhe, circuitous; titaka, to turn round; takai, to wind round; mingo, curly, curled; takamio, to fly round in circles; amiomio, to turn round and round; awhio, to wind about. [For comparatives, see Taka, and Mingo.]

TAKAMIO, to fly round and round, as a bird circles before alighting: Ka rere te kereru, takamio rere—Wohl., Trans., vii. 37. Cf. takamingomingo, to turn round; takawhio. giddy, dizzy; taka, to torn round; amiomio, to turn round and round; awhio, to wind about. [For comparatives, see Taka, and Awhio.]

TAKAOIOI, to twist about; to writhe; to roll. Cf. taka, to turn, as on a pivot; takaoriori, to writhe, to roll over and over; oioi, to shake. [For comparatives, see Taka, and Oioi.]

TAKAONGE, to be destitute; in want. Cf. onge, scarce. [For comparatives, see Onge.]

TAKAORE, a ring placed on the leg of a captive bird, to which the fastening-string is attached. [See Poria.]

TAKAORIORI, to twist about; to writhe; to roll over and over. Cf. taka, to turn, as on a pivot; ori, to cause to wave to and fro; takaoioi, to writhe; to roll. [For comparatives, see Taka, and Ori.]

TAKAPAPA, to double up. Cf. taka, to undergo change in direction; to go round; papa, flat; a flat surface; takapu, to fold up.

TAKAPAU, a mat on which to sleep: Hapainga tonutia mai i roto i ona takapau—P. M., 40. Cf. tapa, to pulverize soil. [See Hawaiian and Marquesan.] 2. To set free from tapu, to release from religious restriction. Hurihanga takapau or hurianga takapau, the conclusion of the pure ceremony. The incantation, ‘Ranga mai hea te takapau,’ &c., was first used by Nukutawhiti. [See G.-8, 29.] 3. To go away in a stealthy manner.

Samoan—cf. tapa'au, cocoanut-leaf mats.

Tongan—takabau, tho rough mats for flooring. Cf. tabakau, mats used for laying on floors.

Hawaiian—cf. kapa, native cloth beaten from bark.

Marquesan—cf. tapa, native cloth; tapakau, the sail of a canoe; a leaf of the cocoanut braided by a priest and placed in a dead person's house as a representative.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. tabakau, mats made of cocoanut leaves.

TAKAPAU-WHARA-NUI, a mat made of the scalps of fallen enemies. On this mat the great priests (ariki) were begotten: O tangata i aitia ki runga ki te takapau-whara-nui— A. H. M., iii. 10.

TAKAPOTIRI (myth.), a son of Tane-mahuta, the Lord of Forests. Takapotiri was the tutelary deity of the Kakapo and Green Parrot—A. H. M., i. App.

TAKAPU (or Takupu,) the name of a bird, the Australian Gannet (Orn. Dysporus serrator).

TAKAPU (takapù), the belly: Me he takapu araara—Prov. 2. The middle of a drag-net.

Marquesan—cf. takapu, a girdle.

TAKAPU (tàkapu), to fold up, to tuck in; to double in. Cf. takapapa, to double up.

TAKAPUI, going about in company; companioned. Cf. takatapui, an intimate companion of the same sex; takahoa, a companion; tapui, an intimate companion.

TAKAPUKE, to cultivate by planting in small hillocks. Cf. puke, a hill; tapuke, to bury, to cover with earth. [For comparatives, see Puke.]

TAKARANGI (myth.), a celebrated warrior, who, for the sake of a girl named Raumahora, page 452 stayed the fight going on for the possession of the Whakarewa Pa, Taranaki (now Marsland Hill, New Plymouth). Takarangi was the son of Te Rangi-apitirua, chief of Ngati-Awa—P. M., 184.

TAKARE (tàkare), eager; pressing; strenuous: I takare ai koe ki te whai mai i a au—Ken. xxxi. 36. Cf. karekare, to be agitated; tangare, angry; ngangare, to quarrel.

TAKAREKO, threatening to rain.

Whaka-TAKARIRI, causing anger, rousing indignation: I pawera hoki ahau i te riri, i te aritarita, i a Ihowa ra i whakatakariri ki a koutou—Tiu., ix. 19. Cf. riri, anger; to be angry; takarita, to show resentment. 2 Vexed.

Samoan—cf. ta'alili, resounding, sonorous, as thunder, waves, a trumpet, &c.; to come in crowds; ta'alilivale, turbulence. [For full comparatives, see Riri.]

TAKARITA, to show resentment. Cf. arita, eager: strenuous; burning with desire; easily offended; poaritarita, to be in a hurry; puaritarita, to be in a hurry; whakatakariri, causing anger.

TAKARITARITA, vexed, annoyed; showing resentment.

Tahitian—cf. nihoritarita, fierce anger; paritarita, violent anger.

Marquesan—cf. ita, harsh, rough; sour; koita, to be angry; to make angry.

Mangarevan—cf. torita, to exhort earnestly; to press with words; to rush down, as water.

TAKARITA (myth.), a wife of Uenuku; the mother of Ira. She committed adultery with Tu-mahunuku, and Tu-mahurangi. Uenuku slew her, took out her heart, cooked it, and fed her son Ira upon it—A. H. M., iii. 14.

TAKARO (tàkaro), to play a game, to sport; a game, a play; Ka mahi takaro nga tangata o runga i a Tainui—G.-8, 18: Ka kaha ki te takaro ka mau ki tana potaka—A. H. M., v. 15. Cf. karo, to avoid a blow.

Samoan—ta'alo, to play, to sport, to dally with: E ta'alo foi a latou fanau; Also their children sport. Ta'aloga, play, sport, dalliance; ta'alolo, the taking of food to visitors by a whole district at once; (b.) to go in crowds; (c.) to disperse; (d.) to be almost beaten down, as houses in a storm; to stand aslant; fa'ata'alo, to excite to sport. Cf. ta'a, the party which goes to a woman's family to take proposals of marriage from their chief; the food taken on such occasions as a present; ‘alo, to evade a blow; to make excuses.

Tongan—takalo, to evade, to get out of work. Cf. kalo, to move the head to avoid danger; fekaloaki, to elude; faka-toutakalo, to dodge, to move to and fro.

Marquesan—cf. kakao, to change one's position in the play of children; tekao, talk, conversation; kaokao, a game played with spears, in which thrusts are made.

Mangarevan—cf. takao, to talk; takaoiriiri, jesting.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. tatato, idly or uselessly engaged; a plaything or pastime.

Malagasy—cf. takalo, barter, exchange.

TAKARO (tàkaro), presently, by-and-bye.

TAKARO (myth.), a prediluvian personage, a son of Parawhenuamea—A. H. M., i. 166. [See Tuputupuwhenua.]

TAKAROA (myth.), Tangaroa, the Ocean Lord: Ka tu a Raki i te huata a Takaroa—A. H. M., i. 44. [See Tangaroa.]

TAKARURE, to speak of again and again. Cf. rure, to bandy words; to wrangle. 2. To become indifferent; heedless, listless. 3. To fly flapping the wings. Cf. rure, to shake, to toss about.

TAKATAKAAPO, a variety of kumara (sweet potato).

TAKATAKA-PUTEA (myth.), a son of Rongopotiki and Papatuanuku. He was brother to Tu, Rongo, Tangaroa, &c., and was the twin brother of Marere-o-tonga—S. R., 18.

TAKATAPUI (takatàpui), a close friend belonging to the same sex: Ko tona hoa takatapui, ko Tiki—P. M., 128. Cf. takahoa, a friend, a companion; takapui, going about in company; tapui, an intimate companion.

TAKATU (takatù), prepared, ready. Cf. taka, to prepare; tu, to stand.

TAKAU (tàkau), steep; having a sharp declivity.

TAKAWAENGA, a mediator; one who intervenes; an intercessor, a go-between. Cf. taka, to roam at large; waenga, the middle, the midst.

TAKAWAI, to anoint. 2. A gourd in which oil was kept: Ka waiho te heru me te takawai hinu i runga i te kowhatu—A. H. M., iv. 190. Cf. taha, a calabash; wai, water.

Tahitian—taavai, a stone worn smooth and polished in the water; (fig.) a person of good appearance; faa-taavai, to anoint any part of the body.

TAKAWE (tàkawe), to sling over the shoulder. Cf. kawe, to carry; kawei, straps for carrying a bundle.

Tahitian—takave, to hang or suspend a thing by a string from the neck; (b.) to hang or strangle. Cf. ave, the strand of a rope; the string of a sling; paave, to carry or convey on the back.

Hawaiian—kaawe, to tie any flexible thing tightly around the throat; to choke by tying the throat; (b.) to suspend, to hang up; a suspension; kaaweawe, oppression of the chest; sickness of the stomach; (b.) a disease of the neck and chest. Cf. awe, to carry or bring; the tentacles of the cattle-fish. [For full comparatives, see Kawe.]

TAKAWIRI, twisted. Cf. taka, to turn, as on a pivot; wiri, to bore; an auger, a gimlet; whiri, to twist.

Samoan—ta'a-vili, to turn round, as a mill or drill; ta'a-vilivili, to turn round rapidly, as a whirligig; fa'a-takavili, to turn round, as a grindstone. Cf. ta'afili, to roll, to wallow; vili, to bore a hole; a gimlet; a whirlpool.

Tahitian— taaviri, to turn, as a person in bed; taaviriviri, to turn repeatedly. Cf. ta, a child's swing; taahuri, to turn over; taanini, to reel; viri, to lash up; to furl a Sail; to roll, some cloth round a corpse.

Hawaiian— kaawili, to writhe, to writhe in pain; a pain; a torture; (b.) to mix together; a mixture of things; (c.) to knead, as bread; hoo-kaawili, to torture, to cause to writhe in pain; (b.) to tear, to rage, as a foul spirit. Cf. wili, to twist, to wind; kaa, to roll.

Marquesan—takavii, to tie cocoanuts to a tree to make it tapu.

Paumotan—takaviriviri, to writhe; (b.) to turn round; takatakaviri, to struggle.

page 453

TAKAWHAKI, to roam at will: He ingoa mo taku takawhakitanga iho nei hi a koe—A. H. M., i. 47. Cf. taka, to roam.

TAKAWHETAWHETA, to writhe, to toss oneself. Cf. taka, to turn, as on a pivot; takaoioi, to writhe, to roll; takaoriori, to writhe, to roll over and over.

TAKAWHIO, giddy, dizzy; to see things, going round and round as if one were giddy. Cf. taka, to turn round, as on a pivot; awhio, to wind about; amiomio, to turn round and round; takamio, to fly round and round, as a bird circles before alighting. [For comparatives, see Taka, and Awhio.]

TAKE (tàkè), to absent oneself: Take koanga, whakapiri ngahuru—Prov.

Tahitian—cf. tae, to go or come with strong desire.

TAKE, the root; a stump: I mau iho ana a Whakaturia ki te take o te poporo—P. M., 66. Cf. putake, a root. 2. A post for the palisading of a pa (fort). 3. The commencement, starting point: Ka tae ki te take o te pikitanga—P. M., 51. 4. The cause, reason, object, motive: Koia kau ano te take i haere ai au—P. M., 18: Koia te take e ura e whero na nga huruhuru o aua marui—A. H. M., i. 48. 5. The origin, foundation: He wahine te take o tenei hapu— A. H. M. v. 23: Na Rangi raua ko Papa nga take o mua—P. M., 7. 6. A king (one auth.). 7. Parts of the decidua connected with the placenta of women.

TAKETAKE, the lower point of the sail of a canoe. 2. A stick fastened to the end of a seine-net to keep it stretched. 3. Well-founded; firm, lasting. 4. Certain, on good authority. 5. Own; one's own.

Hawaiian—kae, the name of an officer in the king's train; (b.) the brink, border, or edge of a thing; kaewa, highmindedness; to boast, to glory.

Tongan—take, the principal root of a tree; (b.) the top of the cocoanut-shell when prepared for drinking.

Marquesan—take, the bottom of anything; (b.) the original name of the Polynesian nation, according to Marquesan tradition (the country whence they came was Take-heehee); (c.) the origin, cause; taketake, a raft on which a corpse was sent to sea; (b.) a basket; to make a circle like a basket. Cf. taketakekoe, transparent (lit. bottomless).

TAKEHA, to struggle like a fish.

TAKEKE, the name of a fish, the Gar-fish or Halfbeak (Ich. Hemiramphus intermedius).

TAKEKE, altogether acquired; not an original possession.

TAKEKE, to make a net. Cf. ta, to net.

TAKEKENGA, the mesh of a net.

TAKEKETONGA, the name of a fish.

TAKEO, tedious.

TAKERE, the keel of a canoe: I waiho te takere hei mihi mahaku—M. M., 103. 2. The bottom of deep water; A whakatotoka ana te rire i te takere o te moana—Eko., xv. 8. 3. The. hull of a canoe: E koire e ngaro, he takere waka nui—Prov. Cf. takerehàia, a dangerous rent in a canoe.

Whaka-TAKERE, the bottom of deep water, the bed of a river: Ko nga pipi o te whakatakere—M. M., 100 Cf. kerekere, intensely dark. 2. Stragglers from a party.

Samoan—ta'ele. The keel of a canoe; (b.) the bottom of a box, pail, &c.; (c.) a red shaggy mat. Cf. tà'ele, to bathe; to open a dead body to search for the disease, so that by taking out the diseased part and burning it, the disease itself may be destroyed and not enter another of the family; ta'eletò, deepkeeled; ta'elepolapola, flat-bottomed.

Tahitian—taere, the bottom of a canoe; the keel of a ship; (b.) to pull or drag along; (c.) slowly, loiteringly, lazy, drawling, applied to the voice. Cf. puritaere, to turn keel upwards; (fig.) to overturn the government.

Hawaiian—kaeele, the body of a canoe. Cf. kaelewaa, an unfinished canoe; the bottom of a canoe; kaele, to be Partially filled, as a calabash with fish or food; leaving some empty space at the top; iwikaele, the hull of a ship; iwikeele, and iwikele, the keel of a ship or boat; iwikaele, the hull of a ship; the body of a canoe.

Tongan—takele, the keel of a canoe; (b.) the bottom of any box, basket, &c.; (c.) to bathe; to wash.

Marquesan—cf. take, the bottom of anything.

Mangarevan—tekere, the keel of a boat. Cf. tekeretuamatoro, an expression meaning “the thickness of heaven and earth.”

Paumotan—cf. takerepo, to turn upside down.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. takele, the keel of a canoe.

TAKERE-AOTEA (myth.), one of the canoes in which the ancestors of the Maori people came from Hawaiki to New Zealand—A. H. M., ii. 188. [See under Arawa.]

TAKEREHAIA (takerehàia), a fracture in the body of a canoe; a dangerous leak. Cf. takere, the hull of a canoe.

TAKEREKERE (tàkerekere), a thread used to fasten bait to a fish-hook: Pute, matau, ahaaha ranei, aho takerehere muka nei—MSS. Cf. takà, to fasten a fish-hook to a line; tahere, to tie; to ensnare.

Tahitian—taerea, the string which joins the fish-hook to the line.

Mangarevan—cf. takara, a thread for fastening bait to the hook.

TAKETAKE (myth.), a personage of prediluvian days. With him originated the charms and ceremonies used in building houses—A. H. M., i. 169.

Marquesan—cf. Take. He was the progenitor of the Polynesian people, the Take (“origin,” “cause”) people. Take is also called Toho. He was the father of twelve famous sons, (the eldest of whom was Atea,) and these were the ancestors of the Marquesan tribes.

TAKERETO (myth.), the chief of the Takere-aotea canoe in the Migration of the Maori people from Hawaiki to New Zealand—A. H. M., ii. 188. [See under Arawa.] 2. One of the two tame pet birds loosed by Ngatoro [see Ngatoroirangi] at Repanga (Mercury Islands) on his arrival from Hawaiki. The name of the other bird was Mumuhau—S. T., 14.

TAKI (tàki), to take to one side; to take out of the way. Cf. tahaki, on one side; arataki, to lead, guide. 2. To take food from the fire.

TAKI, to track, to tow with a line from the shore. 2. To begin or continue a speech; to make a page 454 speech: Ka whakatika mai nga tama ki te taki—P. M., 195. 3. To challenge. 4. To follow.

TAKITAKI, to chant or recite a song, &c.; a song: Ka takitakina te haka—P. M., 66: Ka whakahuatia ano tona takitaki—A. H. M., v. 38. Cf. tangi, to Weep aloud, to lament; a song for the dead; a greeting. 2. To incense, to irritate, to provoke. 3. To trace out, to search, to look for. Cf. matakitaki, to look at, to inspect; to watch. 4. To avenge: I haere mai ki te takitaki i taua mate—A. H. M., v. 32. 5. To rise. 6. To dawn. 7. A shelter, a screen: Ka tahu i a ratou takitaki, ka tahu i a ratou poupou—Wohl., Trans., vii. 32. 8. The lines of tattooing on a woman's body, between the breast and the navel.

Whaka-TAKI, to conduct, to lead. Cf. arataki, to conduct, to lead. 2. To begin or continue a speech. 3. To trace, to search out: Ka haere taua ki te whakataki i taua kotiro—P. M., 50.

Samoan—ta'i, to attend to the fire; to keep up the flame; (b.) to lead a troop; (c.) to lead; ta'ita'i, to lead; (b.) anything carried in the hand; tata'i, to lead, as a sick man; (b.) to drag along, as the lauloa (a leaf-fillet dragged through the lagoon to frighten fish into the net; (c.) to trail, as a fish-hook; (d.) to lead a quarrel to others; to involve others; fa'ata'ita'i, to try, to prove; (b.) to imitate. Cf. ta'iafi, to keep up the evening fire; vaita'i, a gutter or channel to lead off water; fuata'i, to begin; ta'imua, one who goes a little ahead to lead the way in war; a leader of the dance; a leader generally.

Tahitian—cf. taiao, the dawn; taiapuu, one who avenges or makes good a failure in wrestling, &c.; taiara, a road, track, or way; the road or walk of a turtle, by observing of which it can be caught.

Hawaiian—kai, to lift up on the hands and carry; to lift up the foot and walk, as an infant beginning to walk, or as one recovering from sickness; to step amiss, as a child; (b.) to lead, to guide, to direct; (c.) to lead into, to entice, as fish into a net, or any animal into a trap or snare; (d.) to bring; to take in hand; to do with; (e.) to pull up, as kalo (taro); (f.) to shove along; to move; (g.) to go a journey; (h.) to travel slowly; hoo-kai, to separate or part asunder, as a cracked part of a canoe; to displace; (b.) to take away by robbery; (c.) to mis-spend, to squander; kaikai, to lift up, as the hand; to lift up the eyes; to raise, as the voice; (b.) to take up to bear, to carry upon; (e.) to carry off; (d.) to take off, as a burden; (e.) to carry tenderly, as a child; (f.) to promote, to exalt; to favour, as a king a subject; (g.) to be led or urged on, as by strong desire or lust; kakai, to go along in company, to travel together, as a caravan; a company; a family; a litter of animals; (b.) to follow, as chickens do a hen; (c.) to follow one after another, in Indian file; (d.) to look carefully around, as with an evil design; (e.) to gird on to the loins, as a sword; (f.) to pray, as in ancient times, on a great kapu (tapu) occasion; (g.) to copulate, as the opposite sexes; hookakai, to look after, to see to; kaina, to move slowly and softly, as a weak person trying to walk; a younger of two brothers or two sisters. Cf. kaiewe, a company following a chief; kaihuakai, to lead a large travelling company; alakai, to lead along the path; a leader, a guide; kaiena, to be self-opinionated; to boast, to glory; kaiopokeo, the name of a long prayer at the dedication of a heiau (temple); kaikaiapola, the tail of a kite; kailiili, to take and carry here and there.

Tongan—taki, to lead; (b.) to barter; (c.) to hold; tataki, a leader, a guide; to lead or guide; (b.) a method of taking fish; (c.) to stretch out; takitaki, to hang; suspended; (b.) to draw fishing-nets through the water; (c.) to straighten by drawing out; faka-takitaki, to carry suspended from the hand. Cf. takimua, a leader; to lead the way; takituu, to lead along a canoe in shallow water; takiboubou, to assist by a rope in getting the sail of a canoe to the opposite end when tacking; takifu, to scamper off; autaki, to lead into; to conduct; to head a party; to arrive at; fetaki, to walk arm in arm or hand in hand; fetatakiaki, to lead or drive from place to place.

Marquesan— taki, to sing; (b.) to sound (Maori-tangi); (c.) to bark, as a dog; (d.) to hold; (e.) to force from, to drag away.

Mangarovan— taki, to drag; to haul a raft with the hands; takitaki, to spread reports; (b.) a line; takitakina, to take things from one place and put them in another. Cf. takitakiroa, to drag along; takitu, a bow-string; cordage.

Mangaian—taki, to lead, to conduct.

Ext. Poly.: Aneityum —cf. takitaki, to spread about. Fiji—cf. taki-va, to carry water.

TAKI (myth.), a younger brother of Maui. After death, his right eye became the star Takiara. Taki went up to heaven by a path of spiders'webs—A. H. M., ii. 90.

TAKI, TATAKI (tàtaki), a distributive prefix to numer-als, as takitoru, by threes: I haere takirua ratou ki roto ki te aaka—Ken., vii. 9. Cf. takiwa, an interval of space or time. 2. Denoting that what is said applies to each individual.

Samoan—ta'i, a distributive particle: with tasi, one, it means each; with lua, two, it means pairs.

Tahitian—tai, by, as by two, three, &c.

Paumotan—taki, a distributive prefix.

TAKIARA, the bright Morning-star. [See Taki (myth.).]

TAKIARI, a species of Shark.

TAKITAKI-NUI-O-RANGI (myth.), the holy place or temple of the god Rehua in the fourth and fifth heavens—A. H. M., i. 29.

TAKIEKIE (tàkeikei), a kind of Eel.

TAKIHI (tàkihi), a kidney.

TAKINI, a cry uttered when the runners of a visiting party rush forward to perform the taki (challenge) ceremony with reed spears. Cf. takiri, to rush, to charge.

TAKIRA (takirà), (or Takirau,) the moon on the nineteenth day.

TAKIRAU [See Takira.]

TAKIRAU (myth.), a personage of prediluvian days—A. H. M., i. 172.

TAKIRI, to untie, to loosen. Cf. makiri, to take the bones out of pigeons, &c., preparatory to preserving. 2. To disengage the fibre of flax. 3. To make noa; to set free from tapu. 4. To free the mind: Ma Rehua e takiri te page 455 matapouri o te tangata mate, me te tangata ora—A. H. M., i. 33. 5. To draw away suddenly Na te takiritanga o nga tapura ka tae te kakara—A. H. M., ii. 10. 6. To start convulsively: to fly back as a spring. 7. Startings or twitchings in sleep; from the nature of these twitchings omens were deduced: E kai ana te takiri, he parekura kei te ata—P. M., 197. 8. To rush, to charge. Cf. kokiri, to charge; tokiri, to thrust lengthwise. 9. To jerk, as a fishing-line, to strike the hook into the fish. 10. To dawn: A takiri noa te ata—Ken., xxxii. 24; I whakaorangia au mo te takiritanga o te ata—P. M., 48.

Tahitian—tairi, to strike, to hit; tairiiri, to shake and throw, as a fisher does his line; (b.) to show opposition or contempt of something said or done by shaking the head; tairitia, a sudden stroke, commonly applied to sudden death. Cf. tairitu, the sudden stroke of death; aitairi, to eat hastily and indecently, tearing the food like a dog; aitairiiri, to eat by tearing repeatedly like a dog, looked upon as a bad omen.

Hawaiian—kaili, to snatch, to take away by force; (b.) to give up, to depart, as the spirit of a dying person; (c.) the act of taking fish with the hook; kailiili, to take and carry here and there. Cf. kai, to lift up. to bear, to carry; to separate or part asunder; to displace; kailiwale, a robbery. [Note.—Kaili was the war-god of Kamehameha. The image was of wicker-work covered with feathers. The god assumed the shape of a meteor, as an omen of war.]

Paumotan —takirikiri, to tremble; to shake; takiritia, to fall; (b.) to relapse.

TAKIRIKAU (tàkirikau), a variety of flax (Phormium tenax) the fibre of which is disengaged without the use of a shell.

TAKIRIRAURANGI, a variety of kumara (sweet potato): Tetahi he Pu-nui-a-Rata, he takiriraurangi—A. H. M., iii. 83.

TAKITAHI, a sandal or paraerae made of a single layer of leaves of the ti (Cordyline); when made of a double thickness, it was called torua. If made of a single thickness of flax (Phormium) leaves, it was called paraerae-hou, or kuara.

TAKITARO, a short lapse of time. Cf. taro, a short lapse of time; taki, a distributive prefix.

TAKITINI, in crowds. Cf. tini, a very great many. [For comparatives, see Tini.]

TAKITU, an old Maori custom in honour of visitors.

TAKITUMU (myth.), one of the famous canoes of the Migration in which the ancestors of the Maori people arrived from Hawaiki. [See under Arawa.]

TAKITURI (tàkituri), the death-watch beetle.

TAKIURA, sacred food, cooked at the caremonies of the uhungà, when the bones of a dead person were exhumed.

TAKIWA (takiwà), an interval of space or time; to be separated by an interval. Cf. taki, a distributive prefix; wa, a space; tiriwa, a space. (For comparatives, see Wa.]

TAKO, the common house for the tribe, especially for the young men: Akuanei koe ka haere ki te where tako—Wohl., Trans. vii. 51, 2. The palate. 3. The gums of the teeth.

TAKO (takò), loose, loosely fastened, as a rope or band. Cf. takoha, scattered; takoru, loose. 2. Peeled off.

TAKOHA, distributed, scattered, spread about. Cf. tako, loose. 2. Unsuspicious, free from fear, 3. (Modern) A present; a gratuity given to some person who has a claim to such favour. 4. Tribute: A ka meinga hei apa homai takoha—Hoh., xvi. 10.

Tahitian—cf. taohaa, property, goods.

TAKOHE, in a leisurely manner; not hurried.

Whaka-TAKOHE, to wander about without employment.

TAKOHU (tàkohu), mist. Cf. kohu, mist, fog; pukohu, fog. [.For comparatives, see Kohu.]

TAKOKI, sprained, as the ankle: A ka takoki te ateatenga o te huha—Ken., xxxii. 25. Cf. tanoni, to be sprained.

Whaka-TAKOKO, to feel or examine the bark of a tree.

TAKORA (tàkora), small kumara (sweet potatoes). Cf. kora, a small fragment. [For comparatives, see Kora.]

TAKORU (tàkoru), loose, hanging in folds. Cf. tako, loose, loosely fastened; koru, folded, coiled, looped; taukoro, having the folds filled out.

TAKOTO, to lie, to repose: Ko Ranginui e tu nei, ko Papatuanuku e takoto nei—P. M., 7.

Whaka-TAKOTO, to lay down: Ka whakatakotoria tana taiaha—P. M., 57: Ka whakatakotria ki ie poutokomanawa o te whare o Tinirau—P. M., 40. 2. An ambuscade; to plant an ambuscade: Whakatakotoria he pehipehi mo te pa ki tera pito—Hoh., viii. 2: A haere ana ratou ki te whakatakoto—Hoh., viii. 9. 3. To place, to set in position: Ka whakatakotoria e ahau taku kopere ki te kapua—Ken., ix. 13: Ka oti tera ka whakatakotoria nga matuaiwi—A. H. M., v. 77.

Whaka-TAKOTOKOTO, to lay an ambuscade: A i te ahiahi, ka whakatakotokotoria nga pehipehi—A. H. M., v. 77.

Samoan—ta'oto, to lie down: E te ta'oto foi a e leai se na te faamatau mai; You will lie down, and no one shall frighten you. Fa'ata'oto, to lay down. Cf. tu'uta'oto, to lie down when giving food to visitors.

Tahitian— taoto, to lie down; (b.) to sleep; (c.) cohabiting, as man and wife; (d.) a dream; taotooto, to have frequent dreams; (b.) to waylay, to lie in ambush; taooto, to sleep, as two persons; to sleep repeatedly or excessively; taotoiuiu, to sleep very soundly; taotohauti, a restless sleep.

Tongan—takoto, to lie down (two or more); tokoto, to lie down: Ke ke tokoto foki ki ho botu fakatoo hema; Lie you also on your left side. Cf. fetakotoi, to lie down (two or more).

Mangarevan—tokoto (tokòto), to lie down, said of men; (b.) to lay down, to deposit there (of things only); (c.) to leave off, to cease action; aka-tokoto, to place, to set down.

Paumotan—takoto, lying down; to lie down.

TAKOTOKOTO, the sprit of a sail. Cf. kotokoto, the sprit of a sail; tàtakoto, the sprit on the lower edge of a canoe-sail; toko, a pole.

page 456

TAKOU (tàkou), red ochre; a variety of red ochre obtained from yellow earth by burning;, horu being obtained from deposit in water: Ano i taia ki te takou te whero—P. M., 19. Cf. ta, to paint.

TAKU (tàku), (alsoTahaku; plural aku,) my: I kuhua e au ki raro i te pihanga o taku whare— P. M., 73. Cf. naku, mine; toku, my.

Samoan—la'u, (also sa'u,) my: I na matuà fa'alogologo mai ia outou i la'u upu; Listen diligently to my words.

Tahitian — ta'u, my; mine, spoken of food, &c.: E haapapu ra vau ia'ua i roto i ta'u fare nei; I will settle him in my house.

Hawaiian—ka'u, of me; mine; my: E ola au i ka'u waihona pule; May I be saved through my fulness of prayer.

Rarotongan—taku, my: E taku metua e ! Oh my father !

Mangaian—taku, my: Ki taku tane ariki, ki Tinirau; To my royal husband, to Tinirau. Tau, my: Aore e pau atu i tau mako; I will not part with my grandson.

Mangarevan—taku, my, belonging to me: Taku i haga; I did it (“the work is mine”).

Aniwan — tshaku, my. Cf. tsha, a thing belonging.

TAKU, slow, deliberate. Cf. takupe, quiet, at ease; takurutu, sluggish; takurua, winter. 2. According to custom. 3. The rim, the edge. 4. A religious ceremony.

TATAKU (tàtaku), to follow slowly: E rere ke ai te ahua tataku a etahi o nga waka—G.-8, 17. 2. To utter slowly or deliberately: I te pakewa o te tatai o era e tataku ra i nga korero o nehe—A. H. M., i. 7. 3. To repeat incantations: E tatakuna ana enei mea i te hokinga mai i te tanu i te tupapaku—G.-8, 29. 4. Legends: E mea ana nga tataku whakapapa tupuna a nehe—A. H. M., v. 6.

TATAKU, to threaten a person who is absent.

TAKUTAKU, to threaten. 2. To recite incantations: Katahi ka whakatika nga tohunga… ka takutakuna—P. M., 126.

Samoan—ta'u, to tell, to mention: Latou te le aoao mai ea ia te oe, ma ta'u mai ia te oe? Will they not teach you and tell you ? Ta'ua, talked about; well-known; famed; ta'ut'au, to mention, to tell. Cf. ta'utino, to declare plainly.

Tahitian—tau, to invocate, to address in prayer; tatau, to ask for; to call out; (b.) counting, numbering; (c.) tattooing; faa-tau, lazy, idle; to be idle, procrastinating; faa=tautau, to linger, to delay. Cf. faa-taufafau, to make efforts to maintain the peace of the country; tauaua, to tattle.

Tongan—taku, to call by, to designate; takua, to mention, to call by name; tataku, to call several names together in succession. Cf. faka-takutakuleka, to act in a careless and indifferent manner.

TAKUAHI, a fender of stones placed round a fire-place inside a native house.

TAKUATE, to sigh. (Perhaps related to the expression: ‘Tau-o-taku-ate,’ an expression of affection.)

TAKUHE, secure from alarm; tranquil. Cf. takupe, tranquil, at ease; taku, slow.

TAKUNGA, poor food; food of bad quality. 2. The ground; pretext.

TAKUPE, quiet, tranquil, at ease. Cf. takuhe, secure from alarm; taku, deliberate; slow.

TAKUPU (or Takapu,) the name of a bird, the Australian Gannet (Orn. Dysporus serrator.)

TAKUPU (takupù), short.

TAKURU (tàkuru), a thud, the dull sound of a blow. Cf. ta, to beat; kuru, to thump.

TAKURUA, the star Sirius, the Dog-star: Ko Kahuwiwhetu, ko Poaka, ko Takurua—Wohl., Trans., vii. 33. 2. Winter: Takurua, hupe nui—Prov.: Kaore ana tau kotipu, kaore he takurua—P. M., 157.

Tahitian—taurua, the planet Venus.

TAKURUA (myth.), the mother of Aotahi (Canopus), the wife of Puaka (Orion).

TAKURUTU, feeble, sluggish: He wahie takurutu; Firewood that will not blaze. Cf. taku, slow, deliberate; takuhe, tranquil; secure from alarm; takupe, quiet, tranquil; rutu, to nod from side to side.

TAKUTAI, the sea-coast. Cf. tai, the sea; tahatai, the sea-shore; tapatai, the sea-shore; taku, the rim, the edge.

TAKUTAI-O-TE-RAKI (myth.), a battle fought in the heavens when the gods Tu and Rongo went thither to make war—A. H. M., i. 37.

TAMA, a son, particularly the eldest son: Ka whakaaro nga tama a Rangi raua ko Papa— P. M. 7. Cf. tamaiti, a child; tamahine, a daughter; tamariki, children. 2. The eldest nephew. 3. The name of a variety of kumara (sweet potato).

TAMATAMA, to treat superciliously or contemptuously; to treat as worthy of disgust. Cf. whaka-tamarahi, to boast; tamaramara, swaggering.

Whaka-TAMA, a dance of derision.

Whaka-TAMATAMA, to put on airs of superiority; to be above doing a thing.

Samoan—tama, a child, a boy: Ua to le fafine o le tama tane; The woman has conceived a male child. (b.) A woman's offspring, of either sex and of any age; (c.) a chief; (d.) the offspring of animals: Latoa te fananau mai i a latou tama; They bring forth their young (animals). Tatama, to be addled (of eggs); fa'a-tamatama, to act like a child, in dress or play. Cf. tamà, a father; tamaali'i, a chief's son; a chief; faitama, to be motherly; to take care of the young; tamatane, a boy; young men; tama'i, the young of animals and plants; tamafafine, a daughter; tamaitiiti, a little child; tamasà, the children of a sister; tamafai, an adopted child; tamaleta, a youth; tamameamea, an infant.

Tahitian—tama, a child, male or female. Cf. tamà, to wash, to cleanse, to purify; atama, affection for a child; tamahaea, a family that is disunited; tamahere, a beloved child; tamahine, a daughter; tamaroa, a boy, a male; tamaiti, a son; a little son.

Hawaiian—kama, a child; children generally, male or female: O Luaheu, kama a Pimoe; Ruaehu, child of Pimoe. (b.) The first husband of a wife; (c.) specifically, children adopted into the family of another; to adopt a child; (d.) to lead, to direct; (e.) to bind or tie up, as a bundle; kamakama, to bind, to tie fast; to bind up, as a bundle; hoo-kama, adoption; to adopt, as a child; the state of being a child by adoption. Cf. kamaaina, a native born in any place and continuing to live in that place; kamaeu, a page 457 mischievous, wicked child; kamaiki, the eldest or first-born, a term of endearment; kamakahi, an only child; kamalani, a petted child (lit. “child of a chief”); kamapuka, to glory, to boast; kamawahine, a female child.

Tongan—tama, a boy, a son: Bea nae nofo be ia mo ene ogo tama; She was left and her two sons. Faka-tama, to take the child of another and call it one's own; to adopt; (b.) to act in a boyish manner. Cf. tamai, a father; tamaiki, children; tamaimate, fatherless; tamabua, an idol, a doll; tamajii, a little boy; feitama, pregnant; toutama, to give sack; a nursing mother; tamaioeki, a male servant; toma, pride, vanity.

Mangaian—tama, a son: Tama aroa na Motuone, è; Beloved son of Motuone. Cf. tamaine, a daughter; tamaiti, a child; a son.

Marquesan—tama, a son: Tupu to'ia tama mua, to'ia tama hakaiki; Born is his first son, his princely son.

Mangarevan—tama, dear son (used by parents, uncles, &c., to children); (b.) a son or daughter, from childhood to old age; tamatama, a young man or woman between eighteen and thirty years. Cf. tamaeiata, simple, innocent; tamaherehere, a son or daughter kept in the house to make them fat and fair; tamahine, the eldest daughter; tamaroa, a boy; a man of any age; male, as opposed to female; teitama, adolescent; to keep to the house; lazy; aka-teitama, to keep to the house to blanch the skin.

Aniwan—cf. tama, a father.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. tamana, a father; an uncle; tama-rahai, an uncle.

Fiji—cf. tamana, a father; tama-ka, to reverence; tama, a shout or expression of reverence or respect to a god or chief (they also ‘tama’ when approaching a sacred place, or when a sacred bird flies near them); tamata, a man (homo); tamata, an egg which has been brooded on and has a young one in it. Redscar Bay—cf. tama, father.

Sikayana — cf. tamana, father; tama, a man; tamafine, a girl; tama-likiliki, a boy. North Borneo—cf. tamaa, father.

New Britain—cf. tamà, father.

TAMA (myth.), (or, properly, Tama-nui-a-raki,) a chief, who was a very ugly man; and his wife, Rukutia, left him for a more handsome lover. His daughters deserted him at the same time, and Tama was left mourning. After a time he followed his runaway spouse, and in his travels assumed the shape of a crane. He was noosed by some women, and returned to his human shape. The women asked him what he wanted, and he informed them that he wished the design painted on his face to be made permanent. They instructed him where to find his ancestors; and these performed the painful and dangerous work of tattooing completely in one operation. When he was cured, he again set out in search of Rukutia. Tama by his incantations caused his wife to leave her lover and swim out to his canoe. He then cut her in halves, and took the upper part of the corpse away with him. Returning to his home, he buried the remains of his unfaithful wife, and dwelt alone till summer came. Then, hearing a sound, as of words singing through the air, he visited the grave, and thereon found Rukutia sitting, restored to life, full of joy and welcome— A. H. M., ii. 34, et seq.; Trans., viii. 3.

TAMAAHU, to remove the tapu from the kumara (sweet potato) ground before digging up the crop; the first-fruits of a kumara crop.

TAMAAROA, [also Tamaroa (tamàroa),] a son. Cf. tama, a son.

Samoan—cf. tamàloa, a man. Cf. tama, a boy; tamà, a father loa, long.

Tahitian—tamaroa, a boy; a male. Cf. tama. a child (male or female).

Mangarevan—tamaroa, a boy; (b.) a man of any age; (c.) male (as opposed to female). [For full comparative, see Tama.]

TAMAHANA (tàmahana), to cook a second time. Cf. mahana, warm; hana, to shine, to glow; matahanahana, blushing, glowing; tamaoka, cooked; puhana, to glow; tahu, to cook; tao, to cook.

Tahitian—tamahana, to soothe; to encourage; tamahanahana, to warm and comfort a person repeatedly. [For full comparatives, see Mahana.]

TAMAHINE, [plural Tamahine (tamàhine),] a daughter: He tamahine na Whatitiri-matakataka—P. M., 51. Cf. tamawahine, female; tama, a son; hine, a girl; wahine, a woman. 2. Eldest niece.

Samoan—tamafafine, a daughter (used of the mother only, not of the father); (b.) the children of a sister. Cf. fafine, a woman; teine, a girl; mafine, a womam; fa'a-fafine, hermaphrodite; tama, a child; tamatane, a boy; a young man.

Tahitian—tamahine, a daughter: E tamahine na tau metua tane; She is a daughter of my father. Cf. mahine, a daughter; vahine, a woman; hinerere, off-spring.

Hawaiian—kamawahine, a female child. Cf. kaikamahine, a daughter, a female descendant; wahine, a woman; wahinepuupaa, a virgin.

Tongan—cf. ofefine, a daughter; tama, a boy; fine, women; fefine, a woman; taahine, a maiden.

Rarotongan—tamaine, a daughter: Kua akaipoipo i te tamaine a tetai atua ke; He hath married the daughter of a strange god. Cf. vaine, a woman.

Mangarevan—tamahine, the eldest daughter: Ko te Uru te tamahine; The South-west wind (goddess) was her daughter. Cf. tama, a son or daughter (from youth to age); ahine, a woman; veine, a wife; mohine, a term of endearment for the youngest daughter; toaahine, a woman.

Paumotan—cf. vahine, a wife; mohine, a woman.

Futuna—cf.fafine, a woman, a female.

TAMA-IHU-ROA (myth.), a chief who was the son of Ihenga and of Hine-te-kakara. He was father of the celebrated monster-slayers Pitaka, Purahokura, Reretai, Rongohaua, and Rongohape—Col., Trans, xi. 87.

TAMA-I-KOROPAO (myth.), a child of Hine-ahupapa and Rangi-potiki. [See Hine-ahu-papa.]

TAMAITI (plural Tamariki,) a child: Tenei ahau, e taku tamaiti—Ken., xx. 7. Cf. tama, a boy; iti, little.

Samoan—tamaitiiti, a little child: Na o le tamaitiiti ua ofo atu tatou te alo; Only the boy offered to go with him. Of. tama, a child; itiiti, little, small; tama'i, the young of animals and plants.

Tahitian—tamaiti, a son: Ei metua vau nona, e ei tamaiti oia na'u; I will be his father and he shall be my page 458 son. Cf. tama, a child, male or female; iti, small, little, slender.

Hawaiian—kamaiki, the oldest or first-born; the most endeared or best beloved; an expression of endearment, as “My precious child”: I ke kauhua o ke kamaiki; From her pregnancy with her child. Cf. kama, children of either sex; iki, small, little.

Tongan—tamajii, a little boy: Bea koe tamajii be au; I am only a little boy.

Faka—tamajii, childish, boyish. Cf. tama, a boy; tamaiki, children; agafakatamajii, childish.

Rarotongan — tamaiti, a son: A kapeea ra au i taku tamaiti? What shall I do for my son? (b.) A child: E anau akera taku tamaiti; My child was born. Cf. tama, a son; iti, little.

Moriori — timiti (tchimitchi), a baby.

TAMAIWAHO (myth.), a personage dwelling in the heavens, and whose dwelling is described as being cross-barred or fenced with lattice-work. He appears to have been in some way connected with the death of Hema, the father of Tawhaki. Tawhaki demanded utu (payment or redemption fee) from Tamaiwaho and enforced compliance. The gifts presented as utu were Te Whatu, Ateateanuku, Ateatearangi, Hurihangatepo, Hurihangateao. Te Mata, Koruehinuku, and Mateaateawhaki, names of powerful incantations — A. H. M., i. 125.

TAMAKA (tàmaka), a round cord plaited with fine strands. Cf. ta, to net; maka, to throw; makahuri, a large stone; kamaka, a stone, a rock; makamaka-whana, to dance the wardance.

Samoan—cf. ma'a, a stone; ma'atà, a sling.

Tahitian—cf. maa, to sling stones; a sling.

Hawaiian — cf. maa, a sling.

Tongan—cf. maka, a stone; faka-makata, a slinger.

Rarotongan—cf. maka, a sling; to sling.

Marquesan—cf. maka, to fight.

Mangarevan—cf. maka, a sling.

Paumotan—cf. maka, a sling; to sling.

TAMAKI (tàmaki), to start involuntarily.

TAMA-KI-TE-RA (myth.), an ancient personage, the son of Rakeora, who was the son of Ruatapu. [See Tuputupuwhenua.] The son of Tama was Rongo-maru-a-whatu.

TAMA-NUI-A-RANGI (myth.), a son of Rangi by Hekeheke-i-papa—A. H. M., i. 19. He was father of Haumia, the god of the fern-root. 2. [See Tama (myth.).]

TAMA-NUI-KI-TE-RANGI (myth.), an ancestor of Maui. This god preserved Maui at birth, when he was thrown by his mother Taranga into the sea—P. M., 19.

TAMA-NUI-TE-RA (myth.), the sacred name of the sun—P. M., 22; M. S., 101.

TAMAOKA (tàmaoka), cooked. Cf. tao, to cook; maoka, cooked; maoa, cooked; tamoe, to leave a long while cooking. [For comparatives, see Maoa.]

Whaka-TAMARAHI, to vaunt, to praise oneself; to act proudly. Cf. tamatama, to treat superciliously; to be proud; tamaramara, swaggering; rahi, great.

TAMARAMARA (tàmaramara), swaggering, blustering; walking affectedly. Cf. whaka-tamatama, to put on airs, to be vain; whaka-tamarahi, to vaunt, to boast.

Whaka-TAMARAMARA, to swagger, to strut. 2. To reason with, to expostulate.

TAMARERETI, “The canoe of Tamarereti,” the name of a constellation supposed to resemble a canoe, with cable, anchor, &c.: Ka tahuri te rangi te punga o Tamarereti—M. M., 173; see also Ika, 363; G. P., 60. In this canoe, the Belt of Orion is the stern, the Pointers are the cable, and the Southern Cross the anchor.

Ext. Poly.: Aneityum—cf. nelcau, a canoe; a division of country; the constellation of Orion.

TAMARIKI, a child (as opposed to adult). Cf. taitamariki, a young person of either sex; tama, a boy; tamahine, a daughter; riki, small. 2. Children (the plural of tamaiti): A e rapu noa ana ana tamariki i te ahuatanga o te Po,o te Ao—P. M., 7.

Whaka-TAMARIKI, youthful: A whakatamariki tonu te ahua o taua tangata—A. H. M., i.152.

Tahitian—tamarii, children: Na te fatu taua vahine ra, e tona atoa ra mau tamarii; The woman and her children shall belong to her master. Cf. tama, a child; tamaiti, a son; rii. little; young.

Hawaiian —kamalii, children, either male or female: Kuike i ka auhau nui, i na kamalii ame na mea a pau; They were heavily taxed, children and everything else. (b.) Dear friends; the young people of a family; (c.) a word of endearment, used either in the singular or plural. Cf. kama, a child; lii, little.

Tongan—tamaiki, children; faka-tamaiki, of or belonging to children. Cf. tama, a boy; tamajii, a little boy.

Marquesan—cf. taiki, a young boy.

Paumotan—tamariki, a child.

Rarotongan—tamariki, children: E akarongo mai, e te au tamariki ra; Listen, oh ye children!

Ext. Poly.: Sikayana— cf. tamalikiliki, a boy.

TAMAROA (tamàroa), a son. [See Tamaaroa.]

TAMATA (tàmata), fresh, green. Cf. mata, unripe, green. 2. A new bush-clearing. [For comparatives, see Mata.]

TAMATANE (myth.), a talisman used to dispel enchantments of others. The tamatane was thrown at Tama in the Under-world by the ancestral spirits, and Tama leaving his shape as a white heron, resumed his human form— Wohl, Trans., viii. 112. [See Tama (myth.).]

TAMATEA, the sixth, seventh, eighth, and ninth days of the moon's age. The sixth is Tamateatu-tahi, the seventh is Tamatea-tu-rua, and so on respectively; but other names for these four days are Tamatea akaiariki, Tamatea whananga, Tamatea aio, and Tamatea whakapau.

TAMATEA (myth.), some very ancient personage, alluded to in archaic legend. He was the fifth in descent from Rangi, the Sky. “The fire of Tamatea” is said to have destroyed all the moa (Dinornis) birds (Col., Trans., xii.) in the North Island; and a similar story is told by the priests of the South Island. [See Ui, and Moa.] The moa were certainly not destroyed altogether by fire or deluge. The tradition re “the fire of Tamatea” is probably a survival of some legendary recollection concerning a catastrophe of eruption or conflagration in another and earlier place of settlement, page 459 other than New Zealand. The Mangaian mythology records that all the world was set on fire when Maui obtained fire from the Firegoddess: hence the proverb, “The rocks at Oravaru (Hades) are burning” —M. & S., 56. [See Maui.] The Hawaiians, according to the legend of Wela-ahi-lani, say that Tane destroyed the world by fire, on account of the evil conduct of its inhabitants. This was the former world, and its destruction took place before the creation of the first man, Kumuhonua, by the Triad gods (Tane, Tu, and Rongo).

TAMATEA-A-MOA (myth.), a chief whose home was visited by Ranginui when searching for his father—A. H. M., iii. 90.

TAMATEA-HUA-TAHI-NUKUROA (myth.), the chief of the Takitumu canoe in the Migration to New Zealand. The name is thus given (A. H. M., ii. 181), but Tamatea, Huatahi, and Nukuroa were probably three persons. This Tamatea is almost certainly Tamatea Pokai-whenua.

TAMATEA-KAI-ARIKI (myth.), a great chief of ancient Hawaiki. From him descended Uenuku, Toi-te-huatahi, Houmai-tawhiti, Whakaturia, Tama-te-kapua, &c.—P. M., 81.

TAMATEA-KAI-WHAKAPUA (myth.), one of the persons whose house was visited by the god Tane after his journey to Rehua. [See Rehua.]

TAMATEA-POKAI-WHENUA (myth.), a celebrated ancestor of Maori tribes. He was the son of Rongokako, and was the father of Whaene, Kahungunu, Matangi-rau, Koautama, Akiroa, Kahuniu, and Apa—A. H. M., ii. 87. Tamatea came to New Zealand in the Takitumu canoe, and landed at Turanga. He turned his firebrands and his dog into taniwha, or water-monsters. His wivea were Iwirau and Mahakiroa. Three other wives deserted him; their names were Hineraukawa, Hinerauharaki, and Te Kohiwai; these were all turned into greenstone (jade)—A. H. M., iii. 80. Iwipupu is also said to be the mother of Kahungunu: probably this is another name for Iwirau—A. H. M., iii. 72. [For genealogy, see S. R., 14.]

TAMATEA-RO-KAI (myth.), the chief of the Rangi-ua-mutu canoe. [See under Arawa.]

TAMA-TE-KAPUA (myth.), a famous ancestral hero of the Maori people. He was the giant son of Houmai-tawhiti, of Hawaiki, and is first spoken of as journeying with his brother Whakaturia in search of Potaka-tawhiti, a dog belonging to Houmai-tawhiti. This dog, it was discovered, had been killed and eaten by Toi-te-huatahi and Uenuku. In revenge, the brothers robbed Uenuku's fruit (poporo) trees.Whakaturia was caught and hung up in the smoke of Uenuku's house to die; but by stratagem and the help of his brother he managed to escape—P. M., 79. War ensued; and it was found that an emigration was the only possible way of preserving the lives of some of the weaker tribes. Canoes were built, and the Arawa, Tainui, Matatua, and other canoes set out for New Zealand. [See Arawa.] Tama-te-kapua was in command of the Arawa, and enticed Ngatoro-i-rangi, the priest of the Tainui, on board his own vessel. He also carried off Ngatoro's wife (Kearoa) and Whakaotirangi, the wife of Ruaeo. On account of Tama taking liberties with the wife of Ngatoro, and thus arousing the anger of the great priest, the Arawa was nearly lost in the whirlpool of Te Parata—P. M., 87. The Arawa at last reached Whangaparaoa, in the North Island, and her crew found that the Tainui had arrived there before them, and claimed the prior right of possession. Through the cunning of Tama, this claim was disproven. The Arawa went on to Tauranga, and to Maketu. Here Ruaeo (whose wife had been carried off) found Tama, and engaged in a fierce duel, in which Tama, gigantic as he was, was overmatched, beaten down, and insulted. Tama went on with Ngatoro to Tangiaro, and died there; but when dying, he ordered his children to return to Maketu—P. M., 94. Tama had two sons, Tuhoro and Kahumata-momoe. These men buried their father on the summit of Moehau (Cape Colville)—S. R., 53. The parting words (poroporoaki) which Tama spoke to his sons were:—

E papa nga rakau i runga i a koe Mau ake te Whakaaro ake. Ae, ae.

E haere nga taua i te ao nei, Mau e patu. Ae, ae.

TAMA-TE-PO (myth.), a son of Maru-tuahu. He was ancestor of the tribe of Ngati-Rongou—P. M., 158. [See Marutuahu.]

TAMA-TE-RA (myth.), a son of Maru-tuahu, and ancestor of the Ngati-Tamatera. [See Marutuahu.]

TAMAU (tàmau), to fasten. Cf, ta, to net; mau, fixed; confined; tami, to repress; taumau, to be betrothed; tumau, fixed; constant; pumau, fixed; constant.

Samoan—cf. mau, to be firm; to be fast.

Tahitian—tamau, to take hold of; (b.) to persevere; perseveringly, constantly: E imi tamau i tona ra mata; Seek his face continually. (c.) To keep in memory; tamaumau, to continue to hold; (b.) to persevere in talking, retaining in memory, &c. Cf. mau, to retain or hold a thing; to seize.

Hawaiian—kamau, to remain a long time; to persevere in any state or business in which one is; endurance, perseverance, fast-adhering, constant; (b.) a friend of one on account of relationship. Cf. kama, to bind or tie up, as a bundle; to adopt, adoption; kamauea, to hold on for the present just to live; mau, to continue; to endure; to persevere.

Marquesan—tamau, to attach, to fasten together; to make solid; to confine: Tanaoa tamau ae Atea hee anatu; Tangaroa was confined while Atea soared onwards. (b.) To hang up; (c.) a kind of song.

Mangarevan—tamau, to keep hold of anything; (b.) a mantle; a woman's shawl.

Paumotan—tamau, constant; a fixed, constant desire.

Moriori—cf. kamau, constant; pumau, constant.

TAMAURIURI (myth.), a supernatural personage who was the servant of Matuku, the goblin who had destroyed the father of Rata. By the advice of Tamauriuri, Rata was enabled to slay Matuku and revenge his father's death— Wohl., Trans., vii. 22; A. H. M., iii. 4.

TAMAURU, the South-west wind. Cf. uru, west hauauru, the west wind, &c.

page 460

TAMAWHIRO (myth.), a chief of Hawaiki; a son of Haumanu. He taught the common people the lore of the priesthood, and had to flee for life. This was the cause of many battles in Hawaiki—A. H. M., ii. 47.

TAME, TAMETAME to smack the lips. 2. To eat. Cf. kame, to eat. 3. Food. Cf. kame, food.

Paumotan—cf. kamikami, to smack the lips.

TAMENE, to be congregated, assembled. Cf. mene, to be assembled; humene, gathered up into small compass.

Tahitian - cf. tamene, to compress a thing to reduce its bulk;menemene, round, globular.

Hawaiian—cf. mene, to contract, to shrink up, to pucker up.

TAMI (tàmi), to press down with a weight. Cf. tamoe, to press flat; ta, to dash down; tamira, to press. 2. To repress, to keep back, to keep down.

Samoan—cf. taomi, to press down by a weight or force.

TAMINAMINA (myth.), a taniwha, or water-monster, living in a deep water-hole at Waipapa-Hansard, Sept. 27th, 1877.

TAMINGI, the name of a plant (Bot. Epacris pauciflora).

TAMIRA (Moriori,) to press. Cf. tami, to press; tamoe, to press flat.

TAMIRO, twisted. Cf. miro, to spin, to twist; ta, to net. [For comparatives, see Miro.]

TAMOE (tàmoe), to press flat. Cf. tami, to press down with a weight; tamira, to press. 2. To smother, to repress, as one's feelings. 3. To leave a long time in the process of cooking. Cf. moe, to sleep. 4. Kumara (sweet potatoes) used in the tamaahu ceremony.

TAMOMI, to be engulfed. Cf. momi, to suck up.

TAMU, pudendum muliebre.

TAMUIMUI (tàmuimui), to swarm round, to crowd round. Cf. mui, to swarm round, to infest; karamuimui, to swarm upon; tamumu, to hum.

Tahitian—tamui, to twist or bind leaves together (for fishing) with a band, used to drive fish into the net. [For full comparatives, see Mui.]

TAMUMU, to hum: Ka tamumu te ngaro —A. H. M., v. 63. Cf. hamumu, to mumble, to mutter; mumu, to murmur; kohumuhumu, to murmur; amuamu, to grumble; mui, to swarm upon.

Hawaiian—kamumu, and kamumumumu, a rumbling indistinct sound of something doing; (b.) the noise and action of a person eating meat baked to a crisp, or cartilaginous meat; (c.) rumbling, as of waggons; (d.) the sound of many footsteps; (e.) the roar of a great rain at a distance; (f.) the rustling of wings. Cf. mumu, to hum, &c.

Tahitian—tamumu, a din, a noise; to make a din; (b.) to congregate; (c.) tokens of puberty. Cf. mùmù, to make a confused noise, as of a number of persons talking together.

Paumotan—tamumu, to rustle, to rattle; (b.) a dull hollow noise. [For full comparatives, see Mu.]

TAMUMU-KI-TE-RANGI (myth.), “He who buzzes in the sky.” A spirit in the shape of a fly, sent by the parents of Hatupatu to find out their son's abode. The spirit found Hatupatu's corpse; he had been murdered by his brothers Hanui and Haroa. Tamumu brought the boy back to life—P. M., 116. [See Hatupatu.]

TAMURE (tàmure), the name of a fish, the Snapper (Ich. Pagrus unicolor): He wha tawhara ki uta, he kiko tamure ki tai—Col., Trans., xii. 117.

TAMURE (myth.), a celebrated wizard of Kawhia. He vanquished Kiki, the Waikato sorcerer, by means of more powerful incantations—P. M., 170.

TANA (tàna), (plural Ana,) his; hers; its: Katahi ka utu te tangata ra i tana taha — P. M., 92. Cf. tona, his; nana, his, belonging to him, &c.

Samoan—lana, (also sana,) his; her: E fai i ai lana tala; He gives in his report. Cf. lau thy (Maori = tau); lona, his; her.

Tahitian—tana, his; hers; its: E tai tona paruru, e te moana tana patu; The sea is its rampart, and the ocean its wall. Cf. tona, his; hers; its.

Hawaiian—kana, his; hors; its (seldom used in the neuter); Huai oia i kana umu iho; He uncovered his own oven.

Aniwan—tshana, his.

Paumotan—tana, his; hers; its. Cf. tona, his.

TANE, a husband: Kaore ia i whakaae kia wehea raua, te wahine i te tane—P. M., 8. 2.

A male: E whanau ta taua tamaiti he tane, maku e horoi—P. M., 50.

Whaka-TANE, to become a man; virile: Ka pepeha te hakui, ‘Ko Whakatau, potiki ahau, e whakatane i a ia’—Wohl., Trans., vii. 49.

Samoan—tane (tàne), a man; (b.) male: Ua to le fafine o le tama tane; The woman has conceived a male child; (c.) a husband: Ona tulai lea o lana tane, ua alu atu ia te ia; Her husband arose and went after her. Tanea, to be full of handsome men; (b.) to have known a man carnally (of a woman); tanetanea, to be full grown, said of the ‘ava plant; fa‘atane, to be masculine, said of a woman. Cf. tamatane, a boy.

Hawaiian—kane, the male of the human species: He kane ia kanaka mua loa; The first inhabitant (homo) was a man (vir). (b.) A husband; to be or act the part of a husband: I hoi noho i ke kane; Dwelling in marriage with her husband. Hookane, to make a special friend of a man, applied only to a woman; (b.) to keep a lodging - house. Cf. kanemake, a widow.

Tahitian —tane, the male of mankind: Mai te vahine hoi no roto i te tane ra na te vahine atoa te tane; As the woman is of the man, so the man is of the woman. (b.) A husband: E noho mai tau tane ia‘u i teie nei; Now will my husband dwell with me.

Tongan—taane, the marriage of a chief; to celebrate the marriage feast; faka-taane, to sit with the legs folded under the body, the sitting posture of the Tongan men. Cf. mahagataane, twins, both boys; moataane, a cock.

Rarotongan—tane, a male: E anau mai ainei oki te tane? Shall a man be with child. (b.) A husband: Ki taku tane ariki, ki Tinirau; To my royal husband Tinirau.

page 461

Aniwan—cf. tatane, a male.

Marquesan—cf. tuakane, a woman's brother. [See Tungane.]

Ext. Poly.: Fiji —cf. tagane, a male.

New Britain — of tane, to betroth.

TANE (myth.), one of the greatest divinities of Polynesia. He was known and worshipped in almost every island of the Pacific, either as the male principle in Nature, or as the god of Light.

New Zealand. — Tane was the son of Rangi (Heaven) and Papa (Earth). His brothers were Rehua (A. H. M., i. 29), Tu, Rongo, Tangaroa, Tawhiri-matea, and others. Tane, as Tane-mahuta, is the Lord of Forests, and it was he who, after consulting with his brothers, succeeded in tearing his parents apart, and allowing the daylight to brighten the world. Tawhiri-matea, the god of Storms, was the only one to the brothers who had not agreed to the “rending apart,” and his wrath was turned against those who had accomplished the divorce of his parents, so his fierce tempests swept and ravaged the forests of Tane-mahuta. Tane-mahuta was lord of all birds and insects, his forest children; and of all things fashioned from wood — P. M., 7, et seq. Tane was also the god ruling the minor woodland deities, viz., Haereawaawa, Pahiko, Parauri, Takapotiri, Winiwini, Huhu, Pepe, Rakatauri, Wheke, and others—A. H. M., i App. Tane appears to have been a mighty celestial deity, when, as a god of goodness and light, he drove Tu and Rongo, the leaders of the rebellious spirits, down from heaven to the nether darkness of Kaihewa; he having defeated them in the battles of Awarua and Te Ururangi —A. H. M., i. 38. Tane spread the stars upon the breast of his father, the Sky (A. H. M., i. 44); he also spread out the ocean; and prepared the Living Water [see Wai-ora-a-tane] in which the moon renews herself every month. Tane is the creator of man [sometimes the actual creation is attributed to Tiki; see Tiki] (A. H. M., i. 158 and 165), first making a woman, known as Hine-hau-one, or Hineahuone. It was through the wickedness of men in not believing in the creative deity of Tane that the Deluge was sent upon the world— A. H. M., i. 166. Many wives are given to Tane, to account for the different lines of progeny by which men traced their genealogies up to a divine source. Among these wives are Maunga, Tohika, Tukoriahuru, Putarakau, and Hineatauira—A. H. M., i. 145. [See also Hine-nui-te-po—S. R., 23.] There were other Tane born to Rangi after he had been wounded by the spear of Tangaroa, viz., Tane-tuturi, Tane-pepeke, Tane-ua-tika,Tane-ua-ha, &c. These were deformed or imperfect divinities. [See also Trans., vii. 33 for Tane-kupapaeo, Tane-mimiwhare, &c.] Tane followed his wife (daughter) Hine-nui-te-po down to Hades (Po) in the hope of inducing her to return; but when Tupuranga opened the door of Darkness, Tane became affrighted and returned to the Upper-world. Mangaia.—The worship of Tane, Rongo, and Tangaroa, the elder gods of Polynesia, here became overlaid by newer systems of theology. Vatea (Daylight) in Mangaia, as in the Marquesas, appears to have usurped the functions of Tane as the Lightgod; but Tane is spoken of by name in the ancient songs as father of all. In the song by Kirikovi (M. & S., 217) appears the line: ‘O Tane metua i Avaiki e,’ “Great parent Tane in the Shades”; but generally he is alluded to under the name of one of his manifestations. The chief of these is Tane-papa-kai (the piler-up of food). Then follow, Tane-ngakiau (striving for power), Tane-kio (the Chirper), Tane-i-te-ata (of the shadow), Tane-i-te-kea (the consecrator of kings), Tane-tukia-rangi (the heaven-striker), Tane-i-te-io (the inspirer of bravery), Tane-ere-tue (the storm-wave), Tane-vaerua (the Spirit) &c. Tane-mataariki (of the royal face) was worshipped under the form of a triple stone-axe. Marquesas.—Here Atea (Daylight) takes the place of Tane; but Tane is mentioned in the genealogies as the twin brother of Atea, and as one of the twelve sons of Toho, the progenitor of the Polynesian nation. [See Atea, and Take.] The Triad [see Hawaiian] is chanted of, as,—

“The Son, equal with the Father and with Rongo,

Dwelling in the same place;

Joined are they three in the same power,

The Father, Rongo, and the Son.”

—Forn., P. R., 218.

Tahiti.—Here Tane was one of the intermediate gods, i.e. deified men; but the tenth or highest heaven (which was in perfect darkness) was that of Tane, and was called Te Rai haamama no Tane. In another of the Society Islands (Huahine), Tane was the tutelary deity, and was believed to exist and one of the uncreated gods. Hawaii.—The cult of Tane worship reached its culminating glory in Hawaii. He became the Light-giver, the principal person in their ancient Trinity of Kane, (Light), Ku (Stability), and Lono (Sound) (Tane, Tu, and Rongo). Tane is distinctly called “Heaven-father” (Lani-makua; or M.L. = Rangi-matua) in the fragment of their ancient liturgy which has been preserved: Kane-Po-Lani, O Lani-makua, me Ku-ka-Pao i Kikilani, me Lono-nui maka-oaka, &c.; Tane-Po-Rangi, O Heavenly Father, with Tu, the Builder, in the blazing heavens, with great Rongo, of the flashing eyes, &c. He is identified with the Creator in a very ancient chant,—

“Tane, Lord of Night, Lord the father,

Tu-ta-pako in the hot heavens,

Great Rongo with the flashing eyes.

Lightning-like lights hath the Lord

Established in truth, O Tane, Master-worker

The Lord-creator of mankind.”

When, after the Flood (Kai-a-kahinalii), the Hawaiian Noah, who is called Nuu, left his vessel, he offered up sacrifice to the moon, saying, “You are doubtless a transformation of Tane.” Tane was angry with this worship of a material object, but on Nuu expressing contrition, the rainbow was left as a pledge of forgiveness. Apart from this creative aspect of Tane, the deity seems to have been especially connected with Light. He is identified with the sun in its name of Kaulana-a-Kane (the resting-place of Tane), and also, Kane-nee-nee (the moving, departing Sun). The East was called He ala nui hele a Kane (the great highway of Tane), and Ke ala ula a Kane (the bright road of Tane); and the West was He ala nui o ka make (the great road of death), and Ke ala nui maaweula a Kanaloa (the much-travelled highway of Tangaroa). Anciently, Hawaiian houses faced page 462 the east in honour of Tane. One of the seas over which the Polynesians sailed in their Migration was called “The many-coloured ocean of Tane.” Paliuli, or Paradise, is “the hidden land of Tane,” or “The land on the heart of Tane,” &c. [See Waiora.] There were many minor dieties into whose name Tane enters as a compound, viz.: Kane-i-kapua-lena (Tane of the yellow flower); Kaneapua, a younger brother of the great Tane; Kane-i-kapu-a-lena, a class of gods, as Kanekii, Kanehakia, &c., thirteen in all; Kanepuaa, the god of husbandry; Kanepaina, a fish-god; Kane-hekili (Tane the thunderer), a son of Pele, the goddess of volcanoes, and brother to Ke-o-ahi-kama-kaua (the fire-thrusting son of war); and Lakakane, the god of dances. Kane-nui-akea (the great wide-spreading Tane (eight or ten minor Tane were grouped under this name), and Kane - lulu - honua (earthshaking Tane), idols at Luapua, were probably images of the great Tane. Kane-makua, the god of fishermen, might have been the first person of the Triad above-mentioned. Mangareva.—Kane is “warmth of sun, fire,” &c. Ext. Poly.: Totong—cf. kane, lighting. 2. The name of the canoe in which Kohu discovered the Chatham Islands. [See Kohu.]

TANE (tàne), to deride, to slap in sport. Cf. ta, to strike. [For comparatives, see Ta.]

TANEA, to be choked, throttled.

TANEKAHA, the name of a tree, a “Celery-topped Pine” (Bot. Phyllocladus trichomanoides).

TANE-MAHUTA (myth.). [See Tane.]

TANEROROA (myth.), a daughter of Turi, born in Hawaiki—P. M., 127. [See Turi.]

TANEWHA, to lie.

TANIKO (tàniko), the ornamental border of a mat: Ma te iwi he kakahu pai, hei nga weruweru taniko—A. H. M., i. 11. [Syn. Kahutaniko.]

TANIKONIKO (tànikoniko), a vein in timber.

TANIWHA, a water - monster. The word was sometimes used for monsters of any kind; for mighty chiefs or persons having supernatural power of any kind: Ki te Taniwha nui o te moana—P. M., 29. 2. To turn oneself into a sea-god or supernatural being: I taniwhatia tenei tangata, haere ana i raro i te whenua— G.-8, 29. 3. A species of shark. For accounts of taniwha, see Araiteuru, Taminamina, Pekehaua, Hotupuku, Kataore, Hinehuarau, Hinengutu, &c.

Samoan—tanifa, a large species of shark.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. daniva, one kind of shark.

Java—cf. danawa, a goblin (probably Sanscrit).

TANOE, to be sprained. Cf. tanoni, to be sprained.

TANOIA, to hitch on, as with a rope.

TANONI, to be sprained. Cf. tanoe, to be sprained; takoki, sprained.

TANU, to bury: Ko nga tupapaku i tanumia ki te rua—P. M., 153: Ka tata ki te kainga ka patua, ka tanumia—P. M., 47. 2. To plant. 3. To fill up: E tanu ana te hau i te rua o te marama—G.-8,18.

Samoan—tanu (plural tatanu), to bury: E tanumia o le oti ni ona e totoe; The remainder shall be buried in death. Cf. tanuma‘i, to cover up with; to cover up closely, as a person in a shivering fit; to bury in oblivion; to conceal.

Tahitian—tanu, to plant herbs, trees, &c.: E tanu vau ia ratou; I will plant them. (b.) to bury a man or anything else: E ore ratou e otohia, e ore hoi e tanuhia; They shall not be lamented, neither shall they be buried. Tatanu, a cultivator of the ground; (b.) to plant trees. Cf. tanuai, a cultivator; a gardener; tanuna, to cover or overtop.

Hawaiian— kanu, to bury, as a corpse; a burial; to cover up in the earth: Hele kanu kupapau; Gone to bury the dead. (b.) To plant, as seed; to plant out, as a vegetable; a planting; to transplant: Alaila, e kanu aku i ka laau; There plant the tree: Ka mana ahai kanu awa e; The bird clipping the twig of a tree and planting it. (c.) To hide in the earth; a putting out of sight in the earth. Cf. pakanu, a garden; a place where things are planted.

Tongan— tanu, to bury, to hide, to conceal; Tuku keu alu o tanu eku tamai; Let me go and bury my father. Tanutanu, to bury, to cover over with earth; tatanu, cloggy, soft, as soil after rain; yielding. Cf. tanuma, to bury the dead by numbers; fetanuaki, to fill up from all sides; tano, a burying place of the dead; tanubobo, to fill full and pressed; tanumaki, to earth up any plant or tree; to cover; to cover in the mind; tonumaga, anything buried for a time, as yams for setting.

Mangaian—tanu, to plant: Tanumia te ara i te atua Koro, è ! The pandanus was planted by the divine Koro.

Mauke—tanu, to bury: Ka aere to tanu aitu; Let us go and bury the poor body.

Mangarevan— tanu, to plant, to sow: E tanu ana ratou ki te taro; They are planting the taro. (b.) To bury, to inhume; tanuga, burial.

Paumotan—tanu, to cultivate (tanu-katiga); tanumaga, a planter, a cultivator; a colonist; to cultivate.

Ext. Poly.: Malay—cf. tanam, to bury, to inter; to plant, to sow.

BasaKrama—cf. tanam, to bury; to plant.

TANUKU, to crumble down. Cf. nuku, to move; tanu, to bury, to conceal. 2. To swallow saliva. 3. To feel internal pain.

Tahitian—tanuu, to slide or go to one side. Cf. nuu, to slide along, to glide.

Moriori— cf. hoko-tanukunuku, confused.

Hawaiian— cf. nuu, to rise or swell up; hoo-nuu, to have a swollen stomach; to devour food greedily.

TANUMI, to disappear behind an object. Cf. nunumi, to disappear behind; tanu, to bury.

TANUMI (tànumi), to fold double.

Samoan—tanumi, to cover up with; (b.) to cover up closely, as a person in a shivering fit; (c.) to bury in oblivion; to conceal. [For full comparatives, see Nunumi.]

TANGA (tànga), to be assembled; congregated; a crowd; a shoal of fish; a haul of fish: Waiho kia tae au ki te kawe atu i te hau o tenei tanga ika—P. M., 24. Cf. whaka-taka, to assemble. 2. [See under Ta.]

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. taga (tangga), used of warriors coming, or ready to come.

TANGA, TATANGA, TANGATANGA, quick, soon. Cf. kautangatanga, in brisk motion.

TANGAE, TANGAENGAE, to bolt food, to swallow greedily: He kuku tangaengae nui; he parera apu paru—Prov.

page 463

TANGAENGAE (tàngaengae), the navel-string. In severing the umbilical cord of a chief's son, important ceremonies take place.

Hawaiian—cf. kanaenae, a sacrifice, an offering to the gods; to observe; to watch; to pray to the gods; kanae, hard breathing; nae, to pant; naenae, difficult breathing; a sacrifice to the gods to appease their anger; the place whence the wind comes.

Mangaian—cf. tangaengae, breathing, or life. (Myth.) Tangaengae is a spirit standing at almost the lowest point of Creation (the lowest of all being Te-aka-ia-Roe, “the Root of all existence”), and helping to sustain the Universe. Tangaengae is the middle part of the root Aka.

Paumotan— cf. tagaegae, a sacrifice; to sacrifice.

TANGAHANGAHA (tàngahangaha), the name of a fish.

TANGAI, the bark, the rind. Cf. takai, a wrapper, a covering. 2. The cervical vertebræ.

Tahitian—cf. taai, to tie or bind a thing.

Tongan—cf. tagai, a narrow bag, a sack.

Bowditch Island—cf. takai, a waist-mat.

Paumotan—cf. takai, to re-tie. Ext. Poly.:

Malay—cf. tangkai, the stalk or stem of a plant.

TANGAIKA, spoil taken in war.

TANGA-KAKARIKI (myth.), a valuable dog offered up to the marine deities by the crew of the Ririno canoe at Rangitahua, between Hawaiki and New Zealand—P. M., 133. [See Porua.]

TANGANEI, but now; but as for this.

TANGANGA (tàngàngà), loose, not tight. Cf. tangara, loose; tangoro, loose; tangengangenga, loose, as a tooth. 2. Stragglers; campfollowers.

TANGATANGA, loose, not tight: Te toki ekore e tangatanga i te ra—Prov. 2. Easy, free from pain.

TANGANGAO, to subside.

Mangarevan—tagao, to drawl, to dawdle, to drag along; tagaogao, gentleness of action.

TANGARA, loose. Cf. tangoro, loose; tangatanga, loose.

TANGARE (tàngare), angry. Cf. takare, eager; strenuous; ngangare, a quarrel; ta, to strike.

Whaka-TANGARENGARE, to grow angry.

Paumotan— tagaregare, rapacious, voracious, ravenous.

TANGAROA (myth.), (alos Takaroa,) one of the great deities of Polynesia, the Lord of Ocean. Tangaroa was a son of Rangi (Heaven) and Papa (the Earth). Because he took part with his brothers Rongo, Tu, Haumia, and Tane in the “rending apart” of their parents, he was attacked by his brother Tawhiri-matea, the god of Tempests, and forced to hide himself in the sea. Tangaroa's son, Punga, had two children, Ika-tere, the father of fish, and Tu-tewehiwehi (or Tu-te-wanawana), the father of reptiles. Dismayed by the assault of Tawhirimatea, the fish took shelter in the sea, and the reptiles in the forest. Tangaroa was ever after in enmity with Tane-mahuta, the Lord of Forests, for having sheltered his runaway children—P. M., 4. Other versions of the parentage, &c., of Tangaroa, or Takaroa, are given. One of these states that Tangaroa was the son of Te-more-tu, and that Papa, or Papatu -a-nuku, was his wife. Papa committed adultery with Rangi, and a combat ansued in which Rangi was piereed through both thighs by Tangaroa's spear, and the woman was allowed to become the wife of

Rangi—A.H.M., i. 22 and 23. Tangaroa had one son, Tinirau, and nine daughters, viz.: Rua-te-pupuke, Rua-to-hihiko, Rau-to-mahara, &c. One legend states that Tangaroa was a son of Rangi-potiki, the Prop of Heaven [see Toko], by his second wife, Papa-tu-a-nuku; he committed adultery with Rangl's third wife, Papa, and in the fight with Rangi, Tangaroa was victor and Rangi was badly wounded. Tangaroa married Te Anu-matao (chilling cold) and with her he begat the gods of the fish class, viz.: Te Whata-uira-a-Tangawa, To Whatukura, Poutini, and Te Pounamu—S. R., 17. In the South Island, Tangaroa was little known, but he was sometimes seen in the misty spray of the sea when the sun shone on it.

Samoa.—The first of the uncreated gods having human form. He was the son of “Cloudless heavens” and “Spread-out heavens.” [See Genealogies, App.] Tagaloa existed in space and made the heavens to dwell in; then he made the Lalolagi (under the heavens) or the Earth. He threw down one stone from heaven and it became Savaii, antoher and it became Upolu, but some legends say that he drew these up with a fish-hook. [See Maui.] Tagaloa sent down his daughter in the form of the bird Turi (Snipe, Orn. Charadrius fulvus). She flew hither and thither but could find no resting-place and returned to the skies. Again and again she was sent until at last, amidst the breaking waves, she saw the dry land appear. Having reported this to Tagaloa, he sent her down with a creeping plant. Soon after, the first man, Ariari, made from stones and fire, and the first woman, as a mate for him, appeared. Tagaloa had a son called Tagaloa of the Heavens, and his son had also a son named Moa (after whom Samoa was named), and a daughter, Lu. “Tagaloa” is interpreted, the “Unrestricted” or “Unconditioned.” He is worshipped under several names or manifestations, as Tagaloa-lagi-tuavalu (Tangaroa of the Eighth Heaven), Tagaloa-fa‘a-tupu-nuu (Tangaroa, the Creator of Lands), Tagaloa-asiasi-nuu (Tangaroa, the Visitor of Lands), &c. He was supposed to be seen in the moon, and was worshipped at the time answering to our month of May. Residents during this season were not allowed to leave their homes, nor could strangers pass about the country. Only men were permitted to touch the offerings of food: they were tapu to women and children. Tagaloa was worshipped in one village as a bowl; in another as a hollow stone; but his most revered abode was a grove of sacred trees, whither the high chiefs went on solemn occasions to consult the deity. Tagaloa was married to a goddess named Sinaleana, the daughter of Sina, the wife of the King of Manu'a. Sinaleana bore Tagaloa a son, named Pili. Tagaloa was a title sometimes conferred on a chief. Manihiki.—In this island, Tangaroa takes the place of the Fire-goddess Mahuika. Maui page 464 went to him to procure fire for men, and was advised to take the common (noa) path, but disdainfully chose the “path of death,” and thus aroused the ire of Tangaroa, who attempted to kick him to death. Maui prevented this, and insisted on receiving the gift of fire, which was granted to him; but by craft he slew his benefactor. On his parents expressing their horror at the deed. Maui by his incantations brought the old deity back to life. Mangaia.—Tangaroa was a child of Vatea (Daylight) and Papa (Foundation); a younger twin brother of Rongo. He instructed Rongo in agriculture, and shared the divinity of food, trees, fish, &c., with him; but to Tangaroa's share only fell that which was red (the red taro, red fish, &c.) All fair-haired children were his; and a golden-haired child is called “the fair progeny of Tangaroa” (the god himself also being yellow-haired). Europeans, when they first discovered Mangaia, were supposed to be Tangaroa's children: Anau keu a Tangaroa, kua piri paa i te ao; The fair-haired children of Tangaroa, doubtless sprung from dazzling light —M. & S., 13. Bowditch. Island.—The principal deity was Tui Tokelau, whose title was Tagaloa-ilaya-i-te-layi. Tonga.—Tagaloa is a great deity residing in the sky. It is he who sends forth thunder and lightning. He is the god of carpenters, of arts and inventions, and of foreigners. Tagaloa and Maui were never represented by images; they were too sacred. Tagaloa went forth to fish in the great ocean, and his line caught in some huge obstruction. He hauled on it with divine power, and pulled the Tonga Islands up to the light of day. Had not the line broken at a critical moment, doubtless a great continent would have appeared. Tagaloa had two sons, Tubo and Vaka-akau-uli. Of these, it is represented that the former was the ancestor of the Tongans, and the latter the progenitor of the Europeans. Tahiti.—Taaroa dwelt in the immensity of Space; “there was no sea, no earth, no heaven, no mankind.” He created the land of Hawaiki, the great and sacred land. He is essentially the Demiurge, Father of gods and men. “Taaroa is the Root; He is the Rock; Taaroa is the Light, Taaroa is within”—thus taking the place of Tane, who is represented as his son. [See Tane.] Marquesas.—In opposition to the Tahitian view, the legend called Te Vanana ua Tanaoa records that in the night of Chaos or Hades sat the great powers of Night, Tanaoa (Darkness) and Mutuhei (Silence): hence the line, speaking of the primeval Chaos, “Tanaoa filled and dwelt in the whole heavens” (Tanaoa hakapi a nonoho i na ani otoa). Atea (Light) evolved himself from Darkness; from Light sprang Ono (Rongo), “Sound,” and these two made victorious war upon Darkness and Silence. Light wedded the Dawn born in the struggle, and created the minor deities and men. Hawaii.—The Marquesan notion that Tangaroa is an evil being also obtains credence in the Hawaiian islands. Kanaloa is the ruler of the Infernal world (Po), and he is called Akua ino, kupu ino, “the Evil Spirit.” When the Triad (Tane, Tu, and Rongo) were engaged in making the first man, Kanaloa also made an image, but could not imbue it with the life-gift. Kanaloa then grew angry, and said to Kane, “I will take your man, he shall die,” and this was the origin of death. Kanaloa was the leader of the revolted disobedient spirits, and was punished by Tane, as Tu was punished by Tane in the New Zealand legend. [See Tane.] These spirits had rebelled because they had been denied the awa (kava) of sacrifice, and they were thrust down to the lowest depths of Darkness (i lalo loa i ka Po). The West was called Ke ala nui maaweula a Kanaloa (the much-travelled highway of Tangaroa, equivalent to the pathway of Death). 2. A personage of prediluvian days. He was a just and learned teacher—A. H. M. i. 172.

TANGAROA-KIOKIO, the twenty-fifth day of the moon's age.

TANGAROA-MIHI (myth.), a chief who was the owner of the monster Kataore—G. P., App. xci.; Col., Trans., xi. 95; A. M., 52.

TANGAROA-MUA, the twenty-third day of the moon's age.

TANGAROA-ROTO, the twenty-fourth day of the moon's age.

TANGATA, a man, a human being (homo): Kotahi ano te tupuna o te tangata maori—P. M., 7: Ko te tinana (of Hine-nui-te-Po) he tangata ano —P. M., 30. Cf. ngata, a man.

Whaka - TANGATA, to become a man; to take human form: Anana! kua whakatangata taua manu—P. M., 19.

Samoan—tagata, a man: Auà e le se tagata o ia e pei o a'u; He is not a man as I am. (b.) Mankind; (c.) a servant; tagata (tagatà), full of people; fa'a-tagata,an image; a sculpture; (b.) a picture; (c.) to dress out, to adorn. Cf. aitutagata, a murderer; tagatanoa, a person of no account; tagatànu'u, a common man; àutagata, without people, desolate, as a village or country; tagatàfanua, residents; fa'a-tagatamatua, to act like a full-grown man; to be strong; to be thoughtful.

Tahitian—taata, a man; a human person, male or female: Eaha outou i na reira ‘i i te faarue i te reira taata? Why have you left the man? Plural Taata (taàta): Aita tai, aita taata; There was no sea, no mankind. Cf. taatae, a stranger; ihotaata, the person himself, with regard to something sacred; patutaata, a class or rank of men; taatahia, peopled; made full of people; taataata, the human jaw-bone, over which certain prayers were said in the marae (sacred place); taatanoi, an athletic man; a skilful person; taatarimarima, a thief; taatatapu, a human sacrifice; taatatupu, a neighbour, an acquaintance.

Hawaiian — kanaka, a man, one of the human species; the general name of men, women, and children of all classes: Hookikina aku no lakou i na kanaka; They urged on the men. (b.) A common man, in distinction from a chief; (c.) people generally; persons, mankind; to be or dwell as men: Hookani aku la na kanaka penei; The people exclaimed thus. (d.) Self; person; own; (e.) manly; firm, stable; (f.) the end of the outrigger of a canoe; hoo-kanaka, to act the man; to act courageously or firmly; to observe rectitude of conduct; to act faithfully or firmly; (b.) a title of Kane (the god Tane) as Creator. Cf. kanakamakua, the state of mature age; a man page 465 of bodily strength; the master of a household; kanakano, fine! manly! well done!

Moriori—rangata, a man: Ka kai ko moe i ka rangata a ka wenua a ka pau—G.-8., 30. Cf. karangata, men.

Tongan — tagata, a man: Bea ke fai o galigali tagata; Shew yourself a man. Faka-tagata, manly, to act the man. Cf. agafakatagata, manliness: manly; faahi-tagata, relatives and friends of the bridegroom; talatagata, to challenge.

Rarotongan—tangata, a man: Ka akaoki atu i te vaine a taua tangata nei; Restore the man his wife. (b.) Mankind: Ka akanooia'i te tangata ki runga i te enua nei; Since man was first placed on the earth.

Mangarevan —tagata, man: Akamou atu koe eki mea kai ki a tagata ara e; Give that man a little food. Aka-tagata, to make a present; (b.) to make a friend. Cf. tagatamotua, a grown-up person; aka-tagatamotua, to become adult.

Marquesan — enata, a man: He enata imua, he enata i mui; A man before and a man behind.

Aniwan — tagata, human beings. Tagatakomate, men that were dead.

Paumotan — tagata, a man, a person.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. tauna, a man; tau, a man.

Aneityum—cf. intakata, a woman (in = nom. prefix).

Fiji —cf. tamata, a man.

Sulu—cf. tau, a man.

Malay—cf. orang, a man [see Moriori].

Sikayana—cf. tanata, men.

Vanikoro — cf. ranaka, a man. Solomon Islands—cf. kaniga, a man.

Formosa—cf. aulong, a man [see Malay].

Bougainville—cf. tamata, a man. Lord Howe's Island — cf. kanaka, a man.

Menado—cf. taumata, a man.

Saparua—cf. tumata, a man.

TANGATA-KIMORI (tangata-kimòri), small, insignificant.

TANGATA-ROA, a giant. There are many legends in which giants are mentioned as having lived in New Zealand; some of these relating to historical or semi-historical persons, and others being pure myth. Tama-te-kapua was nine feet high; and he was vanquished in single combat by Ruaeo, who was eleven feet high. Tuhourangi was nine feet in height, and was six feet up to the armpits. The bones of Tuhourangi were used for a long time in priestly ceremonies, being brought out and set up in the high places at the time of the kumara being planted. They were taken away by the Ngapuhi tribe when they stormed the island of Mokoia, in Lake Rotorua—P. M., 93. Kawharu was another giant, of twenty-four feet in length, and he was used by his friends as a scaling-ladder in the attack on the pa at Moturimu, in the Kaipara—G.-8, 30. Raukawa, the ancestor of the Ngati-Raukawa tribe, was thirty feet high, and leapt across the Waikato River at the point where the town of Cambridge now stands. The South Island was inhabited by a race of giant ogres named Kahui-Tipua. They could stride from ridge to ridge of the hills, and hunted with two-headed dogs. They could also swallow rivers, and transform themselves into any shape they chose—A. H. M., iii. 189. Te Rapuwai was caught by one of these ogres, but escaped. Mangaia.—Mokè, the son of Tavare, was sixty feet high. Two marks in sandstone rock are still shown as his footsteps; they measure about two feet eight inches in length. He had as his opponent a Rarotongan giant, Teuaopokere, but he was only thirty feet high, and declined combat. Te Manavaroa was a most enormous giant. His grave covers nearly the whole island. His right arm lies beneath a range two miles in length, and his right leg beneath another three miles long, Hawaii.—Many giants are recorded as having lived in the Hawaiian Islands. The most remarkable of these was Kana. His ordinary height was four hundred fathoms (2,400 feet), but he had the original faculty of being able to lengthen his limbs like the tubes of a telescope, so that he could walk with his head above water through the deepest part of the ocean. Kiha, Liloa, Umi, and Lono were all giants of some eight or nine feet in stature, and were Hawaiian Kings. Maukaleoleo, the friend of Umi, could, when standing on the ground, pick cocoanuts from the highest trees. Samoa.—There was a giant race in Samoa. The chief of these was Tafai. [See Tawhaki.] He was very tall, and could throw a cocoanut-tree as a spear. He plucked up a great Malili-tree eighty feet high, and could toss it in the air and catch it again. If he stepped on a rock, his weight was so great that the rock took the impression of his footprint as though made in soft sand. He was a giant well-disposed and kindly.

TANGATA-TAWHITO, the name of a bird, the Water-hen (Orn. Porphyrio melanotus).

TANGEAO, TANGEO, the name of a tree (Bot. Tetranthera calicaris). Syn. Mangeao.

TANGENGANGENGA, loose, as a tooth, &c. Cf. tanganga, loose, not tight.

TANGEO, bitter in taste; acrid, sharp.

TANGERE, the keel of a canoe. [See Takere.]

TANGI, to cry; to sound; to coo; to roar; a cry, a sound: Ka tangi te piopio—G. P., 432: Ka tangi te whatitiri—G. P., 332. 2. To weep, to lament; to wail; a lamentation, a dirge: Kia tangihia tetahi tangi mo to teina—M. M., 184: Ko wai tou tangata hei tangi i a koe?—P. M., 42. Cf. takitaki, to recite a song. 3. To cry as a token of affection: Ka tangi raua ki to raua whaea—P. M., 48. 4. To salute: Ka haeremai a Rehua ki a tangi—P. M., 35.

TATANGI, to rattle, to jingle: Ka tatangi nga iwi o Hema i runga i te whare—P. M., 48.

Whaka-TANGI, to cause to sound: Whakatangi ai i tona koauau—P. M., 78.

Samoan—tagi, to chirp; to bellow, to roar; a chirp; a roaring: E toe tagi ai foi alise; Again the cricket will chirp: O le taalili o lona tagi; By the resounding of his roaring. (b.) To wail, to lament: E tagi outou ma taufaitagiaue; Ye shall weep and lament: Ua tagi a'e le fafine i lalo i le vanu loa; The woman was crying from below in the deep chasm.(c.) To beg for food; (d.) to chant a poem; (e.) to complain, to lodge a complaint; a complaint; tatagi, to tinkle, to ring; (b.) to sound, as a wooden drum; tagitagi, to cry often; (b.) a young parroquet; fa'a-tagi, to cause to weep (applied to kings when rebelled against); fa'atagitagi, to jingle, to ring, as a bell; tagisia, to cry for; (b.) to be becried, to be benighted. Cf. tagitau, to call for one; tagiaue, to lament; tagivale, to be fretful; tagialise, to be dusk page 466 (lit. “the cricket's crying”); tagitu'i, to cry and beat the body; tagifale, to weep with closed houses; lagilaulao, to cry all along, family after family, as on receiving news of many persons being killed in a battle; tagitàtùtùvae, to cry and stamp the feet; tagitautala, a mournful dirge at a funeral, telling the misdeeds of the family which caused the death of the person.

Tahitian—tai, to sound, as an instrument; (b.) to weep, to cry, to grieve; weeping; sorrow; a cry, wailing; to be sorrowful; taia, grief, sorrow, heaviness; to be grieving, sorrowing; tatai, to rehearse or recapitulate the particulars of an argument; faatai, to make one grieve or weep; faa-taia, to discourage; to cause heaviness or grief; to yield to discouragement. Cf. hautai, weeping or lamentation for the dead; taiaru (M. L. = tangi-ngaru), a noisy talker, whose voice resembles the roaring of the sea; taiaia, to weep for lost land, food, &c.; to be extirpated, as in war; consumed or cleared off entirely; taihaa, condolence; taihitoa, a startling voice; taioeoe, the noise made by young children.

Hawaiian—kani, to make a sound more or less musical; to hum, as a tune; a singing or ringing sound: Kani halale ka leo o ka manu; Sounding exultingly is the voice of the bird: Alaila e kani aku ai na laau o ka nahele; Then shall the trees of the forest sing. (b.) To sound as a trumpet: A i kani loihi ka pu; When the trumpet sounds a long time. (c.) To make a report, as a gun; to crack, as a whip; to rumble, as thunder; to squeak, as shoes; to crow, as a cock; sounding squeaking, making a noise; kanikani, to tinkle, as a small bell; the sound of any tinkling instrument; (b.) to sound, as any sharp noise; to cry out with a shout; hoo-kani, to sing; to praise; to play on an instrument of music: Ua akamai i ka hookani; Clever in playing instruments. (b.) To cry out, as a multitude; (c.) to be unpleasantly affected, as the ears at hearing bad news; hoo-kanikani, to play the ukeke (an ancient pulsatile instrument of the Hawaiians, a kind of harp); to strike on anything to make a sound; (b.) to sing often. Cf. kaniai, the windpipe, the throat; kaniuhu, to mourn, to sigh; to coo like a dove; kanikau, to compose a dirge; kaniaau, a mourning for the loss of a wife or husband; kaniahia, to weep immoderately for one who is absent, as a man for a beloved wife; kaniuli, to put out the lip; kuolokani, an ancient Hawaiian musical instrument; pahukani, a drum; any musical instrument of a pulsatile kind.

Tongan —tagi, to cry, as a bird; a cry; to call out: Bea oku ikai koe le'o o nautolu oku tagi i he fakavaivai'i; It is not the voice of them that cry for being overcome. Tagitagi, the sound of the war-cry; (b.) stretched to the utmost; tatagi, to ring, to tinkle; faka-tagi, to cause to cry; to cry for; faka-tagitagi, to retain anger; to brood over evil. Cf. fetagiaki, to cry from place to place; fetagihi, to cry or weep together; kavatagi, the kava drank immediately on the death of a person; matatagi, fretful; taagi, to chant the excellencies or defects of others; tataki, to stretch out.

Mangaian—tangi, to sound, to cry, to sing, as a bird: E manu tangi reka te Ioi; The Ioi is a bird that sings delightfully. (b.) To wail, to weep, to lament: Kua rai te po, e tangi è; The night is at hand, weep (for me). (c.) To feel sympathy with: Kua akakoro oki ratou ravarai e aere mai e tangi iaia; They had made an appointment together to come and mourn with him.

Marquesan—tani, (also taki,) to sound: Te puaa te vavena e tani huina; The animals between, making a great noise. (b.) To sing; (c.) to bark, as a dog.

Mangarevan—tagi, to mourn, to wail; weeping: E tagi kuhane, e heko ano; The kuhane bird wails and laments. (b.) To sing; a song; to cry; to make a noise; (c.) the sound of a bell or a trumpet; tagitagi, a chant, a chorus, generally of an amorous nature; aka-tagi, to sound, to ring, to re-echo. Cf. togi, sonorous.

Paumotan—tagi, mourning, grief; to weep; tatagi, to bewail, to mourn, to lament.

Ext. Poly.: Motu— cf. tai, to cry; to howl (of dogs); taimomo, fretful.

Aneityum—cf. taig, to cry, to weep; ataigataig, to sing, as a kettle before boiling.

Malagasy — cf. tany, a cry, a lamentation.

Malay—cf. tangis, to weep.

Kayan—cf. nangi, to weep.

Siwa—cf. tangi, to weep.

Ilocan—cf. sangit, to cry, to weep floods of tears.

Java—cf. nangis, to weep.

New Britain— cf. tagi, to cry.

Nguna—cf. tagi, to weep.

Fiji—cf. tagi, to cry, to weep aloud, to lament; to crow, as a cock; to sing, as birds; taqiri (tanggiri), sounding or ringing. Redscar Bay—cf. tai, to cry.

Lepers Island— cf. tangi, to weep.

Iai—cf. than, thunder.

Fate—cf. tagi, to weep.

Baki—cf. tegi, to weep.

Tagal—cf. taghoy, to weep, to lament.

TANGIAITUA (myth.), a deity dwelling in the surf. Only its voice is heard, its form is unseen.

TANGITA, to lie, to repose.

Whaka-TANGITANGI, the name of a plant (Bot. Metrosideros sp.)

TANGIWAI, a kind of stone, the Noble Serpentine.

TANGIWHETO, peevish; a “cry - baby.” Cf. tangi, to cry; wheto, small. [For comparatives, see Tangi.]

TANGO, to take up; to handle: Ka tango ki te pu wiwi—P. M., 16, Katahi ia ka tango i tana patu—P. M., 21. Cf. tangotango, pitchdark. [See Tongan.] 2. To remove, to displace; to take away: Ka mea atu ia ‘Tangohia!’—P. M., 20.

TATANGO, to snatch one from another.

TANGOTANGO, to keep on taking a thing; to meddle with. 2. To use, to handle. 3. Unsteady. 4. One who selects, one who chooses. 5. The rail of a fence.

TANGOHANGA, the circumstance, &c., of taking. 2. Betrothal. 3. Marriage. 4. The feast given at betrothal or marriage.

Samoan—tago, to touch: O le mea lea ua ou le tuuina atu ai ia te oe e tago atu ia te ia; Therefore I did not let you touch her. (b.) To take hold of; (c.) to feel; tagotago, to take hold lightly; tagotago (tàgotago), to grope the way; tatago, to shampoo; (b.) to feel in a hole frequented by fish. Cf. tagole, to ransack, to pull about and pry into the property of another thievishly; tagolima, to have plenty; tagogàtaua, a seeking of troops.

Hawaiian —kano, the bones of the arms, the bones of the lower arm (the radius and the ulna); (b.) page 467 to grasp in one's arms, an in wrestling; (c.) the handle of an axe, shovel, &c.; (d.) a cubit, in measure; (e.) the body of a tree, in distinction from its branches; (f.) a running vine, as of melon, &c.; (g.) a notch made in a tree, &c., where birds may alight, in order to catch them; (h.) to be proud, to be haughty; pride.

Tongan—tago, to visit in the night; to go to a female in the dark; the visiting of females under cover of night; tagotago, to find out the way in the night; tatago, to seize, to attack suddenly. Cf. fetagoaki, to go to each other in the dark.

Mangarevan— tago, to seek anything among the coral of the reef; (b.) a piece of wood for sustaining the roof or beams.

Paumotan—tago, to catch, to seize; (b.) to take by surprise; tagohia, surprise.

Ext. Poly.: Malay—cf. tangan, the hand; the arm; tatang, to carry on the open hand; tangkab, to catch, to lay hold of.

Malagasy—cf. tanana, the hand; tana, held, grappled, grasped; tango, a handle, a helve.

Ilocan—cf. tacquiag, the arm.

Magindano —cf. tago, to keep.

Matabello— cf. tagatagan, a finger.

Teor—cf. limatagin, a finger.

Java—cf. tangan, a hand.

Baju—cf. tangan, a hand.

Bicol—cf. taquiag, the arm. Murray Island—cf. tag, the hand.

Macassar—cf. teteng, to take; tangga, to carry.

TANGONGO (tàngòngò), mellow, thoroughly ripe, soft. 2. Cooked, well-cooked. Cf. tangoungou, thoroughly ripe; tangorungoru, cooked; soft; thoroughly ripe.

TANGORO, loose. Cf. tanganga, loose; tangara, loose; korokoro, loose, slack. 2. Not filled out, not full. 3. Having the skin loose; blistered.

Tahitian—cf taoro, to string together a number of things; a sort of streamer or ornament; a row or chain of islands.

TANGORUNGORU (tàngorungoru), thoroughly ripe and soft; well-cooked. Cf. tangongo, ripe; well-cooked; tangoungou, thoroughly ripe; ngoungou, thoroughly ripe; well-cooked; soft.

TANGOTANGO, intensely dark, pitch-dark. Cf. potangotango, very dark; tango, to take hold of, to touch. 2. [See under Tango].

Samoan—cf. tago, to feel.

Tahitian— taotao, great, extreme, applied to darkness.

Hawaiian—cf. kano, pride, to be proud; kanokano, high, proud, great.

Tongan— tago to visit in the night; to go to a female in the dark; the visiting of females under cover of night; tagotago, to find out the way in the night; tatago, to seize, to attack suddenly. Cf. fetagoaki, to go to each other in the dark.

Marquesan—takotako, and tanotano, very dark, very sombre; to obscure: He tanotano keke po; A black, dark night. Cf. tagotago, ignorant.

Mangarevan—cf. tago, to seek anything among the coral of the reef.

Paumotan—cf. tago, to catch, to seize; to take by surprise.

TANGOTANGO (myth.), the celestial maiden who visited Tawhaki in his sleep, and afterwards became his wife. They quarrelled over the little baby-girl that was born to them, and Tangotango took the child away with her to heaven. Tawhaki mourned very greatly for the loss of his wife and at last set out, together with his brother Karihi, in search of her, They were directed on their way by the blind goddess, Matakerepo, and Tawhaki ascended the “vine hanging from heaven,” and reached the celestial regions, where he found Tangotango and his little girl, Arahuta. After that time Tawhaki assumed his divinity and remained in the skies—P. M., 41. [See Tawhaki.] another version of the legend states that tawhaki wedded parekoritawa, and they went to heaven together; but as parekoritawa, the daughter of the god tane and Hinetauira, had a sister named po-tangotango (very dark night), it is possible there is a confusion of legend. po-tangotango was born after Hinetauira had gone to the shades (Po), and had changed her name to hine-nui-te-po. Tawhaki and Parekoritawa left a black moth behind them as an emblem of the mortal body —S. R., 23. Tangotango is sometimes called Hapai—P. M., 41.

In Mangaia there is a deity named Tango, a brother of Tu-metua and Tinirau, his home was in Enuakura at Avaiki (the spiritual Hawaiki in the Shades). Potangotango is the wife of Rangi. in. Hawaii, the quarrel which resulted in the estrangement of Tawhaki and Tangotango is, as to its cause, repeated in the story of Hina. [See Hina. See also, comparatives of Tangotango, Very dark.]

TANGOUNGOU, thoroughly ripe. Cf. tangorungoru, thoroughly ripe; tangongo, ripe; ngoungou, thoroughly ripe.

TANGURU, deep-toned, gruff. Cf. nguru, to grunt; to sigh; to rumble; ngoro, to snore.

Samoan—ta?ulu, to emit a hollow sound, as by a blow on a hollow tree, or distant thunder; ta?ulu (tàgulu), to snore. Cf. gulu, to sleep (a jocular term); gu, to growl; to make a murmuring noise, as of voices at a distance.

Tahitian—cf. uuru, to groan, as in pain; to grunt.

Hawaiian—kanulu, (and kanunu,) heavy, as a sound; oppressively heavy, as a deep heavy voice or sound; Cf. nunu, a moaning, grunting, groaning.

Tongan —ta?ulu, to snore; a snoring, a rattling in the throat. Cf. gulu, a grunting, a murmuring noise, a grunter; gugulu, to groan or roar.

Mangarevan—ta?uru, the sound of heavy rain. Cf. guguru, a far-off noise; a heavy noise as of many voices.

Rarotongan —cf. ngunguru, to grunt; crying out; wailing.

Paumotan—ta?uru, to snore. Cf. guruguru, to moan, to gasp; tagoro, to snore.

TANGURU, a species of dark-green beetle. Cf. tanguru, gruff, deep-toned; nguru, to rumble, moan.

TAO, a spear: Kua tu i te tao o Hatupatu— P. M., 96. 2. Descending mists. 3. Blessings. cf. taonga, treasure; property.

Samoan— tao, a spear: Ua ia ‘ata foi i le apoapo o le tao; He laughs at the shaking of the spear. Tatao (tàtao), to cut spears; (b.) to ward off spears; stick to strike down spears with Cf. taogasea, speared by accident; taoleoleo, a lance, a spear not to be thrown; taosala, a spear piercing the body and cut out; mataotao, spear-pointed.

Tahitian—tao, a spear used in war; (b.) a stick carried on the shoulders, with a bundle at each end; (c.) a cleft in a rock or tree; page 468 tatao, the highest central part of a cocoanut tree. Cf. autao, anything on the point of which a cocoanut is grated; omuatao, the pointed part towards the end of a spear; taoau, a stick or seat with which to grate cocoanuts; tiatao, the name of a long spear.

Hawaiian—kao, a spear, a javelin; to throw or cast, as a spear; kaokao, to be prominent, to project; (b.) to be red; (c.) to be hard to the touch. Cf. kaolele, a dart, a javelin.

Tongan—tao, a spear: Tuku keo velo'i leva ia aki ae tao ki he kelekele; Let me strike the spear through him into the ground. Taotao, logs or sticks used for keeping gatu (native cloth) on the earth when spread out. Cf. totao, long, sharp, pointed.

Mangarevan —tao, a lance. Cf. kohurutao, the shaft of a lance; taoakatara, a lance with barbed points; taoerei, a cocoanut-wood lance; taohara, a lance of pandanus wood; taoko, a spear with out fishbones or ornaments; taopukào, an iron spear.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. Tahoa, to throw a spear: tahotaho, said of children playing with light spears.

Sikayana—cf. tao, a spear.

Yap—cf. tau, or tao, an axe.

TAO, to bake or cook in a native oven (properly to “steam,” to boil with steam): He koromiko te wahie i taona ai te moa—Prov.: Ka taona ma te tohunga, ma Kae—P. M., 38. Cf. tahu, to cook; taopuku, to cook anything wrapped in leaves, 2. To hold food which is being cooked: E tao tahanga matatea te umu—MSS.

TATAO, to remain a long while in process of being cooked. 2. To lie flat and close. 3. To be deep. 4. To droop, to bend downwards. 5. To bleed at the nose. Cf. toto, blood. 6. The second person slain in a battle: Kei ahau te tatao—S. T., 249: Katahi ka reia e Tetiwai a i aia te tatao—A. H. M., iv. 95.

Samoan — tao, to bake: Ona tao ai lea e fafine e toa sefulu a outou mea ‘e ai i le ogaumu tasi; Ten women shall cook your food in one oven. Tatao, to put under a weight, to press, to squeeze; (b.) to lie in ambush; taotao, to press down by weights; (b.) certain beams of a house. Cf. tao'atoa, a breadfruit baked whole; taofono, to cook food the day before it is wanted; taotaouli, to bake with the skin on, as taro, &c.; tao'ofu, “that which presses down the clothes”: hence, a shawl, &c.; tàòfi, a holding on to; to restrain; to hold to, as an opinion; taomi, to press down by a weight or by force.

Tahitian—tao, baked; boiled; cooked. Cf. ahitao, an oven fire; fire, as a signal; taoahi, to bake hastily in the native oven; taouu, to bake the breadfruit whole with the skin on; taovavahi, to bake breadfruit, having first split it; tahu, to kindle a fire.

Hawaiian—cf. kaomi, to press down, as with a lever; to hear down upon a thing; to crush; to humble one; kahu, to bake in the ground; to cook food.

Tongan—tao, to cook food in an oven; to bake; to be baked; tatao, to press, to squeeze, to put under a weight; (b.) to lie in wait; a party lying in ambush; taotao, to bear upon, to press upon; to cover with something heavy; (b.) logs used in pressing native cloth flat upon the ground; fakataotao, to cover or conceal with other things. Cf. fetao, to roast human bodies for food; fetaoaki, to make haste in cooking food; fetataoaki, to press, to squeeze one another; taotoka, to keep down by a weight; to sit upon the outrigger to keep it down; taomi, to crush; to lie upon; to squeeze.

Marquesan— tao, to bake in a native oven.

Mangarevan— tao, to cook in an oven; taotao, to keep cooking in an oven. Cf. taoumu, to cook in an oven.

Mangaian—tao, to cook in an oven: Tera tu te umu e tao iaau; This is the oven in which you will be cooked. Ext. Poly,:

Motu —cf. taotao, to hold down, to press down.

Malagasy—cf. tatao, the rice, milk, and honey cooked at the annual feast.

TAOKETE, the brother-in-law of a man; the sister-in-law of a women: A ka haere Maui raua ko tana taokete—P. M., 27. 2. The relationship of one wife to another when one man has several wives; Kia ata tu i ou taokete—Wohl., Trans., vii. 50.

Tongan—taokete, an elder brother or sister.

Rarotongan—taokete, the brother-in-law of a man; the sister-in-law of a woman.

Marquesan—tokete, a brother-in law or sister-in law.

Mangarevan—tokete, a brother-in-law or sister-in-law.

Paumotan—taokete, a brother-in-law. Taokete-morire, a sister-in-law.

Ext. Poly.: Malagasy—cf. zaobavy, a sister-in-law; zaodahy, a brother-in-law; zaotra, relationship contracted by marriage.

TAONGA, property, treasure: Karakia mo nga kai, karakia mo nga taonga—P. M., 11. Cf. tahu, opulent, possessing property (letter change, as tahu, to cook=tao, to cook?); taunga, a bond of connection between families. 2. A possession or influence, sometimes mental: Tenei taonga o te tangata Maori, te makutu—MSS.

Samoan—cf. toga, native property, consisting of fine mats and siapo (cloth made from bark of the paper mulberry); foreign goods; property; riches; all things not of native manufacture.

Tahitian—taoa, property, goods of any sort: Ua i te taoa haru; Full of stolen goods. Tataoa, to give property; faa-taoa, to compensate; to give property. Cf. taohaa, property, goods; tauhaa, property.

Tongan—cf. tooga, fine mats; waiting men and maidens; too, to take, to carry in the hand.

Mangarevan—cf. hutogatoga, a very grand dress of native cloth; toga, cloth made of papyrus.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. tàgatauna, a rich man (tauna, a man).

Malagasy—cf, taona, gathered, collected.

TAOPUKU, to cook food wrapped up in leaves; the leaf-wrappers. Cf. tao, to cook; puku, secretly. [For comparatives, see Tao.]

TAORU (tàoru), TAORUORU, soft, yielding; Cf. oru, boggy. [For comparatives, see Oru.]

TAOTAO, a fence or outer coating of sticks to protect the thatch of a native hut. Cf. tao, a spear.

Tongan—taotao, logs or sticks used for keeping gatu (native cloth) on the earth when spread out. [For full comparatives, see Tao.]

TAOTU (taotù), a wounded man. Cf. tu, to be wounded; tao, a spear.

TAOWAHIE, pudendum muliebre (meatus urinarius).

TAPA, the margin, the edge, the brim of a vessel. Cf. tapatai, the sea-shore; tapawha, four-sided; square.

page 469

Samoan—tapa, one of the white borders of a siapo (garment of native cloth).

Tahitian —cf. tape, fragment of cloth; tapemoana, the edge of the deep water; tapepe, to repair a thing.

Hawaiian—kapa, a bank; a shore; Naholo mai la lakou ma keia kapa; They ran along on this side (of the stream), (b.) A name given to the labium of a female; both together are called kapakapa; kakapa, a small strip of land adjoining another's large land. Cf. kapawa, the border or edge of a garment; kapalaau, the place of sunsetting.

Tongan —taba, the border of the native cloth; (b.) the border or edge of anything; (c.) a reserve in war; faka-taba, to make the border of the gatu (native cloth). Cf. tabakau, the coarse mats for flooring; tabataba, to glitter, to shine; tabaji, to Strike the hands together; tabale, to strike from every side.

Mangarevan—tapa, native cloth; (b.) tho border of cloth. Cf. tabakahu, a morsel of cloth.

Ext. Poly.: Malay—cf. tapi, the edge, the border.

TAPA, to call, to name: Koia i tapa ai e ia te ingoa o tana tamaiti ko Wahieroa—P. M., 47: Tapaia ana o ratou nohoanga ko Pouretua. 2. To command. Cf. tautapa, to give the word for action.

TAPATAPA, to call by the name of anyone; a kind of curse.

TAPAPAPA, to call: Ka tapapapa e koe ‘kia kotahi ki a Aonui ’—A. H. M., ii. 10.

Samoan—tapa, to call out the name of the chief's cup of ‘ava; (b.) to beckon with the palm of the hand inclining towards the body, signifying to come; (c.) to demand; tapatapa, to oil the body to excess; (b.) to have leu-corrhea. Cf. tautapa, to shout the praises of a chief on occasion of getting a wife; tapatele, to ask for what one has no right to; to ask for what is difficult to grant, and to which one has no claim.

Tahitian—cf. taparau, to converse or talk together; tapàu, a plaited piece of cocoanut leaf used by the priests to direct their prayers, like the rosary of the Roman Catholics.

Hawaiian—kapa, to call, to name, to give a name to: A o ka lau o ua kalo la, ua kapaia kona inoa o laukapalili; The leaf of that taro is called rautapariri. (b.) To designate; (c.) to stigmatise; kapakapa, to call by an assumed or fictitious name; assumed, fictitious.

Mangarevan—tapa, to give a nickname; aka-tapa, to demand food and drink.

Marquesan—tatapa, to assume the name of anyone; (b.) spirits sent by the gods.

Tongan—faka-taba, to salute or command suddenly: to speak rapidly. Cf.fetaba, salutation, greeting; to salute; tautaba, the calling of one in imminent danger; to beg, to call upon one when in trouble; tabafuaia, to call upon one by name.

Ext. Poly.: Macassar—cf. taba, order, arrangement; tappoe, to name (kana, to curse, also means to name).

TAPA (tàpa), a split or cut. Cf. tapahi, to cut. 2. Chapped. 3. Pudendum muliebre: He tapa tihoihoi—S. T., 175.

Samoan—cf. tapei, to crack, to break up, as a bamboo; tapau, to cut to the exact length.

Tahitian—cf. tapahi, to split or divide breadfruit, taro, &c.; tapahipu, to cleave in the midst.

Hawaiian— kapakapa, labia pudenda; (b.) the crotch of men.

Ext. Poly.: Macassar—cf. tabang, to fell.

TAPA (tàpà), to pulverize soil. Cf. tapahi, to chop; ta, to strike; pa, to be struck; tapakuri, a basket.

Samoan— cf. tapasu, to strike a heavy blow; tapale, to break up firewood with quick repeated blows; to strike on every side; tapati, to clap the hands when about to divide the ‘ava (an intoxicating drink); tapei, to crack, to break up, as a cocoanut or bamboo; tapoto, to strike cleverly with the club.

Tahitian— cf. tapahi, to split; a cleaver; taparahi, to beat, to strike; to kill, to murder; tapotu, a blow given with a club.

Tongan—cf. tababa, to beat a drum; tabaji, to strike the hands together; tabale, to break up; tubaba, to beat with a quick stroke.

Hawaiian—kapa, the bloth beaten from the bark of the wauki or paper mulberry (Morus papyrifera), also from the bark of other trees; (b.); cloth of any kind; clothes generally: Ua peleuia ke kapa o ke alii; The dress of the chief has been defiled. (c.) a rustling, a rattling, as of large drops of rain.

Marquesan—tapa, native cloth; (c.) the leaf of a book (modern). Cf. tapakau, a canoe-sail; cocoanut-leaves braided by the priest; tapake, leaves of cocoanut plaited and bound round a drum to make it firm.

Ext. Poly.: Malay—cf. tampar, to slap; tapak, to tap with the hand; dadap, a club, a mace; tabah, to beat, to beat out; tabuh, a drum; to beat. Java — cf. tabuk, to slap; tapih, a petticoat.

Malagasy—cf. dabodaboka, beating, thumping, drubbing.

Bicol—cf. tampal, to slap.

Formosa—cf. tabba, a native chopper.

Macassar—cf. tabang, to fell; tatta, to fell; tappere, a mat; tamba, to clothe.

Lampong—cf. tapis, the garment (only one; corresponding to the Malay sarong).

Kisa —cf. tapi, cloth.

TAPAE (tàpae), to stack, to lay one upon another, as firewood piled up. Cf. pae, to lie across. 2. To place before a person, to present: Ka whakatika a Hua ki te tapae kai ma te ope— A. H. M., ii. 16. 3. To lie in a slanting position.

Hawaiian—kapae. to pervert, to turn aside; the act of turning aside. Cf. paepae, any substance upon which another lies in order to keep it from the ground.

Rarotongan— tapaepae, to turn aside, to go to one side: Auraka e tapaepae ki te pae katau e te pae kaui; Turn not to the right hand or to the left.

Marquesan—tapae, to set apart; on one side. [For full comparatives, see Pae.]

TAPAHI, to cut, to chop: Ka tikina atu ka tapahia mai tetahi taha o taua ika nei—P. M., 38: Ka tapahia tona upoko, a ka tanumia te tinana—A. H. M., i. 28. Niho tapahi, a front tooth. Cf. tapa, a split, a cut; ta, to strike.

TAPATAPAHI, to cut to pieces, to mince; Ka tapatapahia nga paru o te whare—P. M., 49.

Tahitian—tapahi, to cut, to divide breadfruit, taro, &c.; (b.) a cleaver with which to split firewood; (c.) diarrhœa; a flux; tapatapahi, a bloody flux; (b.) the menses of women; faa-tapahi, to use a cleaver; tapahipahi, to split or cleave repeatedly; (b.) the menses.

Hawaiian—cf. ka, to strike; to dash; pahi, a knife, a cutting instrument of any kind; kapakapa, labia pudenda.

TAPA-HURU-KIWI (myth.), one of the primitive Life-powers antecedent to man. He was son page 470 of Ngana-mawaki, and father of Tapahurumanu —S. R., 13.

TAPA-HURU-MANU (myth.), the father of Tiki, who was father of Tiki-te-pou-mua, the first man—S. R., 13.

TAPAI (tàpai), the part of a net first put into the water. Cf. ta, to net.

TAPAIRU, the first-born female of a chief-family; a female ariki, or chief priestess (modern, Her Majesty the Queen). 2. A nephew or niece. 3. Any girl or woman, as a complimentary phrase: Me homai, hei whakatupu mo nei—G. P., 78. 4. Any very sacred ancestral spirit: Kei o Ariki, kei o Tapairu, kei o Pukenga—S. R., 109. 5. The Cattle-fish or Octopus as food tapu to the Ariki. It was reserved for his sole use, except when, as an honour, he chose to share it with a guest; as in Hawaii it was sacred to the king and highest nobles.

Tahitian —tapairu, a young woman that lives delicately; (b.) a young woman who is an attendant on a chief woman.

Mangarevan —teipeiru, a queen, a princess; (b.) a a lady; a young lady.

Paumotan —cf. Maehoi-tapairu, the Holy Spirit. Manihiki. —(Myth.) Tapairu was the sister of Iku, a great fisherman who first discovered Manihiki as a huge stone set in the bottom of the sea. Maui went and hauled it up [See Maui] and Tapairu then, with her husband, Toa, lived on the island and became ancestors of all natives of Manihiki and Rakaanga. Mangaia.—(Myth.) The tapairu were beautiful fairies, the four daughters of Miru the goddess of Hades (Po). There were also celestial tapairu, and these lived in the sky. They were lovers of dancing, and at all feasts in honour of the god Tane a place was kept clear and carpeted with fresh leaves for the dainty feet of the fair visitors. These divine creatures taught the hero Ngaru the game of ball-playing dances, and he taught the game to mortals. Ina (Hina), the bright Moon-goddess, was the most proficient at this game of all the celestial tapairu. In Eastern Polynesia, tapairu is a favourite name for girls as “fairest fair.” The Eke-tapairu is the great Octopus. Eke (Maori = wheke) is a divinity in several islands, and a tutelary deity of the reigning family in Rarotonga.

TAPAKI (tàpaki), the mats or leaves on which food is laid in a native oven; to place mats or leaves thus: Ka too te hangi tapu, ka hukea, ka kohia ki te tapaki nga kai—P. M., 169.

Samoan—cf. tapa'au, cocoanut-leaf mats.

Tongan—cf. tabakau, the coarse mats for flooring.

TAPAKI, to catch lice. Cf. hapaki, to catch lice; harapaki, to crack fleas, &c.

TAPAKURI, a basket. Cf. tapau, a basket.

TAPAKUHA (tàpàkùhà), TAPAKUWHA, a present given by a bridegroom to the bride's relatives: Kia nui noa atu te tapakuha me te hakari—Ken., xxiv. 12. 2. Women introduced into a family by marriage.

TAPANIHI to go stealthily; to skirt; to avoid observation: Toia te waka ki runga hi tapanihi e tupa—A. H. M.,ii. 15. Cf. ninihi, to steal away, to avoid observation; konihi, stealthy.

Tahitian—cf. tapanihi, sluggish, careless; slight, as a woman; scanty, as knowledge; tapanehi, to slide; to go on all fours, as a child; oblique, sloping; gone aside. [For fall comparatives, see Ninihi.]

TAPAPA (tàpapa), to stoop. Cf. ta, to decline from the perpendicular; takapapa, to double up; kupapa, to stoop. 2. To lie flat: A ta-papa iho ana ki te whenua i tona aroaro—Ken., xliv. 14. Cf. papa, flat; toropapa, to lie flat; kurapapa, flat-roofed. 3. To brood, to sit. 4. To sit doubled up. 5. Deformed: Me nga uri tapapa a Tane raua ko Hinetitama—A. H. M., i. 25.

Samoan—Cf. papa, flat, level; tapapa, to cover or shut in with planks.

Tahitian—cf. tapapa, to pile up, as stones or boards; to fetch or send for a person; tipapa, to lie down on the face and belly; papa, a flat stone.

Hawaiian—kapapa, to sprawl about, as one having fallen down in the dark feels about. Cf. papa, flat and smooth.

Rarotongan — tapapa, to wait, to linger: Kia po itu koe i tapapa anga mai iaka; You shall wait seven days till I come to you. (b.) To ambush, to lie in wait: Tatou e tapapa i te tangata kia mate; Let us lay in wait to slay men.

Marquesan — tapapa, to put one thing upon another.

TAPARARO (tàpàraro), the North - wind. Cf. raro, the north.

TAPARENGA, to muzzle.

TAPARU (tàparu), to join, to add. Cf. tapiri, to join; tapatahi single (tahi, one); rua, two. 2. To eat gluttonously; voracious.

TAPARURU, slow. Cf. ruruwai, foolish; rurutake, shivering; tapataparuru, of quick growth.

Mangarevan — cf. taparuru, trembling.

Hawaiian—cf. kapalulu, to tremble.

TAPATAHI, single, not doubled. Cf. tahi, one; taparu, doubled (rua, two); tapawha, four-Sided. 2. Having one aspect.

Hawaiian—kapakahi, one-sided; uneven, crooked; partial to one party to the injury of another; (b.) to put out of square; to turn aside. [For full comparatives, see Tahi)

TAPATAI (tapàtai), the sea-shore. Ki tapatai o Hawaiki, ki te ahunga i tai—G. P., 329. Cf. tapa, a margin; tai, the sea; tahatai, the seashore.

Hawaiian — kapakai, the sea-shore. Cf. kai, the sea; kapa, a bank, a shore. [For full comparatives, see Tai, and Tapa].

TAPATAI (myth.), the father of Whiro-te-tupua. [See Whiro, and Genealogy in Appendix.]

TAPATAPA (myth.), a certain supernatural being to whom incantations were addressed in times of plague and epidemic sickness. The incantation to Tapatapa followed that to Mihimihitea—A. H. M., i. 40.

TAPATAPA-HUKARERE (myth.), one of the canoes in which Whakatau's expedition sailed to burn the Uru-o-manono temple—P. M., 62. [See Whakatau.]

TAPATAPARURU, of quick growth. Cf taparuru, slow.

page 471

TAPATU (tàpatu), to thatch, to cover in a roof. Cf. patu, a wall-screen; ta, to strike; patu, to strike. 2. (Moriori) The roof.

Hawaiian—cf. papai (M.L.=papaki), to strike; to thatch a house or building with grass. [Note.—In the act of thatching, Hawaiian, in drawing the string tightly around a handful of grass, give it a blow with the left hand.]

TAPATU to reach the bottom. Cf. tapotu, to reach the bottom of a hill.

TAPATUPATU (Moriori.) marshy, boggy.

TAPAU (tàpau), a mat to lie on: Ka oti ka rangahia te tapau mo roto—G.-8, 29.

Samoan—cf. cf. tapa'au, cocoanut-leaf mats. Tongan-cf. tapakau, coarse mats for flooring. [For comparatives, see Takapau, and Tapa, to pulverise soil.]

TAPAWAHA (tàpawaha), tattooing on the cheeks. Cf. ta, to tattoo.

TAPAWHA, having four sides; square. Cf. tapa, a margin; wha, four.

TAPEHA. peel, rind, bark. Cf. peha, bark, peelings, &c.

TAPEHA, false. Cf. tapeka, false; peha, to boast; to talk affectedly and vainly.

Whaka-TAPEHA, to falsify. 2. To give the lie to; to deny flatly.

TAPEKA, false: He waewae tapeka ki te ara ripeka—G. P., 179. Cf. peka, a branch; to turn aside; tapeha, false. 2. To turn aside. 3. To entwine. 4. To turn up the garments to allow free use of the limbs on a journey; Kua tirohia iho ki nga weweru he mea tapeka— P. M., 144. Cf. taweka, an encumbrance, a hindrance.

Tahitian—tapea, to tie or bind; any band or tying; a ring, a buckle.

Hawaiian—kapea, to accuse falsely; to lay hold of, to seize, as a criminal; kapeapea, to watch closely; to seek occasion to entangle one.

Rarotongan—tapeka, to fold the hands. [For full comparatives, See Peka.]

TAPEKE, to be gone or come without exception: A, ka tapeke katoa te iwi te whiti—Hoh., iv. 11. Cf. peke, to be all utterly gone or come without exception; taweke, to be all gone or come without exception.

TAPENA (tàpena), to pass food over a tapu person and thus irritate the unseen powers.

Tahitian—tapena, a thing devoted to the gods, such as a pig when a piece of sinnet was tied in the ear.

Mangarevan—cf. tapena, a present given in honour of anyone; to conciliate by presents.

Samoan—cf. tapena, to carry off load by load.

TAPEPA, to totter, to falter; to miss one's footing. Cf. tapepe, to slip, to stumble; tapapa, to double up; to lie flat. 2. A slip of the tongue. 3. An evil omen; a faltering or mistake in repeating an incantation.

TAPEPE to slip, to stumble. Cf. tapapa, to falter; to miss one's footing. 2. To make a mistake in repeating an incantation. Cf. tapapa, the bad omen shown by “slipping” in reciting a charm. 3. To mumble, to stammer, to speak inarticulately.

Samoan—tapepe. to be rapid in speaking, so as to be indistinct; to be rapid in paddling, so as to get out of stroke. Cf. pepe, to flutter about.

Tahitian—tapepe, to roll on after another, as the waves of the sea (b.) to rapair a thing to join or add articles of property together; (c) to be soliciting repeatedly for a thing. Cf. pepee, flirty, unsteady; pepe, a butterfly.

TAPERE (He whare tapere,) a house in which the hapu (sub-tribe) hold meetings: Mo te haerenga atu ki nga whare tapere—G. P., 58.

TAPERU (tàperu), to pout. Cf. peru, fulness about the eyes and lips when a person is angry.

TAPI (tapì), TAPIPI (tàpìpì). a native oven. Cf hapì, a native oven; hopì, a native oven; topìpì, a small native oven; pìpì, to bathe with water.

Ext. Poly.: Macassar—cf. tapisi, to filter through.

TAPI, to patch or mend. Cf. tapiri, to join or add.

TAPITAPI, to re-assemble, to re-organise a defeated or scattered war-party. Cf. tapiki, to bind into a sheaf or bundle; to come to the rescue. 2. To grumble at, to utter complaints; sullen discontent.

Tahitian—cf. tape, a fragment, as of cloth; a detached part of an army placed to cover the retreat of the women and children; tapepe, to patch; tapi, to try, to endeavour; to press after an object; tapipi, to serve oneself in the first place; a person that looks out for his own share.

Hawaiian—kapi, to apply to, to put to, as one thing to another. Cf. kapili, to join or unite together; kapii, to apply to, to put to, as one thing to another. Marquesan—cf. tapi, to adorn, to ornament.

Mangarevan—cf. tapigau, trellis, network, grating.

Paumotan—cf. tapitapi, to be concerned, troubled, perplexed.

TAPIHAPIHA (tàpihapiha), the gills of a fish. Cf. piha, gills of fish; ta, to breathe.

TAPIKI, to bind into a sheaf or bundle; a sheaf or bundle. 2. To lay hold of. 3. To be entangled. Cf. piki, frizzled, closely curling; tarapiki, to lie across; rakapikipiki, to lie across one another. 4. To bend the leg, as in stepping over anything. Cf. piki, to climb. 5. To pull up, as a line: Katahi ka tapikitia e ia tana aho—P. M., 24. 6. Overlapping, crowding one over another, as irregular teeth: Ka ki atu ia ‘He niho tapaki’—P. M., 89.

Tahitian—cf. tapii, the halo round the moon; to cling over or upon a thing; tapiipii, to put up the end of a rope.

Hawaiian —cf. kapii, to apply to, to put to, as one thing to another; pii, causing to mount, to ascend.

TAPIKO (tàpiko), to set a trap. Cf. piko, to bend, to stoop; curved; ta, to net.

Hawaiian—kapio, to be arched. Cf. pio, to bend, to curve round; to curve, as an elastic substance; the arc of a circle; curved. [For full comparatives, see Piko.]

TAPIPI. [See under Tapi]

TAPIRI (tàpiri), to join, to add: ka tapiritia mai e Ihowa tetahi atu tamaiti maku—Ken., xxx. 24. Cf. piri, to come close; to stick close; taupiri, to walk embraced with another; page 472 ta, to net. 2. A strong scion or sucker growing beside the parent plant. 3. An assistant, a helper.

Samoan—cf. pilipili, to be near; to approach; tàpili, to fan the fire; a fan for blowing the fire with.

Tahitian—tapiri, to join or unite things together. Cf. piri, narrow, confined; to adhere; adhesive, glutinous; tapiripapanoa, to join two flat edges together; tapirihuahua, to join together many fragments.

Hawaiian—kapili, to Join or unite together in various ways; to fit different substances together; (b.) to repair or mend what is broken; (c.) to plaster, to besmear; kapilipili, to unite, to join together; (b.) to fix blame on another so as to excuse oneself. Cf. pili, to cleave to, to adhere; kapilimanu, the art of catching birds with bird-lime.

Tongan—cf. tabili, a fan; a bellows.

Marquesan — tapii, to paste, to glue. Cf. tapiti, to join, to unite; to make alike.

Mangarevan— tapiri, to unite with, to come together without object; aka-tapiri, to go in company with.

Paumotan— tapiri, to paste, to glue, to adhere; (b.) to seal; to make fast; to ratify; tapiripiri, starch. Cf. piripiri, to stick to.

TAPO (myth.), one of the crew of the Aotea canoe at the time of the Migration to New Zealand. He was very insolent, and Turi, the commander of the vessel, threw him overboard. Tapo calmly swam around the vessel and made jokes; so, seeing that he was under the influence and protection of the god Maru, the crew took him aboard again—P. M., 133.

TAPOA (tàpoa), an abscess: Ko nga pirau o te tapoa o Uenuku—P. M., 65.

TAPOI (tàpoi), to be travelled round. Cf. poi, a ball; rapoi, to hang in a cluster.

TAPOKERE (tàpòkere), to crowd with workmen.

TAPONA, a bundle of herbs. Cf. pona, a knot, to tie in a knot. [For comparatives, see Pona.]

TAPOKO, to go in, to enter: Ka tapoko taua maia ki roto ki te rua—P. M., 95. Cf. pokorua, the ant. 2. To sink in the mire: A e tapoko ua ano te taunga o nga waewae o Hotumauea— A. H. M., v. 20. Cf. pokopoko, to sink in the mire.

TAPOKOPOKO (tàpokopoko), soft, boggy.

Tahitian—cf. poopoo, sunk, as a hole; sunken, depressed.

Hawaiian—kapoo, to enter into, as a spirit; (b.) to sink into water; (c.) to sink, as the sun; to set; (d.) to sink, as the foot into soft mud; (e.) sunken in; (f.) the arm-pit; kapoopoo, to descend, to go down. Cf. poopoo, to be lower down; to be sunken in; hoo-poo, to dig deep down; napoo, the setting or going down of the sun.

Tongan—cf. boko, an opening, an aperture.

Mangarevan—cf. poko, to dig, to excavate.

Marquesan—cf. pokopoko, pudendum muliebre.

Paumotan—cf. poko, hollow.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. tabogo, hidden from sight.

TAPORA (tàpora), to gather the small fish named inanga into baskets ready for cooking: Kei te tapora i te mataitai—P. M., 101. 2. Small baskets in which inanga are cooked: Ka tae ki te tapora paruparu—P. M., 186: Ko te tapora whakairia hei raupaka—Wohl, Trans., vii 47. cf. pora, a kind of mat; ta, to net.

Samoan—of. pola, a plaited cocoanut leaf, used to enclose the sides of a house; polani, a kind of cocoanut-leaf mat, used as a wrapper.

Tahitian—cf. haa-pora, a kind of long basket.

Hawaiian—kapola, to bind up in a wrapper. Cf. pola, the edge of a garment; kipola, the wrapper fastened round any substance for carrying to market.

Tongan—cf. tabo, to fish with a certain kind of net; bola, the cocoanut-leaf plaited for thatch and other purposes; bolai, to encase fish in the plaited cocoanut-leaf for roasting.

Marquesan— cf. poa, cocoanut - leaves.

Mangarevan— tapora, an envelope; a mat; (b.) a flat surface for laying anything on; (c.) the altar for the dead. Cf. pora, a general name for mats.

Paumotan — cf. kaporapora, a mat.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. bola, the leaf of the cocoanut plaited into a sort of narrow mat for thatching; a basket.

TAPORE, to bend in the middle, to sag, as a rope. 2. To feel as if about to swoon, to become faint.

TAPOTO (tàpoto), a variety of flax (Bot. Phormium tenax). Syn. Tihore, and Takiri-kau.

TAPOTU, to reach the bottom of a hill; to roach to the ground; to be brought down to the water. Cf. tapatu, to reach the bottom.

TAPOU, dejected, downcast.

TAPU, under restriction; prohibited. Used in two senses: 1. Sacred, holy; hedged with religious sanctity: Ka tapu hoki te kainga i a Tawhaki—P. M., 54: A ko aua tamariki tapu anake i kai i roto i taua whare—A. H. M., i. 6.: Te Ahurewa, te wahi tino tapu—1 Ken., vi. 16. Wairua Tapu, the Holy Spirit. 2. To be defiled, as a common person who touches some chief, or tapued property; entering a prohibited dwelling; handling a corpse or human bones; cooking food at a sacred fire; a warrior breaking chastity, or one who touches a woman at the time of her monthly period, &c.: Kaua koe e haere atu ki reira, ka tapu koe i te nohoanga o Tangotango — P. M., 53. 3. Beyond one's power.

Whaka-TAPU, to consecrate: Ka whakatapua ano hoki e ahau—Mika, iv. 13. 2. To respect. 3. To make a thing sacred so that a common person would be under restriction (or the unclean tapu) if touching or disturbing it: No reira ka whakatapua te wai me ona karakia—MSS.

Samoan—tapu, sacred; to make sacred; to be under restriction; fa'a-tapu. to take good things to a woman to engage her affections; (b.) to save up good things for one beloved. Cf. tapua'i, to abstain from all work, games, &c., and to sit waiting for success in war or in sickness; to give something to bring success; tapua'iga, certain villages which did not engage in war, but served as a refuge to those who fled in defeat; tapui, to prohibit from picking fruit by hanging the tapui to a tree; something hung up to denote that the fruit must not be picked; taputapugagana, to forbid to speak (a game of children).

Tahitian— tapu, a restriction (obsolete); (b.) sacred; devoted (nearly obsolete); (c.) an oath; a solemn engagement: I te feia i tapu i te tapuraa; Those who have sworn oaths. (d.) A sacrifice to the god Oro, commonly a man killed for page 473 the purpose; (this, however, was generally called ia, fish); taputapu, a human sacrifice to Oro. Cf. tahitapu, a term relating to human sacrifices: tapù, to chop or cut down; tapuahi, a spot where food is usually cooked; tapufaaite, a human sacrifice publicly presented to the god Oro; to take leave of the gods in departing from the marae (sacred place); taputehu, to consecrate a place; tapurui, property given to the gods on account of a person's illness; tapuata, the name of a sacred house for the use of priests; tapurehu, a feast, prayers, &c., to the gods; taputapuatea, the name of public and principal heiva (an assembly for dancing) where the human sacrifices were offered to Oro; taputea, the rainbow.

Hawaiian—kapu, a general name for the system of religion that existed formerly on the Hawaiian Islands, and which was grounded upon numerous restrictions or prohibitions, keeping the common people in obedience to the chiefs and priests; but many of the kapu extended to the chiefs themselves. The word signifies (a.) sacred, devoted to certain purposes; to set apart, to make sacred or holy: Motu i ka ohe kapu a Kanaloa; Severed by the sacred knife of Tangaroa: E pani i ka puka o ka pea kapu; To shut the door of the sacred house. (b.) A consecration, a separation: Eha na po kapu ma ka malama hookahi; There were four tapu nights (days) in a month. These days were Kapuku, Kapuhua, Kapukaloa, Kupukane [see App. Days of Months.] (c.) Prohibited, forbidden; to prohibit from use: O ke kapu ia e nonolo i ka lani; It is forbidden to snore in the presence of a chief. (d.) A place of fire. Kapukapu, honour; praise; dignity; separation from what is common; hoo-kapu, to devote to a special purpose: Hookapu ae la ka puaa, ame ka’ niulelo; Pork and niulelo (a kind of cocoanut) were strictly forbidden (to women). (b.) To put on airs of distance or separation from others; airs of self-importance; hoo-kapukapu, to ape dignity. Cf. kapuahi, a fireplace; a censer for sacrifice; one who attends to an oven; an oven; kapuamoe, the name of a kapu when everybody was required to prostrate themselves if the chief passed; kapuanoho, a kapu requiring the people all to sit when the king's calabash was carried by; kapukapulani, to frown, or repel one by sour looks; kapukawai, to be noble.

Tongan—tabu, forbidden; prohibition, embargo; (b.) consecrated, sacred: Bea e fakauli'i a ho nau gaahi botu tabu; This sacred place shall be defiled. Faka-tabu, to prohibit; (b.) to make sacred; consecration, dedication. Cf. tabui, to prohibit; tabuaki, to bless; to intercede for; a blessing; the act of blessing; tabuha, to be sacred; tabuni, to shut, to embar; tabutano, an article from a burying-ground, used as a sign of prohibition; fuatabu, the first fruit; tabutabui, to prohibit; tobui, to prohibit; to make sacred.

Rarotongan —tapu, under restriction; (b.) holy: Tona ra nooanga tapu ra; His sacred residence.

Marquesan— tapu, holy, sacred: O te Hakaiki nui, o te Una tapu; Oh the great Prince, oh the sacred Superior. (b.) Interdicted; forbidden: Te keika tapu no Atea; The forbidden apples of Atea, Hakatapu, to sanctify.

Mangarevan — tapu, holy, sacred; (b.) prohibited; aka-tapu, to render sacred; (b.) to throw; to make a defence. Cf. kiritapu, a sacred skin, not to be touched nor approached; tapukehekehe, very sacred; entirely, extraordinarily holy; pure; virgin from birth to death; taputapuatea, to be very jealous over one's things, to be annoyed if they are touched.

Paumotan— tapu, an oath; to swear; faka-tapu, to give sanction to: to give reputation,

Fotuna— tapu, sacred.

Aniwan—tapu, sacred, hallowed. [Note.—In Malay Archipelago the custom of pomali in many respects resembles tapu.]

Ext. Poly.: Aneityum—cf. intap, a sacred place (in = nom. prefix); itap, sacred, holy, forbidden; nitap, the state of sacredness.

Fiji—cf. tabu, unlawful; sacred; used also of something superlatively good.

Malagasy—cf. tabaka, profaned, polluted.

Sesake —cf. kapu, fire.

Fate—cf. kabu, fire [see Hawaiian]. Kingsmill Islands —The principal deity is Tabu-eriki.

Bugis —cf. tapa, ascetic; devotion (Sanscrit ?).

New Britain—cf. tabu, sacred; prohibited.

TAPUAE, a season of the year, about our December. 2. For Tapuwae, a footstep: Ka kitea ki nga tapuae o nga wae rakau o Tama— P. M., 66. [See Tapuwae.]

TAPUHI, to nurse; to dandle; to carry in the arms, as a child. 2. To tend in sickness or disaster. Cf. tapui, an intimate companion; puhi, a betrothed woman.

Whaka-TAPUHI, to carry in the arms; to nurse.

Hawaiian — kapuhi, the master of an animal; the nurse of a child; a provider; to take care of; hoo-kapuhi, to take care, as the kahu or nurse of a chief's child; a nurse of a king's or a chief's child; (b.) the owner of an animal.

Marquesan — cf. tapui, to take care of.

TAPUI (tàpui), an intimate companion. Cf takatapui, an intimate companion of the same sex; takapui, going about in company; tapuhi, to tend in sickness or disaster; puhi, a betrothed woman. 2. A betrothed woman; to betroth; to bind sexually: Ki te wahine i tapuia ai e ona ona tuakana—A. H. M., i. 46. Cf. tapu, under restriction; sacred. 3. To lay in a heap. Cf. pu, a heap; puhipuhi, tied up in a bunch. 4. To overlap: He niho tapui; One tooth overlapping another. 5. A familiar spirit: Piki atu he maunga, waiho iho ona tapui i reira, he Patupaearehe—P. M., 81.

Whaka-TAPUI, to cause to be betrothed, as a woman: Otira kihai hoki taua wahine i pai atu ki nga tane i whakatapuitia hei tane mona —A. H. M., i. 46.

Samoan—tapui, something hung up to denote trees from which the fruit is not to be picked; to prohibit by hanging up a tapui. Cf. tapu, to make sacred, to put under restriction; fa'a-tapu, to take good things to a woman to engage her affections.

Tahitian —cf. tapu, a restriction.

Hawaiian—cf. kapu, prohibited; sacred; set apart.

Marquesan—tapui, to take care of. Cf. tapu, sacred; prohibited.

Tongan—cf. tobui, to prohibit; to make sacred; tapu, forbidden; prohibited; sacred.

TAPUKE, to cover with earth, as a native oven; to be heaped up or over: Ka tapuketia nga kai i te umu—A. H. M., ii. 10. Cf. puke, a page 474 hill; kopuke, to make the soil up into small hills, for planting purposes. 2. To bury, as a corpse: Ka mate tona matua, ka tapuketia ki te tara o te whare, taepatia—Wohl., Trans., vii. 32.

Samoan—tapu'e, to heap up earth round a yam plant; (b.) to catch. Cf. pu'e, the mound of earth in which a yam or taro is planted.

Marquesan—tapuke, to heap up: E ua paha oia i na vai i tapuketia, he tai; The heaped-up waters he called ocean. Cf. puke, a hill. [For full comparatives, see Puke.].

TAPUKORAKO (tapukòrako), the name of a bird: Ano te kiri ! me he tapukorako— P. M., 132.

TAPUNI (tàpuni), to close up the faulty places in a net. Cf. ta, to net; puni, stopped up; tapi, to patch, to mend.

Samoan—tapuni, to shut. Cf. puni, a place enclosed to catch fish; punipuni, to shut in, to close, as many apertures.

Tahitian—tapuni, to hide or conceal oneself. Cf. puni, to be enclosed; ta, to make the meshes of a net.

Hawaiian—kapuni, the circumference of a thing; a circuit; overspreading; widely diffused. Cf. puni, to surround, as water does an island; to enclose, to be hemmed in, as a people by multitudes; the name of fish-nets with small meshes.

Tongan—tabuni, to shut, to enclose; to stop up; a lid. Cf. buni, closed, met together, shut; tabu, prohibition, embargo.

TAPURA, grass or leaves on which food is laid in a native oven: Na te takiritanga o nga tapura ka tae te kakara—A. H. M., ii. 10.

TAPUTAPU, goods, property: Tona ingoa tuturu he taputapu—A. H. M., iv. 18. Cf. tapu, restriction; prohibited; that which makes a thing sacred or prohibited, except to certain persons. 2. Appliances, means employed for a particular purpose.

TAPUTAPU, the foot of a pig. Cf. kapukapu, the sole of the foot; tapuwae, a footstep, a footprint.

Samoan—cf. tapuvae, the ankle; tapulima, the wrist.

Hawaiian—cf. kapuwai, the sole of the foot.

Marquesan— cf. taputapu, a gluttonous way of eating, as of a pig; tapuvae, footmarks.

Mangarevan—cf. taputapu, an extremity.

Paumotan—cf. tapuae, footsteps.

Ext. Poly.: Mindanao—cf. tabuey, a pig. Ansus of Jobi—cf. tapui, a pig. Solomon Islands—cf. tatabua, the leg.

Malay—cf. tapak, the sole of the foot.

TAPUTAPUATEA (myth.), the reef on which the canoe Ririno was wrecked—P. M., 134. [See Ririno, under Arawa.]

Tahitian—cf. Taputapuatea, the name of a public and principal dancing assembly (heiva,) wherein the human sacrifices were offered to the god Oro.

TAPUWAE (also Tapuae), a footmark: Ko to roa o tana tapuwae, ko Tapuwaeroa tena— G.-8, 27. Cf. taputapu, a pig's foot; kapukapu, the sole of the foot. 2. A footstep, the tread: He tapuwae paruru te hekenga i Titipou— G. P., 264. 3. To recite a charm for making a person trip and fall: Katahi ka karangatia ki tana wahine ki a Rongotiki hei hoa i ona tapuwae, na ka tahi ka hoaina e tana wahine ona tapuwae—P. M., 118.

Samoan—tapuvae, the ankle. Cf. vae, the leg of an animal, tapuvaefanua, to walk quickly, being accustomed to the road; tapuvaetasi, roads meeting in one.

Tahitian— tapuae, a footstep. Cf. tapuaehii, the foot that steps from its proper track to produce mischief.

Hawaiian—kapuwai, and kapuai, the sole or bottom of the foot: He peheu ke kapuai o ke koloa; The duck's foot is webbed. (b.) The track of one's foot; a footprint; a footstep.

Tongan— tobuvae, shoes, sandals; (b.) a footstep; faka-tobuvae, to shoe, to cover the foot. Cf. vae, the foot.

Marquesan—tapuvae, footmarks; (b.) the feet: Tamau moeana iao te tapuvae no Atea; Confined, lying beneath the feet of Atea.

Paumotan—tapuae, footsteps.

TAPUWAE-KOTUKU, The name of a plant (Bot. Gleichenia sp.). Cf. tapuwae, a footmark; kotuku, the heron.

TAPUWAE-PAKURA, a kind of ornamental work in a native building. Cf. tapuwae, a footmark; pakura, the water-hen.

TARA, a point, as a spear-point: Te whakangungu nei ki nga tara a whai o Araiteuru— Prov. Cf. taramea, spear-grass; tarakini, to hold by the point: Tara-o-te-whai; The sting of the sting-ray. 2. Spines in the dorsal fin of a fish. 3. To throw out rays, as the sun just before rising; rays appearing before sun-rise. 4. Papillæ on the skin, “gooseflesh”: He makariri ka tutu ou tara—S. T., App. 5. The horns of the crescent moon: I makere iho ai te tara o te marama—Col., Trans., xii. 87. 6. Courage; mettle. Cf. taraweti, hostile; tarakaka, bold in robbing. 7. Membrum virile. Cf. taraha, the male of animals. 8. Pudendum muliebre (properly clitoris): Ka wheraina atu tona tara. Ka mea atu tera, a Kaitangata, ‘E—’. Ka whakarihariha atu, ka haere ki waho—Wohl., Trans., vii. 41: No te mea ia Ruataiepa te tara, ia Whatai te kiko—A.H.M. i., 134. 9. The name of a bird, the Whitefronted Tern (Orn. Sterna frontalis); also, the Black-fronted Tern (Orn. Sterna antarctica): Rangai kau ana taku kahui tara—M. M., 173. 10. The side-wall of a house: Ka tapuketia ki te tara o te whare—Wohl., Trans., vii. 52. Cf. tarawhariki, the part of a house carpeted with mats. 11. An ear-ornament of jade: Katahi ka wetekina te hei, te tara, te mako—P. M., 177. 12. An incantation; to utter the words of a charm; to influence by charms: E kore a Whare e tara, he ua haeremai i roto i Keteriki —S. T., 78. 13. Full, said of the tide; high-tide.

TATAR, a rough mat made of the leaves of the kiekie (Freycinetia.) Cf. tarahau, a rough mat; tataramoa, the bramble. 2. A shell used as a trumpet (Pu-tatara.) 3. The name of a shrub.

TARATARA, a spine, a spike. 2. A part of a trap. 3. Prickly, rough: A ka kakahuria e ia tona hope ki te kakahu taratara—Ken., xxxvii. 34. Cf. taretare, shaggy; ragged.

Whaka-TARA, to challenge; to defy; to dare; to put on one's mettle. Cf. kotaratara, a dance of triumph. 2. To stimulate by entreaty. 3. Spiral lines of tattooing on the upper part of the nose

Whaka-TARATARA, to make rough, to notch.

page 475

TARAHANGA, the fork of a tree: I ringa nga tarahanga—S. T., 175. 2. An indentation; a notch. 3. A trap for hawks.

TARANGA, a nettle.

Samoan—tala, a thorn: ‘O le tala o le la'au; The thorn of the tree, (b.) The barb of a spear; (c.) the round end of a native house: Se'i ui a'e i le tala lela; Go to that end of the house. (d.) The spur of a cock); (e.) the name of a sea-bird; talaia, to be pricked, as by a thorn: talatala (tàlatala), prickly; rough; (b.) a disease of the head; fa'a-talatala (fa'a-tàlatàla), to make rough. Cf. talamoli, a thorn of the orange-tree; talau, to sprout after a drought, as taro; matala, to be split open: tela, and telatela, the clitoris; talàmuli, the back end of a long house; talasamusamu, one kind of sea-bird; talavalu, one kind of war-club; ‘aufa‘atala, one of the tattooing instruments.

Tahitian—tara, the horn of any beast; (b.) a thorn or sharp point; (c.) a cook's spurs; (d.) the corner or end of a house; (e.) the name of an instrument used for catching eels; (f.) the name of a disorder; (g.) a certain mode of enchantment; taratara, prickly, thorny, ragged: Te fifi haere noa ra ratou, mai te raau taratara ra; They are entangled together like thorny plants. Faa-tara, to arm, or to be prepared for defence; faataratara, to boast, as of one's country or ancestors. Cf. tarania, the fin on the back of a fish; fautarafare, the bend of the round part of a native house; autara, to sharpen the edge of a bamboo - splinter for cutting with; hotaratara, to be affected with fear so that the hair stands erect; moataratua, a cock with a long spur; (fig.) a bold warrior; putaratara, prickly; rough; anything with many points, as the sea-egg, &c.; taratane, a married woman; taravahine, a married man; tara-taramoa, the spurs of a cock; tataramoa, the name of a prickly shrub having some resemblanoe to a thorn.

Hawaiian—kala, the ends of a house in distinction from the sides; (b.) the name of a bird; (c.) the name of a fish; hoo-kala, to sharpen, to whet; to grind on a grindstone or bone; (b.) to protrude the tongue; to sharpen the tongue, i.e. to speak against anyone; kakala, anything sharppointed; rough with sharp points; (b.) small and sharp, like a needle; (c.) the spur of a cock; (d.) the breaking of the surf: Ka nalu kakala o Maihiwa; The tumbling surf of Maihiwa. Kalakala, rough, sharp, as a rasp, as saw-teeth; (b.) roughly, harshly; (c.) craggy; (d.) thorny. Cf. kalakua, the fin on the back of a fish; kakalaio, to stand erect, as the hair of one frightened; to be rough, as the skin affected with cold; moakakala, a cock with sharp spurs; okakala, a shivering; the name of a rough kind of cloth; hoakalakala, a bracelet made of hogs, teeth; kikakala, to spur, to strike with the spurs, as fightingcooks; kalamania, the smooth end of a house; a steep smooth hill or precipice; kalahale, like the end of a house, i.e. perpendicular; ilikala, shark-skin; puakala, the name of a shrub of the thorn kind (Bot. Argemone mexicana); kakalaioa, a kind of thorny vine.

Tongan—tala, a thorn; thorny, prickly; (b.) the prickly dorsal-fin of some fishes; (c.) the name of a bird; tatala, to tear off; to open; to separate that which adheres; talatala, thorny, prickiy; (b.) to extricate, to disentangle; faka-tala, and faka- talatala, to barb; taiaia, to be pricked with thorns; (c.) to race along a reef. Cf. talafili, to act in a restless haughty manner, as a conquerad bat proud enemy; talaloa, to rip open, to out open anything long; talaveka, the name of a bird.

Marquecan—taa, a thorn, a spike, a point; to prick; (b.) a fish-spear,

Mangarevan— tara, a horn; (b.) a spine; (c.) the crest of a a bird; (d.) fish-bone; (e.) peaks of mountains; (f.) shoots of plants; (g.) a chip, a shaving of wood; (h.) the name of a bird; (i.) to walk about; coming and going; tara (tàra), an altar; (b.) a kind of banana; taraga, a shaving, a splinter of wood; (b.) a spine, a thorn; (c.) walking about; (d.) writing (taraga-te-igoa, a list of names); taratara, spiny, rough, prickl; (b.) one by one; (c.) open, distinct, plain; aka-tara, to put in rank, to put in line; (b.) to indent, to notch, to jag; aka-taratara, to put in a passion; (b.) to make rugged, anequal. Cf. tarahoa, a branch of coral above water; tarahui, to steal a prohibited thing; tarai, to walk on the crest of a mountain; tarakoa, spines, thorns; tarakore, without drawback or infirmity, said of men only; tarakura, “red-pointed,” a cock's comb; tarara, a sharp voice; tararoa, to go farther, to continue one's journey; tira, strength, hardihood; to go straight on one's path; a mast; tora, agitation; erection of the penis; turaha, the rays of the rising sun; titara, dishevelled (of the hair); aka-titara, prickly, rough; kurutara, breadfruit with rough Skin: ohotitara, rough bushy hair; putatara, rough, spiny; urutara, spiny, prickly; to keep off; to rebut.

Paumotan —taratara,a ray,a beam; faka-tara, to boast; (b.) to charge, to enjoin; faka-taratara, to praise. Cf. putaratara, notched, jagged.

Moriori—hoko-tara, to sharpen, to point. Cf. taramu, prickly.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. cadra (thadra), to rise, to ascend, as of the sun and moon. [Note.—Here the th probably = t; as in the word cagi (thangi), the wind, found in the Polynesian compound as matangi, the wind; also the dr = r only, as Fijian drau, a leaf = Polynesian rau, a leaf; dratou, theirs = ratou, &c.; so thadra = tara.] Gudang (Australia)—cf. chàra, the Tern.

Macassar—cf. tarre, the Seamew.

Motu—cf. talaia, to sting (of the hornet); talakia, to be wounded by an arrow; talabili, the bulwarks of a native vessel (lakatoi). Solomon Islands—cf. tala, a fight.

Kawi—cf. tara, a star [? = Maori “to throw out rays.” But the Kawi is perhaps related to Pali dara, a star; Sanscrit, tara, a star.]

Malay—cf. chalah, a crack, a cleft, a fissure; charah, to dawn, to grow luminous. Tagal, and

Pampang—cf. tala, the morning star.

Formosa—cf. tarra, a thornback fish.

TARA (Korero-tara), a fable; to repeat a fable Ko te torero tara tenei mo Rona—M. M., 167. Cf. tutara, gossip; small talk. 2. To repeat a charm; a spell; an invocation: E kore e Whare e tara i rangi—A. H. M., v. 50. 3. A report; news: He tara wai nuku, he tara wai rangi—A. H. M., v. 9. Cf. kara, to call; karanga, to call. [See Hawaiian.] 4. To make a noise like a grasshopper or cricket: He kihikihi tara ki te waru—S. T., App. Cf.

page 476

tarakihi, a locust or cicada; tararau, to make a loud confused noise.?

Whaka-TARA, to challenge; to defy; to rouse. 2. To stimulate by entreaty.

Samoan — tala, a tale or narration; to tell, to relate: E fai i ai lana tala; He repeats his tale. (b.) News; tatala, to explain; talatala, to converse; (b.) to relate; fa'a - talatala, to engage in conversation; talaga, the relating; narration. Cf. talau, to make a noise as of a lot of people talking together; talausui, to exaggerate; talagafa, to recite a pedigree (in order to show the base origin of a parson); talafa'aoti, to tell all; talafa'atupua traditionary tales; talafili, to talk against, to murmur against; talagutu, to be a roport of the mouth only; talamonotui, false tales causing grief of heart; talanoa, to chat; to talk nonsense; talapepelo, a lie; talatalaò, to cackle, as a hen; to scold; talatù, to boast of power; talaveveto, to make vain boasts; talatauali'i, bad news concerning a chief; talasua, to tell jeeringly; tautala, to talk; faitala, to give news; to be a tale - bearer.

Tahitian —tara (tarà), to be saying a prayer while the covering of a god was being untied; fa'a-tara, to take another's name; fa'a-taratara, to boast, as of one's country or ancestors. Cf. ta, to repeat or tell a tale; tataraio, to be under the influence of sorcery; taru, speech, address; to speak; tarutaru, to converse; tarumau, a true saying.

Hawaiian —kala, to proclaim, as a public person the will of his sovereign; E kala aku mamua ona, ‘Pela e hanaia'i ke kanaka’; Proclaim before him, “Thus shall it be done unto the man.” (b.) To cry as a public crier; a person whose business it was to summon people and chiefs together, in time of war, in a great assembly with lights and torches, &c.; (c.) to publish, to make known; (d.) not lately, some time since; hoo-kala, to cause to be proclaimed; kakalana, to cry out, to call out. Cf. kalaau, to call; to call aloud: kalalau, to call, as one person to another; kukala, to proclaim publicly.

Tongan —tala, to tell, to speak of: Bea te nau tala ia ki he kakai oe fonua ni; They will tell it to the inhabitants of this country. (b.) To reply; an answer; talatala, to tell of; talaga, to converse over. Cf. talauhuaki, to speak incitingly; to induce by constant talk; to speak out of order; to speak interferingly; talabau, to speak or tell de-cidedly; talafakahaha, to speak insinuatingly or indirectly; talahua, jocose, waggish; tala-talaaki, to accuse; talanoa, to converse; agatala, to imitate, to copy; fetautalaaki, to inform one after another; to report to many; tautala, to inform another of one's designs in order to know his mind; talai, to instruct, to admonish children; to smooth off rough edges [see Tarai]; talatagata, to challenge; to boast.

Mangaian—tara, speech; to tell, to say: Aore e kite i te tara, è —; Where the gift of speech is not known.

Marquesan —taa, to send forth cries; taa taa, the noise of the sea.

Mangarevan — cf. kakautàra, confusion, babel; cries of mourning, &c.; tara, to go about, coming and going; writing; taratutu, to speak in a high voice; tarau, order, commandment; pure, essential, said of virgins, sacred persons, &c.; to call; to give orders.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji —cf. talanoa, idle chat; talatala, to bid farewell to a messenger; talà, to send.

Malagasy —cf. tantara, a history, a legend; a fabulous narration.

Sikayana — cf. taratara, to speak.

Macassar — cf, toela, a legend; tara, to pray.

Magindano — cf. magotala (mag = Maori whaka), conversation.

Malay —cf. talah, to prophecy; past; some timo ago; berbechara, to speak, to say (Sanscrit bechara ?).

Java — cf. chara, speech, language.

TARA (myth.), a chief who killed the monster saurian Hinehuarau at Wairarapa. His name was given to the lake To Rato-a-Tara, at Te Aute —Col., Trans., xi. 85.

TATARA, loose, untied. Cf. kotara, loosened, untied; matara, untied, untwisted. 2. Distant, far-off. Cf. matara. distant.

Samoan —tala, to unloose, to cast loose: Ua tala le pa; He unloosed the hook. Talatala, to unloose, to untie; (b.) to increase beyond the bounds, as a town; tatala, to untie, to unloose: Na te tatalaina le noanoaga a tupu; He unbinds the bonds of kings. (b.) To release from a contract; (c.) to explain; talaia, to be relieved; to bo free from sickness; talaga, teo untying, the undoing, as of a rope, &c. Cf. talatò, to unloose and let go, as the sheet of a sail, &c.; tàlàloa, long and loose, as a flowing garment, or a sheet opened up; matala, split open.

Tahitian —tara, to untie: E tatara na ia oe i te taamu i nia i to a'i na; Unloose the fastening from your neck. Tatara, to untie, to set loose from entanglement; taratara, to untie, to disentangle; tara (tarà), to be saying a prayer while the garment of a god was being untied; (b.) a remedy; some expedient used for deliverance when in difficulty; (c.) to be recovered; to be in good condition, as the country in time of peace. Cf. taraehara, an atonement for sin; tarapape, thin, diluted with water; matara, to be untied, disentangled; otaratara, a wriggler; to be always moving and uneasy; to stand aloof from danger; tatarahiro, to unravel, to untie.

Hawaiian —kala, to loosen, to untie, as a string or rope; to let loose an animal: E kala ae olua, a e alakai mai; Loose him and bring him hither. (b.) To unloose; to put off, as clothes from a person, to undress; (c.) to open half-way, as a door or book; (d.) to absolve from a contract; (e.) to forgive, as a sin or debt; to spare, to save from punishment. Cf. kalahala, to pardon sin; kalahua, the ceremony of chief women being allowed to eat fish after a kapu (tapu).

Tongan —tatala, to tear off; to open; to rend, to separate that which adheres; talatala, to extricate, to disentangle. Cf. talaa, to turn over in one's mind; to feel dissatisfied with a decision; unsettled, undetermined; faka-talatalai, to separate from, to disentangle, to twist off; talafua, to let go the rope that holds the sail of a canoe; fetalala-aki, to open; to unfasten each others' dresses.

Marquesan —taataa, not united, separated, loosened.

Ext. Poly.: Malagasy —cf. zara, a lot, a share; zaraina, being divided; fizarana, a division.

TARAHA, the male (of brutes). Cf. tara, courage, mettle; membrum virile,

TARAHANGA. [See under Tara.]

page 477

TARAHARAHA (tàraharaha), a Snare for catching hawks. Cf. ta, to net; raha, open, extended.

TARAHAU, a kind of rough mat. Cf. taratara, prickly, rough; tatara, a kind of rough mat.

TARAHEKE, the name of a plant (Bot. Muhlenbeckia complexa): Ka rangi ki te taraheke ka oti — P. M., 151.

TARAHI (tarahì), diarrhoea; looseness of the bowels. Cf. tatara, loose; hi, to hiss; to be affected with diarrhoea; torohihi, to gush, to spurt.

TARAHO, the name of a bird: He tikaokao, he taraho, he parera —S. T., 165.

TARAHONO, to heap, to pile up. Cf. tara, the peak of a mountain; hono, to join, to add; tuhono, to join. [For comparatives, see Tara, and Hono.]

TARAHU, a native oven; to heat a native oven. Cf. ngarahu, charcoal; tahu, to cook; tarehu, to covor with earth.

TARAI (tàrai), (also Tarei,) to chop or smooth, as with an adze: Ka taraia he kaheru, ka ranga he kete —P. M. 11: Ka taraia te waka ra ka oti — G.-8, 18. Cf. korera-tara, to relate a fable [see Tongan]; whaka —rei, carved work on bow and stern of a canoe [see Hawaiian]. 2. To dress the hair; to adorn the hair by sticking in feathers. 3. A basket of feru-root.

Samoan —talai, to adze; (b.) to hew smooth, whether timber, stone, or any mate-rial: E pei o le fua o maa talai; According to the measures of hewn stones. Talatalai, to adze lightly. Cf. ta, to strike with a weapon.

Tahitian —tarai, to chop or adze a piece of timber. Cf. putaraia, made smooth and round, like a shall.

Hawaiian —kalai, to hew, to cut; hewn, cut: Kalai iho la ia ame na lli i na waa peleleu he nui loa; He and the chiefs hewed out a great many large war-canoes. (b.) To pare, to grave, to carve: Kalaia ka ipu i he kai aleale; Fashioned was the bowl for the billowy sea. Cf. kalaipohaku, a stone-cutter; kalaiino, to concoct wickedness; ka-hunakalai, one who hews out canoes; a carpenter generally.

Tongan —talai, to in-struct, to admonish children; (b.) to report, to make known; (c.) to smooth off rough edges. Cf. talaihagamai, to say so-and-so, because the person spoken of is present; tala, to tell, to speak of.

Marquesan —taiai, to smooth with an axe or tool.

Mangaian — tarai, to adze, to hew: Taraia ra e te io tupu, na Motoro; Adzed away by the god Motoro.

Mangarevan —tarai, to rough-hew, to trim wood or stones; (b.) to carve; sculpture; (c.) to walk on the crest of a mountain. Cf. tara, a splinter of wood, a shaving; a thorn; the crest of a hill.

Paumotan —tarai, to cut, to hew; (b.) to carve.

Ext. Poly.: Motu — cf. talai, to chop.

Malay —cf. charai, to part, separate; separated.

TARAI RE, the name of a tree (Bot. Beischmiedia tarairi).

TARAITI, the name of a bird, the Little White Tern (Orn. Sterna nereis). Cf. tara, the Tern (Orn. Sterna frontalis, and S. antarctica).

TARAIWHENUAKURA (myth.), a battle fought in Hawaiki. In this fight, Ngatoro-i-rangi defeated Manaia a second time. The mataika (first man killed) fell to the weapon of Rangitu, the second to that of Tongaroa, the third to that of Tama-te-kupua —P. M., 110; see also G. P., 153; A. H. M., I. 8.

TARAKA (myth.),(for Taranga.) the mother of Maui. [See Taranga.]

TARAKAKA. bold in robbing; rapacious, thieving. Cf. tara, courageous.

TARAKAKAO (myth.), an evil deity, incarnated in a night-bird —A. H. M., ii. 17. [See Kakao, page 121.]

TARAKA-PIRIPIRI (myth.), a large taniwha, or water-monster, dwelling near Pakerau. He carried off a woman to be his wife, but she cscaped, and led the avengers to his den — Ika, 159.

TARAKE (tàrake), to clear of, to sweep away. 2. A basket in which small fish are caught.

TARAKIHI, the name of a fish (lch. Chilodactylus macropteros). 2. A locust or cicada (also Ta-tarakihi): He mano te patupaiarehe kei te tarakihi —P. M., 177. Cf. tara, to chirp like a grasshopper; kihi, to hiss; sibilant.

Mangarevan —tarakihi, a species of fish, taken with the hook.

Marquesan —taakihi, a species of fish.

TARAKINI, held by the point. Cf. tara, a point; the point of a spear; kini, to nip, to pinch. [For comparatives, see Tara, and Kini.]

TARAKOI, a kind of grass. Cf. tara, a point; koi, sharp; taramea, spear-grass.

TARAKUPENGA, the name of a plant, a lycopodium. Cf. kupenga, a net.

TARAKURA, a cutaneous disease. Cf. tara, papillæ on the skin; kura, red.

Samoan —cf.talatala, a disease of the head.

Tahitian —cf.tara, the name of a disorder.

TARAMAINUKU (myth.), the son of Tuhoro, who was the son of Tama-te-kapua —S. R., 53.

TARAMARO (taramàro), a kind of grass. Cf. tarakoi, a kind of grass; taramea, a kind of grass.

Hawaiian —cf. kalamalo, a kind of grass with a furzed top.

TARAMEA, spear-grass (Bot. Aciphylla colensoi). Cf. tara, a point; a spear-point; mea, a thing; tarakoi, a kind of grass; taramaro, a kind of grass.

TARAMENGEMENGE, crisped, curled. Cf. menge, shrivelled, wrinkled; mangemange, a climbing fern (the many stems resembling a long mat or net of crisped wires); mingomingo, crisped, frizzled.

TARAMORE, lean, shrunk, shrivelled: Nga mea taramore, nga mea kikokore —Ken., xli. 23. Cf. moremore, to make bald or bare.

TARANUI, the name of a bird, the Caspian Tern. Cf. tara, the name of a tern; taraiti, the name of a tern. 2. Sandstone used for grinding and polishing greenstone (jade). Cf. tara, a point.

Hawaiian —cf. hoo-kala, to whet or grind on a grindstone or hone.

TARANGA. [See under Tara, a point.]

TARANGA (myth.), the mother of the celebrated hero Maui. Taranga wrapped up her child (an undeveloped birth) in a knot (tikitiki) of page 478 her hair, and then threw him into the sea, where he was nourished by the marine deities. Hence Maui's full name is Maui-tikitiki-a-Taranga (“Maui formed in the top - knot of Taranga”)— P. M., 11; A. H. M., ii. 91. [See Maui.] Taranga is called a man, the son of Muri-ranga-whenua. He married Ira-whaki, and begat the Maui brothers—A. H. M., ii. 63.

Taranga, or Taraka, Maui's father, married Hine-muri-raka-whenua—A. H. M., ii. 81.

Mangareva. — Ataraga was the father of Maui, and Uaega the mother. Tonga.— Maui, the great Earth - supporter, had two sons; one ia called Maui Atalaga, and the other Kijikiji (Tikitiki). The latter procured fire for men. Mangaia.—Ru is the father and Buataranga the mother of Maui. Rarotongna.—Manuahifare and his wife Tongoifare were the parents of Maui. [Note.—There seems to be little doubt as to the connection of the name with Maui; but it is possible that a mythological value has been given to the name of a place. In one of the ancient Hawaiian hymns, the cradle-land of the Polynesians is stated to have been in Kahiki-ku (M.L.= Tawhiti-tu), the large continent to the east of Kalana-i-Hau-ola (M.L. = Taranga-i-hau-ora).

Kaulu - a - Kalana (M.L.=Te - uru - a - Taranga) was a famous voyager; and the name seems to associate itself with the head or top-knot of Taranga. Perhaps this is a name of Maui. In Hawaiian,kalana (M.L. = taranga) means buoyant (Ola, ola, o kalana ola! Life! life! oh buoyant life!), as Malay kalana means “to travel, to roam, to wander”; and Kaulu-a-Kalana may have some reference to the voyaging or migrating ot Kaulu. Taranga is also mentioned as a place-name in New Zealand legend, the god Tane having distributed the productions of the earth “to Aotea-roa, to Taranga, and to Wairoamairehe.”

TARANGARANGA, a kind of toetoe (arundo) grass.

TARAPAPA, the bud or flower of the kiekie creeper.

TARAPI (tarapì), very small and fine. Cf. pi, the young of birds.

Whaka-TARAPI, fastidious; delicate: He tangata whakatarapi i roto i a koe, he mea whakaahu noa iho—Tiu., xxviii. 54. 2. Wearisome.

TARAPIKI, athwart; to lie across. Cf. rakapikipiki, to lie across one another; tapiki, to be entangled.

TARAPO (tarapò), the name of a bird, the Owl-Parrot; the Ground - Parrot of the Colonists (Orn. Stringops habroptilus). Syn. Kakapo.

TARAPUNGA, the name of a bird, the Black-billed Gull (Orn. Larus bulleri). 2. The Red-billed Gull (Orn. Larus scopulinus). 3. The Brown-billed Gull (Orn. Larus novæ-hollandiæ).

TARAPUREMU, the tail-part of an eel.

TARARAU, a noisy indistinct murmur; to make a loud confused noise: Me te tararau te ngahiri—P. M., 186. Cf. rara, to roar; rau, a hundred; to gather; rarau, in captivity; kara to call. (See Hawaiian.]

Samoan—talau, to make a noise, as a number of people talking together. Cf. tàlau, ten score, in counting cocoanuts; tala, to tell, to relate; lalau, to speak, to make a speech.

Hawaiian—kalalau, to call, as one person to another. Cf. kala, to proclaim, to publish, to make known; lalau, to wander about as a gossip; lau, to be numerous.

Tongan—cf. talauhuaki, to speak incitingly; talauhui, disrespectful; lau, familiar discourse; number; talkative; laulau, an address, an harangue at a native dance; tala, to speak of, to tell.

Mangarevan—tarau, order, commandment; to give orders; (b.) to call; (c.) pure, said of virgins, sacred persons, &c. Cf. tarara, a sharp voice.

TARARI (tararì), a whirligig.

TARARO (tàraro), a mess of mashed food.

TARARUA, having two points or peaks Cf. tara, the peak of a mountain; rua, two. 2. Cleft, split: Nga kararehe e tararua ana te matimati—Rew., xi. 3. [For comparatives, see Tara, and Rua.]

TARATA, the name of a tree (Bot. Pittosporum eugenioides).

TARATI, to shoot out, spirt out; spurting: Tarati ana te toto—Wohl., Trans., vii. 39.

TARATIMOHO the name of a bird, the New Zealand Dabchick (Orn. Podiceps rufipectus).

TARAU (tàrau), to paddle sideways. 2. A condiment, a relish.

TARAUA, beaten or pounded with a pestle.

TARAUHO, the heart of a tree. Cf. uho, the heart of a tree.

TARAUMA, the chest, the thorax: E rahi ana te tarauma o te poho—A. H. M., iii. 11. Cf. uma, the chest, the bosom; u, the breast; kouma, a breast-plate.

TARAURI (myth.), a great taniwha or monster dwelling at Whanganui. It was killed by falling over a cliff, and its putrid body destroyed all the fish in the river.

TARAWA (tàrawa), to hang upon a line or rail; the line or rail upon which a thing hangs. Cf. tarewa, hanging; tare, to hang.

Tahitian—tarava, to lie horizontally; to lie across a thing; athwart; transverse; (b.) a streak, a stripe; (c.) a chasm in a rock; faa-tarava, to lay a thing horizontally. Cf. faa-tirava, to lay beams horizontally; faatitarava, to place things horizontally side by side; Huitarava, the stars called Orion's Belt.

Mangaian—tarava, the cross-beams of a house: E moe, e te tarava noou o te are; Oh, cross-beams of the house, sleep on! (part of a charm). Cf. Iva-nui-tarava, the Belt of Orion.

Paumotan— tarava, transverse, across; faka-tarava, to put across.

TARAWAHI (tarawàhi), the side or bank of a river, valley, &c.: He iramatu tu ke mai i tarawahi o te awa— Prov. Cf. wahi, part, portion; place; rawahi, the other side (of a river, &c.)

TARAWAI, unevenness of the horizon-line at sea. Cf. tara, a point; the peak of a hill; taratara, rough, prickly; wai, water.

TARAWERA, the name of a plant. 2. A shrimp.

TARAWETI, hostile. Cf. tara, courage; whakatara, to challenge.

Whaka-TARAWETI, to be hostile, to treat as a foe.

page 479

TARAWHARIKI, that portion of a house which is carpeted with mats: Upoko rikiriki, hei tarawhariki ! —A. H. M., iii. 5. Cf. whariki, anything used as a mat.

TARAWHITI, a hoop. Cf. whiti, a hoop; mowhiti, a hoop, a ring; korowhiti, bent like a hoop.

TARE, to hang. Cf. tarewa, hanging; tarawa, to hang on a line or rail; tari, a noose; a mode of plaiting; tarekupenga, a noose for catching fish. 2. To gasp for breath. Cf. tarewa, aghast; huatare, to pant, to gasp for breath; mare, a cough; to cough. [See Samoan.] 3. To have desire, inclination, affection: Ka tare te wahine ki a Tawhaki —Wohl., Trans., vii. 44. Cf. tarengataka, admiration; desire.

TARETARE, shaggy; ragged, in tatters. Cf. taratara, prickly, rough. 2. Moving about, as a thing from one side to the other: Ata! ina te kaki ka taretare noa—Prov.

Whaka-TATARE, Whaka-TARETARE, to stoop or lean forward, in order to look at anything.

Whaka-TARENGA, anything used as a place on which to hang articles: A ko nga ringaringa o nga tupapaku ka mahia hei whakatarenga mo nga kai—A. H. M., i. 36.

Samoan—tale, a cough; to cough.

Tahitian — tare, phlegm.

Hawaiian—cf. kalea, a choking, a coughing; to go into the windpipe, as water or other liquid when it goes the wrong way.

Tongan—tale, to cough; a cough; faka-tale, to cause a cough. Cf. talimahaga, the noose in large ropes.

Paumotan —taretare, to overhang.

Ext. Poly.: Yap—cf. tal, a rope.

TAREHA (tàreha), ochre.

Mangarevan—tarea, clear brown; chesnut. coloured; a dark-brown man.

TAREHU (tàrehu), to bury, to cover with earth. Cf. tarahu, a native oven; ngarahu, and ngarehu, charcoal; pungarehu, ashes.

Mangarevan— tarehu, to burn the wood for a native oven. [For full comparatives, see Rehu.]

TAREHU (tàrehu), at unawares.

TAREI (tàrei), (also Tarai,) to adze: Ma matou e tarei te waka—P. M., 58. [See Tarai.]

TAREKA (tàreka), eager; eagerly pressing or urgent; strenuous.

TAREKE (tàreke), the name of a small edge-tool. Cf. ta, to strike with a stick; to tattoo; reke, to thrust with a stick.

TAREKUPENGA, a snare for catching the upokororo fish. It is made by bending the tapering end of a stalk of toetoe grass into a running noose. Cf. tare, to hang; tari, a noose; kupenga, a net.

TARENGA (tàrenga), to cover up.

TARENGATAKA, admiration; desire. Cf. tare, to desire, to feel affection for: No reira i nui tonu ai tona tarengataka kia Hine-nui-te-kawa —A. H. M., i. 46.

TAREPAREPA (tàreparepa), to flap in the wind; to flutter. Cf. taretare, ragged, shaggy; reparepa, a kind of mat; tarerarera, to be torn; rewa, to float.

Samoan—cf. lepa, to lie to, as a vessel.

Tahitian—tarepa, to shake or flap, as a loose sail in the wind; tareparepa, to shake repeatedly, as a sail; (b.) to use a paddle or oar in a slight manner. Cf. repa, the thin edges of a flat fish; reparepa, the skirts or edgings of a garment; revareva, to be flying, as many flags.

Hawaiian—kalepa, peddling, hawking; to peddle, to sell merchandise from place to place. [Note. — Hawaiians hoist a flag (lepa) as a sign that they have something to sell.] Kalepalepa, to flap, as the sails of a ship; to flap in the wind, as a flag or ensign. Cf. lepa, a border, hem, or fringe of a garment; an ensign; lepalepa, a torn rag or kapa (tapa, or native cloth) used as a flag; kilepalepa, to flap or flutter in the wind.

Tongan—cf. leba, to heave to, to put the head of the canoe up into the wind; lebeleba, to sail close on the wind; faka-lebelebe, to bring and keep the vessel into the eye of the wind.

Paumotan —tareparepa, to shake, to shiver, to tremble.

TAREPO (tarepò), the name of a bird, the Owl-Parrot; the Ground - Parrot of the Colonists (Orn. Stringops habroptilus).

TAREPO, the name of a bird, probably now extinct (Orn. Cnemiornis calcitrans).

TARERARERA (tàrerarera), to be torn. Cf. taretare, ragged; tareparepa, to flap in the wind.

TAREWA (tàrewa), raised up: E hara! tarewa ana i runga te ika a Maui— P. M., 24. Cf. rewa, to be elevated, high up; pourewa, an elevated platform in a stockade; marewa, raised up. 2. Afloat. Cf. rewa, to float; karewa, a buoy; taurewa, having no settled habitation; morewa, afloat; korewa, adrift; tareparepa, to flutter. 3. Hanging, drooping; trailing: Kihai taku manawa i piri mai ki a au, i tarewa tonu atu—G. P., 62. Cf. tarawa, to hang on a line or rail; tare, to hang. 4. To hang oneself, to commit suicide; to be strangled: Ka mate taua tangata i te whakama; ka tarewa i a ia— MSS. 5. Declining. 6. Aghast. Cf. tare, to gasp for breath; porewarewa, giddy, stupified. 7. Unsettled; not paid for. Cf. taurewa, not paid for.

Tahitian—tarereva, the hollow of an over-hanging rock.

Hawaiian—kalewa, to float, to be floating, as any substance in the air; flying, as clouds; (b.) to sail here and there on the water; lying off and on, as a ship; (c.) to carry a weight suspended on a pole between two persons; swinging as a weight on a pole; (d.) to be unsettled; to move often from place to place; (e.) a swing, a pendulous machine for swinging. Cf. lewa, to float in the air; the air, the atmosphere; clouds, &c.; to float in the water. [For full comparatives, see Rewa.]

TAREWHA (tàrewha), a foreigner, an European. Cf. rewharewha, an epidemic (supposed to have been brought by Europeans).

TARI, to carry: Ka hereherea nga ika, ka taria mai ki te whata—A. H. M., ii. 31. Cf. hari, to carry; apatari, to carry; to bring.

TARINGA, the circumstance, &c., of carrying.

Tahitian—tari, to carry or convey property; taritari, to remove or carry goods repeatedly. Cf. taripaoo, to take away everything within reach; taritoa, family or personal gods; a certain amulet to protect a person from witchcraft, &c.; tarihau, the lower rank of the people; tutaritaripo, to conduct away in the page 480 night,

Tongan — tatali, to make a perfect riddance; to clear out a place; to take every thing away; faka-tali, to hold out, to extend. as the hand to receive.

Marquesan—tai, to carry. Cf. hai, to carry.

Mangarevan — tari, to carry, to transport; aka-tari, to conduct, to lead; (b.) a company.

Paumotan — tari, to carry; taritari, to convey, to carry, to transport.

Ext. Poly.: Malagasy—cf. tarikia, dragged, drawn along; taridaoa, the act of drawing repeatedly along.

TARI, a mode of plaiting with eight strands. Cf. tarikarakia, a method of plaiting. 2. A noose for catching birds. Cf. tare, to hang; tare- kupenga, a noose for catching fish; tarikupenga, the plant mangemange.

Tahitian —cf. tarì, to hang or suspend.

Hawaiian—cf. kali, to gird, to tie, to fasten on.

Tongan—cf. talimahaga, the noose in large ropes.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. talia, to plait.

Malagasy—cf. tady, a rope, a cord; mitady, twisted.

Macassar — cf. dari, a landing-net.

Kayan — cf. tali, a thread.

Malay—cf. tali, a cord, a line, a rope; talitali, the name of a plant (Bot. Ipomæa quamoclit).

Lampong—cf. tali-gala, a necklace of gold or silver thread.

TARI (myth.), a personage of prediluvian times. He first discovered the art of making wooden fish-hooks—A. H. M., i. 170.

TATARI, to wait, to tarry: Ka tatari ano nga motu ki tana ture—Ika, xlii. 4. Cf. tarioi, to loiter.

TARIA (also Tarie,) to be waited for. 2. Byand-bye, after a time.

TARINGA (tàringa), the circumstance, &c., of being waited for.

Samoan—tali, to wait for; (b.) to answer; an answer: Ua faapea foi ona tali mai o ia ia te au; He answered me thus. (c.) To receive; a reception; (d.) to take food, to eat; food given to visitors; tatali, to wait for; talitali, a shelf on which sleeping-mats are placed; fa'a-tali, to wait for; fa'a-talitali, to wait for: O le mea lea matou te fa'atalitali ai ia te oe; Therefore we are waiting for you. Cf. talialaina, to lie in wait for; taliaga, to lie on the back; taliuta, those who wait for the landing of a canoe; talifiti, to wait for presents of food; talitalinoa, to wait uselessly; talitalitù, to wait for; talitane, a harlot.

Tahitian—tatari, to wait, to delay; to expect. Cf. autari, a follower of another; tataripo, to be waiting, as on the point of death; tatariavea, to wait, as in watching the surf, in order to land safely; to delay, to lag behind.

Hawaiian—kali, to wait, to tarry, to stay: Aole i hiki ia lakou ke kali; They were not able to tarry. (b.) To sojourn with anyone; (c.) to lie in wait; (d.) disease, i.e. a waiting for death; (e.) to hesitate in speaking; slowness, hesitancy of speech; (f.) to expect, to look for; hoo-kali,to waste away with disease; kakali, to wait for somé person or thing to come or be done; to expect; waitingly, in a waiting posture; (b.) to be detained: Kakali na kanaka i kahi a lakou i pee ai; The people stayed in the place where they hid. Kalikali, to be a little behind; not quite up even with something else; (b.) to be not quite full; to lack something. Cf. ukali, to follow after; to follow, as people in the train of a chief; to accompany one, to go with; to be sent after, as a package; the younger, smaller; following, accompanying; the name of the planet Mercury, from its following close after the sun; after, behind.

Tongan—tali, to wait for; (b.) to prepare food for visitors; food prepared for visitors; tatali, to wait, to tarry; waiting; faka-tali, to hold in readiness; to be in waiting. Cf. talifaki, to wait for; talitalinoa, to wait without reason or cause; fetalifaki, to wait and watch for in every direction; taliaonomui, to wait until the thing or person is brought.

Rarotongan — tatari, to wait: Kare oki ratou e akama tei tatari iaku nei; They shall not be ashamed that wait for me.

Marquesan—tetai, to wait for, to stay for; (b.) to hope for. Cf. taitai, a long time, a great while; tatai, to hope for; to hope.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—Cf. nari, to wait for; tari- tari, permanence, continuity.

Malagasy— cf. tady, to seek, to search; dary, dull, slow in motion (of animals only).

Malay—cf. tadi, a little while ago, lately.

Macassar— cf. kali, slow, loitering (cf. Hawaiian).

TARIA, passive of Tatari. [See Tatari.]

TARIE, to be waited for: E tarie, e koe, e tukua, kia maoka te oumu—Wohl., Trans., vii. 40. [See under Tatari.]

TARIHAHOHAHO, to rumple, to disarrange.

TARIKARAKIA, a method of plaiting: Ka kitea i reira te whiri tuamaka, te tarikarakia—P. M., 21. Cf. tari, a noose.

TARIKUPENGA, the climbing fern, otherwise called Mangemange (Bot. Lygodium articu- latum). Its stems are like masses of crimped wire hanging in a mat or net from forest trees. Cf. tari, a noose; kupenga, a net; tarekupenga, a snare for catching fish.

TARINGA, the ear: Te matamata o te taringa matau—Eko., xxix. 20. 2. Deaf; obstinate; inattentive: A, taringa noa iho ki te ngare a te hunga o rahaki—P. M., 25. [Note.—Perhaps for taringa-kore, not having ears to hear: E tama taringakore, te rongo mai ai—G. P., 154.]

Samoan—taliga, the ear: Ua lagona ai foi o'u taliga nai mea itiiti; My ear heard a little of it. Cf. taligatuli, to be deaf; Iautaliga, the lobe of the ear; taliga'imoa, a species of fungus (lit. “rat's-ear”).

Tahitian—taria, the ear: Ta matou iho hoi i ite i to matou taria; According to all that we have heard with our ears. Cf. tariamaeo, an itching ear; tariamaopi, a shrivelled ear; opaetaria, a person who turns aside his ear, especially to the female sex; to turn aside to listen, so as not to attend to his proper business; putaria, the centre of the ear; rahutaria, the ceremony of presenting the ear of a pig in offering to the gods; tariaturi, a deaf ear; tariavava, an ear that hears indistinctly; tariaiore, a fungus like a mushroom (lit. “rat's-ear”).

Tongan—teliga, the ear: Bea ne ogo e nau tagi i hoku teliga i he leo lahi; Though they cry in my ear with a loud voice.

Rarotongan—taringa, the ear: Kia piri ake te taringa; Let the ear be closed.

Moriori—tiriga, the ear.

Mangarevan— teriga, the ear; aka-teriga, to give attention, to lend one's ears. Cf. terigaakaaka, a large ear; an ear that hears everything; terigakavakavarua, continually pouting and looking sour; page 481 terigaorooro, to be obedient, to obey; to execute given orders; terigapakeke, to be deaf; disobedient.

Aniwan — cf. nontariga, the ear.

Paumotan—tariga. the ear. Cf. tarigaturi, disobedient (lit. “deaf-eared”); faka-kai-tariga, an earring.

Ext. Poly.: Motu— cf. taia, the ear; taia-kudima. deaf.

Fiji — cf. daliga, the ear; daligavara, deaf. Redscar Bay—cf. taiya, the ear.

Malagasy — cf. tadiny, the foramen of the ear; taia-tadiny, the wax of the ear; taria, conversation, chitchat.

Kayan—cf. naling, to hear.

Sulu— cf. tainga, the ear.

Malay—cf. talinga, and telinga, the ear; the handle of a jar.

Sikayana — cf. kautalina, the ear. Basa

Krama—cf. talingan, the ear.

Bugis—cf. dachuling, the ear.

Tagal—cf. tainga, and tayinga, the ear; calinga, attention. The following words mean “ear”:— Guaham. talanha; Chamori, talanja; Ulea, talenga; Satawal, talinhe; Silong, tengah; North Borneo, linga; Formosa, charrina, and tangira; Java, talingan; New Ireland, plahingia; Matu, lingah; Bouton, talinga; Sula, telinga; Cajeli, telila; Wayapo, teling in; Massaratty, linganani; Liang. terina; Morella, telina; Batumerah, telinawa; Ambrym, ringi; Malikolo, ta-linga; Lariki, terina; Saparua, terena; Awaiya, terina-mo; Camarian, terinam; Baju, telinga; Nikunau, tañin; Duke of York Island, taliga; Eromanga, teligo; Fate, taliga; Sesake, dalina; Api, dalina; Espiritu-Santo, saliga; Vanua Lava, (Pak,) telnegi; Torres Island, (Lo,) dalina; Rotuma, falian; Ulawa, alina; San Cristoval, karina; Malanta, alina; New Georgia, talene, and dalinga; Bou— gainville, dalinga; Natalava, kulinda; Lord Howe's Island, karinga.

TARINGA. [See under Tari, to carry.] 2. [See under Tatari (Tari), to wait.]

TARINGA (tàringa). [See under Tatari, to wait.]

TARINGA-HAKEKE, TARINGA-KURI, the Kidney Fern (Bot. Trichomanes reniforme.

TARINGA-HERE (myth.), a fairy or elf with a face resembling a cat.

TARINGA-PAKURA, stubborn. Cf. taringa, the ear; pakura, the water-hen; tariga, deaf; disobedient.

TARIOI, to loiter, to dawdle. Cf. tatari, to wait, dally.

TARITARI, to provoke a quarrel.

Whaka-TARI, to provoke a quarrel. 2. To in-cite, to stir up. 3. To expose to chastisement.

TARO, the name of a plant with edible root (Bot. Arum esculentum, or Caladium esculentum). It is said to have been brought to New Zealand by Ruaauru in the Matatua canoe—A. H. M., ii. 181.

Samoan—talo, the name of a plant, having many varieties (Bot. Arum esculentum).

Tahitian—taro, the root of Arum esculentum. There are many varieties.

Hawaiian— kalo, the name of a plant (Arum esculentum): A o ka lau o ua kalo la, ua kapaia kona inoa o laukapalili; The leaf of that taro is called by the name of rautapariri. [It is made into food by baking and pounding into a hard paste; after fermenting and slightly souring it is diluted with water, then it is called poi and eaten with the fingers.] (Myth.) The taro was a miscarriage of Papa, the wife of Vatea.

Marquesan—tao, the Arum esculentum.

Tongan—talo, the Arum esclantum.

Mangarevan—taro, the Arum esculentum; E tanu ana ratou ki te taro; They are planting taro.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. talo, the A. esculentum.

Fiji—cf. dalo, the A. esoulentum.

Aneityum—cf. intal, the taro.

TARO, a word denoting the lapse of a short interval of time (taro ake in a little while, &c.; kihai i taro, not long after): A ka taro, ka haere a Ihuwareware ki te korero atu ki a Tinirau—P. M., 33.

Samoan—cf. tatalo, to pray.

Tahitian— cf. tarotaro, a short prayer to the gods; faa-taro, lazy, idle; haa-matarotaro, to accustom repeatedly by degrees.

Hawaiian—cf. kala, spoken of time; used only with the negative, as aole e kala, long ago, long since (“not a short while since” ?).

TAROTARO, to cut one's hair.

Tahitian—cf. tarotaro, a short prayer to the gods.

Hawaiian—cf. kalokalo, to pray to the gods to supplicate favours.

Tongan— cf. talomonu, to solicit by actions the blessings of the gods. [Note.— The cutting of hair among Polynesians was generally accompanied by a solemn and religious ceremony.]

TAROA (tàroa), long and straight fern-root. 2. A variety of flax (Phormium tenax). 3. A selfsown potato.

TAROHE, to paint, to smear: He mea tarohe a waho o taua paka ki te reperepe—A. H. M., i. 154.

TAROI (tàroi), to tie up in a basket. 2. Calm. 3. To slide along, to skim over the surface; E taroi ra i tawhiti ki a Hori—A. H. M., v. 4.

TAROMA, soft; flaccid.

TARONA (tàrona), to strangle: Ka noho ko Pare anake i roto, nana ano aia i tarona—A. H. M., ii. 159. Cf. ta, to net; rona, to bind with cords; tarore, to strangle.

TARORE (tàrore), to strangle; to noose. Cf. tarona, to strangle; rore, to ensnare; ta, to net.

TARORI, to pass away quickly; to disappear. Cf. rori, to change, to alter.

TARU, grass, herbage: Kia pihi ake te taru-hou i te whenua—Ken., i. 11. 2. Disease. Taru tawhiti, influenza, supposed to be of foreign origin.

TARUTARU, grass: I te toetoe ranei, i te tarutaru ranei—A. H. M., i. 5.

Samoan—talutalu, the young trees growing up where there has been a plantation.

Tahitian—cf. utaru, to dig or grub up the ground; to soften the ground by digging, &c.

Hawaiian — kalukalu, a kind of grass or rush; (b.) a general name for all kinds of grass and rushes that grow in the water:

Tongan—cf. talu, a lock or bush of hair.

Marquesan—cf. tau, a garden.

Mangaian—cf. taru, to heap up, to cover with new soil.

Ext. Poly.: Java—cf. taru, a shoot, a sprout.

Malay—cf. taruk, a shoot, a sprout.

TARU, the other (indefinitely).

page 482

TARUA (tàrua), to tattoo a second time. Cf. ta, to tattoo; rua, two. 2. By-and-bye; in a little while.

Hawaiian—kalua, double; two-stranded, as a rope. [For full comparatives, see Ta, and Rua.]

TARUHAE, jealous. Cf. hae, jealous; to tear; tuahae, jealous; puhaehae, envious.

TARUHINA, the name of a tree, a kind of giant heath.

TARUKE (tàruke), a trap for cray-fish. 2. Dysen-tery. 3. To hurry, to push forward in haste. 4. To struggle. 5. To lie dead in great numbers,

TARUNA, to be connected by family ties, relationship, &c. Cf. ta, to net; runa, to tie together, to draw together.

Whaka-TARUNA, to serve as a bond of con-nexion; to be connected.

TARUPI (tarupì), second - growth; the fresh growth of young trees on land once cleared. Cf. taru, grass; pi, the young of birds; pihi, to shoot, to grow.

TARURE (tàrure), to become loose or unfixed. 2. To quail, to loose heart. Cf. rure, to shake. 3. To become languid; listless. Cf. takarure, listless.

Tahitian—cf. tarue, tardily, listlessly.

TARURU (tàruru), to beguile. Cf. hautaruru, unwary, heedless 2. To shake or rub together. Cf. ruru, to shake. 3. Close together. Cf. ruru, to draw close together; poruru, close together.

TARURU (tàrùrù), shaking. Cf. ruru, to shake. [For comparatives, see Ruru, and Ruru (rùrù).]

TARUTAWHITI, influenza. (Supposed to have been introduced into New Zealand by Europeans.) Cf. taru, disease; tawhiti, distance.

TARUTU, to jerk violently. Cf. ta, to strike; rutu, to jolt, to jerk. [For comparatives, see Rutu.]

TATA (tàtà,) the stalk of a plant. Cf. takakau, a stalk; kakau, a stalk; tatakau, having stalks only. 2. A fence. Cf. taiepa, a fence; taepa. a fence. 3. [See under Ta.]

TATA, near (of place); imminent (of time): Tenei ra ka piri mai ka tata mai—M. M., 23: Ekore ra e tata atu te tangata, i te nui o tona wera—P. M., 21. Cf. patata, near; taitata, near; tutata, near; rata, tame [see Samoan.] 2. Hastily, suddenly. 3. Without due consideration.

TATATA (tàtata), near.

Samoan—cf. tàitai, near; fa'a-tàitai, to make approaches to (of those who formerly kept aloof); lata, near (as lona, his, for Maori tona), tame, domesticated. Cf. fatata, near, not far off; nearness; haa-fatata, to approach.

Hawaiian—cf. kaka, fruits that grow in clusters; pakaka, narrow, as the door of a house.

Tongan—tata, near, not distant; faka-tata, allegory; to speak figuratively. Cf. tautata, near, not distant; tatajino, near, but only the body.

Rarotongan—cf. vaitata, near; aka-vaitata, to draw near.

Marquesan—tata, near: A too i te pae tata eka me oe; Take the head-dress which is nearest to you. (b.) To approach.

Mangarevan—cf. tutata, to be near to; totata, to be red and perspiring from having been near the fire; gatata, to move, said of a great multitude.

Aniwan — cf. itata, near, at the side of.

Paumotan— cf. haka-fatata, to draw near again.

Ext. Poly.: New Britain—cf. matata, near.

TATAEKO (tàtàeko), the name of a bird: Nga tataeko, nga koriroriro, ia manu, ia manu— P. M., 31.

TATAHAU (tàtàhau), to be fierce, to be violent. Cf. ta, to strike; tàtà, to dash down; hau, to strike, to smite; ngahau, brisk. 2. To be stormy. Cf. hau, wind.

TATAHAU, the leg. (see under Tahau.]

TATAHI (tàtahi), the sea-side: No te haerenga o Apakura ki tatahi—P. M., 59. Cf. tai, the sea; tahatai, the sea-shore; takutai, the seacoast. 2. Wide apart.

Tahitian — tatahi, the shore, the beach.

Tongan—cf. tahi, the sea.

TATAI (tàtai), to measure; to compare; measurement; comparison: Ha mea hoki hei whare tatai mo nga whetu—A. H. M., i. 13. Cf. tatau, to count. 2. To plan, to devise, to propose; a plan, a purpose: Tatai korero i ngaro, tatai korero e rangona—Prov.: Tatai kau ana te whetu o te rangi—G. P., 28. 3. Tatai-rakau, to measure weapons; to fight. 4. To join the component portions of a fishing-net: Kihai i roa kua oti nga kupenga ra te tatai— P. M., 140. Cf. ta, to not; tata, a net for catching cray-fish.

Tahitian— cf. ta, to strike; to make the meshes of a net; to repeat or tell a tale; tatai, to rehearse the particulars of an argument; to expel or cast out a demon; to fasten a line along the rafters of a house; to draw a line; tatamai, to war, to fight; to breed contention; tataiiore, a species of fee (cuttle-fish, Maori wheke), which is said to stretch out its feelers, run along the shore, and by that means to catch rats.

Hawaiian— cf. kakai, a company travelling together; a family; a litter, as of animals; to copulate, as the sexes; hookakai, to look after, to see to; kai, to lead, to guide, to direct; a net for fish.

Marquesan —tatai, to chase, to follow: O Atea vivini ia o te A, a tatai pu ia Tanaoa; Atea (Light) wedded the Day, and drove away Tangaroa (Darkness). (b.) To hope for.

TATAIRONGO, a black-skinned variety of potato.

TATAHANGA. [See under Ta.]

TATAKA, the name of a tree (Bot. Melicope ternata).

TATAKAU (tàtàkau), having stalks or stems only; without fruit. Cf. tata, a stem; kau, only.

TATAKI (tatakì), to arrange snares on a string for catching birds. Cf. ta, to net; tata, a kind of net. 2. Viscous, glairy, as bird-lime. 3. Racy.

TATAKI, the name of a sea-bird.

TATAKI (tàtaki), distributive. [See Taki, giving a distributive force.]

TATAKINO (tàtàkino), to rush along in confusion.

TATAKOTO, the sprit or lower edge of a canoesail. Cf. kotokoto, the sprit of a sail; tokotoko, a small pole.

page 483

TATAKA. [see under Taka.]

TATANGA. [see under Tanga.]

TATANGI. [see under Tangi.]

TATANGO. [See under Tango.]

TATAO, the second person killed in a fight. The first person killed was called mataika, or mata— ngohi: Ka hinga nga matàngohi ka hinga nga tatao—A. H. M., V. 61.

TATAO. [See under Tao.]

TATAR A. [See under Tara.]

TATARAHAKE (tàtarahake), bristling, covered with points. Cf. taratara, prickly, rough; tataraheke, a bramble. 2. Having numerous bare branches. 3. The name of a shrub (Bot. Coprosma acerosa).

TATARAHEKE, the name of a plant, a Bramble: He maro toto na Hine i panga atu ai ki runga ki te tataraheke—A. H. M., ii. 58; Wohl., Trans., vii. 36. Cf. taratara, prickly, rough; tatarahake, bristling; tataramoa; a bramble.

TATARAKIHI (tàtarakihi), (also Tarakihi,) the cicada or (so-called) locust. Cf. tara, to chirp like a grasshopper; kihi, to hiss; kihitara, a small red-bodied dragon-fly. 2. A caterpillar: lna, ka whakakìa koe e ahau ki te tangata kei te tatarakihi te rite—Her., li. 14.

TATARAKINA (tàtarakina), hair split at the points. Cf. taratara, rough, prickly; kina, the Sea-urchin, the Sea-egg.

TATARAMOA (tàtaràmoa), the bramble (Bot. Rubus australis). Cf. tara, a point, a thorn; taratara, prickly, rough; tataraheke, a bram— ble; tatarahake, bristling.

Samoan — talatalamoa (talatalàmoa), one. variety of ifi (the chestnut-tree). Cf. tala, a thorn; the barb of a spear; talatala, prickly, rough; talàmoli, a thorn of the orange-tree.

Tahitian—tataramoa, the name of a prickly shrub having some resemblance to a thorntree. Cf. tarataramoa, the spurs of a cock; moa, a domestic fowl; tara, a thorn, a sharp point; a cock's spur.

Hawaiian — cf. kakala, sharp, sharp-pointed; small and sharp, like a needle; the spur of a cock; kakalaioa, a thorny vine with pods very prickly (Bot. Guillandina bonduc); thorny; to be sharppointed; moakakala, a cock with sharp spurs.

Mangarevan— cf. tara, thorns, spines; tara— koho, a thorny plant. Tongan-talatala— amoa, the name of a shrub. Cf. talatala, thorny, prickly; tatala, to rend, to tear open.

TATA RE, the dog-fish, or small shark.

TATAR I (tàtari), a strainer, a sieve; to strain, to sift.

TATARI. [See under Tatariante., p. 480.]

TATARIHUKA, the name of a bird. The natives thought that if this bird was killed it caused snow to fall. Cf. tari, to carry; huka, snow.

TATARIKI (tàtàriki), the name of a small bird. Cf. riki, small.

TATATA (tàtata), a kind of mat. Syn. Repa.

TATAU (for Tatou). [See Tatou.]

TATAU. [See under Tau.]

TATAU (myth.), a name given to Urutonga, the mother of Tawhaki, as doorkeeper for the Ponaturi fairies— P. M., 36. [See Urutonga and Ponaturi.]

TATAU-O-TE-PO (myth.),” The Gates of Death,” a name of the abode of the goddess Miru in Hades. (Po). It was also called Wharekura. Herein sat the gods Rapawheua, Kaitoa, Mokohukuwaru, Tutangatakino, Mutu, Tawheke, Hurukoekoea, Makutu (Witchcraft), Taputapu, the Reptile-gods (Ngarara), and “The Multitude of the Evil Deities” (te Tini o nga atua-kikokiko)—MSS.

TATAWHAINGA (tàtàwhàinga), to vie, to emulate, to compote.

TATEI, the semen of males.

Tahitian—cf. tatea, the semen of animals; tea, white.

TATEMEA, because: Tatemea, kua kitea ake e ia i muri iho o tona kitenga e tona whaea—P. M., 13: Ka mate nga tangata o tera Pa, tatemea he tangata kaha tenei ki te whawhai—G.-8, 30. Cf. no-te-mea, because.

TATERE, moving about, unsettled. Cf. tere, to drift, to float; to move swiftly; teretere, a company of travellers. 2. Loose, unfixed. Cf. kutere, soft, nearly liquid.

Hawaiian— kakele, to slip, to slide, as on a muddy road; (b.) to glide on the surface of the water; (c.) to besmear, as the skin with oil; (d.) to do that which will please one. Cf. kele, to slide, to glide easily; to sail far out to sea; kelekele, grease; mud; anything causing slipperiness. [For full comparatives, see Tere.]

TATO, thoughtless, giddy.

TATONGA (tàtonga), a twist, as in split timber; “out of true.” Cf. ta, to be oblique.

TATOU (tàtou), we, us; the plural including the persons or person addressed: E kaha ana hoki ratou i a tatou— Tau., xiii. 31. Also Tatau (rarely). Cf. matou, we, including person or persons addressed; ratou, they; toru, three.

Samoan— tatou, we, including the speaker and the person spoken to: Auà o i tatou o tagata ananafi ua tatou le iloa; We are but men of yesterday and know nothing.

Tahitian—tatou, we, including the speaker and person addressed: Eita e tia ia tatou ia tii e aro i te reira feia; We are not able to go up against the people.

Hawaiian— Kakou, we, spoken of more than two, including the speaker and the persons addressed: E ike auanei i ko kakou onehanau; We shall soon see our native-born place.

Tongan— cf. tautolu, us; tau, we, us; a kitautolu, us, including the person addressed; a kimautolu, we two, used in speaking to a third person, but not including the person addressed; tolu, three.

Rarotongan—tatou, we, including persons addressed: Kare tatou i to te po, e to te poiri; We are not of the night, nor of darkness.

Marquesan—tatou, we all.

Mangarevan —tatou, we all, including those spoken to, and the speaker. Cf. tatalou, “for us!” “that is for us!”

Paumotan— tatou, we.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji — cf. datou, we, including the person addressed.

Matu— cf. talau, we, ua; three.

TATU, to stumble, to trip; to strike one foot against another: Kua taku kei raro e rere ana —P. M., 18. 2. To stammer, to stutter, Cf. potatu, impatient, distracted.

page 484

TATUTATU, tottering, unsteady.

Samoan—tatu (tatù), to stamp with the feet; to paw the ground; tatutu (tàtùtù), to stamp, to kick with impatience.

Tahitian —cf. atatu, the state of being agitated; to be in disorder.

Tongan—tatu, loose, not fixed; to walk about; to be in motion; faka-tatu, to fall from side to side, as in the motion of a vessel. Cf. tatube, to shake, to flop.

Mangarevan —cf. tatu, a sickness lasting for years.

TATU (tatù), to reach the bottom: A ka tatu aia ki raro ka whiua eia tana taiaha—A. H. M., v. 28. Cf. tu, to stand. 2. To be at ease, to be content. 3. To be at lowest ebb (of the tide).

Whaka-TATU, to sound, as with a lead-line.

TATUA (tàtua), a girdle; to put on as a girdle: Maku e whitiki, ki te tatua no Whatitiri— G.P.,181. Cf. atua, a god. [See Hawaiian.]

Tahitian— tatua, a girdle; to gird the loins: E te tatua nei i te tauupu i te taura; He girds their loins with a girdle. Cf. tatuaai, a girdle made of pandanus leaves; tatia, a girdle; tatuaovero, pinching hunger; tatuatua, naked when fighting.

Hawaiian—kakua, to bind or fasten on, as a garment; to put round: Kikomo kahuna i kakua laau; The priests enter to dress the idols. (b.) The worship of the gods, ascribing to them power; worship. Cf. akua, a god.

Tongan—cf. tua, external, exterior, outward.

Rarotongan—tatua, a girdle: Mei te tatua i tatuaia‘i aia kare i tivata ra; For a girdle wherewith he is girded continually.

Mangarevan—tatua, a girdle; to gird, to put anything round the loins.

Paumotan—tatua, a girdle.

Ext. Poly.: Ponape—cf. tua, a native girdle.

TATURI (tàturi), wax in the ear. Cf. turi, deaf.

Tahitian—taturi, the wax of the ear; taturituri,to pretend deafness continually. Hawaiian-kokuli, ear-wax.

Marquesan— tetui, the orifice of the ear.

Mangarevan— teturi, wax in the ear.

Paumotan — cf. katuri, wax in the ear. Ext. Poly:

Fiji—cf. tule, (also dule.) ear-wax.

Malay—cf. chulik, to clear the ears of wax.

Bicol— cf. tuli, ear-wax.

TAU, a year: Ta te tau kai pai hoki—P. M., 82. Cf. tauhouanga, last year. [For first division of the year into twelve months instead of ten, see Whare-patari.] 2. The string of a garment; a loop or thong: Wetea te tau o kahu— G. P., 296: Whakawiria iho te tau o te patu ki te ringa—P. M., 31. Cf. taura, a rope; taukaea, a thread used for fastening a fish-hook to a line; taumau, to be betrothed; taukawe, a loop to serve as a handle; whitau, prepared flax; tauwhiwhi, to be entangled. 3. The ridge of a hill; E horo ranei i a koe te tau o Rongomaitakupe—Prov. Cf. taumata, the brow of a hill; taukaka, the spur of a hill; taukauki, the spur of a hill; tawa, a ridge; taumutu, the abrupt spur of a mountain. 4. A partition. Cf. tautika, a boundary; tauarai, a screen. 5. The war-cry of a tribe. Cf. tautapa, to challenge; taua, a war-party. 6. A song; to sing: Ka tau te tini o te Hakuturi i tana tau—P. M., 57: Ka eke te wahine ra ki runga ki te waka, ka whakahua i te tau—G.-8, 19. Cf. tautapa, to chant a song to keep time in pulling, &c. 7. To bark, as a dog: Katahi ka tau ake taua kuri i roto i te puku o Toi— P. M., 65. 8. A door: Te kapua matotoru, te tau o Rakiriri—A. H. M., i. 41. 9. The carved stern-piece of a canoe. 10. To alight upon; to rest: Tupono atu ko tetahi wai e tauria ana e te manu—MSS. Cf. taupua, to rest, to support oneself. 11. To lie at anchor or moorings. Cf. kau, to swim; taurua, a canoe in which a net is carried. [See Hawaiian.] 12. To be suitable, to become, to look well: Ka titiro ake ki tona matua; katahi ano kua tau— Wohl., Trans., vii. 33, Cf. tauira, a counterpart; a teacher; a model; haratau, suitable to use; convenient. 13. To attack: A whakapaea ana a reira, tauria ana e ia—Hoh., x. 31. Cf. taua, a war-party; taupatupatu, to beat one another; tautauamoa, a quarrel in which few take part. 14. Strange. Cf. tauhou, strange; a stranger; tauiwi, a strange tribe; tauwhenua, a strange land.

TAUNGA, a place of alighting: A e tapoko na ano te taunga o nga waewae o Hotumauea i te kohatu—A. H. M., v. 20. 2. A bond of connection between families. 3. To become at home in a place, to become domesticated. 4. To become familiarized, to become intimate. 5. A resting-place: Hei a Rongomai-tu-aho he taunga mohou—A. H. M., ii. 17. 6. A support; a bond, tie: Te tuatoru o nga pou hei taunga mo te tahuhu o te whare.

TAUANGA, a numbering, a counting.

TATAU, a door; to draw or push a sliding board: Toia ake te tatau kia tuwhera—P. M., 68. 2. To squeeze, to express juice, &c. Cf. u, the teat, the breast. [See Samoan.] 3. To count: Ka tatau ano te ruahine ra ‘Ana, tokowha ano koutou’—P. M., 13. Cf. ta, to tattoo [see Tahitian]; tatai, to measure, to compare; matau, to know. 4. To assault, to storm: Na, ka tatau ia ki a Iharaira—Tau., xxi. 1. 5. To quarrel. 6. To tie. 7. To repeat one by one: Tatau rawa nga ingoa o tenei o tenei—Tau., i. 18.

TAURANGA, a place of anchorage; moorings. [See Tauranga.]

TAUTAU, a string or cluster; to tie in bunches or clusters; to thread on a string: A e hua ana nga tautau—Ken., xl. 10. 2. To hang down, to droop: Tautau ai te ngutu, tangi ai te korotore—A. H. M., ii. 6. 3. A greenstone (jade) ornament, hooked at the end. 4. To howl: Katahi ka whakatika ki te tautau mai —P. M., 153.

Whaka-TAU, to cause to alight; to make to rest: Whakatau noa iho ia ki te noho—P. M., 130. Titiro - whakatau, to look intently. 2. To attempt, to try one's hand at: Ka tahi tona papa ka whakatau, epa ake, ehara! kua pa— P. M., 18. 3. To imitate, to copy, to assume likeness: Ka whakatauina e ia ki te kereru—Wohl., Trans., vii. 37. 4. To illustrate by action, &c. 5. To pretend, to feign, to make believe. 6. To go to meet or visit: Ki te whakatau i a ia i tana hokinga mai—Ken., xiv., 17. 7. To search, to examine: Ka haere ki te whakatau; rapu nei, rapu nei—M. M., 167. 8. To address in a set speech; to make a formal proposal to. 9. To call out to: Katahi ano ia ka whakatau penei na ‘Moi! moi! moi!’—P. M., 29. 10. Adornment, ornament; handsome dress: Na ka mahara tera, a Tane, kahore ano te whakatau mo tenei matua, mo page 485 Papa-tu-a-nuku—Wohl., Trans., vii. 33 Kaore he whakatau i a Raki—A. H. M., i. 42.

Whaka-TATAU, to quarrel: Ka whakatatau raua ko tona hoa wahine—P. M., 180.

Samoan—tau, to count; (b.) to buy, to barter; a price; to iell something; (c.) to hit, to strike against; (d.) to fit in; (e.) to arrive at, to end at; (f.) to be anchored; (g.) to fight; a battle: Ma le aso e tau ai te taua; For the day of battle and war. (h.) Leaves used to cover up a native oven of food; (i.) a year, a season; (j.) the deck of a canoe; (k.) a sign of the plural, applied to birds (‘O le tau manu, the birds); (l.) to be fixed, as colours in cloth; (m.) to pluck fruit with the hand; (n.) to be swollen uniformly, as in confirmed elephantiasis; (o.) that which belongs to, or has respect to, as ‘O tala tau ali'i, reports concerning chiefs; (p.) only (prohibitive); (q.) used to express sympathy with another (used only in the second and third persons); (r.) as a prefix expressing intensity, endeavour, or continued action; tau (tàu), family connections; applied to food brought by relations; (b.) to press out, as juice; (c.) to milk; tau?'a, a fighting; tau?'a (tàuga), a basket of provisions reserved for the next meal; (b.) food taken to a female with proposals of marriage or concubinage; taulaga, an anchorage; (b.) the roost of a bat; tatau tattooing; (b.) a pennant, a flag of a canoe; (c.) right, proper, fit, to be right and proper; (d.) to be alike, equal; (e.) to fight two together; to fight a duel; (f.) to be at full-tide; (g.) to strain out, to wring out; (h.) to milk; tautau, to hang, to hang up; tautaulaga, a hook to hang things on; fa‘a-tau, equally; alike; (b.) to contend for the privilege of being spokesman, or of speaking first in an assembly; fa‘a-tau (fà‘a-tau), to buy, to barter, to sell; to count: Ona fatau lea e ia o tausaga o lana fà‘atau, ma toe avane ai o mea o totoe i le tagata na ia fà‘atau atu ai; Then let him count the years of the sale, and restore the overplus unto the man to whom he sold it. Fa‘a-tautau, to hang up; fa‘a-tautau (fà‘a-tautau), to do slowly and deliberately, as walking about, singing, &c.; fa‘a-tautau (fa‘atàutau), to hang down, as a garment; (b.) to hang over, as the legs over the side of a canoe; (c.) to make to overlap, as thatch; (d.) to hold back, as being unwilling to go. Cf. taulagi, to sing a song adapted to dancing; taulalo, to be conquered; taufeta'i, to fight with clubs or axes; taupò, a night attack; tagitau, a call to war; faitau, to count; to read; to get leaves to cover in the oven; tautagata, to count people in order to apportion food; taufatu, to tie on a stone as a weight to a fish-hook; taufale, the entrails (a chief's word); tauiama, the name of a rope of a sailing-canoe; tau‘iama, to be on the left side of a canoe, as a fish-hook; taula, an anchor; to anchor; taugofie, to be easily purchased, to be low-priced; tàula'i, to anchor with, to anchor to; to hang up with; taulua, a couple growing together, as fruit, or two canoes anchored together; taulima, an armlet; taumau, to hang firmly, as a cocoanut; tàumau, to remain firm; tausaga, a season; a year, of six months only; a twelve-months' year (modern); tausala, a titled lady, a chieftainess; taumuli, the stern; to steer; taupega, a swing; tausi'usi'u, the top branches of a tree; tautai, a seaman; tautà, a long stick for driving fowls, &c., from a house; tautapa, to shout the praises of a chief on the occasion of his getting a wife; tàutasi, to hang one alone, as a single cocoanut; to be an only child, &c.; tautà, to hang water-bottles on to trees in order to catch rain-water; tautù, the stick into which a pigeon's perch is thrust; tautùla, to fasten the string of a plgeen to its perch; tauvale, to marry beneath one's rank; tàutatau, one who sits with the tattooer while at work; taumiloga, the making of twine for nets; taulio, to hang hidden, as fruit in the middle of a tree; tau'ave, to carry about; taui, a reward, a payment; tàuàiga, family connections; tau'au, the shoulder; tauamo, to carry about a dead chief; taufoe, to tie a fishingline to a paddle; màtau, to consider, to mark attentively.

Tahitian—tau, to perch, to alight upon, as a bird; (b.) a season: Oia te rai, ia horoa mai oia i te ua i to fenua i te tau mau ra; The heavens to give rain upon your land in its season; (c.) to invocate, to address in prayer; (d.) an anchor; (e.) a sunken rock under water; (f.) to hang, to hang upon: E tau oe i te amaa toro i Momona; You will hang upon the branch stretching out towards Momona (i.e. upon the great aoa or banyantree of sacrifice at Momona). Tatau, the marks or points on the human skin; tattooing; to mark or point on the skin; (b.) counting, numbering; to count or number; (c.) to ask for, to call out; to challenge; tautau, to hang down; (b.) to catch a certain fish in fresh water; faa-tau, lazy, idle; idleness, to be idle; (b.) to be procrastinating; faa-tautau, to linger, to delay, to remain behind; (b.) to suspend, to hang up a thing; tauraa, alighting, as a bird: I te pouraa mai mai te uupa ra e te tauraa mai; Descending and alighting like a pigeon. Cf. heretau, a rope or sling for suspending things at some height; tauhà, the Southern Gross constellation; ihotatau, reckoning of descent; genealogy; tòtò, to rap a drum with the finger; anotau, a season; tutau, an anchor; hoatau, the office of him that indicated the confirmation of peace or war; taui, a price; a compensation; to exchange property; to buy; taurua, a double canoe; taupiti, a double canoe; tauturu, a prop, a support; tauvaru, eight joined together; tiatau, to anchor; hotutau, a season-bearing tree or plant, such as bears only once a year; tauene, to splice or repair a mat; tauere, to contend, to oppose; to rebut; tauete, a noose or loop fastened to a mast to fix the sail to; tautaumaau, to do some mischief to another; faataua, to make a friend; faa-tauaroha, a keepsake, a souvenir; faa-taufafau, to make efforts to maintain the peace of the country; taua, the old word for war; tauahara, a faithful friend; tauarai, an interposer; taue, a swing suspended to a tree; tauatea, the right side of a canoe, that opposite to the outrigger; tauupu, the loins; tauuaivai, the commotion made in the water by anyone jumping into it; tauvauvau, grass to spread on the floor of a house; taumaha, a portion of food offered to the gods, or spirits of the dead; the Southern Cross constellation; traumata, the Tahitian bonnet of cocoanut leaves; taupe, to bow down, applied to the head; taupiri, the train of the paper-kite; taura, a cord, page 486 twist, rope, twine, or thread; a hard or flock; prophet; tauri, to be intermixed, as a family in a house; taurua, the planet Venus; tautea, to rescue, to deliver; tauhaa, property; tauahani, to fondle, to caress, as different sexes; taufatata, fruit on the nearest branches; tauaitu, a friend of the aitu or god; a priest; màtau, to be accustomed or used to a thing; tauama, a canoe with an outrigger; tauaro, the lower branches; tauaru, a feast observed at certain times, connected with prayers and ceremonies.

Hawaiian — kau, to hang, to hang up; to suspend or hang up, as a criminal or sacrifice; to crucify: A e kau aku oe ia ia maluna o ka laau; If you hang him upon a tree: Kau i ka lela ke kapu o Kahai; The tapu of Tawhaki has been sacrificed on the altar. [Note.—The criminal or victim for sacrifice was spread out in the shape of an × cross, and thus hung up before the gods. E kau pea, to place in the form of a cross; the × cross being placed before the heiau (temple) as a sign of tapu.] (b.) To put in a elevated situation: Tau kiakia manu o Lehua; Reaching up the bird-catching pole on Rehua (the forest). (c.) To tie on, to gird on, as a sword: E kau na kanaka a pau i na pahikaua; Let every man gird on his war-dagger. (d.) To mount upon, as upon a horse; to go on board a canoe: Eia na waa; kau mai a—i; Here are the canoes; get on board. (e.) To overhang, as the heavens over the earth; (f.) to fall upon; to embrace affectionately; (g.) to put upon one, as a heavy burden; (h.) to light down upon, as a bird; as the spirit or divine influence upon one [see Manu]: A i ka manawa i kau iho ai ka uhane maluna o lakou; And the spirit rested on them: Kau pua o Haili; (Birds) lighting on the flowers of Haili: Halialia wale mai no ke aloha, hoanoano wale mai no me he haili la e kau iho ana maluna; Love brought the fond remembrance, it brought solemnity as if a spirit rested on him. (i.) A season: No na kau, a no na la, a me na makahiki; For seasons, for days, and for years. (j.) The summer or warm season, in distinction from hooilo, the winter months; (k.) the period of time when one lives; a specified time: A i ke kau i ke alii, ia Kamehameha; In the lifetime of Kamehameha. (l.) a time for a particular purpose; (m.) time of indefinite length, as kau ai, a fruitful season, kau wi, a time of famine; (n.) midnight; (o.) a canoe; (p.) a place, as kau kanaka, a place where men live; (q.) a setting of the sun; a resting; (r.) a sitting place, as a roost for birds; (s.) to set or fix the boundaries of a land or country; (t.) to dot: hence, to write, to put down words on paper [see Tahitian, Tatau]; (u.) to give publicity to a thing; to promulgate, as a law; (v.) to set before one, as food; (w.) to come down upon one unexpectedly; (x.) to come upon one as a calamity or suffering: Ke kau aheahe make o Kahalaia; There lighted a deadly cough upon Kahalaia. (y.) to fall or lull, as wind: Ka ia ka makani, hiamoe; Fallen has the wind, it is sleeping. Kauna, four; kaulana, to be renowned or famous A kaulana aku i na aina e; To be renowned even to foreign lands. Hoo-kaulana, to publish, to spread abroad as reports; (b.)) to make famous or renowned; kakau, a writing; to write, to make letters; to print or paint on kapa (native cloth of bark, tapa), as in former times; to put down for remembrance [see Maori Tito]; (b.) a writing down the names of those who have to pay tribute; (c.) to describe, to mark out; to divide into parcels, as land: A e kakau oukou i ka aina i ehiku mokuna; You shall divide the land into seven parts. Kaukau, a heap of stones made into a rude altar: E kaukau nou, e Lono; An altar for thee, O Rongo! (b.) A snaro, so placed or fixed as to catch birds; to set or fix, as a snare; the snaring or taking of fish; (c.) what is clear, explicit in expression, without doubt; to explain, to make clear; (d.) to take counsel, to resolve in one's mind: Pehea la hoi ka loihi o ko'u kaukau ana iloko o ko'u uhane? How long shall I take counsel in my spirit? (e.) To chide, to speak reproachfully; (f.) the name of a disease, the piles; hoo-kau, to put up upon; to go up; to put one thing upon another; hoo-kaukau, to put up; to ascend upon; to cause to arise; to lift up a thing, as a child, in putting him on a horse; (b.) to gather, as clouds before rain; the gathering of clouds before rain. Cf. kaua, a war, a battle; kaualii, a chief not of high rank; kaukaualii, a class of chiefs below the king; a prince; kauila, to offer sacrifice at the close of a kapu (tapu); makau, to have in reverence, as one greatly respected; to be ready, prepared for any event; kauo, and kauwo, to draw or drag along, as a load; to conduct, as a prisoner; to pray for a special blessing or favour; kauoha, to make a dying charge; a bequest; kauolani, to express admiration for a chief; kauolupe, to pull this way and that, as a kite pulls (lupe = kite); kauhau, to strike with a stick or whip; to throw a stone at; kauhale, a small cluster of houses; a village; kauhilo, to fasten with a rope the sticks of a building while in the course of erection; kauhola, to open, to expand, as a cloth folded up, as a flower in blooming; kauholo, to wish and try to condemn one; kauhua, to conceive, to become pregnant; kaukahi, a single canoe; kaulua, a double canoe; to yoke together; to put two together; kaukoko, to string or hand on strings; kaukolo, to chase, as a fowl; the small roots of a tree running and spreading every way; kaula, a rope, a strong cord; a tendon; a prophet, one who foretells; kaulaelae, to put up something plainly to be seen; kaulai, to put up in the sun to dry; kaulaluahine, a rope for binding a mat on to a canoe; kaulele, flying; kaulike, to balance, to make even; kaumaha, to be heavy; a sacrifice, an offering; kaumihau, to appoint a kapu (tapu) by the priest (men were separated from their wives for a time, &c.); kaupale, to separate; a partition; a boundary line; kaupili, to unite, as man and wife; kauwa, a servant; to serve, to do the will of another; kakaukaha, to print, paint, or mark, as on the skin; hekau, to tie with a rope; to make fast, as in anchoring a canoe; pohakau, an anchor by which a canoe is fastened by means of a cable; kanikau, to compose a dirge; to lament, to bewail.

Tongan—tau, a year, a season: Bea nae hoko i hono one oe tau; It happened in the sixth year. (b.) A crop; (c.) war; fighting; to fight; a battle: Ka oku ikai ha niihi e alu ki ha tau; None page 487 go forth to the battle. (d.) Becoming; fit, proper; agreeable; to fit; (e.) to arrive; (f.) to hit or strike against; (g.) to squeeze or wring out; tatau, resemblance, likeness, similar; equal; (b.) to wring; to strain; (c.) to criticise, to remark upon; (d.) a kind of screen; tautau, to hang: Naa nau tautau takatakai be e nau gaahi ba i he gaahi a; They hang their shields and helmets up on your walls, (b.) An idolatrous feast; faka-tau, to trade, to barter; cost; bargain; commerce: O ua naa fiefia aia oku fakatau mai, be mamahiaia oku fakatau atu; Let not the buyer be glad, nor the seller be sorry: Ke ke fakatau ia i he ao oe kakai; Buy it in the presence of the inhabitants. (b.) A song; (c.) certain pieces of wood used in the sailing-canoes (d.) to bring up to the mark; (e.) to cause to fight; (f.) to lead, to conduct; (g.) to act as a familiar; to presume upon acquaintance or friendship; faka-tatau, to make alike, to make equal; to compare, to contrast; (b.) according to, like as; faka-tautau, to approach, to bring near; (b.) to act with moderation; tatatau, to tattoo; tattooing; tauga. a roost of the flying fox; (b.) a row; (c.) cooked food reserved for eating; taulaga, anchorage, a harbour. Cf. fetau, to contend, to quarrel; fetaukabaaki, to hover, as a bird on the wing; fetaulaki, to meet; kauila, to fasten the sail to the yard; kauimaea, to beat or flog with a rope; tauhikuhiku, to hang on the top branches, as fruit; taufau, to tie; tauoko, to fasten the sail-yard standing to the canoe; taube, to hang upon; to bear down; taubo, to grope, to feel the way; taubota, to hoist a signal, taugalau, out of reach; distant; tauhi, a nurse, a protector; taula, a priest; matau, dexterous in throwing; tauki, loquacious; vain; taumau, to remain stationary; tautauamanu, to hang from a rope in the canoe, as a signal that land is in sight; taugatabu, the cocoanuttree upon which the tabu or prohibition was hung; tauhili, to sit or stand upon anything very high, as the masthead; toutouia, to hang up, to suspend from above; taufa, a squall, tauaalo, the song or chant in paddling or in doing any work; tauaki, to dry in the sun; to be alike or equal on both sides; tauama, the rope of a canoe; tauia, to criticise; to wring the juice from anything; taubi, to splash water; taubuga, the stone by which any creature is sunk in the water; taufaoo, to stoop in walking, to bend forward; taufoe, a rope belonging to the steer-oar; taugavaka, the anchorage of canoes; tauhele, a snare; to ensnare, to decoy; tauhihi, to fish with hooks; taukaba, to flap the wings; taukamo, to beckon with the hand; taulama, to watch and keep down the outrigger of a canoe in bad weather; taumafa, the food of great personages; taumama, leaky; taumuli, the stern of a canoe; tautaha, one single, alone; tautake, the lowest nut in a bunch; tautoko, to walk with the help of a stick.

Rarotongan—tau, a season; (b.) to alight, as a bird; (c.) to arrive, as a ship; (d.) to be fitting, proper; tatatatau, to tattoo. Cf. taura, a cord, a line; taunga, a priest; okatau, idle, lazy; tuatau, a season.

Marquesan—tau, a resting place; to alight: Aoe koaa e tau ae mei nei atu; Not found is a place whereon to alight: E tau, Tanaoa, i te oneone; Alight, Tangaroa, on the sands, (b.) To carry on the back; (c.) to arrive by sea; to be landed; Te efa ipuipu ua tau maitai nei; The four bowls are safely landed here, (d.) A rope; Ho, ho, te tau hauhii, Oh, oh, the twisted ropes! (e.) A year of ten months; tatau, to count; (b.) to read; (c.) to relate, to tell; to recite; tautau, to hang up; (b.) to alight; E a a tautau mai; Ah, alight here. Cf. katau, an anchor; atau, an anchor; matatatau, a genealogy; matau, to lament for the dead with songs.

Mangarevan—tau, a year; (b.) the season of breadfruit; (c.) to arrive by sea; (d.) proper, suitable; (e.) to carry on the back; (f.) to mount on the back; (g.) to land, said of a boat or vessel; tatau, to be counted; counting; (b.) arrived, Said of many; aka-tau, to follow after, to run after, to pursue; (b.) to put anything on an elevated place; (c.) to make an assault; (d.) to sing with others; aka-tautau, to make an assault. Cf. tauake, to mount on the back of; taukakea, to arrive in numbers (of fish) in the shallows: tauneka, to tie up a packet strongly and securely; taura, the priest of an idol; tauri, to tie together, to attach; totau, arrived, said of many; toumaha, to offer first-fruits to a god; a prayer before a feast or meal; toupatu, the summit of a building; toura, a cord; tourua, to be suspended two by two from branches. Aniwan-tou, a year. Tou ma tou, years and years; eternal.

Moriori—tau, to calculate; tautau, a bunch, a cluster. Cf. rangataua, a battle; hoko-taupiki, connexion.

Futuna—faka-tau, to barter; to buy and sell.

Paumotan—tau, to warp; to deviate from a course; (b.) a season, a period; (c.) a perch for a bird; tatau, to tattoo; (b.) to describe; faka-tau, indolent; to loiter, to saunter; faka-tautau, to hang up, to suspend; (b.) late, slow. Cf. anotau, a time, a period; tauturu, to sustain, to support; taurai, a mediator; tauarai, to intercede; taumako, hate, spite.

Ext. Poly.: Malay—cf. tau, to know; skilful, intelligent; tawar, to to bid a price; bri-tau, to instruct, to. make known; chachah, to tattoo.

Java—cf. cháchah, to count, to enumerate; tahun, a year. Matu-cf. tawar, to chaffer; ta'au, to know; ta'un, a year.

Ilocan—cf. taoen, an anniversary.

Tagal—cf. taon, a year; tavar, a bargain.

New Britain—cf. taun, a year.

Malagasy—cf. taona, a year; a time, a season; taonito, this year.

Sulu— cf. tahun, a year.

Bugis—cf. taung, a year.

Kisa—cf. tawar, a bargain. Motu-cf. tauadao, to hang up.

Aneityum—cf. inhetitautau, an anchor; natau, a chain; tau, to pierce a stick; to fit on; to correspond, to suit; to answer; tauai, to proclaim; taueitauei, to bind; taupan, to join to; taujai, to reach up; tautau-sjipe, chain-work,

Fiji—cf. tau, the deck or covering at the end of a canoe; a friend; a branch thrown down in a place where one has seen a god (this is done every time one passes the place); to sail or go; to luff (a sea-term); to fall (of the rain); tau-ca, to place a thing down; tauhe, a necklace; tauloto, a burden carried on a stick, half before and half behind; tauoko, a rope in a canoe.

Sikayana—cf. taui, the price, the payment; katawa, ten.

Yap— cf. katau, to tattoo.

Formosa—cf. tattoch, a number; tattuppuk, a number reckoned by the hand; tatoch, a page 488 numbering.

Macassar —cf. towe, to hang up; taoeng, the year; tawara, to haggle, to bargain.

TAU (tàu), (plural Au,) thy: Kei whea koia tou pa, tau tuaahu, tau kupenga? — P. M., 81. Cf. tou, thy; nau, thine, &c.

Samoan—tau, thy; (b.) belonging to. Also sau, thy. Cf. tou, thy.

Hawaiian—kau, thy, thine; of thee, of thine: He aha kau huakai nui? For what purpose is your large travelling party?

Rarotongan—taau, thy, thine: E rekareka taau moe; Thy sleep shall be sweet.

Ext. Poly.: Sikayana—cf. tau, thy.

TAU (tàu), to turn away, to look in another direction.

TAUA (tàua), we two, including the person addressed. Sometimes used in addressing one's own tribe or party: Kati ra to penei, ka toe kau taua ki Weriweri—Prov. Cf. raua, they two; maua, we two; rua, two.

Samoan—taua, we two, including the person addressed.

Tahitian—cf. taua, a friend, companion; maua, we two, including the person addressed.

Hawaiian—kaua, we two; yon and I: Nonoi aku la ke kahuna, i aku la, i pa ka aina ia kaua; The priest asked a favour, and said, “Let the land be given to us two.”

Tongan —cf. tau, we, us; a kitaua, us two; taua, to build two canoes at the same time; tauua, a pair, a couple (tau-rua).

Mangaian—taua, we two; you and I: Korokoro taua nei, e tangi e! We two have talked together, weep!

Marquesan — taua, we two, including the person spoken to. Cf. ua, two.

Mangarevan —taua, you and I; we two. Cf. tauga, two, in counting pairs.

Aniwan—cf. acitawa, we two, including the speaker addressed.

TAUA, a war-party, a hostile expedition: Ka patua e Apakura nga o mo te taua—P. M., 24. Cf. tau, to attack; tatau, to assault, to storm. 2. War: Waiho ana hei tohu taua—G. P., 277. 3. An exclamation, “Give way!”

Samoan—taua, a war; a fight. Cf. tau, to fight; taua'i, to be wounded slightly; taua‘imisa, to quarrel; taua'ifusu, to box, to fight with the fists; paetau, to be in battle array; tagitau, a call to war.

Tahitian —taua, the old word for war. Cf. aitaua, one that avenges the wrong of his friend or relation; a country that redeems its character by conquering its conquerors; an avenger of murder. &c.

Hawaiian — kaua, a war, a battle; an army drawn up for battle; to fight; to make war upon; to fight for: Kuka iho la lakou no ke kaua ana; They consulted together respecting the war: Pai mai la lakou ma ka olelo kaua; They excited the people by warlike words. Hoo-kaua, to cause to fight; (b.) to serve, as the conquered serves the conqueror. Cf. halekaua, a fort; hakaua, a fort.

Tongan —cf. tau, to fight; war-fighting; to strike or hit against; taui, to fight, to war against; to surpass, to excel; taufaao, a scuffle; taute, to beat roughly.

Mangaian — taua, a war-party; strife: Na tamaroa e tu i te taua; Sons destined for fighting.

Marquesan —toua, war; to be at war: Tupu ae na toua aha oaoa; There sprang up wars fierce and long. (b.) To dispute; totoua. to quarrel.

Mangarevan — toua, preparation for war; (b.) a battle; (c.) a warsong. Cf. mataua, to quarrel; to grimace at; akatau, to make an assault; to pursue.

Moriori —cf. rangataua, a battle. Ext. Poly.:

Lifu —cf. taua, to fight.

Aneityum —cf. ehtauo, to quarrel, to fight.

Macassar —cf. djowa, a soldior.

TAUA, that, that before mentioned: A ora noa ake au i te mahi atawhai a taua tupuna nei— P. M., 14.

Tahitian —taua, that, or which, that was spoken of or understood,

Rarotongan — taua, that before mentioned: Aere atura raua ki runga ki roto i taua oire ra; They went up into the aforesaid town.

TAUA, a woman (South Island dialect): Me nga taua, me nga hakoro—A. H. M., ii. 13.

TAUA (tauà), to wear garments or objects in token of mourning; mourning garments: Ki te whatu i etahi kahu taua mona—A. H. M., iii. 8. He whare tauà, a house for mourning in.

TAUAKINA, to shun.

TAUA-KI-TE-MARANGAI (myth.), a divine an cestress of the god Tane. She supplied him with a part (parahika) necessary for the formation of the first human being at Kurawaka. [See Tiki, and Tane.]

TAUANGA. See under Tau.]

TAUAPO, to hug, to carry, as a child in the arms. Cf. apo, to gather together; to grasp; taiapo, to carry in the arms. [For comparatives, see Apo.]

TAUARAI (tauàrai), a screen, a barrier: Te hiwi ki Omaru he ripa tauarai—G. P., 396. Cf. aria, a veil, a screen; to block up. 2. Hidden from view: Koe pae tauarai, ki te tini o te hoa i au—M. M., 107.

Tahitian—tauarai, to spread out things; to expose to the sun and air; (b.) an interposer.

Paumotan—tauarai, to defend (kopani-tauarai); (b.) to intercede. [For full comparatives, see Tau, and Arai]

TAUARO (tauàhro), one of the lucky takiri or startings during sleep. 2. The front or principal aspect of a building: Ko te tauaro o Wharekura e anga ki te marangai. Cf. aro, the front. 3. A sweetheart, a lover. Cf. tau, a string; a loop; taumaro, betrothed; tauapo, to hug.

TAUHANGA. [See Tauwhanga.]

TAUHARA, the odd one; having no mate or pair. Cf. hara, the excess above a round number; tatau, to count.

Samoan—cf. tàusala, a breadfruit hanging far out on the extremity of a branch; a titled lady.

Mangarevan — tauhara, units in counting after tens.

TAUHENA. [See Tauwhena.]

TAUHI (tàuhi), to sprinkle leaves over; to spread leaves; to cover with leaves and ferns, as a native oven. Cf. ta, to sprinkle by means of a branch or bunch of leaves dipped in water.

TAUHIUHI (tàuhiuhi), to sprinkle; to dip the hand in water and sprinkle something with it, as a woman dipping her hand in water and sprinkling the dust off the atones of the oven page 489 before the uhi (leaves, &c.) are placed in it: Me tauhiuhi atu ano hoki te toto— Eko., xxix. 20.

TAUHIKU, to be behind, in the rear. Cf. hiku, the rear of a war-party; kohiku, the tail.

Whaka-TAUHIKU, to place oneself in the rear.

Tongan —tauhiku, to finish off; to be finishing; tauhikuhiku, to hang on the top branohes, as fruit.

Samoan — tausi‘usi‘u, the top branches of a tree; to hang on the top branches; tausi‘usi‘uga, the extremity of a land; the end of a speech; the top of a tree, &c. [For full comparatives, see Hiku.]

TAUHINU, the name of a shrub (Bot. Pomaderris ericifolia). 2. (Bot. Podocarpus nivalis).

TAUHINU-KOROKIO, the name of a shrub.

TAUHINU-KOROMIKO, the name of a shrub.

TAUHOKAI (tauhòkai), a stake in a river, to which a net is fastened. Cf. ta, to net; tau, a string, a loop; hokai, a brace, a stay; taurua, a canoe in which a net is carried; tauwhatu, a fishingnet. [For comparatives, see Hokai]

TAUHOU, strange, unacquainted; a stranger: Ko te tohunga tauhou e matakitaki ana—P. M., 187: Ko wai tena tangata? Ana hoki! he tauhou ia—P. M., 131. Cf. tau, to alight; hou, new. 2. The name of a bird, the Silvereye, or Blight-bird (Orn. Zosterops cærulescens). This bird is said to have recently migrated to New Zealand. [For comparatives, see Tau, and Hou.]

TAUHOUANGA, last year. Cf. tau, a year; hou, new. [For comparatives, see Tau, and Hou.]

TAUHUTIHUTI, to pull one another's hair. Cf. tau, to attack; huti, to pull up, to hoist out of the ground.

Samoan—taufuti, to pluck hair or feathers (spec. muliebr. pud.); taufutifuti, to beg continually; (b.) to continue to be troubled some time after an opponent has apologised.

Tongan—taufuii, to pull, to draw towards. [For full comparatives, see Huti.]

TAUI, the ebb of the tide. 2. To be sprained, as the ankle or wrist.

TAUIHU, the figurehead of a canoe; the bow or forepart of a vessel: Ka haere ia ki te tauihu o te waka—Wohl., Trans., vii. 39. Cf. ihu, the nose; the bow of a canoe; tau, the carved work at the stern of a canoe.

TAUIRA, a counterpart: hence, a teacher, a pattern, a model: Kia waiho ai ia hei tauira— P. M., 174. 2. A pupil, a disciple; a person being instructed by a priest or wizard, or by the spirit of an ancestor: Ka puta taua tohu mate ki tetahi tamaiti tauira — A. H. M., i. 6. 3. A copy. 4. A priest of the temple. Wharekura. 5. A heavenly personage or personages spoken of in incantations: Kei o Ariki, kei o Tapairu, kei o Pukenga, kei o Wananga, kei o Tauira—S. R., 109.

Hawaiian—kauila, to offer sacrifice at the close of a kapu (tapu). Cf. kauilahuluhulu, the name of a prayer at the temple; kauwila, to appoint, as a day of consecrating a temple, a day under tapu.

Tongan —tauia, a present, an offering (only used when many make presents together); (b.) to criticise, to remark upon.

Paumotan—tauira, the young people, the rising generation; (b.) adolescent. [See also comparatives of Tau.]

TAUIRA (Moriori myth.), the ancestor thirtieth in generation from Rangi (Heaven), He was the last of the Heavenly Race. [See Appendix Genealogies.]

TAUIRA (Nga- Tauira). [See Ngatauira.]

TAUIWI, a strange tribe; a foreign race: Na enei nga motu e nohoia nei e nga tauiwi e wehe Ken., x. 5. Cf. tau, to alight, to rest; iwi, a tribe; tauhou, strange, new.

TAUKA (tàuka), Stay ! Wait a while ! Cf. uka, to be fixed; to be slow.

TAUKAEA, a thread used to fasten a fish-hook to the line. Cf. tau, a string, a loop; taka, a thread by which a fish-hook is fastened to the line.

TAUKAITUROA (myth.), an ancient chief of Murimotu. He wore the feather of a Moa as an ornament. The name of his dog was Ngaupari.

TAUKAHORE, an interjection of surprise.

TAUKAKA, the spur of a hill. Cf. tau, the ridge of a hill; taumata, the brow of a hill; taukauki, the spur of a hill; kaka, the ridge of a hill.

TAUKAUKI (taukàuki), the spur of a hill. Cf. tau, the ridge of a hill; kauki, the ridge of a hill; taukaka, the spur of a hill; taumata, the brow of a hill; kaka, the ridge of a hill.

TAUKAWE, a loop to serve as a handle. Cf. tau, a loop; kawe, to carry; kawei, straps for carrying a bundle. [For comparatives, See Tau, and Kawe.]

TAUKE (taukè), to lie separate. Cf. tau, to rest upon; tauranga, moorings, anchorage; ke, strange, different. [For comparatives, see Tau, and Ke.]

Whaka-TAUKI (whaka-taukì), a saying, a proverb: Koia hoki nga whakatauki nei, ‘He kukupa pae tahi’— P. M., 17. Cf. ki, to speak; whaikì, to make a formal speech.

Tongan —tauki, loquacious; (b.) vain; (c.) joyous, merry. Cf. faka-taukitua, to talk of that which is not at hand; to pledge what one does not possess. [For full comparatives, see Ki.]

TAUKIRI, an exclamation of surprise: Ai! taukiri e!—P. M., 65.

TAUKORO, a kind of large basket.

TAUKORU, having the folds filled out. Cf. koru, a fold, a wrinkle; takoru, hanging in folds; loose.

TAUKURI (for Taukiri). [See Taukiri.]

TAUMAHA (alsoTaimaha, and Toimaha,) heavy: A ka mea ake nga tamariki ‘Kia taumaha, kia taumaha'—A. H. M., ii. 23. Cf. maha, many. 2. A thank-offering to the gods.

Whaka-TAUMAHA, to offer in sacrifice: I whakataumahatia ai nga kai tukunga ki nga atua— A. H. M., i. 158.

Samoan —cf. tàumafa, abundance, plenty; food, to eat and drink, said of chiefs; mafa, to be disproportionately large in number, as many houses and few people; mamafa, to be heavy; mafamafa, somewhat heavy.

Tahitian— taimaha, and teimaha, heavy, weighty, page 490 ponderous; taumaha, an offering of food to the gods; (b.) the Southern Cross constellation (maha, four). Cf. maha, to be satiated; mahaha, slothful, dilatory; taumi, to press down a thing by weight; toiaha, heavy; taiaha, heavy; tau, to invocate; to address in prayer.

Hawaiian—kaumaha, weight, as of a burden; weariness, heaviness; heavy-loaded, burdensome: Kaumaha, e like me ka ala o kahawai; Heavy, as a smooth stone in a watercourse: Pau ka pali, hala ka luuluu kaumaha; Past the precipice, past the heavy fear. (b.) To be weary with want of sleep; (c.) to suffer oppression from rigorous service; (d.) a sacrifice to a god; to offer in sacrifice, to kill a victim for sacrifice; hoo-kaumaha, to oppress, to afflict. Cf. maha, to rest; easy, quiet, resting; kau, to hang up, as a victim.

Tongan —cf. tamaha, persons descended from the gods.

Rarotongan —cf. taumaa, a curse; to course.

Mangarevan —teimaha, to be heavy; (b.) fatiguing; painful; aka-teimaha, to make heavy, to weigh upon, to press down; toumaha, a prayer offered up before a feast or meal; (b.) to offer first-fruits to a god.

Aniwan —cf. mafa, heavy.

Moriori —cf. hoko-toimaha, ballast.

TAUMAIHI, the facing-boards at the gable-end of a house. Cf. maihi, the facing-boards of a gable; mahihi, the facing-boards on a gable; ihi, the front gable of a house. 2. A small tower or raised platform in a pa (fort): Ka haere ratou ki roto ki te taumaihi o te whare o te atua—Kai., ix. 46.

TAUMANU, the thwart of a canoe: Ko nga taumanu, ko nga kaiwae ko te hoe—M. M., 185. Cf. manumanu, a collar-bone; tau, to alight upon; manu, a bird; tanware, the thwart of a canoe.

Tahitian—cf. manu, a short cross-seat in a canoe.

Mangarevan—cf. aumanu, a skeleton; toumanu, a large band or fillet for catching fish.

TAUMARO (taumàrò), obstinate: Cf. maro, stiff, unyielding, headstrong; pamaro, solid, hard; papamaro, hard. 2. Betrothed, He wahine taumaro is a betrothed woman in reference to her future father-in-law's consent to the marriage; and she was puhi if obtaining the consent of her own father. Cf. taumau, betrothed. 3. Anything carefully watched, as a woman who is not allowed to marry or to go to certain places. [For comparatives, see Maro.]

TAUMARU, TAUMARUMARU, shaded: Ka haere raua ki waho, ki te wahi taumarumaru noho ai—Wohl., Trans., vii. 50. Cf. maru, shaded, sheltered; tumaru, shady; tukumaru, cloudy. [For comparatives, see Maru.]

TAUMATA, the brow of a hill: E whakaangi mai ra i tana manu i runga i te taumata ra—P.M., 61. Cf. tau, the ridge of a hill; mata, the point, extremity; tawa, a ridge; taukaka, the spur of a hill; taumutu, an abrupt spur of a mountain. 2. A temple: Ko te taumata a Rehua, ko Te Takitaki-nui-o-Raki—A. H. M., i. 29. 3. The culminating point of Whitireia, the sun-path. The home of the gods is far above this.

Tahitian —taumata, the Tahitian bonnet of cocoanut-leaves. Cf. taumatateaatuatu, a head-dress of the gods; mata, the face; tau, to invocate, to address in prayer.

Mangarevan —toumata, the raised ends of an instrument for fishing with.

Tokerau—taumata, n curious marine animal found on the reefs. It is used by the natives as a helmet or cap (taumata) because when dried it becomes hard as iron. [See also comparatives of Tau.]

TAUMATUA, the place where the pure ceremony for a kumara (sweet potato) plantation was performed.

TAUMAU, betrothed; to be betrothed: Tenei ranei tetehi tangata kua oti tetahi wahine te taumau mana—Tiu., xx. 7. Cf. tau, a string, a loop; taunga, a bond of connection between families; tamau, to fasten; tumau, fixed, constant; mau, firm, Fixed.

Samoan—taumau (tàumau), to continue, to remain firm, to persist in.

Tongan—taumau, to remain stationary. [For full comparatives, see Tau, and Mau.]

TAUMUTU, an abrupt spur of a mountain. Cf. tau, the ridge of a hill; tawa, a ridge; taukaka, the spur of a hill; taumata, the brow of a hill; mutu, brought to an end abruptly. [For oomparatives, see Tau, and Mutu.]

TAUNAHA, TAUNAHANAHA, to bespeak, to engage for future time: Ka kitea he moana, ko te Roto-iti, taunahatia iho—P. M., 80; Katahi ka ratou ka taunahanaha i ta ratou ika—P. M., 120.

Whaka-TAUNAHA, to forestall in the occupation of land.

TAUNAHA, an obstacle.

TAUNINIHI, [See Mahina (myth.).]

TAUNU, to jeer; taunting, jeering: Ano ka pouri te tumaiti ra ki taua kupu taunu—A. H. M., v. 15. Cf. makitaunu, to tease.

TAUNUIATARA (myth.), a god, ruling over the tides—A. H. M., iii. 49.

TAUNUKE, the stalk of fruit. Cf. tau, a loop, a string.

TAUNGA. [See under TAU.]

TAUNGAPIKI (myth.), one of the inferior deities, a reptile-god—A. H. M., i. App.

TAUNGERI (myth.), a taniwha, or water-monster. Taungeri and Arai-te-uru are the marine deities guarding the Hokianga Bar.

TAU-O-TE-ATE, an endearing expression, “darling of one's heart” (met.) the heart itself: Kapakapa tu ana, te tau o taku ate—M. M., 52: E haruru nui ana te tau o taku ate—M. M., 84: E tama takiri tu i te tau o te ate—G. P., 182. Manawa is also used for ate: Kia hoki mai te tau o toku manawa kapakapa—S. T., 170. Cf. ate, the liver; (met.) the seat of the affections; the heart. [For comparatives, see Ate.]

TAUOHORIHORI (Moriori,) diminished.

TAUPA (taupà), the separating cartilage of the nose. 2. To obstruct, to pervert. Cf. tau, a string, a loop; pa, to block up, to obstruct; taupare to obstruct. 3. Fat covering the intestines, the omentum: Me te taupa o runga ake i te ate—Rew., iii. 4. page 491

TAUPAHI, a temporary dwelling - place. Cf. pahi, a company of travellers; a ship; tau, to rest.

TAUPAKI, an apron, a girdle: Te taupaki o Hini-te-iwaiwa ka makere—A. H. M., ii. 140. Cf. paki, a girdle; tau, a string, a loop.

TAUPARE, to obstruct, to thwart. Cf. taupa, to obstruct, to pervert; pare, to ward off; kaupare, to turn in a different direction; kopare, to veil the eyes; tauwharewharenga, a steep river-bank. [For comparatives, see Pare.]

TAUPATA (also Naupata,) the name of a small tree (Bot. Coprosma baueriana). (Myth) This plant is said to have sprung from the skids and paddles of the Arawa canoe. [See Arawa.]

TAUPATUPATU, to beat one another. Cf. patu, to strike, to beat. 2. To quarrel. [For comparatives, see Patu.]

TAUPE (tàupe), weak, bending; not rigid; to band down. 2. Variable.

Samoan —taupe (tàupe), to swing; (b.) to guess; taupepepepe, flying ornaments of a canoe, bonnet, &c. Cf. pepe, to flutter about; a butterfly.

Tahitian—taupe, to bow down, applied to the head; taupeupe, to bow down repeatedly, or the bowing-down of many persons.

Hawaiian—kaupe, to put down, to put low; to humble, to crush. Cf. pe, broken or flattened down; crushed, depressed.

Tongan—taubo, to hang upon; (b.) to bear down. Cf. tautau, to hang.

Mangarevan —taupe (tàupe), to bend, to bow, to sag; (b.) to waver, to bend about, said of branches. Cf. toupiri, to bend under the weight of fruit, as a branch.

Ext. Poly.: Motu —cf. taupetaupe, a low swing.

TAUPIKO, the name of a carved ornament of greenstone (jade).

TAUPIRIPIRI, to walk along linked together, as arm-in-arm or clasping the waist. Cf. tau, a loop; tatau, to tie; piri, close together; to stick close; to fasten; tauapo, to hug; tauaro, a sweetheart.

Hawaiian—kaupili, to unite, as man and wife: to love one another, as two persons. Cf. pili, to cleave to, to adhere to, to be united.

Tahitian—taupiri, the tail of the paper kite. Cf. taua, a friend, a companion; piri, to stick to a thing, to adhere; taupirimaona, a wrestling match.

Rarotongan—cf. topiri, to be joined together. [For full comparatives, see Tau, and Piri.]

TAUPO (taupà), the loadstone.

TAUPOKI, to cover over; a cover, a lid; Katahi ka taupokina ki runga i a ratou—P. M., 141. Taupokina! Charge! (i.e. cover them up! smother them!) Cf. poki, to cover over; hipoki, to cover over; hapoki, a pit for storing potatoes; kaupoki, to cover over. 2. A concluding feast between any two persons or tribe. [For comparatives, see Poki.]

TAUPOTIKI (myth.), a name of the god Tane or of one of the lesser deities who assisted Tane in propping up the sky—M. S., 98.

TAUPORO, to terminate abruptly, to out short. Cf. poro, a butt end; a block; porokere, to be broken off short; koporo, having the end cut off abruptly; haporo, to cut off. [For comparatives, see Poro.]

TAUPU, a threshold: Kakea ake te taupu o te whare o to tupuna—P, M., 19.

TAUPUA, to rest, to support oneself, Cf, tau, to alight, to rest; tautaawhi, to support, as a reserve. 2. To float on the water, 3, To take breath. [For comparatives, see Tau.]

TAUPUHIPUHI, to lean one on another: Tau puhipuhi atu ra, korua nei ki te hoa—M. M., 25.

TAUPUNGA, to duck in the water.

TAUPURU, overcast, gloomy. Cf. purupuru, to stop the chinks of anything.

TAURA, a rope, a cord: Katahi ratou ka whiri taura—P. M., 21. Cf. tau, a string of a garment; a loop; a handle; tatau, to tie. 2 The Pointers (a and b Centauri) of the Southern Cross constellation. This is, Probably, as the “cable” of “The canoe of Tamarereti” (Te waka a Tamarereti), a native grouping of the stars. 3. A small piece of wood for fastening a window.

Samoan—cf. taula, an anchor; taula'i, to anchor with; taufatu, to tie on a stone, as a weight to a fish-hook; tàula, the priest of an aitu (deity); taulà, a sailing canoe.

Tahitian—taura, a rope, a cord; a twist, a line, a thread: Ia ruuruu ratou iau i te taura api aore à i ravehia ra; If they bind me fast with new unused ropes. (b.) A herd, a flock; (c.) a prophet. Cf. tauru, to fasten or secure a part of the sinnet in lashing a canoe; tiatau, to anchor; arataura, a rope ladder; a rope to climb by; one placed as a guide for a blind person; tiara, a rope or cord; tauhà, the Southern Cross constellation.

Hawaiian— kaula, a rope, a string; a cord or tendon in the animal system: Hahauia kona kua i ke kaula e ka haole; His back was whipped with a rope by a foreigner. (b.) (Kaula-uila) A chain of lightning; (c.) a bow-string; (d.) a a lash, i.e. the wound of a lash, a stripe; (e.) a prophet. Cf. kau, to hang up, to suspend, kaukau, to set or fix, as a rope or snare; kaulaluahine, the name of a rope for binding a mat on to a canoe; pakaula, a set of ropes for the rigging of a vessel.

Tongan—cf. taula, an anchor; a priest; taulaga, an anchorage, a harbour; taulu, to make fast the ropes of a canoe; taube, to hang upon; taumaka, to fasten small stones on the edges of a fishing-net.

Mangaian—taura, a line, a cord: Tena te taura a Maui! Behold the ropes of Maui (i.e. raya of the sun streaming from behind a cloud).

Rarotongan—taura, a line, a cord: E tangata ma te taura aite i tona rima; A man with a measuring-line in his hand.

Marquesan—toua (touà), a thick cord. Cf. tautau, to hang up; tauà, a priest.

Mangarevan—toura, a cord, a thread: Ku hao tana kua mau eki toura hau; He made fast a rope of hibiscus. Tourara, to hang so as to be gathered by the hand, said of fruit. Cf. toro, a band, a fillet; tauraga, a place in the sea used for fishing; taura, a priest.

Ext. Poly.: Aneityum—cf. injaula, a rope.

Fiji —Cf. tau-ra, to seize, to catch.

TAURAKI, drought; to dry by exposure to the sun. Cf. raki, dry, dried up; rangirangi, to scorch.

Hawaiian—Kaulai, to put up in the sun to dry; to spread out in the sun; (b.) to lay page 492 aside for use; (c.) to hang up. Cf. kau, to hang up; lai, (for lani,) the heavens.

Tahitian—taurai, to spread clothes in the sun to dry, &c.

Marquesan—touaki, to spread out, as cloth. [For full comparatives, see Tau, and Rangi.]

TAURANGA (a derivative of Tau,) moorings; a place of anchorage: Ka tae ki nga tauranga i tau ai nga waka i mua—P. M., 23. 2. A battle. 3. A constant abode.

Samoan—taulaga, an anchorage; (b.) a sacred offering.

Hawaiian—kaulanaaa, a resting place on the road; a title of the sun, as a resting place of the god Tane was called Kaulana a Kane.

Mangarevan—tauraga, a station; a place in the sea where fish are generally caught. [For full comparatives, see Tau.]

TAURANGI, incomplete. 2. Having prospects of completion (ki-taurangi, or kupu-taurangi, a promise, a pledge: I puaki ai hoki to kupu taurangi ki a au—Ken., xxxi. 13).

Samoan—cf. taulagilagi, to remind a speaker of some topic.

TAURAPA, the sternpost of a canoe. Cf. rapa, the sternpost of a canoe; korapa, the carved sternpost of a canoe; tauihu, the figurehead or bow of a canoe. [For comparatives, see Rapa]

TAURAPIRAPI, to claw one another, to scratch. Cf. rapi, to clutch; to scratch. [For comparatives, see Rapi.]

TAURAPUNGA, a variety of the kumara (sweet potato).

TAURARUA, witchcraft, magic.

Samoan—cf. tàula, the priest of an aitu (deity).

Tahitian—cf. taura, a prophet, or one inspired by a god.

Hawaiian—cf. kaula, a prophet.

Mangarevan—cf. taura, a priest.

Marquesan—cf. tauà, a priest.

TAUREA (Moriori,) to beguile. Cf. taurewa, vagrant; homeless.

TAUREI, white: He kuku taurei; A mussel with white flesh. Cf. rei, a tusk or large tooth; anything made of ivory.

TAUREKA, TAUREREKA, TAUREKAREKA, a captive taken in war, a slave: A haere ana raua me nga taurekareka tokorua—P.M., 50: Ko Marama kua pa ki taua taurereka—G.-8, 19. 2. A rascal, a scoundrel.

Samoan—taule'ale'a, a young man.

Tahitian—taurearea, the young, healthy, and vigorous of the people. Cf. aurearea, a strong athletic person.

Hawaiian—cf. kauwa, a servant; a subject of a king or chief; a slave; to serve, to do the will of another.

Tongan—toulekaleka, a beauty, a handsome man; goodly; well-proportioned.

Mangarevan—cf. tauneka, to tie a bundle securely.

Ext. Poly.: Sikayana—cf. taurekareka, handsome.

TAUREWA, vagrant, vagabond; having no permanent residence. Cf. tau, to alight on, to rest; rewa, to float; tauhou, strange. 2. Not paid for. Cf. tarewa, unsettled, not paid for.

TAURI, an ornament of feathers on a taiaha (weapon): Ka koma te whero o te kura o te tauri—A. H. M., v. 42. Cf. tatau, to tie; tautau, a bunch, a cluster; ri, to screen. [For comparatives, see Tau, and Ri.]

TAURIMA, to entertain.

TAURITE, opposite: A ka tata atu ki te mano e tu mai ra, kua taurite ki te kainga o tenei tangata—P. M., 146. 2. Equal. Cf. rite, like, corresponding; papatairite, level.

Hawaiian—kaulike, to make alike; to be just, to be equitable; parallel. [For full comparatives, see Rite.]

TAURU (tàuru), the Went wind. Cf. uru. west; hauauru, the West wind; màuru, the Northwest wind; tamauru, the South-west wind. 2. The sources of a river: Totoia mai ki nga tauru o te awa—A. H. M. i. 157. Cf. uru, the head; the upper end. [For comparatives, see Uru.]

TAURUA, the canoe in which a net is carried. 2. A double-canoe. Cf. tau, to lie at anchor; kau, to swim; rua, two.

Tahitian—taurua, a double-canoe.

Tongan—cf. taua, to build two canoes at the same time.

Hawaiian—kaulua, a doublecanoe.

TAURUMARUMAKI, to duck one another in the water, an a game, to see who can hold out the longest. Cf. rumaki, to duck in the water; tau, to attack; taurapirapi, to claw one another.

TAUTAAWHI, to come up as a reserve, to support, to come to the help of a person.

TAUTAHI, the odd one; the number in excess. Cf. tahi, one; tatau, to count; tautau, to tie in bunches.

Samoan—tautasi, to hang one alone, as a single cocoanut. Cf. tasi, one.

Tongan— cf. tautaha, single, alone; taha, one.

Mangarevan—toutahi, to be hung singly on branches. Cf. tourua, to be hung in pairs. [For full comparatives, see Tau, and Tahi.]

TAUTANE (tautàne), part of a kumara plantation made sacred and reserved for the gods, to conciliate their favour for the crop. 2. Part of the ceremony performed by the father at the cleansing of a new-born infant from tapu. The part of the same ceremony performed by the oldest female relative is called Ruahine.

TAUTAPA, to give the word for action. Cf. tapa, to command; tau, to attack. 2. To challenge. Riri-tautapa, an arranged duel: single combat.

Tongan—tautaba, the calling of one in immediate danger; (b.) to beg, to call upon one when in trouble. Cf. faka-taba, to command suddenly, to speak rapidly. [For full comparatives, see Tau, and Tapa.]

TAUTARI, to fix the tautari, or upright stick, in the wall of a native house, supporting the small battens to which the reeds are fastened.

TAUTAU, [See under Tau.]

TAUTAUA (tautauà), inactive, slow to move. 2. Cowardly. Cf. hauà, cowardly; tau, to attack; taua, a war-party.

Tahitian—taua (tauà), a coward, cowardly; faa-taua (faa-tauà), to call a person a coward, to discourage; (b.) to make a feeble effort, as an infirm person. Cf. tauaave, slow, dilatory, hanging behind.

Hawaiian—kaua, to page 493 hesitate about doing a thing after an engagement; to be in doubt about fulfilling a promise; (b.) to invite to stay. Cf. kauwa, a servant, a slave; to do the will of another; kaue, to be in fear.

TAUTAUAMOA (tautauàmoa). He riri tautauamoa, a quarrel in which few take part. Cf. tau, to attack; tatau, to assault; taua, a warparty; tautau, to tie in bunches; amo, an outrigger. [Note.—“To fight two and two like the moa”—J. White, Trans., viii. 80.]

Samoan—cf. fa'a-moataulia, to provoke a quarrel of two, as two cocks; moa, the domestic fowl.

Mangaian—taumoamoa, to strive to excel, to contend for a prize (dual): Taumoamoa e Tane e na Rongo oki; Tane and Rongo strove for mastery. [See comparatives of Moa.]

TAUTAUIRI, suspended in straps. Cf. iri, to hang, to be suspended; tautau, a string or cluster.

TAUTAUMAHEI, a variety of taro.

TAUTE, to prepare food for cooking. 2. To foster, to look after, to attend to.

Whaka-TAUTE, anything that one has to attend to; a charge, a duty.

Samoan—cf. taute, to eat (only used of the highest chiefs).

Tahitian—cf. taute, a man not allowed to eat with men because of his having cooked for his wife; tauteute, a large collection of different kinds of food.

Tongan —cf. taute, to correct, to punish.

TAUTEKA, a brace, a prop; to support with a prop. Cf. tautoko, to prop up, to support; tautiti, to support a sick person. 2. A pole on which a weight is carried between two persons; to carry on a pole. 3. To tighten by twisting; to use as a tourniquet; a piece of wood for twisting up a lashing. 4. A stage, a platform.

TAUTIKA, even, level. Cf. tika, straight, direct;. totika, straight, direct; tutika, upright. 2. A boundary, a limit.

TAUTINEI (tautìnei), to hold up or support a weak person. Cf. tautiti, to support an invalid in walking.

TAUTIMAI, an exclamation of welcome. Sometimes Tahuti mai !

TAUTINI (myth.), the hero of an old legend. He was the son of Kumikumimaro and Hineitaitai. By command of his deity he made a ship (or bowl, kumete), and went on a voyage, which lasted two months, on the sea. He married two women, Timua, and Tiroto— A. H. M., i. 171. 2. The name of some supernatural being who lent his great tame nautilus to Tinirau in the search for Hine-te-iwaiwa. Tinirau had lent his pet whale to Kae. [See Kae.]

TAUTINI, after a long time. Tautini noa, after a very long time: Tautini noa ka puta ano te taua patu ano mo Tara—A. H. M., v. 28: Tautini noa ka whanau a raua tamariki—A. H. M., v. 29. Cf. tau, a year; tini, many.

TAUTINI-AWHITIA (myth.), a son of Porouanoano. His mother, Huru-ma-angiangi, before the birth of the boy, felt longings for a bird to eat, and her husband brought her a huia and. a kotuku. After the boy was born, the father went away and lived in another place. Tautini grew up, and sought his father. The son took two birds, a huia and a kotuku, and these birds convinced the parent of the fact that it was his own son that appeared before him — A. H. M., ii. 178.

TAUTITI, a belt, a girdle. Cf. tau, a string, a loop; tatau, to tie; tatua, a girdle; ti, the cabbage-tree (Cordyline). 2. To stick into one's belt.

Samoan —cf. titi, a girdle of ti leaves (Cordyline terminalis).

Hawaiian—cf. kiki, bundles done up for carrying on a stick; the leaves used in tying up bundles.

Tongan—cf. jiji, a dress for working in, made from the leaves of the ji; taujiji-kabu, a leaf-dress that surrounds the body, used of a chief that includes all authority within himself.

TAUTITI (tautìtì), to support an invalid in walking. Cf. tautìnei, to hold up or support a weak person.

TAUTOHE, to contend, to persist. Cf. tau, to attack; tohe, to persist; totohe, to contend with one another; motohe, obstinate.

TAUTOHETOHE, to contend one with another: Kia makuturia tona hoa tautohetohe—MSS.

TAUTOHETANGA, the circumstance, &c., of contending: A i muri iho i taua tautohetanga— P. M., 14.

TAUTOHITO, a skilled person; one of experience; an adept. Cf. tawhito, old.

TAUTOHITO (myth.), a celebrated wizard. He and his friend Puarata possessed a magical wooden head, which slew hundreds of persons by the power of its enchantments. The talisman and the two sorcerers were destroyed by the great magician Hakawau—P. M., 176.

TAUTOKO, to prop up, to support: A ka tautokona e ratou a Raki ki runga—A. H. M., i, 22. Cf. tauteka, to support with a prop; tautinei, to support a weak person; toko, a pole; to propel with a pole; tokomanawa, the pole supporting the middle portion of a ridge-pole.

Samoan—tauto'o, to push forward a canoe with a pole; tauto'oto'o, to walk with a stick, as a sick person. Cf. to'o, a pole with which to propel a canoe in the shallow lagoon.

Tahitian—tautoo, to endeavour to raise oneself when sick; (b.) to seek earnestly what a person wishes. Cf. tauturu, a prop, help, assistance; too, a pole with which to push a canoe along.

Tongan—tautoko, to walk with the aid of a stick. Cf. toko, long rods used for pushing along canoes in shallow water; tokotoko, a walking-stick. [For full comparatives, see Toko.]

TAUTORO, to stretch forwards, to extend oneself: Koia e piri, koia e tata, koia tautorotia— Wohl., Trans., vii. 46. Cf. toro, to stretch forth; whatoro, to stretch out the hand.

Hawaiian—kaukolo, to follow, to pursue; to chase, as a fowl; (b.) the small roots of a tree spreading and running every way; (c.) to persevere in asking a favour until it is obtained. Cf. kolo, to crouch; to creep; to run, as a branch of vine or fine roots of trees; to urge in asking a favour.

Tongan—tautotolo, to defer, to extend the time for doing anything; faka-tautolo, to put off from time to time. Cf. fetautotoloaki, to defer; toloi, to increase, to page 494 extend, to lengthen out. [For full comparatives, see Toro.]

TAUTORU, the constellation of Orion: Nana nei i hanga a Aketura, a Tautoru—Hopa, ix. 9. Cf. toru, three.

Samoan— cf. tàutolu, three hanging together, as a cluster of three oranges, &c.; tolu, three.

Mangarevan —toutoru, Orion; (b.) to be hong up in bunches of threes. Cf. tourua, handing in pairs.

TAUTUKU, to stoop, to bend down. Cf. tuku, to let down; to give up; to settle down; taupe, to bend down. 2. To be low.

Samoan —tautu'utu'u, to yield to. Cf. tu'u, to deliver over; to cut down; to desist, to cease. [For full comparatives, see Tuku.]

TAUTUTETUTE, to emulate, to strive to equal or excel.

TAUWARE, to touch without attracting notice; Tauware atu te maia ra—P. M., 152. Cf. warea, to be occupied, to be absorbed.

TAUWARE, the thwart of a canoe. Cf. taumanu, the thwart of a canoe. 2. The space between two thwarts. 3. Tonga-tauware, (or tau-wharu,) a South wind with warm weather.

TAUWEHE, to be separated: Nana i tauwehea ai, ka heuea te Po, ka heuea te Ao—P. M., 8. Cf. wehe, to divide. [For comparatives, see Wehe.]

TAUWHAINGA (tauwhàinga), to contend, to vie with, to emulate. Cf. whawhai, to fight; whaiwhai, to chase, to hunt; tau, to attack.

TAUWHANGA, to lurk for, to lie in wait. Cf. whanga, to lie in wait, to ambush.

TAUWHARE, to overhang: E rara iho ana i te tauwharenga kowhatu o Moerangi—P. M., 155. Cf. whare, a house; areare, overhanging; kare, surf. 2. Tonga-tauwhare, a South wind with fine weather.

TAUWHAREWHARENGA, an overhanging bank: Ka whakapupuni ia ki nga tauwharewharenga kowhatu o te wai ariki—P. M., 131.

Samoan —cf. taufale, the entrails. Tahitian-cf. fare, a house; farefare, hollow, as an empty stomach; are, a billow of the sea; pufarefare, hollowness, emptiness, as of a bag; a breaking wave, such as bends over, hangs, and then breaks.

Tongan —cf. fale, a house; faka-fale, to make a shed over a thing; fakafalefale, to hollow.

Paumotan—cf. fare, a house; farefare, hollow; a cavern; vacuity.

Marquesan—cf. hae, a house; haehae, the hollow or curl of a wave.

TAUWHATU, a fishing-net. Cf. ta, to net; tau, a string or loop; tatau, to tie; whatu, to weave, to plait; taurua, a canoe in which a net is carried; tauhokai, a stake in a river to which a net is fastened.

TAUWHENA (also Tauhena,) dwarfish, low in height. Cf. whe, a dwarf.

TAUWHENUA, a strange land. Cf. tau, to alight; whenua, land; tauhou, a stranger.

TAUWHIWHI, to be entangled. Cf. tau, a string, as of a garment; whiwhi, to be entangled. 2. To affix a covering; to close up, as a basket. 3. To sprinkle with water. [For comparatives, see Whiwhi.]

TAUWHIROWHIRO, said of the moon at the time of change. Cf. whiro, the second day of the moon; miro, to spin, to twist. [For comparatives, see Whiro.]

TAWA, the name of a tree (Bot. Beilschmiedia tawa): He mahi ano ta te tawa uho—P. M., 193.

Tongan—cf. tava, the name of a tree.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. dawa, the name of a tree with fruit resembling a plum.

TAWA (tawà), a ridge. Cf. tau, the ridge of a hill; wawa, a fence; to be separated; taukaka, the spur of a hill; taumata, the brow of a hill; tawae, to divide, to separate.

Hawaiian—cf. kawa, a deep pool of water with a precipice overhanging it, from which to dive; a procipice down which a suicide plunges.

TAWAE, to divide, to separate. Cf. wawae, to divide, to separate; wae, the log or foot; kowae, to divide, to part; tawà, a ridge.

Samoan—tavae, to kick another on the ankles, to cause him to fall. Cf. vae, the leg of an animal; to divide.

Tahitian —cf. tavae, a sort of basket for catching fish; vae, to share out, to divide food.

Hawaiian—kawae, to trip one with the foot; to draw one to you with the foot. Cf. wawae, the leg of a person or animal.

Tongan—tavae, to trip up the heels. [For full comparatives, see Wae.]

TAWAHA (tàwaha), a bed in a garden. Cf. waha, a region. 2. The spot where the water flows from a lake into a river. Cf. waha, the mouth; wahapu, the mouth of a bay or river.

Hawaiian—kawaha. vacant, as a space; hollow, as an arch. Cf. waha, a mouth; an opening generally; to dig a furrow or ditch. [For full comparatives, see Waha.]

TAWAHA (tàwaha), leaving an unpleasant taste in the mouth. Cf. waha, tho mouth; tawau, pungent, acrid; wahakawa, having a distaste for ordinary food; wàkawa, having a distaste for food. [For comparatives, see Waha.]

TAWAHI (tàwàhi), the opposite side of a river or valley: E haere ana eia whiti ki tawahi o te awa—P. M., 43. 2. (Met.) Hawaiki: No tawahi mai ano tera pua. Cf. wa, a space; wahi, a place, a locality; to divide; rawahi, the other side. [For comparatives, see Wahi.]

TAWAI (tàwai), a canoe without attached sides. Syn. Tiwai. Cf. ta, to bale; wai, water.

TAWAI (tàwai), to mock, to jest at; to taunt; mocking, jeering: Ko te ruahine ki te matapihi whakarongo ai ki te taua e tawai mai ra ki a raua—P. M., 93: He kupu tawai kau aua kupu àna—A. H. M., v. 11. Cf. whaka-wai, to beguile, to entice.

Tahitian —cf. tavaimanino, smooth flattering speech; tavairea, to be unable to eat food, from the effects of medicine.

Hawaiian— cf. kawai, the liquor obtained from sugarcane, after most of the intoxicating matter is removed.

Tongan — cf. tavai, to eat and drink together.

TAWAI (properly Tawhai,) the name of certain trees, Beech Trees (Bot. Fagus fusca, F. menziesii, F. solandri, &c.): Ko te rakau i whatiia he tawai, hei tohu mo tona hokinga—A. H. M., iii. 51.

page 495

Samoan—cf. tavai, the name of a tree (Bot. Rhus taitensis).

TAWAIWAI, the name of a tree (Bot. Phyllocladus trichomanoides).

TAWAKA, grooved, channelled. Cf. wakawaka, parallel ridges; waka, a canoe; ta, to strike.

Samoan —tavaka, to hollow out a canoe. Cf. va'a, a canoe; va'ava'a, the breastbone of birds.

Tahitian —cf. tava, to prepare the bark for cloth-making. (The cloth mallet is grooved or channelled.)

Tongan —cf. tavaka, to abscond in a canoe.

Hawaiian —cf, kawaa, a Kind of fish-net.

Mangarovan—cf. tavaka, a raft which has a lighted torch at night.

TAWAKA, the name of a bird, the Quail Hawk (Orn. Harpa novæ-zealandiæ).

TAWAKE, to repair a hole in a canoe. Rau-tawake, a plug to repair a hole; a patch.

TAWAKE-HEIMOA (myth.), an elder brother of Tutanekai—P. M., 146. [See Hinemoa.]

TAWAKI, the name of a bird, the Crested Penguin (Orn. Eudyptes pachyrhyncus).

TAWAKI-MOE-TAHANGA (myth.), a chief of Rotorua. Ho was a son of Kahu-mata-momoe, the son of Tama-te-kapua. Tawaki had a son, Uenuku-mai- Rarotonga.

TAWAPOU (tawàpou), the name of a tree (Bot. Sideroxylon costatum).

TAWARAUTANGI, the name of a tree.

TAWARE, to dupe, to fool, to cajole. Cf. ware, mean, low in social position; tawai, to taunt, to mock at.

Samoan—tavale, to out a tree on the boundary belonging to another; (b.) to out wood without measuring it so as to insure having it long enough; (c.) to speak without thought; (d.) to talk constantly; (e.) to marry beneath one's rank. Cf. valevale, childish; like a dotard.

Tahitian—tavare, to deceive. Cf. haa-vare, a lie, deception.

Marquesan—cf. tavaè, to appease; to tame.

Rarotongan— tavare, to deceive.

TAWARI, almost broken off; hanging by the skin, &c. 2. To bend down. 3. To oppose. 4. Wearied, exhausted. Cf. wari, a potato that has become watery through age or frost.

TAWARIWARI (tàwariwari), bending from side to side.

Samoan—cf. tavani, to make wide, as the opening in a pig in order to gut it.

Tahitian —tavari, to make soft and smooth, as pulp or mortar. Cf. vari, earth, mud, dirt, filth of any kind; blood discharged from the body. Mangarevan-tavari, tall and flexible, said of slender trees or of a tall man who sways about habitually; (b.) the uninterrupted march of a number of persons.

TAWARI, the name of a small tree (Bot. Ixerba brexioides).

TAWARO (tàwaro), the name of an edible herb. 2. The name of a tree.

TAWARU (tàwaru), (also Taweru,) a kind of garment: He kahakaha ona kakahu, he tawaru ki waho—P. M., 131. Cf. weru, a garment.

TAWATAWA, the name of a fish, the Mackerel (Ich. Scomber australasicus): E tere e te tawatawa i te moana ra—M. M., 16.

Hawaiian—cf. kawakawa, the name of a fish.

TAWATAWA, striped like a mackerel (tawatawa),

TAWATAWARIKI, to appear Just above ground.

TAWATU, an oven of pipi or cockles.

TAWAU, pungent, acrid. Cf. tawaha, having au unpleasant taste.

Hawaiian—cf. kawau, dampness; wet and cold; distemper among dogs; a seed used in deceiving fish.

TAWAUWAU (tàwauwau), the name of a fish.

TAWAUWAU, a figurative expression for “peace is made”: ‘Ka whiti te ra kei tua o Tawauwau.’

TAWAURI, dark, black. Cf. uri, dark: pouri, dark; kakarauri, dusk; kokouri, haziness caused by smoke. [For comparatives, see Uri.]

TAWEKA (tàweka), to carry the clothes round the neck, that they may not be an impediment in travelling: Tena tawekatia ki to kaki—A. H. M., ii. 16. Cf. tapeka, to turn up the clothes, that they may not be an impediment in walking; kawenga, a burden. 2. An incumbrance, a hindrance.

TAWEKE, to be all come or gone; entirely consumed. Cf. tapeke, to be gone or come, leaving none behind; peke, all gone, without exception.

TAWEKE, to set snares for birds. 2. Connected by relationship, friendship, &c.

Marquesan—taveke, and tavekeveke, to be deceived.

TAWEKU (tàweku), the name of a shrub (Bot. Coriaria ruscifolia).

TAWERA (tàwera), the planet Venus, as morning star: Ko Tawera te whetu marama o te ata—S. T., 170: Ki a Tawera i runga, ki te Marama i runga—P. M., 88. 2. A burnt place in the forest. Cf. wera, burnt; hawera, a burnt place in the fern or bush; parawera, land where the fern has been burnt off. 3. To scorch: E ka kà te ahi, ka taweratia nga rimu—A. H. M., i. 161.

Hawaiian —kaawela, Venus, the evening star. Ext. Poly.: Tagal, and

Pampang— cf. Tala, the morning star (Sanscrit ?). [For other comparatives, see Wera.]

TAWEREWERE (tàwerewere), to hang. Cf. were, to hang, to be suspended; pungawerewere, the spider; iri, to hang up; tawewe, to sound with a line.

Tahitian—tavere, to tow or drag a thing in the water; a thing taken in tow; taverevere, to tow repeatedly. Cf. verevere, thiu, gauzelike.

Hawaiian—kawelewele, the name of certain short ropes about a canoe; (b.) the beard; kawewele, the person at the end of long ropes, when many persons are drawing a heavy substance.

TAWERU (tàweru), (also Tawaru,) a garment. Cf. wenu, a garment. 2. A rag.

TAWEWE (tàwèwè), to sound the depth of water with a line. 2. To examine the bottom of the sea or river by dragging, to ascertain its freedom from obstruction.

page 496

TAWIRI (tàwiri), the name of a shell-fish. 2. The name of a small tree (Bot. Pittosporum tenuifolium); He kopuru, me te manehu, me te tawiri—A. H. M., v. 67. 3. An eel-net. Cf. ta, to net. 4. Cowardice: No reira ka mau nei hei tawiri—P. M., 69. Cf. wiri, to tremble; to bore; an auger; tawhiri, to whirl round.

Samoan —cf. vili, to bore a hole; to writhe in pain.

Tahitian—taviri, to turn or twist, as in rope making; taviriviri. the colic; griping pains; a sensation of twisting; to turn a thing round and round; anything turned. Cf. viri, to furl a sail; aviri, to twist cocoanut-leaves to serve as a fishing-net.

Hawaiian— kawili, to be changeable, variable; (b.) to mix together; to stir together various ingredients; (c.) the act of catching birds with bird-lime; hoo-kawili, to mix together; (b.) to vex, to harass; (c.) to rend; kawiliwili, the name of a tree (Bot. Erythrina corallodendron): the timber was much used for surf-boards and the outriggers (ama) of canoes. Cf. wili, a roll, a twist; a writhing in pain; tortuous; wiliwili, to shake, as a flexible rod; kawilikaeka, to entangle, to involve.

Mangarevan —taviri, to roll round, to coil, to twist. Cf. tauviri, to take by the hands to form a circle; a chain.

Mangaian —taviriviri, to twist; twisted; Kua taviriviri te kao o te meika; The core of the banana is twisted.

TAWIRIKARO (tàwirikaro), the name of a small tree (Bot. Pittosporum cornuifolium).

TAWHA (tawhà), (also Taha,) to burst open, to crack; a crack, a chasm. Cf. ngawha, to burst open; a boiling spring; kowha, split open; matatawha, open. 2. A calabash.

Samoan — tafa, a gash, an incision; to cut, to gash, to lance, to scarity; (b.) the side of a hill; (c.) to dawn; (d.) to turn on one side [see Taha]; (e.) to have pity on; tatafa, to dawn; (b.) to cut up pork in bin all portions; tafatafa, to cut in many places, to make many incisions in the flesh. Cf. tàfaoga, circumcision; tafasi, to split open; ‘autafa, a large tattooing instrument; tafani, to divide off pieces of food so as to leave the original joint small; tafatafa'ilagi, the horizon; tafatù, a perpendicular steep place, as seen from below.

Tahitian —taha, a cocoanut bottle.

Hawaiian —kaha, to scratch, to make marks; a scratch, a mark: hence, to write; (b.) to cut, to hew, as timber; (c.) to cut open, as a fish or animal; to rip open as the belly of a person: (d.) to turn about and go away; (e.) a strip of barren land on the sea-shore; (f.) the channel of a small stream; (g.) a kind of cloth; (h.) a noise, a report, the crack of a whip; (i.) robbery, rapine; kakaha, a shallow place out in the sea; kahakaha, to mark or scratch frequently; an engraving, a writing; hoo-kaha, to extort property from another; to cheat; an extortioner. Cf. kahaakua, a track of a god in a desert place; kahaule, to circumcise; kahe, to circumcise; kahania, to be shaven, to be cut close; to be made smooth, as a shaven head.

Tongan — tafa, to cut, to carve, to gash; a gash, an open wound made by something sharp; the act of cutting up; tatafa, to shoot along with speed. Cf. tafatafai, to cut, to lance in several places; faka-tafagafaga, to clear away, to cut down trees and remove all obstructions; fetafaaki, to cut, to lance each other; to cut up quickly; matalafa, a cut; a surgical operation; tafani, to widen; tavava, a crack or splitting in the sun.

TAWHAI, a name applied to several species of Beech-trees (Bot. Fagus solandri, F. menziesii, F. fusca, F. blairii, &c.) These trees are generally called Birch by the colonists.

TAWHAI (tàwhai), to stretch forth. Cf. whai, to follow, to pursue. 2. To imitate, to rival.

TAWHAIRAUNUI (tàwhairaunui), the name of a tree, the Entire - leaved Beech (Bot. Fagus fuaca). Cf. tawhai, the Beech; rau, leaf; nui, large.

TAWHAIRAURIKI (tàwhairauriki), the name of a tree (Bot. Fagus solandri). Cf. tawhai, the Beech; rau, a leaf; riki, small.

TAWHAITIRI (myth.), a huge spirit or Genius who stands opposite another named Tuapiko in the Lower-world or Shades (Po). Between those two the soul must pass. If light, it flies through safely; if cloggod and heavy, it will be caught and destroyed—Wohl., Trans., viii. 111.

TAWHAKI (myth.), a celebrated hero of Polynesia, sometimes appearing as a mortal, sometimes as a deity, but generally with supernatural powers.

In New Zealand, he is said to have been the son of Hema and Urutonga. He married a girl named Hinepiripiri; and by some means aroused the wrath of his four brothers-in-law, who attacked him, and left him for dead. He was found by his wife, who carried him home, and nursed him back to health, and dwelt with him until their son Wahieroa was born. Tawhaki revenged himself upon his brothers-in-law and their people by arousing, through his prayers, the wrath of the gods, who sent the flood called “The overturning of the Mataaho” in consequence. Tawhaki then set out with his brother Karihi to rescue the bones of his father, Hema, from the amphibian fairies named Ponaturi. The mother of Tawhaki had been carried off as a prisoner by these people, and was confined in their great dwelling, the Manawa-Tane. Mother and son plotted to destroy them; and when they were all asleep, the sunlight was suddenly let in, in full flood, upon them, and these creatures of darkness all perished. The fame of his exploit reached the celestial abodes; and Tangotango, one of the maidens of the heavenly race, stole down to his side every night and stayed with him, fleeing before the dawn. At last she found that she had conceived a child, and she came down to Tawhaki and lived with him as his wife. When the baby (afterwards named Arahuta) was born, the married pair had a foolish quarrel, and Tangotango fled back to her heavenly home, taking the child with her. Tawhaki pined for his lost wife and child, and after some time set out with his brother Karihi to search for her. She had told him that the way to find her was by a vine which somewhere hung down from heaven. The brothers sought direction from an old blind ancestress named Matakorepo, whose sight was restored to her page 497 by the touch of Tawhaki. Karihi failed to climb the celestial vine, but Tawhaki ascended safely, and reached the land of those who dwell in the skies. He assumed the aspect of a poor old slave, and was set to work to carry axes, &c., for the canoe-builders; but he soon tired of this, sought the presence of his wife and child, and assumed his divinity, the lightning flashing from his armpits— P. M., 86 et seq. There are several variations of this story; they generally agree in showing that Tawhaki was regarded as a beneficent and gracious being. In the South Island it is said that Tawhaki met the wife of Paikea in heaven, and that she had a child by him. Tawhaki caused the deluge by stamping on the floor of heaven till it cracked-A. H. M., i. 48. Tawhaki was actually killed by his relatives, but came to life again by his own inherent power as god. The relatives were jealous because he was preferred by Hine-nui-e-kawa, who had been destined for another man. It was Hine who went up to heaven and took her child with her—A. H. M., i. 54. Hine-pupu - mai - nana said to be his mother— A. H. M., i. 59. Hine-pupu-mai-nono said to be his sister (A. H. M., i. 54), and that she taught him the powerful incantations by which he was able to walk upon the water—A. H. M., i. 61. Tawhaki married Parekoritawa, the daughter of Hinenuitepo. (The sister born before Pare was called Po-tangotango, hence, perhaps confusion of names). Pare went with Tawhaki to heaven, and they left a black moth behind them as a token of the soul. By Tawhaki, Pare had two children, Uenuku (Rainbow), and Whatitiri (Thunder)—S. R., 24. Whatitiri is generally known as the wife of Kaitangata, the father of Hema, and thus thè grandmother of Tawhaki. Tongotango is also called Hapai. Tawhaki married Maikukumakaka (the sister of Hapai), and she was the mother of Wahieroa—A. H. M., i. 129, and A. H. M., iii. 2. Tawhaki went up to heaven by a line of spider's thread, hence called” the path of the spider”—A. H. M., i. 57, 59, 63. He cured the sight of the old ancestress with clay moistened with his spittle—A. H. M., i. 57. He was killed by a reptile while washing at a stream. His sister passing by beheld him, and he then came to life and went up to heaven. When he prays it thunders and lightens. The natives who are ill repeat incantations to Tawhaki and Rehua; they offer him a sacrifice of ten baskets of food counted in a particular manner—M. S., 116. This counting was as follows: Counting the ten they then set aside one; counting the nine they set aside one, &c., as the old blind ancestress of Tawhaki had counted her taro roots (P. M., 43) when visited by her grandson. [See Ngahuru.] Tawhaki ascended to heaven on the string of his kite; this kite being made of the bark of aute (the paper-mulberry)—A. H. M., i. 129. Tawhaki was lord of three heavens, viz., Hauora, Nga-tauira, and Nga-atua — A. H. M., i. App. Hawaii.—Tawhaki, or Kahai, appears as an actual ancestor in the line of the Hawaiian kings. Taking the Ulu genealogy, we find at the 28th generation from Wakea (Vatea),—

Hawaiian.	(Maori Letters.)
28 Aikanaka	= Kaitangata.
29 Hema	= Hema.
30 Kahai	= Tawhaki.
31 Wahioloa	= Wahieroa.
32 Laka	= Rata.
33 Luanuu	= Ruanuku

The legends to be found in Hawaii concerning Tawhaki are extremely fragmentary and vague, but they appear to assert that Hema went to Kahiki (perhaps Tahiti, but more probably Tawhiti, “the Distance”; for Kahiki includes the whole of the islands in the Pacific Ocean) to receive the tribute called palala for the birth of his son Tawhaki. He was caught by the Aiaia (a fabulous bird, the messenger of the god Tane), died, and was buried in Ulu-paupau. Kahai (Tawhaki) started to avenge his father. His path was the rainbow, over which he and his brother Alihi (Karihi) passed up to heaven, and inquired of Tane and of Tangaloa where Hema had been placed. The story told of Tawhaki. in New Zealand as to the quarrel with his wife about the child, is here credited to his father's parents; Hema being so disgusted with the dirtiness of Hema and Punga, that she went up and dwelt in the moon. [See Hina.] Tawhaki seeking for Hema (South) may be a figurative expression for an exploring voyage. In the prayer to Rongo (For., ii. 353) it is asserted that the tàpu of Rongo (Lono) had passed to Kahiki, and overthrown the tapu of Tawhaki (Kahai). Samoa.—Tafa'i and Alise were two brothers, the children of Pua and Sigano. Their sister was changed into an ifiifi-tree (Bot. Parinarium laurinum). Lauamatoto, their attendant, wished to got a wife for Tafa'i, so he went up to the skies, where he saw crowds of handsome sky-men sleeping. Laua had taken up an offering, and he made overtures to the beautiful Sina-tae-oi-lagi, the daughter of Tagaloa-lagi. Sina sent down for Tawhaki and Karihi (Tafa'i and Alise), and they ascended; but though very handsome, they made themselves look ugly to see what welcome they would get. They were so ugly and dirty that Sina sent them to sleep outside. At daybreak, the brothers put on their beauty again, but turned to go away. Sina saw them, and followed, crying for them to return, but they refused to do so and went to their own land. Tafa'i pushed Sina down into a long chasm, but she was rescued by her parents. Tafa'i then fell in love with her, but in her turn she fled and sprung up on to the top of the house; Tafa'i entreated her but she persisted in her purpose, and ascended to the skies. She met the whole tribe of Tagaloa (Tangaroa) coming down with her dowry, and she was at last persuaded to return to earth. Tafa'i and Sina were married and in due time the Sun was born; the Sun would not stay in his father's country but went up to the home of his mother (Sina = Hina, the Moon-goddess) in the skies. Tafa'i is, probably, the giant Tafai mentioned in another legend. This giant was immensely tall and strong; he could use a cocoanut-tree for a spear, and when walking on the rock his feet left impressions as if in soft sand. In modern times, those privileged to sit on the right- and left-hand of a titled chief are called tafa'i. Tahiti. —Tavai (Tawhaki) and Arii

page 498

(Karihi), were the two sons of Oema (Hema). In consequence of a quarrel with his wife, Oema went down to Hawaii (Hawaiki, the world of the dead) to hide his shame. The boys, when they had grown up, resolved to seek their father. They used a charm, and split the solid earth in a great chasm; into this they descended, and found themselves in the presence of Kui, the blind. She was counting her taro, and these they stole. She tried to kill them, but they evaded and outwitted her, and chopped her to pieces. They then went to the sea-shore, where they saw a red shark, on whose back they passed over to the farthest limits of Spirit-land. In this ultima thule they found a priest who consulted the oracle for them, and told them where they would find their father. An old woman had charge of the corpse, which they found packed away in a fitting place, nothing but the bones remaining; these bones they brought back to the Upper-world of day.

Mangaia— Tane takes the place of Tawhaki. He found the old blind woman counting her ten yams; miraculously restored her sight; climbed a great cocoanut-tree as a path to heaven, and married Ina (Hina). In Mangareva, tahaki = a man of red hair and red skin; (fig.) a person of rank. In Tonga, kafaki = to climb, to ascend.

TAWHANA (tàwhana), bent like a bow, arched. Cf. whana, bent, bowed; to recoil; to kick; pana, to thrust; koropana, to fillip; korowhana, bent, bowed; kowhana, bent, bowed; hupana, to recoil, to fly back, as a spring.

Samoan— tafana, to shoot many. Cf. fana, to shoot [For full comparatives., see Whana.]

TAWHANGAWHANGA (tàwhangawhanga), calamity, trouble: kia puta i waho i te tawhangawhanga—A. H. M., v. 10. 2. Distance.

TAWHAO (tàwhao), copsewood.

TAWHAOWHAO, driftwood, &c., cast up by the sea; flotsam: A takaia ana au e nga tawhaowhao o te akau roa—P. M., 14.

TAWHARA (tàwhara), at a distance from each other; wide apart. Cf. wharahi, broad, wide; tawhera, open, gaping.

TAWHARA (tàwhara), the large white flower of the kiekie (Bot. Freycinetia banksii), eaten by the natives: He wha tawhara ki uta, he kiko tamure ki tai—Prov.: E oni ana, i runga i te tawhara o te kiekie—A. H. M., ii. 31. [Probably this word is related to Polynesian fara, the pandanus or screw palm (also a Freycinetia). See under Whara See also Tahitian note to Ureure.]

Tahitian—cf. tafara, a species of breadfruit.

TAWHARARA (tàwharara), TAWHARAWHARA, oblique: leaning, slanting. Cf. wharara, to lean; to stoop. 2. Declining, going down, of the sun; ka noho ana raua, a tawharara noa te ra—kai., xix. 8.

Samoan—cf. tafala, to beat the mat-drum at a night-dance; falala, to be aslant.

Hawaiian—cf halala, long and curving, as hogs' tusks.

Tahitian—cf taharahara, membrum virile.

TAWHARAU (tàwharau), to shelter with branches stuck into the ground: E tawharau ana mai a Te Arawa—P. M., 82 Ko tona waka toia ake ki uta, tawharautia ake — P. M., 59. Cf. wharau, a shed made of the branches of trees.

Tahitian —tafarau, to put a canoe under the shelter of a house called farau (For full comparatives see Wharau.]

TAWHARE-NIKAU (myth.), a child of Whiwhiate-rangi-ora and Papa—, A. H. M., i. App.

TAWHARU (tàwharu), to bend in the middle, to sag; to bend from weight or pressure. Cf. wharau, concave, depressed; a valley.

Tahitian—taharuharu, to yield. Cf. taaru, to yield, to abate, to give up.

TAWHARU (South Island dialect), eight; the eighth: Hei tawhitu, hei tawharu ka haere mai ia—Wohl., Trans., vii. 47. Cf. waru, and wharu, eight. [For comparatives, see Waru.]

TAWHATI (tàwhati), to ebb (of the tide). Cf. whati, to turn and go away. 2. A valley. Cf. whawhati, to bend at an angle; to fold.

Tahitian—tafati, the hollow part of a piece of wood; (b.) a piece of wood with an elbow. [For full comparatives, see Whati.]

TAWHE (tàwhe). [See Taawhe.]

TAWHETAWHE, an old garment; a rag. Cf. tawheta, to dangle; tahe, the menses.

TAWHEKE (myth.), one of the malignant deities dwelling with the goddess Miru in the Underworld. [See Tatau-o-te-po.]

TAWHENUA (tàwhenua), a land-wind. Cf. ta, ta breathe; whenua, land.

Samoan—cf. taufanua, to be off the land, as a wind. [For full comparatives, see Whenua.]

TAWHERA, open, gaping. Cf. whewhera, to spread out, to open; tuwhera, open; kowhera, to open, to gape; tawhara, wide apart.

Hawaiian —kahelahela, to be spread out, as a person asleep, his limbs extended and far apart.

Tahitian— cf. ferafera, to remove wrinkles from cloth. [For full comparatives, see Whewhera.]

TAWHERA, a leaf.

TAWHERO, the name of a tree (Bot. Weinmannia Silvicola). 2. At the East Cape, the name tawhero is given to the towai (Bot. Weinmannia racemosa).

TAWHETA (tàwheta), to dangle. Cf. tawhetawhe, a rag; petapeta, rags; takawhetawheta, to toss oneself. 2. To be indifferent; heedless; listless. 3. To lie together in a heap.

TAWHETE (Moriori) to adorn, to embellish.

TAWHI (tàwhi). [See Taawhi.]

TAWHI, food.

Mangarevan —cf. tahiga, a place marked for a person at a distribution of food.

Hawaiian—cf. kahi, a place; some definite place.

TAWHIO, to go round about. Cf. awhio, to go round about, to wind about; taiawhio, to encircle; takawhio, giddy, dizzy; amiomio, to turn round and round. 2. To be in any out-of-the-way situation. 3. To be travelled round, circumnavigated. Cf. awheo, to be surrounded with a halo, as the moon.

page 499

TAWHIRI (tàwhiri), to beckon, to wave to: Whiu te tangata ki runga i te maioro ki te tawhiri— P. M., 189. Cf. whiri, to twist, as a rope; wiri, to bore; tahi, to sweep. 2. To bid welcome, as by waving garments, &c.: Katahi ano te iwi nei ka putta ki waho ki te tawhiri—P. M., 146: Katahi ka tawhiritia e nga tangata o te pa—P. M., 185. 3. To whirl round; to wring the neck by whirling round, as a pigeon. 4. To wring out, as a wet cloth. 5. To fan: Ka whakakangia, ka tawhiritia, a ka tahuna te umu—A. H. M., ii. 10.

Samoan—tafili, to fly a pigeon; (b.) to go about on many errands; fa'a-tafili, to fly a tame pigeon. Cf. fili, to plait, as sinnet; to be entangled; tàgàtafili, the act of making a decoy-pigeon fly, which act is seen by the wild pigeon; vili, to writhe in pain; to bore a hole; a whirlpool.

Tahitian—tavin, to turn or twist, as in rope-making; taviriviri, to turn and twist oneself repeatedly; (b.) the colic, to have griping pains in the bowels; (c.) to turn a thing round and round; tahirl, a fan; to shake a fly-flap; (b.) to wag the tail, as a dog; (c.) to sweep, by striking the ground or the floor of a house with a kind of broom; tahirihiri, to fan repeatedly; to wag the tail repeatedly, as a dog. Cf. hirioo, to whirl or turn about; tahitahi, to brush by striking with the hand; to wipe off; tahirihiriarahu, to fan the embers; (fig.) to call to mind; tairiiri, to shake the head in contempt; viri, to lash up, to furl a sail; to roll some cloth round a corpse.

Hawaiian — kahili, a brush generally, but especially a fly-brush made of feathers bound on a stick; (b.) emphatically, the large brushes used by the chiefs. They were composed of select birds'feathers closely tied on to a flexible handle or staff, and were of different sizes; those for home use being about two or three feet long, those for processions and great public occasions were from twelve to fifteen feet in length, (c.) To sweep, as with a broom; to brush, to wipe; (d.) to sweep away, as the wind blows away light substances: hence, (e.) to destroy; (f.) to change, to be changeable: kahilihili, to scatter away, to brush off, as small dust or light substances; kakahili, a long conversation about many things without much profit; kawili, to be changeable or variable; (b.) to mix together various ingredients; to stir up together; (c.) the art of catching birds with bird-lime; hoo-kawili. to mix together; to knead, as bread; (b.) to tear, to rend; to vex, to harass. Cf. hili, to twist; lawekahili, the badge of royalty; the person who carried the kahili, attended the high chief and executed his orders; vili, to twist, to wind, to turn; winding; tortuous; to writhe; huelo, the tail of an animal (Maori cf. hiore, the tail): described, “the fly-brush at the extremity of animals” (Ke kahili o na holoholona ma ka hope).

Tongan—taili, to fan; (b.) to dread, to fear; dread, horror; tabili, to blow, to fan the fire; tafili, to roll over from side to side. Cf. tafiligatamaki, to roll over and hurt oneself.

Marquesan—tahii, to fan; a fan for blowing the fire.

Mangarevan— tairi, to whip, to thrash with cords or rods; to beat; taviri, to twist, to roll round, to coil. Cf. tauviri, to take by the hands to form a circle.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. iri, to fan.

TAWHIRI, the name of a shrub (Bot. Pittosporum tenuifolium).

TAWHIRI-MATEA (myth.), the Lord of Tempest, a son of Rangi (Heaven) and Papa (Earth). When his brothers Tu-matauenga, Tangaroa, Rongo-matane,. Tane-Mahuta, and Haumiatiketike, concerted to rend apart their Parents and force the sky upwards, Tawhiri was the only dissentient, and on the scheme being carried out, he attacked his brethren furiously. He destroyed the forests of Tane; drove Tangaroa and his progeny into the sea; pursued Rongo and Haumia till they had to take refuge in the bosom of their mother (Earth); and only found in Tu-matauenga a worthy opponent. During the heat of the combat between the two latter deities, part of the dry land was submerged, and the following forces of Nature appeared, viz.: Ua-nui (Great Rain), Ua-roa (Long-continued Rain), UaWhatu (Hail-storms), these being succeeded by their descendants, Hau- maringi (Mist), Hau -marotoroto (Heavy Dew), and Tomairangi (Light Dew)— P. M., 1 et seq.

TAWHIRIOHO (myth). a child of Puhaorangi. [See Puhaorangi.]

TAWHITI (tàwhiti), a hoop: A he mea tui te kikokiko o te kaki ki te tawhiti kareao— A. H. M., i. 36. cf. whiti, a hoop; korowhiti, bent like a hoop; mowhiti, a hoop; a ring; tarawhiti, a hoop; whitiki, a girdle. 2. A snare, a trap: Me te hupanatanga o taua tawhiti, o taua rore—P. M., 22: Ano he kiore e mau ana i te tawhiti whakaruatapu —P. M., 157. Cf. korowhiti, to spring up suddenly from a stooping position; mowhiti, to jump.

Samoan —tafiti, to twist about, to be restive, to struggle. Cf. fiti, a somersault. [For full comparatives, see Whiti.]

TAWHITI, distant, far off; widely separated; the distance; a distant locality: Hoe nei, hoe nei, a tawhiti noa atu—P. M., 23. Cf. whiti, to cross over: whakawhiti, to convey across; a sail for a canoe; whiti, to shine; ra-whiti, the east, the day - spring. 2. Hospitable, generous. 3. A noted person; celebrated. 4. Matchless, unrivalled. 5. A man, a fellow (a familiar term).

Samoan —cf. tafiti, to be restive; to struggle, to twist about; aviti, a liar; to lie; to give false reports; fiti, a kind of song borrowed from Fiji (Viti).

Tahitian—tahiti, to transplant, to remove a thing from its original place; (b.) the name of the largest of the Society Islands, originally called La Sagittaria by the Spaniards in A.D. 1605. Cf. hiti, an edge, a border; the extremity of a place or thing; a monster; what is deformed at birth; to rise, applied to the heavenly bodies; the revolution of time; tahitifaaea, an unsteady roving person; hitia-o-te-ra, the east.

Hawaiian—kahiki, the general name of any foreign country: He makani no kahiki mai; A wind from a foreign country: Hai mai la oia i na lii i kona holo i kahiki; He told the chiefs of his sailing to a foreign country. [Note.—That Kahiki; is not the Tahiti of the Society Islands seems proven by the celebrated ancient chant of Kualii,—

page 500

Aole o Kahiki kanaka
Hookahi o Kahiki kanaka—he haole;
Me ia la he Akua
Me au la he kanaka.

“Men of our race are not in Tawhiti;
One kind of men is in Tawhiti—the white man
He is like a god.
I am like a man.”

Cf. hiki, to come to, to arrive at; to be able to do a thing; hoo-hiki, to call or give a name to; to cause to come, to bring forth; holokahiki a Hawaiian sailor who has visited foreign countries.

Mangaian — iti, the eastward (sun-rise), is given as the birth-place of some of their immigrant heroes, and is said to refer to Tahiti. This is doubtful.

Moriori—cf. Hiti, the aborigines dispossessed by the Polynesians on their conquest of the Chatham Islands.

Paumotan —cf. tahiti, to leap over.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji —cf. Viti, the name written as Fiji; perhaps meaning “the Eastern people.”

TAWHITI (myth), one of the legendary beings used (together with Tupua, Te Wawau, and others) as stars by Tane for the decoration of Heaven (Rangi) after the separation of Heaven and Earth—A. H. M., i. 42.

TAWHITI (for Tahuti,) to run away. [See Tahuti]

TAWHITO, old, ancient: Ko te ingoa tawhito o Rupe, ko Maui-mua—P. M., 37:Ka tango ia i nga kowhatu papai, rimurimu tawhito —P. M., 80.

Samoan — cf. tafito, the end of a tree or post nearest the ground; the root of the penis; tafito'ulu, the root end of a breadfruit-tree.

Tahitian — tahito, old; decayed; formerly, anciently (Mai tahito mai, of old, from ancient times); (b.) to deride; to mock; tahitohito, derision, mockery; to deride repeatedly.

Hawaiian—kahiko, old, ancient: O ka mooolelo kahiko loa no Hawaii nei; The ancient history of Hawaii. Poe kahiko, the ancients: Nolaila i olelo mai ka poe kahiko; Hence the ancients say: I ka wa kahiko he pele no Maui; In ancient times there was a volcano also on Maui. (b.) To become old; to fade, as a flower or leaf; (c.) elderly; an elderly person: Ua paa kekahi mau mea ma ka naau o ka poe kahiko; Many things remain only in the memories of the elder people, (d.) A splendid dress; to put on a splendid dress and ornaments; (e.) to be armed for battle; armour; defensive weapons; (f.) to show honour; to dignify by honourable treatment; kahikohiko, to be very aged; to be well versed in ancient affairs; to speak the language of ancient times; to follow ancient customs. Cf. kahiko-kaua (Hale-kahiko-kaua-Whare-tawhito-taua), an armoury; lunakahiko, an elderly man of influence, from age, dignity of character, &c.

Tongan—cf. tefito, the root, origin.

Rarotongan — taito, old, ancient: E kite maata toku i to te aronga taito ra; I know more than the ancients.

Marquesan—tehito, old, ancient. Cf. tahito, fierce; proud.

Mangarevan—taito, and tehito, ancient; anciently; an aucestor of far-off times; (b.) perfectly; entirely; exceedingly: Ku ataata tehito te vaka; The canoe is exceedingly far away. Taitoito, less ancient than taito; aka-taito, ancient, antique; of other days; teito, anciently; anciently, but not archaic; not extremely ancient; (b.) perfectly; entirely. Cf. teitokito, extremely ancient.

Paumotan —tahito, ancient, antique. Cf. tapao-tahito, of ancient date.

TAHITO (myth.), some supernatural creatures or deities alluded to vaguely in old chants: Po ki tipua, tetahi po; Po ki tawhito tetahi po— A. H. M., i. 29. The god Tiki (the deified first man or creator of man) is called Tikitawhito (G. P., 423), and Whiro, the god of thieves, in also called Whiro-te-Tupua and Whiro-te-Tawhito, in the same incantation. It is probably a title “The Ancient One.”

Hawaii. —Tawhito (Kahiko) appears in all the old genealogies as some god-like ancestor. In the Ulu genealogy, he is the eleventh in succession from Vatea and Papa; he is the son of Manatu (Manaku), and the father of Ruanuku (Luanuu). In the Nana-ulu genealogy, he is the twelfth from Vatea; is the son of Ruanuku, and father of Tiki (Kii). In the genealogy of Kapapaiakea, Tawhito is the son of Uriuri (Uliuli), and the father of Vatea (Wakea). In the genealogy of Kumuuli, he is the twenty-seventh from Huriwhenua (Hulihonua), and is the son of Ruatahatonga (Luakahakona) and the father of Vatea. In the genealogy of Tumuwhenua (Kumuhonua), several Tahito are mentioned, but one of these, Ka-wa-Kahiko, is associated with Ka -wa-Kupua, as in the Maori verse above quoted. The chant of Moi-keha says that Tawhito is “the Root of the Land; he divided and separated the islands.” A legend states that, in times inconceivably remote, a Head was seen in heaven, which asked, “Who is the earthly king that conducts himself well ?” and the people all answered, “Tawhito is that King. He is skilful, he is a priest and diviner, and he sacrifices himself in finding out the way to benefit his people.” Tawhito had three sons; from the first, Vatea. sprung the chiefs, or Alii; from the second, Rihau-ura (Lihau-ula), descended the priests or kahuna; from the third, Matuku (Makuu), came the husbandmen, or Makaainana.

TAWHITU (tàwhitu), seven, seventh: Hei tawhitu, hei tawharu, ka haere mai ia. Cf. whitu, seven. [For comparatives, see Whitu.]

TAWHIU (tàwhiu), to drive together, to hunt up; Cf. ta, to strike; whiu, to drive; to lash; karawhiu, to whirl, to swing round; porowhiu, to throw; kowhiuwhiu, to fan, to winnow.

TAWHIUWHIU, to whirl round and round. [For comparatives, see Whiu.]

TAWHIWHI, to be entwined; tangled, twisted. Cf. whiwhi, to be entagled.

Hawaiian —kahihi, to entangle, to choke, as weeds do plants; entanglement, perplexity; (b.) to cause one to be entangled by a kapu (tapu) or law; (c.) to slander, to entangle one by accusing him; (d.) to block up an entrance. Cf. hihi, the running, spreading, or entwining of vines thick together; hihia, a thicket of forest.

Tahitian—tafifi, the name of a running plant, used medicinally by the natives; (b.) a person or thing that causes entanglement; to entangle. Cf. fifi, entangled, intricate.

Mangarevan—tahihi, to be entangled, said of threads, cords, &c.; (b.) to be entangled in a wood, said of the hair, &c.; tahihihihi, to page 501 be very much entangled; mixed up. [For full comparatives, see Whiwhi.]

TAWHIWHI, the name of a shrub (Bot. Pittosporum tenuifolium).

TE, the (singular definite article): Ko Hina te tuahine, ko Rupe te tungane—P. M., 36. Sometimes the article is dispensed with: Ka ki atu tangata ra ki tona wahine—A. H. M., ii. 7.

Samoan—le, the: ‘O le à le tau?’ What is the price ? Ofea le vai ta ‘ele? Where is the bathing place?

Tahitian—to, the: Te tumu Taaroa, te papa; Tangaroa is the Root, the Foundation.

Hawaiian — ke, the. It is used before all nouns commencing with k, before a few commencing with p, and before a very few commencing with m; the generallyused definite article being ka: Kiina mai la e na kaku ma ke kaulua; He was sent for by his guardians on the double-canoe: Oki loa iho la ka aina i ka wi; The land is utterly destroyed by famine.

Moriori—ta, the: Ko Rangimata ta ingo o ra waka; Rangimata was the name of that canoe.

Marquesan—te, the: I vavena o te A me Po; Between the Day and Night.

Mangarevan—te, the: E aka-aroa ana kotou ki te etua? Do you feel affection for the god? Ta is used as a definite article, but only when food is spoken of. It is also used in the sense common to the Maori ta, implying possession.

Aniwan— ta, the: Tenei ta fasao komari; This, the saying in true.

Rarotongan—te, the: I te ra e rua ngauru ma a i te marama; On the twenty-fourth day of the month.

Paumotan—te, the (also ta).

Ext. Poly.: Malagasy—cf. lay, the; that; a certain one.

Sikayana— cf. te, the.

TE (tè), apparently compounded of te and the verbal particle e: Ko koe tè mohio ana, for Ko koe te [mea] e mohio ana; You are the person who knows—W. W.

TE (tè), not: Tè ai he hara—Hopa, v. 24: Koia nga tamariki a Iharaira tè kai ai te uaua memenge—Ken., xxxii. 32. Cf. tekara, no, not.

Samoan —le (lè), not: Ua le alu atu; He would not go out. Also se in poetry. Cf. lèlotoa, to have no will or wish, lèmafai, to be unwilling; to be unable; lèlovi, rude, disrespectful.

Hawaiian—te, no, not, commonly used as a prefix.

Mangarevan—te, not; also used as prefix answering to the English un or in, as tehagahaga, idle (haga, to work); temotumotu, without interruption (motu, to break off); tepunu, to pierce (punu, whole, sound.

TE (tè), to crack, to snap; to give a sharp, explosive report. Cf. patatè, to break with a cracking sound. 2. To break wind (Lat. pedite).

Samoan—cf. te, to be split open, as chestnuts and seeds of breadfruit when beginning to grow; to burst open, as a cooked banana bursting from the skin.

Tahitian—cf. tètè, two shells struck together as a token of mourning for the dead; to make a noise, as the beaten shells; to be noisy, as a great talker; faa-tete, to procure or make use of a tete, that is, of the oyster - shells formerly struck together in token of the death of a person; patè, to strike, as flint and steel, the clapper of a bell, &c.

Hawaiian—cf. ukeke, the name of an ancient pulsatile instrument among the natives; a harp; keke, scolding.

TETE (tetè), to exert oneself; strenuous Cf. kutete, to urge on; horotete, exhausted; worn ont.

Hawaiian —ke, to force, to compel, to urge on; to be intent upon; to press forward, to go ahead in any affair; keke, to strive together, to contend; to scold; to be angry at; (b.) to skin, to pull off the skin; to show the teeth, as a cross dog; hoo-keke, to press hard upon; to be intent upon; to carry a point.

TETE (tètè), the figurehead of a canoe. Cf. tete, the head of a spear. 2. A canoe with a plain figurehead.

Samoan —cf. tete, to put out the tongue; to have protruding eyes; to have a protruding clitoris.

Hawaiian—cf. keke, to scold, to be angry at; to show the teeth, as a cross dog.

Tongan—cf. te, to float in the water; faka-te, to run canoes, to sail for pleasure.

Whaka-TE (whaka-tè), to squeeze fluid out of anything. Cf. korotè, to squeeze; whetè, to be forced out; kòtè, to spout out.

Whaka-TETE, to milk. Cf. mote, to suck; ngote, to suck.

Samoan —cf. fa'a-tè, to expose the person indecently.

Tahitian—faa-te (faa-tè), to draw out, as in milking, or to squeeze the vi (Tahitian yellow - apple) juice. Cf. ote, to suck; faa-ote, to suckle; ee, (for keke,) the breast of a woman; fetee, to burst out through pressure, as the contents of a bag.

Hawaiian—cf. ke, to force, to thrust, to push; to crowd together at a door or about a person; keke, a word used to children charging them to cover up their private parts; kiki, to squirt; to spurt, as water pressed through a small orifice; to practise masturbation; ki, to squirt.

Tongan —cf. te, to float; tea, white; tetee, to hang, to suspend; to burst forth; faka-tetee, to put or push out, as the tongue; tetea, whitish, pale.

Rarotongan—cf. keke, the breast of a woman.

Mangarevan—cf. totitititi, to fall drop by drop.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji —cf. titi, to ooze, to flow gently down.

Malagasy — cf. tery, the act of milking cows; terena, being milked.

Malay—cf. tetek, the breast; chichi, to trickle, to drop; chicheh, membrum virile; titik, to drop, to trickle.

Tagal — cf. dibdib, the breast.

Macassar —of. ditti, a tickler; the clitoris; dadi, to milk; titi, to drip.

TEA, white. Cf. horotea, pale; kotea, pale; katea, whitened; motea, white-faced; atea, clear, free from obstruction; papatea, having no tattoo marks on the face; taitea, light-coloured sap-wood; tuatea, pale; watea, unoccupied, clear. 2. Light, not dark.

TEATEA, dread, fear. Cf. tetea, to gnash the teeth.

Samoan — tetea, light-coloured; (b.) an albino. Cf. teateavale, to be pale, as from sickness or fear.

Tahitian—tea, white; teatea white: E teatea ona niho i te ù; His teeth will be white with milk. Tetea, a person who always remains in the shade and thereby becomes white; faa-teatea, to bleach, to whiten. Cf. putea, fair, whitish; matea, to be pale; oteatea, white; the flower of the page 502 plantain; mateatea, a pale face through sickness or fear; aretea, the white waves of an agitated sea; mamatea, the sappy part of wood; faka-te, to squeeze out, as in milking; ote, to suck.

Hawaiian—kea, white, pellucid, clear: I one uli, i one kea; To the dark shore, to the white shore, (b.) The semen of males; keakea, the semen of males; kekea, the semen of males. Cf. palakea, anything soft and white; clear, unclouded; puakea, pale, wanting colour; akea, open, spacious; akeakea, to fade, to lose colour; opuakea, clearness, whiteness.

Tongan—tea, whitish in colour; tetea, whitish, pale, pallid; fakatea, to shame; to affright; to turn pale [see Whaka-Ma.] Cf. ahotefea, morning light; atetea, any place in the sea where the bottom is white sand and visible; uhatea, rain that falls while the sun shines; lavatea, black and white; speckled.

Rarotongan — teatea, white: Kia vai teatea ua mairai toou kakau; Let your clothes always be white.

Marquesan—tea, white; teea. fair, beautiful: Atanua teea, taetae nui a peehu; Atanua was fair, very rich and soft: Te etua niho teea; The god with the white teeth. Tetea, animal semen, Cf. makatea, to whiten, spoken of the sea; oatea, a light, a luminary.

Mangarevan—tea, white, blanched: Tiki huki ki te toka tea; He sought also the white coral; (b.) unpolished, dull; (c.) one who is trapped, frustrated; teatea, whitish; (b.) heavy rain; aka-tea, to make red with shame; to mock anyone; aka-teatea, pride, arrogance, ostentation. Cf. avatea, mid-day: ohotea, chestnut hair; pakutea, white skin; putea, white (of white skin), (cf. Malay); urutea, scattered, only said of white things; aka-pakutea, to be pale.

Paumotan — faa-tea, to clear, to brighten; faka-tea, to clear away, to remove.

Ext. Poly.: Malay—cf puteh, white.

Java —cf. puteh, white.

Bugis — cf. mapute, white.

Matabello — cf. maphuti, white.

Brissy—cf. muty, white.

TEA, where? Cf. tehea, which? hea, what place? ahea, when?

TEHATEHA, Whaka-TEHATEHA a lie, a falsehood. Cf. teka, false, lying.

Hawaiian —cf. kehakeha, to be proud, to be arrogant; hoo-kehakeha, to be proud; to imitate a chief in manners and dignity.

Tahitian— cf. tefatefa, to look repeatedly at one's dress, from conceit.

Samoan—cf. tefa, to stumble sideways.

Tongan — cf. tefa, fondling, caressing.

TEHE, the male organ when the glans penis is left uncovered by the prepuce, in some persons resembling the effect of circumcision. Allusion is made to it by the natives in a spirit of jesting reproach. 2. Men so formed. 3. Semen. Cf. tahe, menses of women; abortion. [See Hawaiian.]

Samoan —tofe, to perform an operation on lads equivalent to circumcision. Cf. tafe, to flow; tafelotoi, to be streaming with blood; tefeaitu, born as if one circumcised (i.e. circumcised by the aitu, or god); a term of reproach.

Tahitian—tehe, to castrate animals; (b.) to split the prepuce above (supercision). Cf. vaiuretehe, a disorder caused by the custom of tehe; tehetehepi, the attendants of the king or principal chief seizing and cultivating land wherever they can find it; tahe, to run, as any liquid; patehe, to castrate; a castrated brute; teu, the menses.

Hawaiian — kahe, to cut or slit longitudinally; to cut off (Kahe-omaka, to circumcise after the Hawaiian fashion); (b.) to castrate; (c.) to shave; (d.) a flowing, a flowing of blood. Cf. kaheule, to circumcise.

Marquesan—tehe, to castrate.

Mangarevan —tehe, circumcision; to circumcise; (b.) to castrate; (c.) to cut well, said of a knife.

Paumotan — tehega, circumcision.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji —cf. teve, to circumcise (a word tapu before women).

Whaka-TEHE, the lines of tattooing on a woman's chin.

TEHEA, which? Cf. tea, where? hea, what place? ahea, when?

Samoan —lefea, which? Cf. sefea, which? fea, where?

Tahitian —tehea, which? Cf. teihta, at what place? nohea, whence? tefea, where? ahea, when?

Hawaiian —cf. hea, which? what? when?

Paumotan —tehea, where?

TEHOTEHO, pudendum muliebre.

TEI, the name of a bird, the Brown Duck (Orn. Anas chlorotis).

TEINA, the younger brother of a male: A ka miharo ona tuakana ki to ratou teina—P. M., 17. 2. The younger sister of a female: Ko koe ano te teina o o tuakana i whakarihariha nei ki o raua tahu—Ehe., xvi. 45. [See also Taina.]

Samoan —tei, a younger brother or sister.

Tahitian —teina, a younger brother or sister: E i muri ae fanau maira tona teina; After that time his brother was born.

Hawaiian— kaina, a younger of two brothers or two sisters: Haua aku la ko kaina; Your younger brother has been whipped, (b.) To move slowly and softly, as a weak person trying to walk; kaikaina, the younger of two brothers or sisters. Cf. kai, to lift up the foot and walk, as an infant in beginning to walk; to lead, guide, direct; kaikamahine, a daughter; kaikunane, the brother of a sister; kaikuaana, the elder of two brothers or sisters.

Tongan—tehina, a younger brother or sister. Cf. fototehina, younger brothers or cousins (male).

Rarotongan —teina, a younger brother or sister: Kua aere pikikaa mai toou teina i ko nei; Your younger brother came with subtlety: E teina no te puruki; A younger brother of war.

Marquesan —teina, a younger brother; a cadet. Cf. kuiteina, an aunt.

Mangarevan —teina, a younger brother, sister, or cousin; only used if of the same sex as the speaker. It is used for cousins to the sixth degree. This applies to tuakana also, (b.) A term of tenderness used by an old person to a little child.

Paumotan —teina, a younger brother or sister.

Ext. Poly.: Motu —cf. tadina, a younger brother or sister.

Fiji —cf. taci-na (tathi-na), a younger brother or sister; also a cousingerman.

Sikayana—cf. teina, a brother.

TEITEI, high, tall: Ka taupokina nga maunga teitei katoa—Ken., vii. 29. 2. The summit.

Samoan —cf. tete'i, to be rising (of the tide).

Tahitian —teitei, high, tall, exalted; faateitei, to raise, to exalt; (b.) to praise; faatetei, to strive for the upper hand or mastery. Cf. teiteiraupaa, a large man when overcome page 503 by a little man; a large quantity of food consumed by a few men; ohiteitei, a cascade from a great height; teniteni, high, exalted; to exalt another.

Hawaiian —kei, an expression of wonder—Glorious! excellent! stupendous! (b.) to praise, to extol; glory; a boasting; highmindedness; keikei, to glory, to boast; to be proud; haa-kei, to be lifted up with honour or pride.

Rarotongan— teitei, proud, conceited : Ko te mata teitei, te arero pikikaa; A proud look, a lying tongue, (b.) High E atinga ra te au tangata i teianei ra ki runga i te ngai teitei ra; There is a sacrifice of the people to-day upon the high places. Cf. ake-ngateitei, to honour.

Mangarevan —teitei, grand, great, exalted, high up; (b.) steep, scarped, cragged; aka-tei, to chase away, to expel; aka-teitei, to raise up, to extol, to honour. Cf. putei, to raise itself on high, said of trees; puteitei, a high place; a peak of a hill; teitama, adolescent; tekiteki, an elevated place; a chair, a seat.

Marquesan —cf. keikei, large, huge, enormous.

Paumotan —teitei, high, exalted; faka-teitei, to raise, to heighten; (b.) to boast.

TEIWAKA, the name of a bird, the Shoveller (Orn. Rhynchaspis variegata).

TEKA, false, lying: Kei meinga hei kai-whakaatu teka—Eko., xxiii. 1: Ka kitea hoki e koutou ki te mea he korero teka taku—Hopa, vi. 28. Cf. keka, mad, deranged; teka, a dart; to urge on.

Whaka-TEKA, to disbelieve; sceptical: A mate katoa aua iwi whakateka—A. H. M. i. 150. Cf. whaka-tehateha, a lie; falsehood.

Samoan—te'a. to be away from; (b.) to be clear of, to be rid of: (c.) to be weaned; fa'ate'a, to cast off; to reject; to expel.

Tahitian—cf. tea, any piece of wood fastened crossways.

Hawaiian —kea, a cross, the form of a cross; one post upright, the other transverse; (b.) to hinder or object to (as pea, a cross; see Maori Peka); keakea, to hinder or object to that which would be to the advantage of another; hoo-kea, to obstruct one as he goes along; to struggle against. Cf. olokea, to cross, to vex; to be cross, to be fretful; disobliging.

Marquesan — tekateka, across, athwart; (b.) sinful, sinning. Cf. tekao, to say, to tell.

Mangarevan — teka, to declare; to meditate: as teka-te-keu, to declare war; teka-patuga, to meditate an assault; (b.) to support; a scaffolding; to put a support to keep anything off the ground.

TEKA, to drive forward, to urge on. 2. A game of dart-throwing; the name of the small dart so thrown: He ra takaro no te iwi he tà potaka he teka niti—A. H. M., ii. 158. 3. A kind of spell or incantation: Ko te ingoa o taua karakia, he teka—P. M., 158. 4. The crutch of a ko or digging-stick.

TEKATEKA, to throw a dart in the game of niti or teka; He tino mohio rawa a Hutu ki te tekateka niti—A. H. M., ii. 158. 2. To be at one's wits'-end; distracted.

TETEKA (tèteka), numbed.

Whaka-TETEKA (whaka-tèteka), to desire; to intend; to meditate.

Samoan —te'a, the name of a game.

Tahitian—tea, an arrow shot from a bow; (b.) a beam, rafter, or horizontal stick to fasten an upright piece to; (c.) any piece of wood fastened crossways; faa-tea, to procure a beam; to put a beam or a piece of wood horizontally: (b.) to apply a leaf or plaster to a sore; (fig.) to apply comfort to the afflicted, Cf. ahitea, a five brand tied to the end of an arrow and shot over a river or other water to a person on the other side [see Maori Pere]; taatatea, an archer.

Hawaiian—kea, to shoot or throw arrows of cane; (b.) the name of a play of children with arrows of cane; (c.) a cross; the form of a cross, viz.: one post upright, the other transverse. [see Peka.] Cf. keapua, to throw or shoot arrows of the sugar-cane, a play of children, but formerly of men.

Tongan —teka, a name of a game; (b.) a kind of sandal; (c.) a piece of wood fastened to the mast to wrap the rope upon; (d.) to roll; teteka, to glance to and fro; (b.) to separate from; (c.) to be leaving; (d.) to go towards, as a canoe to a reef; faka-teka, to drive animals; (b.) to roll over and over; (c.) to roll upon another, as the blame of a transaction. Cf. tekanoa, to occur accidentally; an odd one.

Marquesan — teka, to throw a spear at a mark, making it bound along the ground or ricochet.

Mangarevan —teka, to declare; to meditate, as teka te keu, to declare war; teka-patunga, to meditate an assault; (b.) a support, a scaffolding; (c.) to carry.

Paumotan —teka, an arrow.

TEKAHA (tèkaha), but then (a word used as a conjunction):

TEKARA (tèkara), no, not. Cf. te, not.

TEKAU, ten: Tekau nga taro e tihi ana i tona aroaro—P.M., 51. Cf. tautau, a cluster; to tie in bunches; kau, to swim; tatau, to count.

Samoan —cf. ‘au, a bunch of bananas; a troop of warriors; a class or company; a shoal of fish; au'au, to review troops; ‘aufale, liviug together in a house; ‘auva'a, a boat's crew.

Tahitian — taau, twenty, or ten couples. Cf. tau, a small indefinite plural; auono, a large fleet; a company of travellers; autahua, a company of priests; au, to swim in the water; aufenua, the permanent inhabitants of a place.

Hawaiian —cf. kakau, to write, to write upon; to paint or print upon kapa (native cloth) as in former times; to describe, to mark; kau, to dot; to write; to hang; auhau, to exact tribute; auwaa, a cluster of fleet of canoes; auna, a flock of birds; ho-auna, to collect, as a flock of birds.

Tongan—tekau, twenty. Cf. onogakau, sixty; uagakau, two-score; gauta, many in number; to be in motion, applied to a great number; kau, seventy; the sign of the plural, applying generally to rational beings; kauga, an associate; faka-kau, to put in scores or twenties; kauvaka, the crew of a vessel; kauhiva, singers.

Marquesan—tekau, twenty.

Mangaian—takau, ten pairs (as mano, the Maori one thousand, in Mangaia = two thousand). Cf. au, an assembly; kaunuku, in groups.

Mangarevan —takau, a double ten. Cf. takao, twenty; to speak; conversation; tauga, a double ten; tekau, the general name for all small islands of the Archipelago; kokoua, a crowd, a multitude; kouika, a shoal of fish.

Futuna — cf. kau, a multitude; a troop; kauvaka, sailors.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. kau a bunch of bananas; kaukau, ten mats made of cocoanut - leaves; veikaukau, growing to- page 504 gether.

Malay—cf. kaum, family (lineage); kawan, a herd, a troop; an associate.

Sika—yana— cf. kataua, ten. [Note.—It is evident that there was an original Polynesian word kau, a troop of persons; a cluster of things, &c. The Tongan kauwaka, a crew; kaugane, fellow-workmen; kaumea, a companion; the Samoan ‘au, a bunch of bananas; a troop of warriors; ‘aufale, women living together in a house; the Tahitian auono, a large fleet, or company ot travellers; autahua, a company of priests; the Mangaian kaunuku, in groups, &c., all point to a word signifying “collection, assemblage.”]

TEKE, pudendum mnliebre: A ka kite atu a ia i te take o te wahine ra e tuwhera mai ana— A. H. M., iv. 89.

Tongan—cf. tekefili, to lie exposed; tekefua, naked, stripped; tekelei, bare, exposed.

Marquesan—cf. puteketeke, boss, a protuberance; teke, to sprout.

Paumotan—cf. take, to fructify, to be fruitful; teketeke, spawn.

Ext. Poly.: Meralava—cf. tegei, the belly.

Motlav—cf. tgege, the belly.

Fiji—cf. seke, the mons veneris.

TEKETEKE, the elbow. Cf. tukituki, the elbow.

TEKI, the outer fence of a pa or fort.

TEKI, to drift with the anchor down but not touching the bottom.

Whaka-TEKI, to suspend so as not to touch the ground.

TEKO, a rock: I rere ki te koraha ki te teko o Rimono—Kai., xx. 47: Me nga pari teko nei— P. M., 160.

TEKOTEKO, a carved figure on the gable of a house : A ka tae ki te tekoteko, mahue ake— P. M., 24.

Tahitian—cf. teoteo, loftiness, haughiness, pride.

Hawaiian—cf. keo, proud, haughty.

Paumotan—cf. tekoteko, to carry one's head high; conceited; to strut.

TENA, that spoken of a person or thing near or connected with the person addressed: Ko te wai heru tena na, ko te wai whakaata tenei na—P. M., 57. Cf. tenei, this; tera, that.

Samoan—lena, that: Pe se fale o ai lena ? Whose house is that ? Cf. sena, that; lenei, this.

Tahitian—tena, that, that close by you; tenana, that by you.

Hawaiian—kena, that person: E like me kena olelo; As that person said. Cf. kela, that.

Marquesan—tena, that: He aha te hana o tena atua ? What is the work of that god? Cf. tenei, this.

Tongan—cf. koena, that; koeni, this; hena, that place; there.

Paumotan—tena, this.

Mangarevan—tena, that: Moku tena vahi e; That part is for me. Cf. tera, that; pena, like that.

TENA, there, here: Ka karanga atu a Whakatau ‘Tena koa, ruku mai !’—P. M., 62. 2. Used as a form of encouragement or invitation: Tena, e Rua, haere ki te kainga—P. M., 73. 2. To encourage.

Whaka-TENATENA, to encourage.

Samoan—lena, there.

Hawaiian—kena, to command, to give orders; (b.) to send to, as an officer on business.

TENA, but (conj.)

TENE, to press with urgent solicitation; to importune. 2. Invented, devised.

Whaka-TENETENE, to annoy, to provoke.

TENEI, this near the speaker: Haere atu koe i roto i tenei whare—P. M., 13. Cf. tena, that; tera, that; nei, denoting position near the speaker; penei, like this. 2. Here. 3. Now.

Samoan—lenei, (also senei, and sinei,) this: Ua ou iloa, o loo ia te oe lenei mea; I know that this thing is with you: O le fea lenei nuu ? What is this country? (b.) Now; (c.) therefore.Cf. lena, that; nei, this; now.

Tahitian—cf. teienei, this; tena, that; nei, here in this place; now at this time.

Hawaiian —cf. kena, that, that person; nei, this place or time.

Tongan—cf. heni, this place, here; heaa, that place, there; koeni, this.

Rarotongan— cf. teianei, this.

Marquesan— tenei, this. Cf. tena, that; inei, here; nei, here.

Mangarevan— tenei, this: Moku tenei wahi e; This part is for me. Cf. penei, like this; tena, that.

Aniwan—tenei, this: Tenei te fasao komari; This, the saying is is true. Cf. nei, this; tera, that.

Ext. Poly.: Malay—cf. sini, here.

Sikayana—cf. tenei, this.

Formosa—cf. inni, in a place; inzini, here.

Macassar—cf. inni, this.

TENETENE, the uvula, a soft round spongy body suspended from the palate over the glottis.

TENO, notched; cut in hollows.

TENGA, “Adam's apple,” the cartilaginous prominence in the throat.

Samoan—cf. tega, the thigh; the upper part of the arm.

Hawaiian—cf. kena, sad, sorrowful; kenakena, to weep, to groan. [See Fijian.]

Tongan—cf. tega, the thigh; a swelling, a tumour; the seeds of trees and plants; tege, to swell up; faka-tega, to concrete, to grow hard.

Mangarevan—cf. tega, the belly swelled by too much food.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. tagitagi, the windpipe. pomum Adami. [See Tangi.]

Malagasy— cf. tenda, the throat; tendabe, the windpipe.

TENGI, three. Cf. matatengi, thick (as toru, three, and matotoru, thick).

TEO, a stick. 2. To stick in the ground.

TEOTEO, the name of a bird, a small variety of Shag or Cormorant.

Whaka-TEPE, to do anything with regularity and without omission; to perform completely.

TEPEPEPE, a clot of blood; a coagulation. 2. A jelly-fish.

TERA, that, that person or thing at some distance, away either from the speaker or the person addressed; that other, the other. Sometimes used instead of the personal pronoun: Tera Taranaki te tu mai ra i te tai uru—M. M., 84. Cf. tena, that; tenei, this; pera, thus. 2. There. Cf. ra, there, yonder.

Samoan—lela, that: Sei ui a'e i le tala lela; Go to that end of the house. (b.) There. Cf. lena, that; lenei, this.

Tahitian—tera, (also era,) that at a distance. Cf. tena, that, that close by.

Hawaiian—kela, that, that person, that thing: O kela mai ka mea e uuku ai na kanaka o ia wa; That sickness was what reduced the number of people at that period. Cf. kena, that person.

Marquesan —tea, that: Umoi oe e ai i tea; You must not page 505 eat that. Cf. tena, that; tenei, this.

Mangarevan— tera, that: Homai ta tera; Give that (thing) hither. Teratera, such a one. Cf. kitera-kitera, these and those persons.

Aniwan—tera, that. Cf. ra, that; tenei, this.

Paumotan—tera, that. Cf. tena, this. Ext. Poly:

Sikayana—cf. tela, there.

TERAKA (myth), the parent of Maui—A. H. M., ii. 71. [See Taranga and Maui.]

TERE, to drift from moorings. Cf. tatere, moving about; loose, unfixed. 2. To float: Kia kumea mai te kauri i te wao, tere ana ki te tonga—M. M., 206. Cf. poteretere, dripping wet: kutere, soft, nearly liquid 3. To swim: Tena taua ka tere ki reira—A. H.M., v. 67. 4. To move swiftly; to be quick. Kia tere! Be quick!

TERETERE, a troop, a company of travellers: Haere mai hea ? Teretere nui no Tu ?—G. P., 144. 2. To float, as in air or space:Te ao e teretere noa ana—A. H. M., i. App. [With this example, “the Earth floating without restraint,” cf. the Hawaiian: A lewa wale ana no ka honua i ka luni; “The Earth was floating freely in mid-heaven.” Also the Maori: Ko te Rangi e teretere ana i runga i te whenua; “The heavens floating above the earth” — A. H. M., i. 43. 3. To float, as on the water. 4. To flow, as a liquid. 5. The name of a species of lizard: Te tuatara, te teretere, te kumukumu, te mokoparae—A. H. M., ii. 172.

TETERE, large; swollen. Cf. terehu, a porpoise.

Whaka-TERE, to buoy up, to make to float; buoyant: Ka tango ia i nga taha e ono, hei whakatere mona—P. M., 130.

Whaka-TETERE, to swell up: Ka whakatetere ki tona poho—P. M., 20.

Samoan—tele, to plane, to smooth off; a plane; (b.) great, large: E le ua tele ea au amio leaga? Is not your wickedness great ? (c.) Plentiful, many: A le talia ea upu ua tele ? Shall not your many words be answered ? Te- tele, to shave; (b.) to clear, as fruit-trees of useless branches, &c.; (c.) to rub quickly, as when the wood is going to ignite, in making fire by friction; teletele, to be quick; to step out; fa'a-tele, to enlarge, to increase; (b.) to multiply. Cf. ‘aitele, a great eater, a glutton; lautele, a large leaf; wide; widely known; common; màtele, to excel; ta'atele, to abound; taitetele, flood-tide; tàitetele, large gatherings of people; tatele, large; telea'i, to run quickly; televave, to be very quick.

Tahitian—tere, a journey or voyage: E ino rahi to teie nei tere; This will be a disastrous voyage. (b.) A travelling company; (c.) the object or business a person has in view when he takes a journey; (d.) to sail, as a canoe; (e.) to slide or slip along; (f.) to spread out; faa-tere, to steer a boat, canoe, or ship; the steersman; (b.) to guide or direct, as in national affairs; (c.) to go on with an oration or speech. Cf. terearii, the errand or journey of the sovereign; atere, to spread; terearu, a canoe passing throught a rough sea; teretereaurua, to go by two and two; teretereora, the walk of a person just recovering from sickness; faa-tereau, to go with leisure and caution; matere, to be able to go, as an invalid; matereore, immovable; ratere, travellers; oteretere, to move slowly, to creep along.

Hawaiian—kele, mud, mire; the fat of animals; grease, or whatever induces slipperiness; (b.) to slip, to slide, to glide easily; (c.) to sink in the sea or mud; (d.) to be entangled at the bottom of the sea when diving; (e.) to sail far out to sea as a canoe; reached by sailling; kelekele, to sail about in a boat for pleasure; to glide easily here and there; (b.) fat, grease; fat meat, in opposition to lean; (c.) fat, plump, large; (d.) mud, mire! hoo-kele, to steer a ship or oanoe; (b.) the steersman; (c.) to praise, to extol; hoo-kelekele, to slip or glide easily; (b.) to sail about for pleasure in a canoe or boat; (c.) to bathe a child nearly dead with famine; (d.) to scatter water; to wet mats. Cf. ukelekele, muddy, miry; slippery, as a road; kukele, to slip easily, to glide about, as a boat in smooth water for pleasure; to tremble; to be muddy; to be slippery, as a bad road; a slipping of the feet in walking; nakele, a soft boggy place.

Tongan—tele, to shave; to plane, to smooth off; a razor, a plane, &c.; teletele, to plane, to scrape; faka-tele, to fish by drawing the hook after the canoe; (b.) to make short ex-cursions for the purpose of looking out in time of war; to reconnoitre. Cf. tatele, to slip along, to slide on an even surface; fetateleaki, to glide along; to cut through, as in the water; faka-te, to run canoes; to sail for pleasure; telefua, nakedness.

Marquesan —tee, to go by sea. Cf. teenei, a coward; uutee, a ship.

Mangarevan—tere, to be fat; (b.) to swell out, to be inflated; bloated; (c.) to go properly; to walk well; (d.) to steer; teretere, a knife; anything which cuts well; aka-tere, to tack about; to change places; (b.) to steer a ship; (c.) to remove a house; (d.) to make water run over a large extent of land; to irrigate widely; (e.) to divulge; (f.) to make fruit ripe; (g.) to swell, to swell out; (h) to send forth a noise. Cf. matatere, fat; a messenger; a wanderer, a vagabond.

Paumotan— teretere, to row, to paddle; faka-tere, a steersman; faka-teretere, to navigate.

Ext. Poly.: Sikayana—cf. tere, to run; faka-tere, to slacken a rope.

Malagasy—cf. tery, the act of milking cows; terena, being milked.

TEREHU (terehù), the porpoise (Ich. Phocœna communis). cf. tere, to swim; tetere, large, swollen; huhu, to whiz.

TETAHI, one, a, a certain one; another; He taha pako tetahi taha; he taha ma tetahi taha—Wohl., Trans., vii. 48. Cf. tahi, one. 2. Some: E Ta, kawea atu tetahi wai moku— P. M., 164. Plural Etahi, some, some others.

Samoan—cf. tasi, one; another.

Tahitian— tetahi, one, a, a certain one. Cf. tahi, one; tatahi, one by one, singly.

Hawaiian —kekahi, one, someone: A o iho la kekahi i ka polulu; Someone pierced him with a spear. (b.) Certain: Olelo ino aku la ia i kekahi mau elemakule; He spoke reproachfully to certain old men. Cf. kahi, one.

Rarotongan— tetai, a certain one, a single one: Kua karanga atura tetai vaine ra; The one woman said. Plural etai, some, a few: E noo ua atu ei ki ona i etai rà; Stay with him a few days.

Marquesan—tetahi, one; another: Ei me haake i tetahi vai me tetahi vai; To separate the waters from the waters. (b.) Also; (c.) once more. Cf. etahi, one; titahi, one; tahi, one.

Mangarevan—tetahi, other, the other: E mau matau hana tetahi; Shining fish-hooks page 506 were the other (present). (b.) Also.

Paumotan—tetahi, other, different; etahi, someone.

TETE, to stand fixed in the ground. 2. The head of a spear. Cf. tètè, the figurehead of a canoe; katete, a piece joined to a spear to lengthen it.

Whaka-TETE, to disturb, to annoy, to quarrel with: Kaua ra taua e whakatete ki a taua— Ken, xiii. 8. 2. To act perversely, to act waywardly: Ki te mahi whakatete o tana iwi—A. H. M., v. 50. 3. To grin at in a vexing way: Ka whakatete a Tawhaki ki a ia— Wohl., Trans, vii. 44. Cf. tetè, to exert oneself.

Hawaiian—cf. hoo-ke, to force, to compel, to urge on; to thrust, push, or drive at; to crowd together about a door or about a person; to assault one's house; displeasure; scolding; angry expression; hoo-keke, to press hard upon; to carry a point.

Tongan—cf. tete, to tremble; faka-tete, to hurry, to precipitate.

Marquesan—cf. tete, trembling caused by fever.

Mangarevan—cf. tete, to beat a drum with the fingers; to strike with the back of the hand on a door so that it should be opened; to be afraid, to tremble with fear (e manava tete, cowardly); tetetete, to shiver with cold.

Paumotan—cf. faka tete, to encroach.

TETE (tetè). [See under Te.]

TETE (tètè). [See under Te]

TETE, the names of certain birds (ducks); viz.: the Brown Duck (Orn. Anas chlorotis); the Wood Teal (Orn. Anas gibberifrons); the New Zealand Shoveller (Orn. Rhynch spis variegata).

TETEA, to show the teeth: He mea tui te ngutu kei tetea nga niho—A. H. M., i. 36. Cf. tea, white. 2. To gnash the teeth. Cf. whakatete, to annoy; to quarrel with; to grin at in an annoying manner.

TETEAWEKA, the name of a small tree (Bot. Olearia angustifolia).

TETEHI (for Tetahi,) one, a certain one: Engari me wehewehe raua, ki runga tetehi, ki raro tetehi—P. M., 7. [See Tetahi.]

TETEKA, [See under Teka.]

TETE-MOROITI, the name of a bird, the Wood Teal (Orn. Anas gibberifrons). Cf. tete, a kind of duck; moroiti, small.

TETE-PANGO, the name of a bird, the New Zealand Scaup, the Black Teal and Widgeon of the Colonists (Orn. Fuligula novæ-zealandiæ). Cf. tete, a kind of duck; pango, black.

TETERE (tètere), a trumpet: Ka kukume roa te tangi o te tetere—Eko., xix. 13. Cf. tatara, a trumpet; a wind instrument.

TETERE, [See under Tere.]

TETEWHERO, the Brown Duck (Orn. Anas chlorotis). Cf. tete, a kind of duck; whero, red.

TEURE (tèure), the ripe fruit of the kiekie plant. Syn. Ureure. Cf. ure, membrum virile.

TEWE, the membrane of the fætus. Cf. ewe, the placenta or afterbirth. 2. The fermented juice of the tutu, used as wine after being strained of the poisonous seeds.

Tahitian—cf. teve, the name of a plant and acrid root.

Hawaiian—cf. kekewe, swelled, full, as the belly.

Mangaian—cf. teve, an acrid tuberous plant (Bot. Amorphophallus campanulatus).

Mangarevan—cf. teve, the name of a bulbous poisonous plant.

TEWE, to yelp, as a dog.

TEWETEWE (for Tawatawa). [See Tawatawa.]

TEWHA, a song: Ka haere, te rongo o te tewha a Mataora ki te whare—A. H. M., ii. 6.

TEWHATEWHA, a wooden weapon, somewhat in the shape of an axe: He puahi te kahu, he tewhatewha te rakau—P. M., 102.

Marquesan—cf. teva, to guard oneself, to fend off.

TI (tì), to resemble; to appear to be: E ti ano he tangata; It looks like a man.

TI (tì), to deafen with clamour. 2. To turn a deaf ear.

TITI (tìtì), to squeak, to chirp like a rat or young bird. Cf. pipi, to cheep, to pipe. 2. To whisper. 3. To tingle.

TITITI, the cry of the kiore-rat.

Ext. Poly.: Macassar—cf. tjitji, to pipe, to cheep, as birds.

TI, the name of trees generally known as Cabbage-trees (Bot. Cordyline sp.): He ti ranei, he take korari ranei—A. H. M., i. 4. The root of ti (kauru) is esteemed as food. [In New Zealand, the plant called Tea-tree by the colonists is the Manuka (Bot. Leptospermum scoparium). This is sometimes erroneously written ti-tree, as though a native name.] 2. The name of games: Ti-ringaringa, a game played with the different fingers suddenly held up; ti-rakau, a game played with the feet: Te ti-ringaringa, te ti-rakau, te pakuru—P. M., 39. 3. (Ti-haere) Ti-trees which appear to change their position, as by magic, an evil omen: Waiho tonu iho hei ti-haere—P. M., 85.

Samoan—ti, a plant, from the leaves of which girdles are made; the root is much eaten in times of scarcity (Cordyline terminalis); titi, a girdle of ti-leaves. Cf. tì‘ula, a species of ti (Cordyline ferrea); tì‘ula, and tì‘ula, species of ti-trees.

Tahitian—ti, the name of a plant having a large and sweet root (Dracœna terminalis). Cf. tiupoorua, a man who has, besides his wife, a secret lover (lit. a ti-tree with two stems); titiporo, the name of a game.

Hawaiian—ki, the name of a plant having a saccharine root; the leaves are used for wrapping up bundles of food, as food for cattle, for thatching, &c. (Dracœna terminalis); kiki, the leaves used in tying up bundles of roots, &c.; (b.) a rough kind of basket. Cf. kihei, the name of a loose garment formerly worn by the native men.

Tongan—ji, the name of a tree; jiji, a dress for working in, made from the leaves of the ji.

Marquesan—ti, the name of a tree. Cf. timau, to thatch a house; tipapa, to sew leaves of ti together.

Rarotongan—ti, the name of a tree (Cordyline terminalis).

Mangarevan—ti, the name of a plant having sweet juice.

TITI (tìtì), the central brow-ornament of the facetattoo. Cf. tipare, a head-dress.

page 507

TITI (tìtì), the name of certain sea-birds, Buonaparte's Shearwater (Orn. Puffinus tenuirostris), and Cook's Petrel (Orn. Œstrelata cookii): Titti hua tahi—Prov.: Te titi e takaruri mai i te moana—S. T., 175: He titi rere ao ka kitea, he titi rere po ekore e kitea—Prov.

TIA, to stick in, to drive in; a peg, a stake. Cf. tira, a mast; titi, a peg, a nail; to stick in; tihoka, to stick in; matia, a spear. 2. Feathers stuck in for ornament; to stick feathers in the hair; to adorn by sticking in feathers: Tiaia to hou, kia pai ai koe ki mua ki te upoko— M. M., 176. 3. To appear as if the thing spoken of was a chief's head decked with feathers: Ka tia a Te Kawerau—Prov. (white crests of waves are signified). 4. To comb.

TIATIA, to drive in pegs, &c. 2. To adorn by sticking in feathers; ornamented by something stuck in or upon: A he mea tiatia haere aua mokai i runga i te wawa o te taiepa o te marae o te kainga—A. H. M., i. 36.

Tahitian—tia, to stand up: to abide, to remain; titia, short sticks used for fastening together the pieces of a canoe when building it. Cf. atia, a fence; aratia, the outposts of a house; tiatao, the name of a long spear; patia, a fence of upright sticks; a spear; to stab; tiatiaohe, the fetcher of arrows in the diversion of archery; tiapuna, an ornament of a canoe; tiapuu, an arrow shot farther than the preceding one; tea, an arrow.

Hawaiian—kia, a spike or nail; to drive, as a spike or nail; (b.) a pillar or inner post which supports the ridge of a house; (c.) a pillar or post set up for any purpose: A e kaulai no hoi ia ma na kia laau eha; You shall hang it on four posts. (d.) The mast of a ship or any vessel: A nalo aku la ke kia o kona moku; When the mast of his ship disappeared, (e.) A standing idol; (f.) to run or push against another; (g.) to catch birds or fish. Cf. kiaaina, a governor (lit. “the pillar or support of the land”); kakia, a nail, a pin, a wedge; to wedge or fasten up; kukia, to sat up a post or pillar; to raise up a mast; attentive; confidential; makia, a peg, a spike, &c.; to fasten as with spikes; papakukia, a mast; pokia, a post set up for birds to light on, in order that they may be caught.

Mangarevan—tia, to pierce, to bore; (b.) to fasten with a nail; (c.) to stick a piece of wood into the ground; (d.) to make a resolution; tiatia, to pierce with a needle or similar instrument; (b.) a talon, a claw; akatia, to dedicate, to reserve for another; (b.) to betroth; (c.) to choose for oneself; tiaga, intention, will, resolution; to be resolved. Cf. tiarakau, a forest, a nursery of trees; a plantation.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. ti, peaked downwards; to strike root or point downwards; tirà, to drive a stake in the earth by knocking the upper end of it; diva, the post or stake of a fence.

Malay—cf. tiang, a mast.

TIA, the abdomen; the lower abdomen: Me te wahine hoki i tona tia—Tau., xxv. 8.

Tahitian—tia, the bottom of the belly. Cf. tiaa, lewd; tiamaha, indecent exposure; tiratiamanava, the name of one part of the belly.

Marquesan—tia, the pubes. Cf. tiapu, a dress covering the whole body.

Mangarevan—cf. tiatoga, the kidneys; tiatiakai, food to be eaten at once without being put into the ground first; tiaveroai, to be naked,

Tongan—cf. jia, a mound or hillock raised with soil. Ext. Poly. : Solomon Islands—cf. tia, the trunk of the body, The following words mean “the belly”:—Magindano, tian; Ilocan, tian; Tagal, itan; Pampang, atian; Menado, tijan; Sanguir, tian; Wayapo, tihen; Morella, tiaka; Batu-merah, tiava; Lariki, tia; Saparua, teho; Awaiya, tia; Camarian, tiamo; Ahtiago, tian; Wahai, tiare; Espiritu Santo, tia; Meralava, teqei: Ysabel, (Gao,) tia; New Georgia, tia; Treasury Island, tia.

TIA, how great! E! e! e tia tonu tou humarire, me nga pari teko nei!—P. M., 160: E tia! he waha tangata—P. M., 115. 2. Frequent.

TIA (myth.), one of the ancestral chiefs who arrived in the Arawa canoe from Hawaiki. He settled at Taupo—S. R., 51.

TIAHO (tìaho), to radiate, to shine, to emit rays: A na te tiaho o te ra, i riko ai o ratou kanohi—A. H. M., i. 49. Cf. aho, radiant light; mataaho, a window; ahoroa, the moon; titi, to shine. [For comparatives, see Aho.]

TIAKA, a dam, a mother.

TIAKA (tìaka), (also Tianga,) a kind of mat.

TIAKAKAHI (tiakàkahi), on the meridian, said of the sun.

TIAKI, to guard; to keep; a guardian, a keeper; guarding, watching: He tiaki au no te putoe— A. H. M., ii. 9: Hei ngaki, hei tiaki hoki i reira—A. H. M., ii. 9: Ka haere ia, ka tae ki te tangata tiaki o te Toi—P. M., 56. 2. To watch, to wait for.

Tahitian—tiai, a keeper; to keep, to protect from harm: E rurutaina i te feia e tiai i te fare; When the keepers of the house tremble. (b.) To wait, to expect, to stay for a thing. Cf. tiairoa, the long-keeping of a thing.

Hawaiian—kiai, to watch over, to guard, to take charge of; to look out for; a guard, a watchman: Na keiki kiai pua; The children watching the flower: Aole kakou i like me na kanaka kiai alii a hipuupuu kahi malo; We are not the men who guard the king, belted up with sashes, (b.) To wait for, to expect. Cf. kiaipo, a night-watch; kiaipoo, a headguard; a title of the person who guarded the king for the time being; halekiai, a watchtower; meakiai, a guard, a protection; a preserver.

Tongan—cf. bujiaki, a pet, anything petted; to feed by hand.

Rarotongan— tiaki, to guard, to protect, to watch over: Kia inangaro marie koe iaia, e nana koe e tiaki; Love her, and she will watch over you.

Marquesan—tiaki, to guard, to take care of: Ei mahi e ei tiahi; To work at and guard it.

Mangarevan—tiaki, to guard, to take care of, to preserve, to oversee.

TIANGA (tìanga), (also Tiaka, and Tienga,) a ma to lie on.

TIARA, a traveller; one on an expedition: He ahua tiara—S. T., 181. Cf. ara, a path, a. way; to rise up; tirara, to be scattered.

TIARE (tìare), (also Tiere,) scent, odour.

Samoan—tiale, the flower of the pua (Gardenia).

Tahitian—tiare, the-name of a sweet-scented flower; (b.) flowers or blossoms page 508 in general.

Hawaiian—kiale, to emit a fragrant odour; (b.) the name of an odoriferous shrub (some say that it was brought from a foreign country, but it is mentioned in two ancient songs).

Tongan—cf. jiale, the name of a tree.

Marquesan—tiare, the name of a shrub with white and fragrant flowers.

TIARI, to hang up, to suspend. Cf. tairi, said of the sun when it appears to “hang” in the horizon; iri, to hang, to be suspended; moiri, suspended over.

TIAROA (tiàroa), a long straight side. Cf. roa, long.

Hawaiian— cf. kialoa a long beautiful canoe; a fisherman belonging to such canoe; a long fishing-line

TIEKE (tìeke), the name of a bird, the Saddle-back (Orn. Creadion carunculatus). 2. The name of a bird, the Jack-Bird (Orn. Creadion cinereus.) 3. A kind of black mat. Cf. tiaka, a kind of mat.

Whaka-TIEKE, to be conceited. Cf. tieki, the summit; tiketike, lofty, high.

TIEKI (Moriori,) the summit. Cf. tiketike, a pinnacle; high, lofty.

TIEMI, to play at the game called see-saw. 2. To be unsettled; to be cast adrift.

Tahitian—cf. tiehi, to expel, to drive away.

Hawaiian—cf. emi, to take a humble place; to fail in courage; to think oneself of little consequence; emiemi, to fall behind; backwardly; emikua, to go backwards; kuemi, to stand or retreat, as from something feared.

Tongan—cf. emi, to move, to shift, as the wind; emiemi, to move, to wriggle about; taemi, to jump or caper along.

Marquesan —cf. emi, to draw back, to withdraw.

Mangarevan—cf. tiemi, to tremble wiht fear or shame; to feel jerkings of the muscles, from sickness, &c., emiemi, to tremble with fear or rage.

Paumotan—cf.emiemi, fright, terror.

TIENGA (also Tianga, and Tiaka,) a mat to lie on.

TIEPA (tìepa), to hang loosely. 2. A framework of sticks on which was placed the offerings dedicated to a god—amongst these was the heart of the first man slain in battle (mataika): Me he ika pawhara na te atua ki runga te tiepa M. M., 209.

TIERE (for Tiare,) scent, odour. [See Tiare.]

Whaka-TIHAHA, a species of witchcraft whereby a woman who did not respond to a lover;s advances was driven mad and died: Tuarua o ona ingoa he whakatihaha—MSS.

TIHAHUHAHU (tìhahuhahu) to scatter about; to spread. Cf. hahu, to scatter.

TI-HAERE. [See Tr.]

TIHAERE (tìhaere), a bird-catching pole, on the end of which is a snare concealed among flowers.

TIHAKA, a kind of basket. Cf. tiaka, a kind of mat.

TIHAO (Kete-tihao), a basket for catching eels. Cf. hao, to catch in a net; to encompass. [For comparatives, see Hao.]

TIHAUORA (tìhauora,) the name of a plant.

TIHE (also Tiheora,) the name of a bird, the Stitch-Bird (Orn. Pogonornis cincta).

TIHE, to sneeze: Tihe, mauri tupu, mauri ora ki te waiao, ki te aomarama. Tihe, mauri ora. [This is the charm said when one sneezes, as “God bless you” is said in England. Generally only Tihe! mauri ora.] The charm at full lenght—A. H. M., ii. 24. Cf. tihewa, to sneeze; matihe, to sneeze.

Tahitian—cf. maitihe, to sneeze; sneezing; tohimauriora, an idolatrous prayer.

Hawaiian— kihe, to breathe hard; to snore: I kona ihu i kihe i ke kai; With his nose that spouts up the sea. Kihekihe, to pant or struggle for breath; to cough severely. Cf. kiha, to sneeze; the movements or convulsion in the act of sneezing; kiheo, to wheeze, to cough up phlegm; kike, to sneeze.

Marquesan— tihe, to sneeze; (b.) to arrive, to appear.

Mangarevan—tihe, to sneeze. [The general notion is that the spirit has returned after wandering. At Mangaia, when a person sneezes, they say, Ua nanave koe; “Thou art delighted.” At manihiki and Rakaanga (colouised from Rarotonga), They say to the spirit. Aere koe ki Rarotonga! “Go to Rarotonga!” At Rarotonga is said, A, kua oki mai koe! Ah, you have come back.]

TIHEI (tìhei) to carry a burden on the back, holding it in place with the hands. Cf. hei, to wear round the neck.

Hawaiian—cf. kihei, the name of the garment formerly worn by the Hawaiian men: a loose garment of kapa (native cloth) thrown over one shoulder and tied in a knot; it was thrown off at work; hei, to catch or entangle one by the neck or legs; to catch in a net.

TIHEKIORE, the hen Stitch-Bird. [See Tihe.]

TIHEORA (also Tihe,) the name of a bird, the Stitch-Bird (Orn. Pogonornis cincta.)

TIHERU (tìheru), a baler; to bale water out of a canoe.

TIHEWA, to sneeze. Cf. tihe, to sneeze. [For commparatives, see Tihe.]

TIHI, the summit: Ko te tihi o nga maunga tiketike —A. H. M., i. 163. 2. To lie in a heap, Cf. katihi, a stack of fern-root.

TIHINGA, the summit.

Whaka-TIHI, Piles of food.

Samoan—cf. tifi, to adorn; tifiga, adornings.

Tahitian—tihi, a sort of petticoat; (b.) a large quantity of cloth wrapped about the waist (in old times) and afterwards given to visitors; tihitihi, large, corpulent. Cf. tihirahi, a large corner-stone in a marae.

Hawaiian—kihi, the outside corner or projection of a things; (b.) the edge of a garment; (c.) the border or outside of a land or country; (d.) the extermity of a thing; the corner as of a board; the sharp point of a leaf; (e.) the commencement of evening, when darkness begins; kihikihi, to branch out from a curved surface; to holow out as sails in a wind; (b.) to branch off from the main body; (c.) the curving of the horns of the moon; the curving of the wings of a bird. Cf. poukihi, the corner post of a Hawaiian house.

TIHI-O-MANONO (myth.). [See Uru-o-Manono.]

page 509

TIHI-PU, the name of a shell-fish (Zool. Trochus elenchus iris.) The shall is sometimes worn by the natives as an ornament.

TIHITINI, idling, trifling, wasting time.

TIHOI (tìhoi), gaping, open wide: Tihoi ona tou kata, e kui—S. T., App. Cf. hoi, distant. 2. To expand the middle of the net in the weaving. Cf. hoi, the gusset of a garment.

TIHOIHOI(tìhoihoi), noisy. Cf. ti, to deafen with clamour; hoihoi, deafening, noisy.

TIHOKA (tìhoka), to stick in, to thrust in. Cf. titi, to stick in as a peg; hoka, to take on the point of a fork. 2. To make a shelter by sticking branches in the ground. Cf. hoka, a screen made of branches stuck in the ground; pahoka, a similar screen.

TIHOKAHOKA, a shelter roughly made by sticking branches in the ground: I hangà ano hoki e ia etahi tihokahoka mo ana kararehe— Ken., xxxiii. 17. [For comparatives, see Titi, and Hoka.]

TIHOKE, given to laughing much.

TIHORE (tìhore), to strip off. 2. To pell, to take the skin off: A ka tihorea nga rape a Te Karawa e Te Atiawa—A. H. M., v. 38. Cf. hore, to peel or strip off; mahore, peeled; pahore, scraped off; mahihore, peeled off. 3. To clear away, to break, as clouds: Tihore mai i uta, tihore mai i tai—G. P., 29. 4 Steep: A ka tae ki aua pari tihore i Kawhia ka— A. H. M., v. 11. [For comparatives, see Hore.]

TIHORE (tìhore), a valuable variety of Flax (Bot. Phormium), which can be prepared for use without the aid of a shell scraper.

TIHOU (tìhou), an implement used as a spade. Cf. houhou, to dig up. [For comparatives, see Houhou.]

TIKA, straight, direct: Ko nga wahi kopikopiko ka meinga kia tika—Ika, xl. 4. Cf. totika,straight; correct, right; tutika, upright. 2. Keeping a direct course: Kihai ratou i tahuri i a ratou e haere ane; i tika tonu atu tetahi, tetahi—Ehe., i. 9. 3. Equitable; right, just, fair: E tika ana ano ena kupu—P. M., 16.

TIKANGA, a rule, a plan, a method, a disposition, a policy: Tena tatou ka rapu tikanga mo Rangi raua ko Papa, kia patua ranei, kai wehea ranei —P. M., 7. 2. A custom: Na, ko te tikanga tenei a nga tohunga i roto i te iwi—1 Ham., ii. 13. 3. A reason: Nga tangata tokowhitu e whakaatu mai ana i te tikanga— Wha., xxvi. 16. 4. A meaning, purport, the character or nature of a thing: Na ki te kore e kitea e ahau te tikanga o te reo—1 Kor., xiii. 11. 5. Control, authority; direction.

Whaka-TIKA, to straighten: Whakatikaia i te titohea he ara nui—Iha., xl. 3. 2. To straighten oneself, to stand upright: Na, whakatika ana a Rongomatane ki te wehewehe i a raua— P. M., 8. 3. To correct, to put right: Me whakatika atu nga whakahe— A. H. M., ii. 2. 4. A Way, a path, a road.

Samoan—cf. tiatià, to be improved (of the conduct); to be medium, as neither very ugly nor very handsome.

Tahitian—tia, just; straight; fit, proper: E mea tia hoi taua parau ra i te taata atoa ra; The proposition seemed just to all the people. (b.) To stand up; (c.) to abide, to remain; (d.) to keep doing a thing! (e.) to have power or ability to do a thing; (f.) an advocate or intercessor; tiatia, to get up a little, as a sick person; (b.) to stimulate to action in time of war; faa-tia, to agree to a thing; to justify; (b.) to relate a story; (e.) to raise, to cause to stand; to support, to assist; a supporter, a helper, an assistant; to build, to set up: Eiaha oe e faatia i te tahi fare; You shall not build a house. Faa-tiatia, to discourse, to converse together; to reason together; to relate a conversation. Cf. titiaifaro, straight, not crooked; titiahorotia, straight; haa-titiaiharo, to make straight; tiani, a helper, one who supports; tiarua, to be both standing together.

Hawaiian—cf. kia, a pillar or post; the mast of a vessel.

Rarotongan— tika, straight; right, rightly; akatika, to stretch out, to extend: Kua akatika atu au i toku rima; I have stretched out my hands. (b.) To correct; to justify.

Mangarevan— tika, to be true, just, right; (b.) to be in a right line; tikaga, right; justice;(b.) authority; (c.) permission; tikatika, to be very true; aka-tika, to justify; to rectify; to prove; (b.) to practise; to accomplish; (c.) to demand permission; (d.) to redress; (e.) to order; to establish; to consent. Cf. tikatakao, verily! tikauato, to be right in every way.

Paumotan—tika, to reach land, to gain a port; (b.) possible; faka-tika, to agree; to admit; to approve discussion; to consent; to grant; (b.) to affirm; (c.) to erect; to straighten. Cf. patitika, direct; straight, perpendicular.

Tongan— jika, a game of bounding rods along. [See Mahua.]

TIKAI, insult, contumely.

TIKAKA (tìkàkà) hot. Cf. kakà, red-hot; pùkàkà, hot. 2. Burnt by the sun.

TIKAOKAO, the domestic fowl (modern).

TIKAPU (tìkapu), the name of a tree, a species of Ti (Bot. Cordyline indivisa).

TIKARO (tìkaro), to pick out of a hole; to scoop out: Tikarohia ake te kanohi e Tongameha— P. M., 51: Ka tikaroa nga roro o te upoko— A. H. M., i. 35. Cf. karo, to pick out of a hole; hikaro, to pick out.

Marquesan—cf. tikaò, to draw back with the hand.

Mangarevan—cf. tikaro, to seize, to take; to hold fast when taken. [For full comparatives, see Karo.]

TIKETIKE, lofty, high: E whakanoho nei i te hunga iti ki te wahi tiketike—Hopa, v. 11. Cf. tihi, a summit. 2. A pinnacle: Tiketike ao, papaku po—Prov. 3. To look at, to view. Cf. kite, see. [See marquesan.]

TITIKE, lofty, high.

Samoan—ti'eti'e, to sit upon; to be seated on something above the ground: E ti'eti'e foi o ia i lo'u nofoalii; He shall sit on my throne. Fa'a-ti'eti'e, to set up on high. Cf. tie, a species of crab which throws up the earth in a mound where it burrows; màuti'eti'e, rising ground.

Tahitian—faa-tietie, to boast, to glory; a boaster.

Hawaiian—kie, to be high, to be lifted up; kiekie, high lofty, exalted; a high place: Kiekie i luna ka hoku; High above are the stars. (b.) Holy, separated [see also Maori Kiekie]; hoo-kiekie, to be exalted; (b.) to exalt oneself: Ua hookiekie page 510 oia maluna o na makaainana; He sets him self up above the citizens. (c.) To raise one's voice in a cry. Cf. lunakiekie, a dignified person; dignity.

Marquesan—tiketike. high, lifted op: Te tau Fatu o mua nonoho tiketike; The first Lords dwelling on high. Cf. tikea, visible.

Mangarevan— tiketike, high, elevated; a hill; aka-tiketikega, little hillocks. Cf. tikei, to appear, to be visible.

Paumotan—tietie, to lift up, to raise up.

Moriori —cf. tieki, the summit.

Tongan—cf. jike, to sit on the heels.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. dike-va, to look at, to scrutinise.

TIKI (also, but rarely, Toki,) to fetch: E whae, haere tikina nga ika—P. M., 117: Katahi ka haere tetehi ki te tiki ahi—P. M., 25. 2. To go to for any purpose: Tikina, tirohia te wheua—Hoh., ii. 1.

Tahitian—tii, to fetch a thing; to go or come for a thing: E reira vau e tii atu ai ia oe; I will send and fetch you from that place. Cf. tietie, a conveyer of things.

Hawaiian—kii, to go after a thing; to go for the purpose of bringing something; to fetch: He eleele kii na Maui, kii aku ia Kane ma; A messenger sent by Maui to bring, to bring Tane and his company. (b.) To come to one; to approach; to meet; (c.) to send for a person or thing; (d.) to take from another to procure for one: hoo-kil, to pine away; to starve; to suffer; kikii, to move quickly, gently, or softly; (b.) to touch or strike softly; (c.) to slumber; kiina, to send after or call for persons; to go for a person or thing; to fetch; to bring something. Cf. kiipua, to go about as a person without business; kamakii, to be idle, lazy; puakii, to take without right; to go wrong; to do wrong.

Rarotongan—tiki, to fetch: Aere atura aia e tiki; He went and fetched them.

Mangarevan—tiki, to go in search of; to fetch: Tiki taua ki o Mauike; Seek it from Mahuika. Tikitiki, to go in search of. Cf. tikiketikike, to search many places successively; to jump from one subject to another; tikitai, one and another. Pau-motan—cf. faka-tiki, to despoil; to strip.

Ext. Poly.: Malagasy—cf. taky, fetched back; mitaky, to fetch back.

TIKI, a post marking a portion of ground made tapu: He rakau kotahi te tiki me te pou e tu ai tama tiki—A. H. M., i. 4. 2. The carved figure on the gable-end of a house. Cf. heitiki, a distorted carved figure worn on a necklace. 3. An image of a deity: Kahore kau he kakahu o taua tiki (o Mua)—A. H. M., i. 11. [See Tiki (myth.).] 4. The lower part of the back, The sacrum. Cf tikitona, the lower part of the backbone.

TIKITIKI, a girdle: Ka mareretia e te tikitiki o Wahieroa—A. H. M., ii. 3. Cf. whitiki, a girdle; to tie up. 2. A knot of hair worn on the top of the head: A he mea takai ahau e koe ki roto ki tou tikitiki—P. M., 14: Kotahi te tikitiki ki te rae—P. M., 102. Cf. putiki, a knot, a method of dressing the hair.

Whaka-TIKI, to keep without food.

Tahitian—tii, an image: Eiaha to outou ei tii o faatiahia; You shall not set up a standing image. (b.) A demon or wicked spirit Cf. oputii, a belly like that of the Tii, which is always large; tuatii, to stand like an image in a senseless gaze of surprise; tutii, an ancestor; a carved image at the head of a canoe; a sort of scaffold on which the warriors stood in a sea-fight; fetii, a binding or knot; to bind or tie; ratiitii, elegance; beauty; putii, hair tied in one or two bunches on the head.

Hawaiian—kii, an image; a picture; an idol; a statue; He poe haamana kii lakou; They were a people adoring idols.

Kiikii, to swell, to enlarge, as the abdomen of pregnant women; to be full from over-eating; (b.) to paint the hair over the forehead white; hoo-kil, to pine away, as in consumption; to cause to grow thin in flesh; to starve; (b.) to mourn, to suffer. Cf. kiipohaku, a stone idol; akuakii, a god represented by an image; kii -onohi, the little image in the eye; opuakii, the clouds in the morning and evening when they take imaginary forms of things; kiihelei, to stand with the legs wide apart; straddling; makakii, a lustful look; a proud eye; a mask; puakii, an image for idol-worship; nakii, to bind fast; to tie round; to tie a knot; nikii, to tie, as a rope; to fasten; nikiikii, to tie in knots; to bind; pohakiikii, to place and carry a child on the baok part of the neck (not on the shoulders).

Tongan—cf. jikijiki, the name of one of the ropes in a Tongan canoe.

Mangaian—tiki, a carving; tikitiki, the carved figure of a man squatting. Cf. itikitiki, to tie up; itikitiki-rouru, hair tied up. Mar quesan— tiki, an idol; (b.) a name of the gods; (c.) tattooing. Cf. itiki, to tie, to bind.

Mangarevan—tiki, a statue.

Paumotan —tiki, an idol, an image; faka-tiki, to disappoint. Cf. putiki, a head-dress; a plait or tress: the hair tied up in a knot; hitiki, a girdle. [For Tiki as Termini, or gods of boundaries, see Tregear, Trans., xx. 390.]

TIKI (myth.), a deity or demigod of Polynesia, sometimes supposed to be the first man created on earth, sometimes the creator of man.

Several accounts of Tiki are given in the New Zealand traditions. One states that he was created by Io, the Supreme deity—A. H. M., ii. 2. Another, that Tiki was a child of Rangi (the Sky) and Papa (Earth). He was the first man; and his wife was Marikoriko, the first woman. Tiki was made of red clay, and was of the same form as the god who made him.

This god is said to be Tane; but otherwhere Tiki is said to have made man by mixing his blood with clay. Tane then made a woman named Io-wahine as a companion for Tiki. They were made in Hawaiki, at a place called Tapa-tai-roa, or at Kura-waka—A. H. M., i. 151 et seq. Tiki was the son of Tapahuru -manu, and’ the thirteenth in descent from Tokomua, the Prop of Heaven. Tiki created the first man, whose name was Tiki-te-Poumua —S. R., 13. There were several Tiki, or per haps manifestations of Tiki, viz., Tiki-tohua, the progenitor of birds; Tiki-kapakapa, the progenitor of fish, and of the tui-bird; Tiki -au-aha, the progenitor of man; Tiki-whaka -eaea, the progenitor of the kumara (sweet potato)—A. H. M., i 142. Tiki-tohua was an egg brought forth by Hine-ahu-one (the “Earth -formed Maid”), creation and wife of Tane. From this egg sprang all the birds of the air. Tiki-kapakapa (born next after Tiki-tohua) was a girl, and was afterwards named Hine-a tauira (the Pattern Maid). By her Tane had a page 511 female ohild named Hine-titamauri; and this daughter Tane gave to Tiki as his wife, they bringing forth Tiki - te - pou mua—S. R., 22. Tiki, as the progenitor of man, is called Tiki -ahua. There are other legenda, in which Tiki is not named as either creator or first man. Kauika, or Onekura, was the first man, and was formed by Tiki—M. S., 114. Kauataata was the first woman, and, was formed by Ra and his wives Rikoriko and Arohirohi— A. H. M., i. App.

In Hawaii, traditions relate that the first man was Kamu-honua. [See Tuputupuwhenua.] He was made by Tane (Kane), or else by the Triad (Tane, Tu, and Kongo). His body was made of red earth (lepo ula) and the spittle of the gods; his head of white clay (palolo). He was made in the likeness of Tane, who brought the earth of whioh the man was made from the four corners of the world. Woman was made from one of his ribs, and is sometimes called Ke Ola - ku -honua, sometimes Polo Haina, sometimes Lalo. Honua. Kanaloa (Tangaroa) was standing by when Tane made the first man, and, fired with envy, he too made a man, but could not imbue the moulded form with the sacred life-spark. Kanaloa then said to Tane, “I will take your man, and he shall die.” Thus came death upon mankind. In Tahiti, it is said that Tii (Tiki) was the first man, and was made from red earth (araea). The first woman was Ivi (in Samoa and Rotuma the first woman was called Iva), and she was made from one of the bones (ivi) of Tii, the first man. At Samoa, the name of the first man is given as Ariari, “to appear.” The appellation of the first woman is not given. In the Marquesas, one legend states that Atea and his wife Owa created men; another tradition alleges that Atanua (the Dawn), with her father Atea (Daylight), brought forth the race of human beings. Tiki was a general name for gods, as Tiki-vae-tahi, &c., &c. According to Rarotongan myth, Tiki is the guardian of the portals of Paradise; he sits at the threshold of his long reed house in Avaiki (the Shades; Hawaiki). Pigs, kava, &c., are offered to him as presents for the departing soul of one dying. At Mangaia, Tiki is a woman, sister to Veetini, the first person who died a natural death. The hole called “The Chasm of Tiki” is the entrance to the Under-world (Avaiki). In Borneo, the Dyaks say that Tane-compta was the first man, and that he was made of red clay; the first woman being born from him. This woman raised the sky, which was then touching the earth, and supported it on props. [See Toko, and Tane.] 2. A chief of the Patupaiarehe (fairies), mentioned in an old incantation and elfin legend — S. R., 50. 3. A chief of Rotorua. He was the bosom friend of Tutanekai, the lover of Hine-Moa. Tiki married Tupa, the sister of Tutanekai—P. M., 147, and 152. [See Hine moa.]

TIKIHAOHAO (myth.), a son of Whiro-te-tupua. His brothers were Tiki-te-po-mua, Tiki-te-poroto, and Tiki-apinga-mai-i-Hawaiki. [See Genealogy in Appendix.]

IKIHEMI, the name of a fish.

TIKIHOPE, the loins. Cf. hope the loins, the waist; tikitiki, a girdle; tiktona, the lower part of the back; whitiki, to gird. [For comparatives, see Tiki, and Hope.]

TIKIKAPAKAPA (myth.). [See Tiki.]

TIKIKIWI, a method of finishing off the thatch of a house.

TIKITA (tikità), entire, untouched, whole.

TIKITIKI, the name of a certain canoe. [See Tumuaki]

TIKITIKIWHENUA.a kind of fungus; a toadstool.

TIKITOHUA (myth.). [See TIKI.]

TIKITONA, the lower part of the backbone: Ka kumea te tikitona hei wairo—Wohl., Trans., vii. 40. Cf. tikihope, the waist; tikitiki, a girdle; tona, an excrescence.

TIKO, small, little.

TIKO, excrement, ordure; to evacuate the bowels: Ka hia tiko taua tamaili, ka tikona te ure a Whiro—A. H. M, ii 7: Apiti mai ko te hamuti a te tamariki e tiko ai—A. H. M., v. 24. Cf. tikuku, dysentery.

Samoan—ti'o, to’ go to stool; to ease the bowels.

Tahitian—titio, to void excrement. Cf. faa-tio to use contemptuous language.

Hawaiian— kio, an excrement; (b.) to break wind; (c.) to blow on a pipe; (c.) to blow on a leaf across the lips, the vibration of which produces a sound; (d.) a pond or puddle of water, especially if filthy; (e.) the dregs, lees, or settlings of liquor; (f.) a process; a projection; a bunch on a large body; (g.) a bubo, a disease connectnd with lewdness; kiokio, a pond of water; a puddle where hogs may wallow; (b.) the name of a musical instrument; (c.) anything variegated, as cloth or spots on the sea; kiona, a dunghill, a privy; the fundament. Cf.—kiolepo, a puddle, a place of filth; pakio, to fall continually, as dropping rain; to drop constantly; pakiokio to break wind often; to void excrements; kiolei, to squat on the hams; to sit on a seat with the feet drawn up; kiowai, a puddle a place of standing water.

Tongan—jiko, excrement.

Marquesan—titiko, to carry away excrement.

Mangarevan—tiko, to go to stool; (b.) to have the menstrual discharge; catamenia. Cf. tikotutae, to go to stool; tiko-toto, the menstrual discharge.

Paumotan—titiko, to evacuate the bowels. Ext. Poly

Fiji—cf. tiko, to sit.

TIKOHU (tìkohu), hollow, concave, as the blade of a shovel. Cf. tikoko, to take up in a shovel or spoon.

TIKOKE (tìkoke), high, lifted up. Cf. tikoki, easily overbalanced.

TIKOKEKOKE (tikokekoke), high up in the heavens, as the sun: Kua tikokekoke noa ake te ra i waho-P. M., 16.

Hawaiian—cf. kioea, to be lifted up; to stand high; kiolea, a high seat; an exalted station.

TIKOKI, easily overbalanced; rickety, unsteady. Cf. koki, to move ahead, as a canoe; tikoke high, lifted up.

TIKOKO (tìkoko), to take up in a shovel or spoon. Cf. koko, a shovel, a spoon; to take up with a shovel or spoon; hukoko, concave, curved page 512 into a holloa; oko, a bowl; tikohu, concave, hollow, as the blade of a shovel; a shovel or fork: Ko te timata ! E— ko te tikoko pohue—S. T., 165. [For comparatives, see Koko.]

TIKORAHA (tìkoraha), a variety of the Cabbagetree or Ti (Bot. Cordyline pumilio).

TIKUKU, dysentery. Cf. tiko, excrement; to evacuate the bowels.

TIKUMU, the name of a plant (Bot. Celmisia mackani).

TIKUPENGA (tìkupenga), a variety of the Ti or Cabbage-tree; species of Cordyline.

TIMA, a bent stick used as a hoe. Cf. tikoko, a shovel; timata, a short spear.

TIMANGA (tìmanga), an elevated stage on which food is kept. Cf. komanga, an elevated stage for storing food upon.

TIMATA (tìmata), a short spear: Ko te here! Ha! ko te timata ! —S. T., 165: Whakatorona atu te timata i tou ringa—Hoh., viii. 18. Cf. mata, the edge or point; matarau, a forked spear, a grains; titi, to stick in. [For comparatives, see Mata.]

TIMATA (tìmata), to begin: No te makariri ka timalaia te mahi o nga kupenga a Maru-tuahu—P. M., 140: Nga korero mo te taha ki a Ngati-Ira tenet ka timataria nei—G.-8, 27.

TIMATANGA, the beginning: Te mutunga o te mea, pai atu i tona timatanga—Kai., vii. 8.

Marquesan— cf. timata, to commence making a belt or mat.

Samoan—cf. ‘amata, to begin; mata, the point of anything.

Tahitian—cf. tamata, to try to begin a thing; to taste a thing; maia, the first beginning of anything.

Hawaiian—cf. maka, the point of an instrument; the budding or first shooting of a plant.

Tongan—cf. kamata, to begin.

TIMATAKUTAI, the name of a species of ti, or cabbage-tree (Cordyline).

TIMO, to peck, as a bird; to puncture, to strike with a pointed instrument. Cf. timu, a point.

Tahitian—cf, timo, the name of a game played with stones; otimo, to slander.

Hawaiian—kimo, to strike, as with a stone, a stick, or a sword; to thrust with a stick; (b.) to pound, to bruise or mash; (c.) to seize something while in motion; (d.) to go head-long down a precipice; (e.) to bend forward or over, as in making a bow; to nod, as with drowsiness; kimomo, to strike, to bruise, to Pound; kikimo, to bow or bend over the head in front; to nod with drowsiness; kimokimo, to hew, shave, or smooth off the inside of a canoe. Cf. kimopo, to kill in the dark; to assassinate; kimopoo, to bend the head for ward; to bow down.

Marquesan—timo, the sign for anything. [See Tau.]

mangarevan—cf. timo, to whistle; to make a noise with the lips to call anyone; to make advances.

TIMU, to ebb (of the tide); ebbing: Ka timu nga tai, ka mokaia hoki, e—M. M., 167.

Paumotan—cf. kotimu, to withdraw.

Tahitian—cf. timutimu, to be obscured by distance.

TIMU, a peak, a point, Cf. tumu, a promontory. 2. In front, before: Tane i te timu, teina i to tua—A. H. M., i. 29. 2. A commotion, a disturbance: Na i taua tukunga tae rawa te timu ki u hakui—Wohl., Trans., vii. 39.

Tongan—cf. jimu, heavy blowing, almost a hurricane.

Samoan—cf. timu, rain.

TIMU (for Tumu). [See Tumu.]

TIMUTIMU, part of the genital organs of women (vulva). (For myth. origin, see Whete.]

TINA, the body, the trunk of a person.

TINANA, the body, the trunk: Ko te tinana, he tangata ano—P. M., 30. Cf. nana, to nurse, to take care of; tino, the body. 2. The whole man, the substance, the entirety. Cf. tino, whole, entire; wholly.

Samoan—cf. tinà, a mother; tinaa'au the main body of an army.

Tahitian—tinana, a trunk; (b.) a source, a foundation. Cf. tatinana, to lay a foundation; tino, the body.

Hawaiian—cf. kinana, a hen, especially one that has hatched chickens; kinanahale, a house, a residence for people; kino, the body of a person.

Tongan—cf. jinamanu, a breeding animal; jino, a body; the trunk of a tree.

Rarotongan—cf. tinana, a mother (of animals only).

Mangarevan—cf. tinana, a name of parents who take great care of and, show affection to their children; tino, the body.

Marquesan—cf. tino, the body.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. sinana, a mother; mature.

Fiji—cf. tina-na, a mother.

Malagasy—cf. tena, the body; substance; self.

Sikayana—cf. tinana, a mother.

Bougainville—cf. tinana, a mother. New Georgia—cf. tina, a mother. Lord Howe's Island—cf. kina, a mother.

TINA, fixed, fast. 2. To be subdued, overcome: Tenei hoki tou manawa, ka tina—A. H. M., i. 29.

Whaka-TINA, to fasten, to fix. 2. To restrain, to limit. 3. To treat as a slave; to oppress with work. 4. To provoke, to irritate, to incense. Cf. tini, to annoy. 5. Applied to protracted parturition: He pera tonu te tikanga o nga wahine whakatina—P. M., 126.

Samoan—tina, a wedge; to split with a wedge; titina, to strangle, to choke.

Tahitian—cf. tinana, a foundation; faa-tina, to propose or appoint marriage connexions, as parents often do.

Hawaiian—kina, to drive on, to urge, to oppress; (b.) a blemish, as in a person, or the body of an animal; (c.) sin, error, wickedness; sinful; hoo-kina, to command, order; kinakina, to call to one in anger; to hurry one. Cf. kinaunau, to threaten; to scold.

Tongan—jina, to wedge; a wedge; jijina, to strangle; to seize by the throat; (b.) to force open; faka-jina, to be very particular in doing work; neat.

Paumotan—faka-tinatina, to ruin, to destroy.

Mangarevan—cf. tinai, to strike, to beat.

TINA, a company of people. Cf. tira, a company of travellers; tini, a multitude.

TINAKU, seed potatoes.

TINANA. [See under Tina.]

TINEI, to put out, as a light or fire; to extin guish: Katuhi te maia ra ka whakaaro ki te tinei i te ahi a tona tupuna—P. M., 25. 2. To destroy, to kill: Tineia, kia mate, kia mate rawa hoki—M. M., 167.

page 513

TINEINEI (tìneinei), to confuse; to cause irregu-larity; to put out of proper order. 2. Unsettled, ready to move. Noho-tineinei, to sit on one's heels ready to jump up readily. Cf neinei, to stretch forwards in readiness to fly; tingei, unsettled, ready to move.

Samoan—tinei, (also tinai,) to extinguish, as a fire, light, &c.: E mu ai a e le tineia lava; It will burn and shall not be quenched. (b.) to kill; (c.) to erase, as a writing.

Tahitian—tinai, to extinguish a candle or fire; (b.) to cause anything to cease; (c.) to divert water so as to make it run in several different courses; tinatinai, to extinguish the large fires upon the mountains; (b.) to search for small fish In fresh water; (c.) to cause some plan or project to be abandoned.

Hawaiian—kinai, to quench, to extinguish, as fire; to put out a light; (b.) to extinguish, as life; to kill; (c.) to make bitter with bitter ingredients; kinaina, the putting out of life; the end of life; (b.) the end of a road; (c.) a mourning for the life or loss of one dead.

TINI, very many, a host, a multitude, a myriad: No te tini hoki o te Ati-Hapai tenei whare?— P. M., 41.

Samoan—cf. tini, shouts of praise on the marriage of a chief to a lady; the goal in a race; tinifu, the non-combatants, including women, children, sick, and aged; tinitiniò, a shout of victory in games or fighting; to move from place to place, as a person often journeying; to change from one to another, as a woman from one husband to another.

Tahitian—cf. tini, to exalt or make a poor man a chief; to be feeling, though solitary, as if in company; pahutini, in full congregation, as many people.

Hawaiian—kini, the number 40.000; (b.) any number indefinitely great: O kini, o ka lau, o ka mano o ka hoku; The innumerable stars: O komokomo kini o ke akua; Attached to the host of spirits, (c.) A retinue of persons; a chief's following or train; (d.) kinsfolk: Ui mai kini o ke akua; Inquiring are the relatives of the god. Kinikini, numerous, multitudinous, very many. Cf. kinilau, a multitude or shoal of fish in the sea; kinikinipuu, the name of many hillooks standing together.

Tongan—cf. jini, to be satiated; thoroughly tired.

Mangaian—tini, innumerable: Te anau Atea, e tini, e mano; The offspring of Vatea, a countless throng. (b.) 200,000.

Atiu—tini innumerable: E tini, e tini, makorekare te taura; Multitudinous, innumerable ropes.

Marquesan—cf. papatini, to be multiplied; to repeat. Mangarevan-tini, an infinite number, a great quantity; (b.) used before a noun as a mark of praise or respect. Cf. matini, a long time since, in other times; putini, often, many times; tipautini, to count many times.

Paumotan—tinitini, innumerable.

Ext. Poly.: Aneityum—cf. mini, many, abundant.

Fiji—cf. tini, ten; tinitini, the end, conclusion.

TINI, to annoy. Cf. tinà, to provoke; tinei, to destroy, to kill. 2. To frighten, to terrify.

TINIHANGA, to delude, to mislead, to cheat, to deceive: Ko te tangata tera nana i tinihanga a Hinenuitepo—P. M., 10. Cf. tini, to annoy; hangarau, to jest with, to trifle with, to befool; rauhanga, deceitful; hangareka, to deceive; to jest with.

TINI-NGERONGERO, multitudinous; innumerable. Cf. tini, very many; ngerongero, very many.

TINI-O-TE-HAKUTURI (myth.), “The multitude of the Wood-elves.” These are the children of the god Tane, and have charge of the god's especial domain, the forest and its denizens. Trees, plants, birds, insects, &c., all are looked after and cared for by those charming creatures, the forest-fairies. [See Rata.]

TINIRAU (myth.), the tutelary deity of fishes; a son of Tangaroa, the Lord of Ocean. Tinirau dwelt in Holy Island (Motutapu), and this account of his residence is agreed to by all Polynesians, although an attempt at localization takes place in each group of islands. The home of Tinirau was a preserve for fish, and surrounded with pools for breeding fish; these pools also served the deity as looking -glasses. They were broken by Hina (Hina-teiwaiwa),as a means of gaining Tinirau's attention; in this she was successful, as Tinirau married her—A. H. M., ii. 127. [For Hina's long swim to Motutapu, and the death of her first husband, see Hina.] Tinirau kept several domesticated whales, and one of these he lent to Kae, the magician, to carry him homeward. Kae maliciously killed the whale, much to the wrath of Tinirau, who sent Hina with a party of women to trap him. They succeeded in carrying the magician off, and conveyed him to Motutapu, where ho was put to death. Tinirau at the time of his marriage to Hina, had two other wives, their names were Harataunga, and Horotata, the daughters of Mangamanga -i-atua (P. M., 50); they were killed by Hina with incantations, they having been spiteful and malicious to her. Their names are given as Maka-i-atua-uriuri and Maka-i-atua-haehae (A. H. M., ii. 135); and as Makamaka-i-turiri and Makamaka-e-tu-hao (A. H. M., ii. 132). Tinirau's wife Hina and her child left him, departing with his brother-in-law, Rupe. Tinirau had nine sisters.

Hawaii.—From the youngest of the twelve sons of Kinilau-a-mano, the Hawaiians claim descent. Kinilau (Tinirau), was the son of Menehune, who was the son of Luanuu (Rua -nuku). [See Tuputupuwhenua.] A verse of an ancient hymn, quoted by Fornander, exactly gives the meaning of the name of Kinilau-o-mano, viz.:—o kini, o ka lau, o ka mano o ka hoku. Innumerable are the stars.”

Tini, rau, and mano together implying an infinite number. Mangaia.— Tinirau was the child of the most ancient goddess, Vari-ma-te-takere (the Very Beginning). He was born in Spirit Land (Avaikia-Hawaiki); torn off as a piece of flesh from the side of his mother. He was half a fish. Motu-tapu was given to him as his inheritance. He was lord of all fish. Tu-metua, Vatea, and others were his brothers. [See also Kae, Hine, Rupe, &c]

TINI-WHAIOIO (tini-whàioio), innumerable. Cf. tini, a multitude; whaioio, in very great number.

TINO (Moriori,) the body, the trunk. Cf. tinana, the body, the trunk. 2. (Maori) Whole, entire; entirely. Cf. tinana, the whole man; entirety. 3. Exact; quite; very: Ana tona page 514 putanga mai, ana me te tino kukupa—P. M., 18. 4. Used as an intensive or superlative: Ko te tino tangata o runga i a Tainui—G.-8, 19.

Samoan—tino, the body of a man or beast, the trunk of a tree, the hull of a canoe: Pa a faaumatia lou tino uma; When your flesh and body are consumed. (b.) To be bodily present; (c.) to gain flesh, as one who has been sick; (d.) to be certain; (e.) an intensive affix to some words, as tautino, his very own, &c.; (f.) ten; titino, definitely, as ‘ua tu‘u titino, it is decided; fa‘a-tino, to grow stout; (b.) to fill out, as the body of a limp basket; (c.) to come all together, as troops to war, none remaining behind; fa‘a-titino, to be greatly increased, as pain, drought, or famine. Cf. tinoiàiga, a true family connexion; tinoifili, one particularly hated; tinoimatagi, a strong breeze; great anger; tinoù, to desire intensely; tinoivi, to be skinny; tinogagase, to be languid; tinovale, to bo thin; skinny; tinoà, thin (of the body); tino ‘esc, tall (of men).

Tahitian—tino, the body: E aha te huru o to ratou tino ? What is the appearance of their bodies? (b.) A name given to a prophet, as if he really were the tino or body of the god that inspired him. [M. de Bovis (“Etat de la Société Taetienne à l'arrivée des Europeens,” 1855) says, in reviewing the Creation Myth, that “the god Tino-taata (M.L. =tino - tangata) floated on the face of the waters,” or abyss; translating Tino-taata as “the divine Source or Type of mankind.”] Cf. tinopapa, the human body; tinotinovahine, a woman pretending to be inspired; tinorua, the name of a god or demon; tinotinoatua, the body or vehicle of a god; tinana, the trunk; the foundation.

Hawaiian — tino, the body of a person, as distinguished from limbs, &c.: He aniani hoolehulehu maka ame na kino; A glass magnifying the face and body, (b.) The body, in distinction from the soul (uhane); (c.) a person, an individual; oneself; (d.) the body, substance, or principal part of a thing; a stalk of grass; the trunk of a tree; hoo-kino, to embody; to take shape; to give form or solidity to a thing. Cf. kinoakalau, and kinowailua, the spirit or ghost of a person not yet dead. [The priests were in the habit of extorting money from the natives by pretending to see the spirits of living persons, which was supposed to be a sign of some great calamity to those persons. Only an offering to the prieat thus gifted with “second sight” could avert the evil.) Kinohi, and kinohou, the beginning the first of a series; primitive; the beginning, of the world; kinomake, a dead body, the corpse of a man or animal.

Tongan—jino, a body: He oku hage oku taha be ae jino, ka oku lahi hono gaahi kubu; As the body is one and has many members. (b.) The trunk of a tree; (c.) any substance; dimension; (d.) stout, corpulent, large; faka-jino, to feed; to fatten; fattening; feeding. Cf. latajino, to be attached to persons, not to places; faka-latajino, agreeable to the body but not to the mind, as places; tatajino, near, but only the body; faka-jinoaki, consistent in character; agreeable to.

Marquesan—tino, the body: Atea tino, uhane Ono; Atea the body, Rongo the spirit.

Mangarevan—tino, the body; aka-tino, to form a body; to give form to; (b.) to look at, to examine (in a bad sense). Cf. toratino, to be agitated; to have movements or erections of the flesh.

Aniwan—Cf. notsino, the body (no = prefixed article).

Ext. Poly.: Sikayana—Cf. fuaitino, the body.

Macassar—Cf. tino, noble.

TINOHI (tìnohi), to put heated stones on food in a native oven.

TINGA, likely, probable. 2. Tired, knocked up; defeated, beaten at a game; an expression used to one who has lost every game (as at draughts); quite dofeated.

TINGAHURU (tìngahuru), ten. Cf. ngahuru, ten.

Samoan—Cf. tino, ten; tinolua, twenty; tinoagafulu, ten (in counting men).

Mangarevan—cf. tirogouru, ten.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji —Cf. tint, ten.

TINGAKA (for Tikanga): E pehi ana koe i nga tingaka a Tane—A. H. M., i. 151. [See under Tika.]

TINGARA, the name of some epidemic and fatal malady.

TINGEI (tìngei), disturbed, unsettled; ready to move. Cf. tineinei, unsettled; ready to move; neinei, to stretch forward in readiness to fly; titengi, unsettled.

TINGONGO (tìngongo), a wasting away; emaciation. Cf. ngongo, to waste away, to become thin. [For comparatives, see Ngongo.]

TINGOUNGOU (tìngoungou), a protuberance, a bunch or knob. Cf. ngoungou, a fashion of wearing the hair tied up in a knot at the forehead.

TIO, the oyster: Na Tane ano te tio, te pipi,me te paua—A. H. M., i. 23. 2. Sharp, piercing. Cf. tiro, to look. 3. Ice: He tio, he keho, he hauhunga—M. M., 24. 4. Cut close, as the hair. 5. A landmark.

TIOTIO, having sharp points or projections; prickly. 2. The name of a small shell-fish. 3. To out all the hair close down except one central scalp-lock.

Samoan — Cf. tio, sharp-looking (of the eyes); lively, animated; tilotilo, to spy; tioata, glass; tio, the name of a shell-fish.

Tahitian—tio, a species of small oyster. Cf. aratio, a passage near the shore abounding with the sharp tio or oyster shells, and dangerous to the naked feet.

Hawaiian— cf. kio, a process; a projection, a lump on a large body.

Tongan—cf. jio, to look, to stare; the name of a shell-fish; jioata, to look at a mirror; jilojilo, sharp-pointed; tajilo, clear, transparent.

Marquesan—tio, a species of oyster; (b.) a sore which appears on children's heads; (c.) germs, shoots of cocoanuts. Cf. tiohi, to look about.

Mangarevan—tio,a kind of shell-fish, dangerous from inflicting wounds on the feet; tiotio, to have little pocks on the face; small-pox. Cf. tiokokoe, a disease of the skin resembling tiotio; tiho, to examine, to regard attentively.

Paumotan — tio, an oyster.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. dio, the rock-oyster.

TIOI (myth.), the name of a sacred fire kindled by Te Roiroiwhenua, which, when shaken by Tamatea, brought back light into the world after the Great Darkness—Wohl., Trans., vii. 32. [See Tutakahinahina.]

page 515

TIONGA, a decoy-bird.

TIORA (tìora), to split, to split open. Cf. ora, a wedge; mataora, a wedge; tio, sharp, piercing; titi, a peg, a pin; to stick in. 2. To open, as oysters. Cf. tio, an oyster. [For comparatives, see Ora.]

TIORA (tìora), a marauding party, separata from the main army.

TIORA,the name of a bird, the Stitch-Bird (Orn. Pogonornis cincta).

TIORE, the fruit of kiekie. Cf. teure, the fruit of kiekie; ureure, the fruit of kiekie.

TIORO (tìoro), to tingle; to be jarred; to thrill. Cf. oro, to sharpen, as on a stone, to grind.

Marquesan—tioo, a jow's-harp. [For full comparatives, see Oro.]

TIPA (tìpà), dried up. Cf. tipoka, dried up; paka, dried; ti, the Cabbage-tree.

Samoan — cf. tipala‘au, leaves of ti (Cordyline) turned yellow and lying on the ground.

Tahitian—cf. tipaa, to bake.

Hawaiian —cf. tipa, to water land artificially.

TIPA, the name of a shell-fish.

Samoan—tipatipa, the name of a shell-fish.

TIPAKA, always on the move, said of persons.

TIPAOPAO (tìpaopao), to disarrange, to put out of regular ordor or sequence.

TIPARA (tìpara), a small species of cabbage-tree or ti (Bot. Cordyline edulis). [For comparatives, see Ti.]

TIPARE (tìpare), a head-dress. Cf. pare, an ornament for the hair; tupare, a chaplet. [For comparatives, see Pare.]

TIPATERE (tìpatere), (for Tini - patere,) very numerous. [For comparatives, see Tini.]

TIPATIPA, false, untrue, as a speech. Cf. tiwha, squinting.

Samoan—tipa, to glide, fly, or swim on the side with a gliding motion; (b.) to jump, as a stone on the water in playing “ducks and drakes”; fa'a-titipa, to be careless, to be negligent; tifa, to be turned on one side (of the liver), supposed to be a sign of wishing to eat human flesh; tifaga, jugglery.

Hawaiian—kipa, to turn from the direct path; (b.) to turn in and lodge; (c.) kindness, hospitality; (d.) to stay, to abide, to dwell; kikipa, to turn in, i.e. to call upon one; (b.) to make a circuit to avoid one; (c.) to turn aside from the right road.

Tongan—jiba, inaccurate, not correct; (b.) to stagger, to falter; faka-jiba, to throw anything flat, so as to skim along. Cf. fejibaaki, to reel to and fro, as a drunken man; fejibejibai,bent in and out; tajiba, to reel to and fro.

Marquesan—cf. tipa, a flag, a banner; kotipa, to go here and there.

Mangarevan—tipa, to force a stone out which was stuck fast in another; digging, dislodging stones; tipatipa, to give cuts with an axe; (b.) to carve, to hew; to trim; tipapa, to go and come as if to find something; cloth made from the bad parts of branches.

TIPAU (tìpau), the name of a tree (Bot. Myrsine urvillei).

TIPI, to plane, to pare off, to pare a horizontal surface: Tipia, tahia, ngakia rakea—Karakia, Wohl., vii. 35. Cf. tipihauraro, to exterminate. 2. To skim along the surface. 3. To make “ducks and drakes,” as children do in throwing flat stones along the surface of water and causing them to skip.

TIPITIPI, to spread rapidly. 2. A kind of fungus.

Samoan—tipi, to cut, to out up, to hack; (b.) an axe; (c.) to give a back-handed blow; (d.) to play “ducks and drakes ”; tipiga, cuttings, slices. Cf. màtipitipi, having an edge; tàtipi, to cut, to slash; tipa, to jump, as a stone along the water in playing “ducks and drakes ”; vaetitipi, to have sharp shins.

Tahitian—tipi, to cut with a knife; a kuife of any sort; tipitipi, to cut repeatedly with a knife. Cf. aratipi, a war term, signifying that a party is to be placed so as to take advantage of the enemy either by coming up in the rear or on the flank; atipi, to skim a stone along the water; the person who throws the stone; flat and broad, applied to a stone; a piece of cord; matipi, flat and round, applied to a stone; to skim along the water, as a stone that has been thrown; to roll; otipi, to go asido; tatipi, to use a knife; tipu, to chop or cut with an axe.

Hawaiian—cf. kipi, to resist lawful authority; hoo-kipi, to stir up rebellion; to kill or murder one's chief; kipehi, to throw clubs or stones.

Tongan—Jibi, to smite with the flat of the hand; a slap or blow with tho open hand; (b.) a felling axe; (c.) to cut out, as garments; (d.) to chip into shreds; (e.) the noise by which it is known that the party have killed an enomy; jibijibi, to cut into shreds or pieces; faka-jibi, to collect warriors. Cf. faka-jiba, to throw anything flat, so as to skim along; jiba, to stagger, to falter; jifa, to glide, to shoot along; fejibiaki, to slap each other with the hand; to sing challenges to one another; tajibi, to strike several times with the open hand; tajifa, to shoot or glide along.

Marquesan— tipi, to cut, bit by bit: Tipia, tipia to oe puaina; Cut off, cut off your ear. Cf. tipikoki, lame.

Rarotongan—cf. tipu, to cut, to cut off.

Mangarevan—tipi, to cut, to cut off; a knife; tipitipi, to cut into morsels. Cf. tipa, to cut with an axe; to trim; to hew.

Paumotan—tipi, a layer, a sheet, a plate.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. tibi, to flash, as lightning; tibi-ka, to band a thing sharply so as to break it; katibi, broken, split; sivi-a, to cut a thing, as a stick, to a point; an edge tool hafted as an adze; takutibitibi, the vibratory motion of light when reflected from the water; tivitivi, a hatchet.

Malagasy — cf. kipikipy, a piece of wood used for hurling at birds in chasing them.

Formosa—cf. tattipi, the sting of anything which stings with its tail.

TIPIHAURARO, to destroy utterly; to exterminate: E ki atu ana ra ahau ki a koe kia tipihauraro taua—A. H. M., i. 30. Cf. tipt, to pare off; hauraro, low down; hau, to hew, chop, strike; raro, the under side.

TIPOKA (tìpoka), to exhume, to dig up that which has been buried. Cf. poka, a hole, a pit. 2. Dried up. Cf. tipoko, to be extinguished; destroyed.

TIPOKAPOKA (tìpokapoka), here and there, alternate. Cf. pokapoka, to pierce with a number of holes.

TIPOKO, to be extinguished, to be destroyed; consumed. Cf. poko, to go out, as fire; to be extinguished; tapoko, to sink in the mire. 2.

page 516

To become rotten; to perish. Cf. popoko, withered, shrivelled. [For comparatives, see Poko.]

TIPONA (típona), to tie in a knot: Kaua te here o ena mea e tiponatia—A. H. M., ii. 126. Cf. pona, a knot. [For comparatives, see Pona.]

TIPORE (típore), the name of a shrub.

TIPU (for Tupu,) to grow, &c.: Kia tipu rawa ia Tawhaki, mana e piki te rangi—A. H. M., i. 47. [See Tupu.]

Whaka-TIPU (for Whaka-tupu,) to nourish, to rear: Mahau hoki e ata wnakatipu—A. H. M., i. 47. [See under Tupu.]

TIPU, sores of a scrofulous nature.

TITIPU, chapped skin; cracked; raw-looking.

TIPUA. [See Tupua.]

TIPUAHORONUKU (myth.), the name of a famous baler, used by Turi on the Aotea canoe in the Migration to New Zealand—P. M., 131. [See Turi.]

TIPUAKI, the crown of the head. Cf. tumuaki, the crown of the head.

TIPUIWHENUA (myth.), the name of Turi's spade with which he cultivated his plantation at Patca— P. M., 136. [See Turi.]

TIPUNA. [See Tupuna.]

TIPU-TUPU-NUI-A-UTA (myth.), a prediluvian personage whose prayer to the god Tane caused the Deluge. He and his sons, Paruwhenuamea and Tui, went in a covered canoe for the space of eight moons on the surface of the flood—A. H. M., i. 166. Also called Tupunui-a-uta (A. H. M., i. 172) and Tupu-tupunui-a-uta— A. H. M., i. 180. [See Tuputupuwhenua.]

TIRA, a file of men; a row. 2. A company of travellers: I nga ope, i nga tira haere —P. M., 150. 3. The fin of a fish. Cf. tara, spines in the dorsal fin of a fish; urutira, the dorsal fin of a fish. 4. Rays, beams of light: Ko uira i te rangi te tira o Tawhaki— G. P., 163. Cf. tara, rays. 5. The mast of a canoe. Cf. tirau, a stick; tiratu, the mast of a canoe; ra, a sail. 6. A staff or pole; to set up a staff: Tena te tira ka tu, ko te tira na Turora P. M., 198: Tira he toko na te tohunga, he mea whawhati mai i te rakau mata—G. P., App. 83. Cf. titi, to stick in; a peg, a pin; tia, a stake. [See Marquesan.]

TIRARA, the edge of a canoe-sail.

Samoan—tila, the sprit of a sail; (b.) the masts of a vessel (modern). Cf. tilalalo, the sprit of a Samoan sail; matila, a short fishingrod.

Tahitian —tira, the mast of any sailing vessel: Mai te taoto i nia i te auru tira ra; As one who lies on the top of a mast. (b.) A fishing-canoe fitted up with a mast; (c.) a pole or stick put up in the marae (sacred place); tiratira, to put up a high house; (b.) to invest a person with authority. Cf. hiutira, a small altar for a god on board a canoe; also a sort of temporary idol fitted up for a begging expedition.

Hawaiian —cf. kilakila, height, grandeur (applied to a mountain); strong, stout, able, long, brave (applied to persons).

Tongan—jila, the yards of a canoe; the sail yard. Cf. jilalalo, the lower sprit or yard in a canoe; kikila, to shine, to glare; shining, dazzling.

Rarotongan—tira,a mast: Kare oki to ratou tira e mou ia ratou; They could not well strengthen their mast. Titira, a double canoe. Cf. tiratiratu, upright.

Atiu —tira, a mast: E karo ki te tira; Look at the mast.

Marquesan—tiatia, a young tree fit for a canoe-outrigger.

Mangarevan—tira, a mast; (b.) to go straight on one's path, or to a mark; (c.) to present oneself without fear; (d.) to go in front; (e.) to cross the sea as a path; (f.) hardy, strong. [See Tara.] Cf. tirataka, great, above all; tirara, to wander in one's speech; aka-tirataka, to be great in extent, quantity, or quality.

Paumotan—faka-tiraga, to raise, to lift up.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. ti, pointed downwards; tila, to drive a stick into the ground by striking the upper end of it.

Malagasy—cf. dera, praise, honour, fame.

TIRAHA (tìraha), a large bundle. Cf. raha, extended.

TIRAHA (tìraha), to lean, to slant. Cf. titaha, to lean to one side; taha, the side. 2. Face upwards; supine: Takoto tiraha ana taua wahine me te kaumatua ra i runga i aia— A. H. M., iv. 90. Cf. paraharaha, flat and thin. 3. Slow, dilatory; supine.

Samoan—cf. lafalafa, the level top of a mountain; salafalafa, flat.

Hawaiian—cf. palaha, to fall fiat down, as a house; laha, to spread out.

Tongan —cf. lafalafa, flat, broad.

Tahitian—tiraha, to lie down on the back; tiraharah, to lie down on the back, as a sick person.

Paumotan —tirahaga, lying on the back; faka-tiraga, turned on the back.

TIRAIRAKA, the name of a bird, the Pied Fantail (Orn. Rhipidura flabellifera): Nga koriroriro, ia manu ia manu, me nga tirairaka— P. M., 31.

TIRAKERAKE (tìrakerake), full moon.

TIRAKI, a kind of shell-flan: Katahi ka waiho he pipi, tona ingoa he tiraki—A. H. M., iii. 62.

TIRANGARANGA (tìrangaranga), scattered. Cf. tirangorango, scattered; ranga, a shoal of fish; a company of persons; tirangi, to be unsettled; tirara, to be wide apart.

TIRANGI (tìrangi), to be unsettled. Cf. harangi, unsettled; hikirangi, to be unsettled; karangi, restless, unsettled; kahuirangi, unsettled; arangi, unsettled; koroirangi, wandering; tira, a company of travellers.

TIRANGORANGO (tìrangorango), to be scattered. Cf. tirangaranga, scattered.

TIRARA, to be wide apart; to be scattered. Cf. rara, to be spread out on a stage; to go in shoals; korara, to disperse; marara, scattered, separated; pirara, to be separated; purara, having interstices; tirera, to straddle.

Mangarevan —tirara, to wander in one's speech. Cf. tira, to cross the sea in one's journey. [For full comparatives, see Rara.]

TIRATU (tìratu), the mast of a canoe. Cf. tira, a mast: tu, to stand; tìrau, a peg, a stick. [For comparatives, see Tira.]

TIRAU (tìrau), a peg, a stick. Cf. titi, a peg; to stick in; tira, a mast; a stick; tia, a peg or stake; tiratù, a mast: rou, a long stick to reach anything with; rau, to gather into a basket. 2. To catch fish by means of a net page 517 drawn across a creek at high tide. Cf. rau, to catch in a net. [See also comparatives of Rou.]

TIRAUMOKO (tìraumoko), illegitimate; a bastard.

TIRAUWEKE, the name of a bird, the Saddleback (Orn. Creadion carunculatus).

TIREA (tìrea), the second night of the moon's age.

TIREKI (tìreki), a stack of fern-root.

TIREMI, to ebb (of the tide).

TIRENGI, unsettled, restless; ready to move. Cf. tirangi, unsettled.

TIREPA (tìrepa), to line with reeds the roof of a native house.

TIREPAREPA (tìreparepa), single, not double; a single garment. Cf. repa, a kind of mat.

TIRERA, to straddle, to spread the legs, as on horseback. Cf. tirara, wide apart.

TIRI, to throw or place one by one. 2. To plant: Ko Manawaru te màra i tiria ai—G.-8, 26. Cf. tiriwa, to plant at wide intervals. 3. To place in tiers, to stack. 4. To crackle. Cf. tiripapa, to explode in succession; whatitiri, thunder. 5. An offering to a deity (atua). 6. A pathway for the spirit of a dying man (or for an atua), made of a strip of flax-leaf or toetoe grass.

Samoan — tili, a message sent in haste to summon relatives and friends in a case of sickness; (b.) to be quick in order to be in time; (c.) to go a message of life and death; (d.) a mode of fishing with a small net; to fish with the tili: fa'a-tilitili, to be sparing of; to use sparingly. Cf. tiliforo, to run for life; tiliola, to run for life; tilisoifua, to run for life (a chief's word); tiliva'agoto, to have a canoe sinking with fish, and to refuse to give to those less fortunate; to be without love.

Tahitian— tiri, to throw or cast a small fishing-net on the water; (b.) a man who was an attendant upon a god; titiri, to throw or fling off a thing. Cf. tiriaina, a place where the heads of the dead were presented to the gods; tiriapera, a place where the bones of the dead, sacred cloth belonging to the chiefs, &c., were thrown to rot; a dunghill.

Hawaiian—cf. kili, to rain fine rain; to rain a little; to wet; kilipoipoi, to strike the hollow hands together, causing a sound.

Tongan—cf. jili, to break the teeth; tajili, to hold up light from different causes in the dark.

Marquesan—titii, to throw, to cast. Cf. tiipake, to cross the legs.

Mangarevan —tiri, to throw; (b.) to reject, to neglect, to lose; tiritiri, to reject continually, to lose for ever; titiri, to throw: E no ra i te matagi riria, anu nui, i titirihia i te Po; Behold this very disagreeable wind (god), very cold, was thrown into Spirit-land (Po). Cf. atutiri, to thunder; potiritiri, to distribute.

Paumotan — titiri, to abandon, to leave; (b.) to abjure, to deny; tiria, to forsake, to abandon. Ext. Poly:

Macassar —cf. djili, the darting of a spear; to flash, as lightning.

TIRIPAPA (tiripapà), to explode one after the other. Cf. papà, to burst, to explode; tiri, to crackle; whatitiri, thunder.

TIRITIRI, a plant resembling holly, with yellowish leaves.

TIRIWA (tiriwà), to plant at wide Intervals. Cf. tiri, to plant; wa, a space. 2 To plant in spaces where seed has failed to grow: hence, to fill up a vacant space. 3. A space, a com partment, a district. 4. The dividing cartilage of the nose.

TIRO, a food-store; a raised place for storing food; Ka haere mai ki uta a ka whakairia ki te tiro—A. H. M., ii. 22: Whanatu te hunga wahine ka tari mai nga ika ki te tiro whakairia—A. H. M., ii. 23. Syn. Whata.

TIRO, TITIRO, to look, to look at: Ka titiro atu i te haeatatanga o te whatitoka—P. M., 16: E pa ma! tirohia mai, ko au anake tenei— M. M., 209. Titiro kino, to look on one with disdain. Cf. moetitiro, to sleep wakefully. 2. To consider.

TIROTIRO. to gaze around, to look about: Ka tirotiro hoki i tenei wahi—Tiu., i. 24. Cf. tio, sharp. 2. To investigate. [See Samoan.]

Samoan — tilotilo, to peep, to spy; (b.) to adorn, to set off the person, as young people do; (c.) smoke ascending straight up like a tree, or coming out between the wall-mats (pola) of a house; (d.) the rays of the sun, moon, or stars peeping through a crevice, or from a rent in the clouds; tilofia, to be looked at. Cf. iloilo, to look at, to examine; ilo, to know; tilotilomàsae, to seek for an occasion to quarrel (lit. “to look for a hole in a net”); tio, sharp-looking (of the eyes); tautilo, to look out for.

Tahitian—tiro, to mark or select a thing; tirotiro, a remainder; small, little. Cf. titiromatatia, to gaze, to look steadfastly; to cast a lustful look.

Hawaiian — kilo, to look earnestly at a thing; (b.) to look at and watch the stars; a star-gazer; an astrologer; a magician; one who predicts future events from the observation of stars, the crowing of cocks, &c.: Puni ka moku o Kaialea ke kilo; Kaialea the Seer went round the land. (c.) To act as a sorcerer; (d.) to be a judge between man and man; a judge; (e.) a kind of lookingglass; kikilo, afar off; some place or thing afar off; kilokilo, to examine carefully; (b.) to tell fortunes by magic; a guessing at the future; (c.) an enchantment; hoo-kilo, to spy, to eavesdrop or overhear; to act as a spy on those who do wrong; (b.) to grow thin and spare; to waste away, as one in consumption. Cf. kilokilouhane, a species of sorcery; kilolani, an astrologer; kilowahine, a sorceress; okilo, afar off, at a distance; to look earnestly for something; to watch for; hakilo, to observe narrowly; to act the spy; Poe-kilo, a company of diviners or priests who observed and predicted coming events by examining the entrails, &c., of sacrificed animals, in the manner of the Roman haruspex; kilohi, to look admiringly at one's dress; to be vain; to act with self-complacency; to scrutinise, as one's character; to examine; to observe; kilomakani, one who predicts future events by observing the wind.

Tongan—jio, to look, to stare; jiojio, to gaze, to stare about: Oku nau mamata mo jiojio hau kiate au; They look and stare at me. Faka-jio, to peep, to look; to stare; to pry; jilojilo, sharp-pointed. Cf. kilo, to look aslant; kikilo, to look from side to side; jioata, a mirror, anything which reflects the image; jiojioua, to look two ways; jiofakamamau, to look stead- page 518 fastly; jiokalojio, to be angry with another for doing what he himself is doing; fejiofaki, to stare at each other; fejiojiofaki, to look in different directions; fekilokilofaki, to stare about; kilokiloua, to look in different directions; undecided; makilo, to appear in sight; tajilo, clear, transparent.

Mangalan—tiro, to look. Cf. tairo, to mark, to take notice.

Atiu—titiro, to look at: Titiro ki ie pai, e karo ki te tira; Look at the ship, gaze at the masts.

Marquesan— cf. tiohi, to look at; to watch over; to take under protection; to visit.

Mangarevan—tiho, to examine, to regard attentively. Cf. tiro, a reef, a dark-coloured spot in the sea; spots of iron-mould on cloth; aka-tino, to observe, to mark, to examine; aka-tinotino, to look at (in a bad sense); matiro, to examine, to regard, to visit: matirotiro, to look right and left; matiho, to spy out. Ext. Poly:

Fiji—cf. tiro-va, to look at oneself in water; to peep at, as a reflected imago: titiro, a viewing indistinctly; iloilo. a mirror, water, or anything bright that reflects ono's image: hence, a looking-glass; iro, to peep, to look slyly.

Macassar—cf. tiro, to spy.

Malagasy— cf. tilytily, a watchman, a spy.

TIROU (tìrou), a fork; a pointed stick used as a fork; to take up with a fork or stick. Cf. tirau, a peg, a stick; rou, a pole for reaching anything with. 2. To move a canoe sideways by plunging the paddle into the water and drawing it towards one.

TIROUROU (tìrourou), a stick for forking up sowthistles.

Hawaiian— kilou, a hook; to hook, to catch with a hook. Cf. lou, to bend as a hook; haokilou, an iron hook; kelou, a hook. [For full comparatives, see Rou.]

TITAHA (tìtaha), to slant, to lean on one side; to be on one side. Cf. taha, the side; tiraha, to lean. 2. To pass on one side. 3. To go in an oblique direction: Kua tatu kei raro e rere ana, titahatia atu, titahatia mai—P. M., 18. 4. To vary from, to have a different tendency. 5. To decline, as the sun.

Whaka-TITAHA, to lay a thing on its side: E whakatitahatia ai te waka. kia mahi tetahi niao—A. H. M., v., 8.

Tahitian—titaha, circuitous, round about, as a road. Cf. taha, a side; tahataha, to be declining, as the sun in the afternoon; to be wandering, as the eye, on account of some evil felt or designed.

Hawaiian—kikaha, passing by a former friend; not recognising one with whom he was formerly acquainted. Cf. kaha, to stand sideways.

Marquesan— titaha, to walk about.

Mangarevan— titaha, to put on one side, said of losing things; to be on one side, said of things; aka-titaha, to be on one side, in sleeping.

TITAHA (tìtaha), an axe, a hatchet: He titaha i tona ringa—Kai., ix. 48. 2. A kind of mat.

TITAKA (tìtaka), to move about; to turn round. Cf. taka, to turn on a pivot; porotaka, round; potaka, a top, &c.

TITAKATAKA, to turn over and over; to wallow. [For comparatives, See Taka.]

TITAMA (tìtama) (an anagram of Timata), to beging: Ka titamatia te Pot ka titamatia te Ao—A. H. M., i. 117. [See Timata.]

TITAMA, a naughty child: Hineateuira, te titama a Tane—A. H. M., i. 25.

TITAPU, the hen of the Bell-Bird (Orn. Anthornis melanura).

TITARANAKI (tìtaranaki), a variety of edible fern.

TITARI (tìtari), to strew, to scatter: Te whare tena i titaria ai nga ika riki nei— G. P., 324. Cf. hitari, a sieve.

TITARITARI, to scatter, to disperse.

TITEI (tìtei), a spy, a scout. Cf. tutei, a spy; tutai, a spy.

TITENGI, unsettled, restless. Cf. tirengi, unsettled; tingei, unsettled, ready to move.

TITI, to stick in, as a stake or pin; a peg, a pin, a nail: Me te mea kei te paru e titi ana—Prov.: Kei te pari i titi ana, i titia mai i waho—G.-8, 19. Cf. tautiti, to stick into one's belt; tia, a peg or stake; to stick in; tira, a mast; a stake; titiroa, a long wedge. 2. To shine: Na titi tonu te ra ki roto— P. M., 49. Cf. whiti, to shine. [See Tahitian]. 3. To wander, to go astray. Cf. atiti, to stray; kotiti, to wander about. 4. To fasten with pegs or nails: E titi ana te pihanga me te whatitoka—P. M., 67. Cf. karatiti, to fasten with pegs or nails.

Tahitian—titi, a peg, pin, or nail; to pin or peg; (b.) to stick fast, as a mote in the eye; tititi, pieces or wedges used in joining a canoe. Cf. matitititi, to spread out, as the rays of the sun soon after rising; patiti, to nail; to fasten; pati, to leap or start (with this cf. Maori titi, to shine, as whiti, to start suddenly, and to shine); petiti, to remove a stake.

Hawaiian—kiki, the rushing or striking of a cock with his spurs; quickly and suddenly; to do a thing with vehemence. Cf. kipou, to drive down, as a stake in the ground;waiki, the sharp end or point of a thing.

Tongan—cf. jiji, to charge, to command; jijijiga, noonday; vertical heat.

Mangarovan— titi, to stop up a hole with a peg; (b,) to mistake one thing for another. Cf. tito, a dot, a point; tia, to fasten with a nail.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. ti, pointed downwards; to take root downwards, as the roots of cocoanuts; tila, to drive in a stake by striking the upper end.

Macassar—cf. ditti, a tickler; the clitorit.

TITI, perpendicular, as a cliff: He hiwi pari titi tonu tetahi taha—A. H. M., v. 21.

TITI (tìtì). [See under Ti.]

TITIHAI (myth.), the god presiding over the ankle—A. H. M., i. App.

TITIKE. [See under Tike.]

TITIKO (tìtìko), the name of a shell-fish.

TITIKURA (myth.), the name of an invocation used by the priests of the Ponaturi—P. M., 71. [See Rata (myth.).]

TITIMAKO (tìtìmako), the name of a bird, the Bell-bird (Orn. Anthornis melanura).

TITIPARERARERA, tumultuous, violent: Hau nuil hau roa, hau titiparerarera—S. T., 134.

TITIPI. [See under Tipi.]

TITIPOUNAMU. the name of a bird, the Rifleman (Orn. Acanthidostitta chloris).

page 519

TITIPORANGI, the name of a bird, the New Zealand Scaup; the Black Teal and Widgeon of Colonists (Orn. Fuligula novœ-zealandiœ).

TITIRANGI, the name of a shrub (Bot. Veronica speciosa).

TITIREIA (myth.), the name of a princely plume worn by the heir of the house of Uenuku— A. H. M., iii. 11.

TITIRO. [See Tiro.]

TITIROA (tìtìroa), a long wedge used by the natives for splitting wood. Cf. titi, to stick in; a peg; a pin; roa, long. [For comparatives, see Titi, and Roa.]

TITIROMATA (tohunga titiromata), a soothsayer; a kind of wizard: Ka wehi nga tohunga makutu ki nga tohunga titiromata—MSS.

TITIROMOTEKO, to peer out from under garments. Cf. titiro, to look.

TITITAI, a boat song, a canoe song. Cf. titi, to chirp; tai, the sea.

TITIWHA, to catch kahawai-fish with the pauashell hook.

TITO, to invent, to compose, as a song or romance; a fable: Ka titoa atu he waiata mo taua parekura, me Te Ratorua—G.-8, 20: Kei puaki i a koe te korero tito noa—Eko., xxiii. 1.

Tahitian—cf. tito, to peak, as a fowl; titohu, to point with the finger; titotai, a clever fisherman; titau, to ask, to seek.

Hawaiian— cf. kiko, a small dot or point; the figure marked on the skin in. tattooing [see Tau]; striped, spotted, speckled.

Marquesan—cf. tito, joined, united; to put close together.

Mangarevan—cf. tito, a point, a dot; to peck, to bite at the hook, to leap, to jump.

Paumotan—cf. tito, to peck; titotito, to peok.

TITO, having the face covered with long hair.

TITOHEA (tìtòhea), land worn out, exhausted by long cultivation. 2. Bad fern-root. 3. To tie in a bow or slip-knot.

TITOKI (also Titongi.) the name of a tree (Bot. Alectryon excelsum): Ko nga rangatira o te tau titoki—Prov.

TITOKI, to chop, to hew. Cf. toki, an axe. [For comparatives, see Toki.]

TITOKO, to pole, as a canoe; to stretch with a pole; a pole used to obtain or extend anything; the sprit of a sail, &c. Cf. toko, a pole; kotokoto, a sprit to extend a sail with. 2. To keep off or away.

Tahitian —titoo, a sprit or piece of wood for extending a sail; to stretch out a sail; (b.) to stretch out an arm, leg, &c. [For full comparatives, see Toko.]

TITONGI. [See Titoki.]

TITORE (tìtore), to split, to divide: He mea titorea te pona—P. M., 175: Na te panga o aku patu, titore ke, titore ke—P. M., 31. Cf. toretore, split into strips; toritori, to cut, separate.

Tahitian—titore, to split straw, leaves, &c., for mats.

TITUPU, to chap, to crack (of the skin). 2. To peel off, to remove, as the rind of a fruit.

TlU (myth.), a deity of the winds, a son of Tawhiri - matea, Lord of Tempests. Another tradition says that Tiu was brother of Tangaroa and Tawhiri-matca, and that their sister, Poko-harua-te-Po, was the first wife of Rangi (Heaven)—A. H. M., i. 24. 2. A priest who was on board the raft of Parawhenuamea at the time of the Deluge. He was the repeater of incantations and director of ceremonies in the ark of safety—A. H. M., i. 173. (For Flood-legends, see Tuputupuwhenua.]

TIU,Swift; to go swiftly:,Tin tonu te tere o te waka—S. T., 316. 2. To awoop, as a bird in flight. 3. To fall to the ground, as a kite when flying.

TIUTIU, to turn about 2. To swoop, as a bird. 3. To skim, as a bird, without flapping the wings. 4. A person who wanders about sad and careworn.Cf. atiutiu, to wander.

Samoan—tiu, to go on a fishing voyage; (b.) to set a rat-trap.

Tahitian—tiu, to beg or demand property from house to house, as was formerly done by the chiefs and their servants.

Hawaiian—kiu, a spy; to spy out a country; (b.) a hook, a fish-hook. Cf. makakiu, to spy out secretly.

Tongan—Jiu, a race with paddling canoes; (b.) to seek sharks.

Mangarevan—cf. tatiu, to go to different places; a circle; round.

TIU (Moriori,) the North-west wind. Cf. atiu, the north-west wind; hauatiu, the north-west wind; kotiu, the north wind; tiuroa, (Moriori,) the north-west wind; tupatiu, the north-west wind.

Samoan —fa'a-tiu, a northerly wind.

Hawaiian —kiu, the north-west wind at Hana, Kaupo, &c.; a strong wind at Honuaula (Island of Maui), caused by the trade-winds breaking over the mountains. Cf. akiukiu, searching, penetrating.

Marquesan—tiu, the north wind.

Mangarevan—tiu, the west wind. Cf. urupatiu, the wind W ¼ S.

TIUTIU, the name of a bird.

TIUROA (Moriori,) the North-west wind. Cf. tiu, the north-west wind; roa, long. [For comparatives, see Tiu.]

TIUTIUKATA, the name of a bird, the North Island Thrush (Orn. Turnagra hectori).

TIWAI (tìwai), (also Tawai.) a canoe made of a single log, without streaks or attached sides.

TIWAI (tìwai), enduring, lasting, permanent.

TIWAIWAKA (also Tiwakawaka,) the name of a bird, the Pied Fantail (Orn. Rhipidura flabellifera).

TIWAKAWAKA. Katahi ano ka tino kata nga tiwakawaka ra—P. M., 31. [See Tiwaiwaka.]

TIWARI, to scrape. Cf. tihore, to scrape.

TIWATAWATA, the fence of a pa; palisading. Cf. tuwatawata, the main fence of a pa.

TIWE (tìwe), to scream.

TIWEKA (tìweka), a vagrant, a vagabond, roaming after no good.

TIWERAWERA, mournful: Ka tangi ia, he nui, he tiwerawera te tangi—Ken., xxiv. 34.

TIWHA, a patch, a spot; a bald spot on the head; the mark of a landslip, &c. Cf. korotiwha, spotted; kotiwhatiwha, spotted. 2. Squinting.

page 520

TITIWHA, to be in patches or in small circumscribed portions.

TIWHATIWHA, dark. 2. Gloomy in mind; sad.

Samoan—tifa. mother-o'-pearl.

Tahitian —tifa. striped with various colours; (b.) to join things together; to dovetail; tifatifa, to join things together. Of. tifai, a patch; to mend or patch a thing.

Tongan —jifa, the mother-o'-pearl shell; (b.) to shoot or glide along; faka-jifa, to whirl round. Manga - revan—cf. tiha, curved, bent.

Ext. Poly.: Sikayana —cf. tifa, the pearl-oyster.

TIWHANA (tìwhana), to be curved: Tiwhana kau ana Uenuku i te rangi — M. M., 164. Cf. vshana, bent, bowed; a spring; to spring, to recoil, to kick; korowhana, bent, bowed; kowhana, bent, bowed; springing up violently; tawhana, bent like a bow. 2. Tattoo-lines on the forehead over the eyebrows. [For comparatives, see Whana.]

TIWHAKI (tìwhaki), to expand, to open.

TIWHARAWHARA (tìwharawhara), to be split, to be separated.

TIWHEATU (Moriori,) distant, far-off.

TO (tò), the stems of tall straight plants, as of maize, raupo, &c. Cf. toa, to throw up a stalk; toko, a small pole; totò, to ooze, to trickle; toto, to bleed; blood.

Samoan —cf. to, to plant; to fall, as rain or dew; tolo, sugar-cane.

Tahitian — to, sugar-cane; (b.) sugar. Cf. toto, the sap or juice of plants; blood; topapa, maize.

Hawaiian —ko, sugar-cane; (b.) sugar, molasses. Cf. koeli, the sugar-cane planted or put underground; koula, a reddish variety of sugar-cane.

Tongan — to, the sugar-cane. Cf. toi, to drop; to distil; toto, to bleed.

Marquesan —to, sugar-cane.

Paumotan — to, sugarcane.

Mangarovan — to, sugar-cane. Cf. totitititi, to full drop by drop.

Ext. Poly.: Aneityum — cf. netto, sugar-cane.

Sikayana —cf. toro, sugar-cane.

TO (tò), pregnant (of a female).

Whaka-TO, to plant: Ka whakatoria nga purapura o nga wahine o runga i a Tainui—G.-8, 19.

Samoan—to, conception, pregnancy; to be with child; to conceive: Ona nofonofo lea o le fafine, ua to i le tamaloa; The woman lived with him till she became pregnant, (b.) To plant; (c.) to build; (d.) to open, as a door; (e.) to fall, as rain or dew; (f.) to come upon, a wind, or a calamity; (g.) to give, as a decision; (h.) to give over, as land; (i.) to take down; (j.) to remove; (k.) to separate from one another; (l.) to take an oath; toto (totò), to plant: Ou te totòina i latou, a e le liaiina; I will plant them, and will not pluck them up. (b.) To sing; fa'a-to, to give over, as land sold or given; (b.) to curse; fa'a-toaga, a plantation; fa'a-toto, to to take up a growing yam, leaving the stalk to grow again; toga, a grove (always compounded with the name of the species of tree, as toga'ulu, &c.); to'aga, a planting; (b.) a building of houses; (c.) to be in earnest in doing things. Cf. tòifale, to be with child in her father's house while still unmarried; a bastard; tòfale, to build houses; tòmasaga, to be both pregnant together, as two wives of one man, or two women in one family; maitò, pregnancy; topo'a, to bear a child in old age; to'vale, to plant bad kinds of crops; to give away recklessly. Tahitian —to, to conceive, said only of women: E to ra oe,e e fanau ta oe tamaiti; You will conceive and bear a child, (b.) To wrestle; (c.) to pant, as two fowls when fighting; to make a noise, as a hen when her nest is disturbed; faa-to, to put shoots of the ava (kava) plant in a hole with wet leaves, in order to cause them to grow, and then take them for planting Cf. puto, a cluster of sugar-canes.

Hawaiian — ko, to proceed, as a child from a parent; to beget, as a father: No na makuakane nana lakou i ko ai ma keia aina; Concerning their fathers that begat them in this land. (b.) To conceive, as a female; to become pregnant: A ike iho la ia ua ko; When she saw that she had become pregnant, (c.) To accomplish, to fulfil; (d) to obtain, to conquer, to overpower; koko, to fill, to fulfil; a rising up; an extension; hoo-ko, to fulfil an engagement; to perform that which has been agreed to; (b.) to put a law in force.

Tongan —to. the act of planting; faka-to, to lay eggs; (b.) to throw down; (c) to entrap birds by other birds of the same kind; (d.) to cause to come over. Cf. toafa, a wilderness; faka-toafa, to cultivate what was once waste land; fetoaki, to plant in different places; toukai, the time for fruit-trees bearing (tau ?); tokaga, a place where many birds lay their eggs.

TO (tò), to set, as the sun: E to, e te ra, to atu kl te rua—G. P., 261. Cf. toene, to set; totohu, to sink.

Tongan — to, to set; (b.) to fall; the act of falling.

Tahitian —cf. too, to set; tooa-o-tera, the west; toihoiho, to decline, as the sun.

Mangarevan — cf. aka-to, to fall plumb down.

TO (tò), thy. Plural O. Cf. tau, thy.

Samoan —cf. lo, the possessive prefix to the dual and plural of pronouns when the noun is singular; lon, thy, thine.

Tahitian —to, thy: Ua parau ana'e te vaha ra, ua parau ia i te ino; When your mouth speaks it speaks evil. Cf. tou, thine.

Hawaiian —ko, thy, thine; of thee. A contraction of kou.

Tongan —cf. ho, thy.

Mangarevan —cf. to, for the, as to tera tagata te kai, the food is for that man; tou, thy; tokoe, thy.

Marquesan —to, thy: E pakipakia to vae, Tanaoa; Strike your leg, Tangaroa.

TO (tò), to drag, to haul, as a canoe: Toia Tainui, te patu ki te moana. Na wai e to ?—A. H. M., iv. 22. 2. To drag, as a fish, to land: Ka toia e Kae ki uta hei kai mana—P. M., 38. 3. To drag, as a sliding door: Ka karanga atu ‘Hine-i-te-kakara, toia te papa’—M. M., 186. Cf. tatau, a door.

TOTO (tòtò), to drag a number of objects: Katahi ka rarahu atu ki o ratou nei waka ano, ka toto ki te wai. 2. To chip or knock off; to chop. 3. To perform a ceremony over a child. Syn. Tua. [See Tua.]

TOANGA (toanga-waka), a portage, a place where canoes are dragged over : No te toanga o Tainui i Otàhuhu i roto i Tamaki—G.-8, 19.

Samoan —to, to remove; (b.) to open, as a door; (c.) to take down; (d.) to separate from one another. Cf. toso [see Tongan], to drag; to carry off by force, as a woman; to'ai, to go page 521 direct to, to head towards, as a canoe; tosogafafine, rape.

Tahitian —cf. too, to pull or drag along; a pole to push a canoe along [see Toko]; aratò, to pull or drag along the ground; a person that pulls or drags anything; to be trailing as a long garment along the ground; patò, to propel or shoot forward; putò, to drag or pull a thing; rato, to haul,

Hawaiian —ko, to draw or drag along, as with a rope; koko, to pull this way and that; to pull or drag along; (b.) to push; to jostle, as in a crowd; (c.) the strings braided for carrying a calabash. Cf. kowaa, a rope or string for drawing a canoe, &c; alako, to drag along the ground; to lead, as a criminal; to trail, as a gown; kauo, to draw or drag along, to haul; dragging; hauling.

Tongan —toho, to drag, to haul along; tohotoho, to drag by force; to abuse a female; totoho, to drawl out, to lengthen out; (b.) streaked; plaided; faka-toho, to lengthen, to drag on; to prolong. Cf. fetoho, to drag along, by several; fetohoaki, to pull or drag in opposite directions.

Marquesan —cf. to, to make a canoe; toi, to haul, to drag with a cord,

Mangarevan — cf. to, to make a boat; to nail planks; to dig up a stone; to unite the folds of one's dress; aka-to, to fall plumb down.

Aniwan —cf. toro, to draw, to haul. Ext. Poly:

Sikayana —cf. to, to take; totuka, a door.

TO (tò), a word probably compounded of te and o, “the of,” as to tatou whaea, our mother. Cf. to, thy.

Samoan —lo, the possessive prefix to the dual and plural of pronouns when the noun is singular, as lo matou tama, our father. Cf. lou, thy.

Hawaiian —ko, the sign of possession, as ko kakou, ours: O ko lakou pono, oïa ka kakou e hoomahui ai; Their good deeds, that is what we should imitate.

Marquesan — to, of or belonging to.

Paumotan —to, of or belonging to.

TO (tò), up to, as high as.

TO (Moriori,) the finger or toe. Cf. tonui, the thumb; konui, the thumb; toroa, the first finger; topere, the third finger; toiti, the little finger; toihi, to be split (as wae, to divide, and wae, the foot and leg ?).

Maugarevan — cf. toi, to divide. Ext. Poly.: Solomon Islands —cf. toto, the foot.

TO tò, (for Tonu,) entirely. [See Tonu.]

TOA, the male (of animals): Ka taona te toa, ko te uwha i waiho—Wohl., Trans., vii. 32. 2. Victorious: Ko ia anake i toa ki te whawhai— P. M., 10. 3. A brave man, a warrior, a hero: Katahi ka werahia te ko, ka mate tera toa— P. M., 62: Me te whakahua i nga ingoa o nga toa—A. H. M., i. 34. 4. Courage; a brave quality of mind: Toku toa, he toa rangatira— Prov. Cf. toka, a rook. 5. Success attained by courage: Ka rongo tetehi wahine no runga i te rangi ki te toa o Tawhaki—P. M., 50.

TOTO A, impetuous, fierce. 2. Urgent, pressing.

Samoan—toa, a warrior; (b.) a cock, the male of the domestic fowl; (c.) the Ironwood tree (Casuarina equisetifolia); fa'a-toatoa, to bear patiently, to endure.

Tahitian —toa, a warrior, a valiant man; (b.) the Ironwood tree (Casuarina); faa-toa, to crow together; (b.) to make courageous or warlike; (c.) to stir up mischief; faa-toatoa, to be very brave; (b.) to make exertions too soon after sickness. Cf. tòà, self-conceited, proud; toamatapu, coura geous, dauntless; atoa, a tempestuous wind; toahuripapa, a tempestuous wind.

Hawaiian—koa, a soldier; soldiers; an army; a multitude; (b.) brave, bold, at as a soldier; to be bold, courageous; hoo-koa, to be vallani; koakoa, brave, bold, daring. Impudent, Cf koaka, valiant, brave, applied to men; koapaka, brave; successful, as a combatant; makakoa, fierce in countenance; makoa, to do courageously; to be hard with people; to be stingy; to be unkind.

Tongan —toa, courage, courageous; (b.) the name of a tree; faka-toa, to show courage; to act bravely. Cf. fakatoaki, to endure; faka-toatele, to act with bravery; to exhibit fortitude; lavatoa, the mark of a hcro.

Marquesan —toa, a warrior; (b.) a male; (c.) brave; (d.) the Ironwood tree.

Mangaian —toa, a warrior; (b.) the Ironwood tree.

Mangarevan —toa, to be brave; strong; (b.) the Ironwood tree; (c) a woman, a female (in speaking of sex); toatoa, to work fast; (b.) valiant; aka-toa, to be vehement in speech; (b.) to be valiant; (c.) to be industrious; (d.) to make an effort. Cf. aretoa, brave, active, strong; toaaretoa, a brave woman.

Paumotan —toa, brave, valiant; (b.) in good health; (c.) to triumph; faka-toa, ambitious; faka-toatoa, to disdain. Cf. uatoa, to triumph.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji —cf. doa, the heart of a tree; toa, a fowl. In S.E. Api, Sesake, Fate, Pentecost, EspirltuSanto, and Lepers Island, toa is the domestic fowl. [See Moa.]

Macassar —cf. towa, an overseer; a parent.

TOA, to throw up a stalk. Cf. to, the flowerstalk of some plants. [For comparatives, see to.]

TOA, to romp, to gambol. Cf. toa, brave, victorious.

Hawaiian —koa, to speak in jests; boldly, without fear; koakoa; bold, impudent.

Whaka-TOAMOA, an insulting dance used to incite warriors to deeds of bloodshed.

TOANGA. [See under To, to haul.] 2. A derivative of Toa.

TOANUI, the name of a large black sea-bird.

TOATOA, the name of a tree (Bot. Phyllocladus glauca, and P. alpinus). 2. The name of a plant (Bot. Haloragis alata).

TOE, to remain over, to be left, as a remnant: Toe iho e waru—P. M., 112: A toe ake ko Noa anake — Ken., vii. 23. Cf. toe, to split, to divide.

TOENGA, a remnant; that which is left over.

Samoan —toe, the last; (b.) a remnant, a surplus; to remain over; (c.) again: E toe sosolo i lalo o latou aa; They shall again take root downwards. Totoe, a remnant (plural): E ua totoe o latou uso le au faitaulaga; The remnant of their brothers the priests. Toetoe almost, nearly; fa'a-toe, to cause some to remain; to reserve. Cf. toe'aiga, the remains of a meal; toea‘ina an old man.

Tahitian — toe, to remain, to be left, as a remant: E tutui oe i taua vahi toe ra i te auahi; You shall burn the remainder with fire. Toea, a remainder, a residue; (b.) an old person; faatoe, to leave some, to spare a remainder. Cf.

page 522

tunatoe, the remaining one after all have been supplied; toeapoia, a single breadfruit on the end of a branch that cannot be obtained.

Hawaiian— koe, to remain, to be over and above; not quite all; the remainder; an excess, a surplus; remaining, enduring: A holo aku la ka poe i koe ma ka mauna; The remainder fled to the mountain: O ka mea hoiliili nui, aohe ana i koe; He that gathered much had nothing over. (b.) To divide off, to separate; hoo-koe, to cause to remain; to permit to remain; to save from destruction; to leave; to spare, to preserve; (b.) to fulfil, to accomplish, as a promise. Cf. koele, a small division of land; koea, to divide off, to separate; koana, to remain; to he over and above; a fragment, a particle; koona, a rem nant; the remainder of water in a calabash.

Tongan—too, to remain; a remnant: Koe toe be ae kau tagata kafo iate kinautolu; Though only wounded men remained among them. (b.) The youngest child in a family; to groan; a groan; (d.) again, a second time; toega, the remnant, the remainder; faka-toe, to leave, to reserve; to lay up for future use; toetoe, to mourn, to groan repeatedly; (b.) the remains, residue. Cf. totoi, to leave a rem nant; toegufiliga, the remains after all have had their choice.

Rarotongan — toe, to remain, to be loft over: E tei toe ra e vaoo ia na kotou kia popongi; That which remains over, lay it up for yourselves till morning. Toenga, a residue, a surplus; aka-toe, to leave a remnant: Kare rava e akatoea te tumu ma te rara katoa ra; It shall leave them neither root nor branch.

Marquesan—toe, a re mainder; to be left over; toeka, the remainder.

Mangarevan—toe, to remain, to be over; superfluous; toega, the remainder. Pau motan—toega, residue; faka-toe, to leave, to quit. Cf. maramarama-toe, the remains, ruins, debris. Ext. Poly.: Slkayana — cf. toetoe, scarce.

TOE, TOTOE, to split, to divide, to separate. Cf. toihi, to be split; to, the finger or toe; toe, to remain over, to ba left, as a remnaut.

TOETOE, to split into strips or shreds: Waka o Whiro me te tipua ka ripiripi, ka toetoe— A. H. M., ii. 9.

Hawaiian—koe, to divide off; to separate; (b.) to remain over, a surplus, an excess; kokoe, to divide, to separate into parts; (b.) to cut with a sharp instrument. [Also consult comparatives of Toe, to remain over.]

TOEHAU (Moriori,) the second or middle finger. Cf. to, a finger or toe; tonui, the thumb, &c. [See To.]

TOEKE (tòeke), a loop of cord used in climbing trees. It was placed loosely round the feet to enable them to grasp the tree. Cf. tau, a loop; to, to drag, to haul; eke, to ascend.

TOEMI, a hand-net. Cf. toere, a hand-net; emi, to be gathered together; toiemi, a pot-net; to, to drag. 2. A net, of which the edges are made to draw together like the mouth of a bag.

TOENE, TOENEENE, to set (of the sun, &c.): A ka toene te ra, na, ka haere ia ki roto ki te puni—Tiu., xxiii. 11; Ka toeneene te ra ki te rua—S. T., 171. Cf. tò, to set; tòwene, to set. [For comparatives, see To.]

TOERE, a hand-net. Cf. toemi, a hand-net; to, to drag, to haul; here, a captive; to tie up.

TOETOE, several kinds of long graus or rushes, used for thatching purposes: He mea tango e aua tohunga i te toetoe ranei, i te tarutaru ranei—A. H. M., i. 5. Cf. toe, to split, to divide into strips. [For different kinds of toetoe, see Toetoe - kakaho, Toetoe-upokotangata, &c.]

TOETOE-KAKAHO, the name of a long grass, much used for thatching purposes (Bot. Arundo conspicua). Toetoe-stalks were much used in ancient religious ceremonies. It was believed that if the young men chewed these stalks while incantations were being learned, the effect produced would be great retentiveness of memory, and prevent them divulging secrets.

TOETOE-U POKOTANGATA, the name of a kind of grass (Bot. Cyperus ustulata).

TOETOE-WHATUMANU, a stalk of grass chewed by the priest before cutting the hair of the warriors composing a war-party (taua).

TOETOETU (toetoetù), a form of greeting by singing.

TOHA (Moriori,) a chasm, a deep rift.

TOHA, to spread abroad, to spread out. Cf. matoha, untied, undone; makoha, expanded; untied. 2. Anything used to stir fire with.

TOHATOHA, to spread abroad, to distribute: Hei tohatoha i te tangata ki te koraha haere ai—P. M., 82.

Hawaiian—cf. kohaha, large; increased in size; plump, as an animal.

Samoan—cf. tofa, to sleep.

Tongan—cf. tofa, to sleep (only of chiefs).

Mangarevan— cf. toha, a broom, a brush; to sweep; to push back a hand stretched out to take a thing. Pau motan—tohatoha, to open, to undo; (b.) to absolve; (c.) to unbosom, to confess; (d.) to disentangle; (e.) to free oneself, to run riot. Cf. tofatofa, to take off, as tofatofa-putiki, to take off a head-dress; totofa, to untie; tofaga, a share, allowance, ration.

TOHAEREROA (myth.), a name of Kahukura, the deity of the rainbow—A. H. M., i. 6.

TOHAKE, a kind of basket.

TOHAPURU, to gird tightly. Cf. puru, to plug up; purupuru, to repress.

TOHE, to press with eagerness; to persist; to be urgent: Ka tohe, ka tohe — heoi, ka mea nga matua ‘Kua patua’ —P. M., 96. Cf. tautohe, to contend, to persist; motohe, obstinate; toherapa, a persistent fellow, one who “will not take no for an answer”; tohetonu, assiduous, persevering. 2. Persistence; determined conduct: Ko taku tohe ano tenei, ake, ake, ake—P. M., 27. 3. To deny a thing sought for; to refuse; to object: Ka tohe ano te ring a o te wahine ra ka kapea e Paoa— P. M., 190.

TOTOHE, to contend with one another: No reira aua tangata i totohe ai—P. M., 9.

TOHETOHE, to be pertinacious; persistent.

Hawaiian—cf. kohe, to detain; kohi, to prevent, to hinder; kohekohe, the name of a shell-fish that grows to a plank on the side of a ship at sea.

Tongan—cf. tofe, the name of page 523 a shell-fish; tofetofe, the name of a shell-fish.

Marquesan—tone, to be obstinate; to hold one's own opinion; totohe, to dispute. Cf. titotohe, to dispute; to persist in maintaining.

TOHE (tòhe), a robber, a thief. Cf. tahae, a thief. 2. A miserly fellow: a niggard.

TOHENA, the yolk of an egg. Cf. toua, the yolk of an egg.

TOHENEHENE (tòhenehene), not in proper order; disarranged; disturbed.

TOHERAOA (toheràoa), the name of a Agrostis œmula, and some other grasses.

Hawaiian—cf. kohekohe, the name of a small rush or grass growing in kalo (taro) patches.

TOHERAPA, a persistent fellow; one who will take no denial. Cf. tohe, to be persistent.

TOHEROA, the name of a shell-fish.

Hawaiian—cf. kohekohe, the name of a shell-fish that grows to the side of a plank, or to a ship at sea.

TOHETAKE, the name of a small plant, the Dandelion (Bot. Taraxacum dens-leonis).

TOHETEA, exhausted by long cultivation; worked out; barren. Cf. patohe, an abandoned cultivation; titohea, exhausted by long cultivation; tohe. persistent.

TOHETOHE, the uvula, a soft round spongy body suspended from the palate over the glottis.

TOHETONU, assiduous, persevering. Cf. tohe, to persist; persistence; tonu, continually.

TOHI, to perform a certain ceremony over a young infant, sometimes called a baptismal ceremony, from the sprinkling with water which took place [see Ika, 184; M. S., 119]: Ko te tama i tohia ki te tohi Raukena—P. M., 122: Tohi ki te wai no Tu; whano koe—G. P., 75. 2. (Tohi-taua) To conduct certain ceremonies relating to a war-party before or after a battle. It was a very sacred ceremony, and no woman or boy was allowed to be present.

TOHI, to cook with hot stones. 2. A wooden vessel used in cooking. Cf. tohihi, to fill up, to stuff up.

TOHI, TOTOHI, to cut. Cf. toihi, to be split; tuhi, to write. [See Tongan.]

Whaka-TOTOHI, to cut, to cut up, to slice, as seed potatoes.

Samoan—tofl, to split up; (b.) to divide; (c.) to give an inheritance or appointment; (d.) a chisel; totofi, to split up, to divide, as taro, &c.; (b.) to appoint. Cf. màtofi, to split; to be quartered, as the moon in her last quarter; tosi, to tear in strips without quite separating; matosi, shredded, scratched.

Tahitian—tohi, a chisel; an instrument with which to split breadfruit; to use a chisel; (b.) to guard with the spear in fencing; tohitohi, a harpoon; (b.) to use a chisel. Cf. tatohi, to use a chisel; titohi, the throes of a woman in labour; tohipu, to cut breadfruit crossways; tohirepo, a spade.

Hawaiian—kohi, to dig, to make a hole in the ground: Kohi iho la ia a puni i na makalua; He dug around in the holes (as a fence). (b.) to take up, to separate, as the kalo (taro) from the huli (tops); (c.) to binder, to prevent, to hold back; kohikohi, to separate food, the worthless from the good;to seprate the good from the bad fish after a great hual; haa-kohi to travail in birth, to endure the pangs of childbirth; hoo-kohi, the first of commencing pains of childbirth; ko-kohi, to dig up, to separate taro from the tops; (b.) to give thoughtlessly until all has gone, and perhaps promised to another; (c,) the strong pains of a woman in childbirth; (d) the sadness of fear felt in time of strom; (e.) the storm itself. Cf. kohiai, to dig food from the ground, as potatoes; kohiku, to waste and destroy food in time of war.

Tongan—tofi to cut in small pieces; (b.) a knife made of hard wood; totofi, to cut, to cut a second time; tofitofi, to cut to pieces. Cf. tohi, to write; to enrol a book; a writing, a letter; to score, to streak, to split; a small sharp shell used in splitting leaves; fetofiaki, to cut and prepare (for each other) yams for setting; fetohiaki, to correspond by writing; matofi cut into sets or pieces; matohi, marked, scratched, shredded; tofai, to cut through the midst.

Marquesan—tohi, to cut the ma in a hole (ma is breadfruit buried and fermented in the ground). Cf. totohi, to wail, to weep.

Mangarevan—tohi, to cut or divide the paste or dough, a mess of native food; toi, to cut, to divide; to cut into slices.

Paumotan—totohi, to be born; (b.) to beget, to engender; faka-totohi, parturition; to lie in, as a woman; (b.) to bleed, to let blood.

TOHIHI, to stuff up, to fill up, to plug: Kaore konga tangata e tohihi wahie ana ki nga tara o te whare-A. H. M., ii. 29.

TOHINGA (myth.), a river on which was built the raft or ark of safety in which Paruwhenuamea and his family were delivered at the time of the Deluge—A. H. M., i. 174. [See Tuputupuwhenua.]

TOHIORA, “the house of life” (a mystical priestly expression): Mawai e kawe nga tohiora ki uta?—A. H. M., iii. 15. Cf. toi, life.

TOHIPA (tòhipa), to turn aside, to go in another direction. Cf. hipa, to start aside; whakahipa, to turn aside. [For comparatives, see Hipa.]

TOHIRA (tòhira), to jut out, to project; to be too long. Cf. whaka-hirahira, to magnify; to extol.

TOHITU (tohitù), to join end on.

TOHO (Moriori,) custom, usage.

TOHORA (tòhora), a whale generally, but usually applied to the Black Whale (Eubalœna australis): E te tohora! kawea au ki uta—M. M., 185: E ka takoto, me he nui tohora—P. M., 150.

Samoan-tafola (tafolà), a whale.

Tahitian—tohora, a whale or grampus.

Hawalian—kohola, a whale: I ka mano, niuhi, i ke kohola; Of the sharks, huge sharks and whales. (b.) A reef; a dry place in the sea a little way from the mainland.

Tongan —cf. tofuaa, a whale.

Mangaian—toora, a whale: Ei koti i te iku o te toora; To cut off the tail of the whale.

Mangarevan—tohora, a whale; (b.) united; sole, said of land; (c.) quick; viki-tohora, to run quickly; (d.) to scatter; to overflow.

Paumotan—tohora a whale.

page 524

TOHOU (for Tou,) thy. Cf. tahau, (for tau.) thy; nahaku, (for naku,) mine, &c.

TOHU, a mark, a sign; a proof: He aha te tohu o Kae?—P. M., 39: He tohu no te rangatira— P. M., 178. Cf. whaitohu, to distinguish with a mark; waitohu, a mark. 2. Anything serving as a reminder; a token of remembrance: Ko nga tohu tena a taku tupuna, a Kupe—G. P., 67. 3. To think. Cf. tohunga, a skilled person, a priest; tutohu, to receive a proposal favourably, to consent. 4. To preserve, to lay by, to take care of. 5. To save alive, to spare; protecting, watching over: He atua tohu i nga tangata o ona uri e noho i te ao nei—A. H. M., i. 33.

TOHUTOHU, to mark, to make a mark or sign. 2. To show, to point out: Ma Kitahi e tohutohu nga rohe—M. M., 149: Kua tohutohungia ki a au e aku hoa—P. M., 192. Kai-tohutohu, one who directs, an overseer: Me te kai-tohutohu o nga mahi katoa—A. H. M., v. 37. 3. To address, as in warning: Ka tohutohu a Rata ki tona taua—A. H. M., iii. 4.

Tahitian — tohu, a prophecy, a foretelling; to prophesy; (b.) to nod, to make a significant sign with the head or eyes; also, to point at a thing with the finger; (c.) the name of a Shark-god; tohutohu, to point at a thing repeatedly, or many pointing at once; (b.) to make tears to flow; (c.) to ask, solicit, or request a thing; faa-tohu, to point at a person or thing with the finger. Cf. tohoura, a piece of a rainbow; red clouds; tìtohu, to point with the finger; tohua, to give or share in driblets; small rain.

Hawaiian —cf. kohu, the sap or milk of vegetables, particularly if coloured; any fixed colouring matter for printing or dyeing native cloth; the fixing or permanency of the colours; hookohu, resemblance, likeness; a screen, a covering; kohukohu, to exhibit, to make a show or display; noble, honourable, dignified.

Rarotongan — totou, to prophesy: Ka totou katoa oki koe e ratou katoa; And yon shall prophesy with them, (b.) To command: Na kotou teianei totou; This command is for you.

Mangarevan —cf. tohu. to evade, to hide; tuhuga, wise, skilful; adroit.

TOHUNUHUNU (tòhunuhunu), oily, greasy in appearance. Cf. hinu, oil; inu, and unu, to drink. [For comparatives, see Hinu.]

TOHUNGA, a skilled person; adroit, clever; adept: Kia tukua ana tohunga hei tarai i tona waka—P. M., 71. Cf. tohu, to think; a sign; a token of remembrance. 2. A priest; a wizard: Tohunga titoromata, tohunga matuku, tohunga taitai ngarara—MSS.: E karakia ana nga tohunga ra—P. M., 58. Cf. tahu, a rite, an incantation; belonging to religious ceremonies; to kindle a fire. [See Tahitian and Hawaiian.] 3. The soul or intelligent spirit of a human being: Ka hutia te tohunga ki runga ki a Rana—C. O. D. [Note.—Tohunga has been generally considered a derivative of tohu, to think; and thus should have been placed under Tohu; but the Polynesian comparatives are so decided in their meanings, and so unusually variant as to the leading vowel, that a derivation from Tohu seems vary doubtful.]

Samoan —cf. tufuga, a carpenter, an artificer in wood; a tattoo marker; fa'a-tufugaga, tools for working in wood.

Tahitian —cf. tahua, an artificer, a mechanic; to deliberately settle by consultation; faa-tahua, to constitute a priest; to employ a priest; to employ an artizan to teach a person any art or trade; tahu, to kindle a fire; to use certain ceremonies of sorcery or conjuration; to act as a sorcerer; tahutahu, a sorcerer; tahuaati, a complete priest or artificer;. tahuamana, one skilled in the art he professes: tahuapure, a priest officiating at the marae (sacred place); autahua, the company of priests; tohu, to prophesy, to foretell.

Hawaiian —cf. kahuna, to exercise a profession; to work at one's appointed business; to have a trade or art, as kuhuna-kalai, an engraver; kahuna-kalui-laau, a carpenter; kahunn-lapaau, a physician. If no qualifying word follows, kahuna means priest, or person who offers sacrifices; to be or act the priest (O Kahiko ke alii pono, a akamai ia, he kahuna ame ke kilo; Tawhito was a good king, he was wise, was a priest and a prophet); hoo-kahuna, to sanctify or set apart for the priest's office; kahuna, to sprinkle salt on a sacrifice; kahunahuna, to sprinkle salt upon meat; small particles of any substance [see Maori Hunga, and Tohungarua]; kohu, to be ennobled, to be honoured; to be beautiful; to be like a chief; kahu, an honoured upper servant: hence, a feeder, a keeper; kuhukahu, to offer a sacrifice to the gods; the sacrifice offered to the aumukua (Maori kaumatua).

Tongan —cf. tufaga, an artificer, a carpenter; tafu, to fan or blow up a fire.

Mangaian —cf. tauga, a priest; a worker in wood; a carpenter; tau, to kindle; to cook.

Mangarevan — cf. tuhuga, wise, skilful, adroit, accustomed; aka-tuuga, facile: to be accustomed; to teach, to show, to instruct; tahu, to stir up the fire.

Paumotan —cf. tahuga, dexterity; a wise skilful person; an artist; an artizan; a carpenter; tahutahu, a sorcerer.

Moriori —cf. tohonga, adept, skilful; toho, custom, use.

TOHUNGARUA, to dole out; one who doles out. Cf. hungahunga, tow, refuse of flax.

Tahitian —cf. tohua, to give or share out in driblets, while the one who shares keeps most for himself. [For full comparatives, see Tohunga, and Hungahunga.]

TOI (myth.), the name of a people who were dwelling in New Zealand before the great Migration from Hawaiki. They are said by some to be the aborigines, by others to be the descendants of Nukutawhiti—G.-8, 29. [See Nukutawhiti.]

TOI (Toi-te-huatahi) (myth.), a chief of Hawaiki. He killed and ate the dog of Houmaitawhiti; this was the source of much of the trouble and bloodshed which led to the departure of the Maori people for New Zealand. The dog barking in the belly of Toi has given rise to the proverb: I huna iho koe ki roto ki te hopara nui o Toi. Toi was son of Te Atihapai, a descendant of Tiki. Toi was father of Rauru. Toi's wife Kuraemoana was carried off by Pubaorangi—P. M., 76; Ika, 272; M.S., 110; S. R., 13.

TOI (myth.), a chief of great power in New Zealand when Kahukura first came from Hawaiki bringing the kumara (sweet potato) plant— page 525 A.H.M., iii. 99. The inhabitants (aborigines?) were feeding on fern-root and the root of ti before that time—A. H. M. iii. 114.

TOI, TOITOI, to trot, to move briskly: Kei te toi poto, a, i te ata kei te toi roa—P. M., 91. Cf. toihau, to walk; toi, vitality.

TOI, life, vitality. 2. A stick used in religious ceremonies; part of the bark was removed so as to give it a speckled appearance, and it was adorned with feathers: He toi te ingoa o taua rakau—A. H. M., iii. 83.

TOI, the finger or toe. Used only in composition with iti, as the little finger or toe: Kowhahina mai ana te ahi i te toiiti o nga matikara—P. M., 26. Cf. toihi, to split. [Probably the Moriori to is a better form, as toiiti is often toiti.] [See To.]

Mangarevan—cf. toi, to separate, to divide; as wae, foot, and to divide.

TOI, TOITOI, the summit, the peak: Ka okioki ratou i nga toitoi o nga maunga—A. H. M., 1. 22: Tae atu a ia ki te toi o telahi maunga— A. H. M., i. 49. Cf. teitei, the summit; tihi, the summit; koinga, a point; toi, a finger or toe.

TOITOI, a variety of the kumara (sweet potato). 2. The name of a bird, the Brown Creeper (Orn. Certhiparus novæ-zealandiæ). 8. The name of a shell-fish. Syn. Ngnruru. 4. The name of a small fresh — water fish. 5. To rehearse canoe - songs. 6. To be overcome, conquered.

Whaka-TOI, to answer in a rude or perverse way: Mo korua i whakatoi ki taku Kupu —Tau., xx. 24. 2. To vex, to annoy, to tease: A ka whakatoi ratou i a koutou—Tau., xxxiii. 55.

Hawaiian—cf. koi, a compulsion; an urging; koikoi, rough, inconsiderate in speech; hoo-koikoi, oppressive, hard, cruel.

TOI (tòì), a wicker receptacle for holding seed potatoes. 2. The name of a tree, a variety of ti or cabbage-tree (Bot. Cordyline indivisa). 3. A mat made from this variety of ti; a waterproof mat. 4. The name of a plant (Bot. Barbarea australis).

TOI (tòì), to be moist; to exude. Cf. totò, to ooze, to trickle; toto, blood; ì, to ferment.

Tongan—toi, the gum of trees; to drop, to extil; faka-toi, distillation; to distil, to drop.

TOIEMI, a pot-net: Ko whakahau e Pahau kia taia he toiemi—A. H. M., iv. 84. Cf. toemi, a hand-net; whaka-emi, to gather together.

TOIERE, a general name for all canoes not warcanoes.

TOIHAU, to walk. Cf. toi, to move briskly; vitality, life.

TOIHI (tòihi), to be split. Of. ihi, to split, to divide; koihiihi, reduced to splinters; puihiihi, dishevelled, as the hair; moihi, to stand on end, as the hair with fright. [For comparatives, see Ihi.]

TOIKAHIKATEA, a variety of kumara (sweet potato).

TOIKI (tòiki), a tree charred by fire: Ko te toiki kapura—M. M., 72.

TOIMAHA, heavy: Ka mau iho tana matau i te toimaha—P. M., 24. Cf. taimaha, heavy; taumaha, heavy; maha, many. [For comparatives, see Taumaha.]

TOIMAU (myth.), a deity who has charge of Kikorangi, the heaven nearest the earth. Tolmau married Monoa, a daughter of Whiro. He was the son of Rotu, who was the son of Roa, the son of Niu, the son of Kapua, the son of Tama-a-

Rangi—A. H. M., i. App.

TOINGO (tòingo), smart, gay.

TOI-TE-HUATAHI. [See Toi.]

TOITI, the little finger or toe. Cf. to, the little finger or toe; iti, small; koiti, the little toe; tonui, the thumb.

TOITOI, the name of a bird, the New Zealand Creeper (Orn. Certhiparus novæ-zealandiæ).

TOITOIREKA, the name of a bird.

TOITU (toitù), entire, untouched; uncultivated: Ki nga kohatu toitu—Tin., xxvii. 6.

TOKA (myth.), one of the ancestral spirits who tattooed Tama a to beauty. Ha was the name of the other operator. [See Tama.]

TOKA, to overflow. Cf. tòkakawa, steam; perspiration.

TOKA, a stone, a rock; generally a rock in the sea: Waiho i te toka tu moana—Prov.: Ki te ngaruru e piri i te toka—M. M., 196. Cf. toka (for tonga), south. 2. To be subdued, stilled: Tenei hoki tou manawa, ka toka— A. H. M., i. 29. Kia toka, wait awhile.

TOTOKA, to become solid; to set, as ice or fat.

Whaka-TOTOKA, to congeal, to harden into a solid mass.

Samoan —to'a, to congeal, to coagulate: Ua suaeleele ia ona o le vaito'a; Which are blackish by reason of the ice. (b.) A rock rising near to the surface of the sea, on which a canoe may strike; to strike on a rook; to ground, as a canoe; (c.) to subside or settle down, as dirt in a fluid; (d.) to sleep (of chiefs); toto'a, quiet, peaceful; (b.) easy on the cessation of pain; (c.) gentle, slow; (d.) a doorway; to'ato'a, to be begrimed, as with dirt; (b.) settled, as clouds; fa'a-to'a, to commence a plantation; to cultivate land for the first time after it has been deserted; (b.) first; (c.) used as a superlative; to'aga, to remain with; to settle down with. Cf. mulito'a, sunken rocks used as fishing grounds; to'alemu, to be quiet, to be at rest; satisfied, quiet.

Tahitian —toa, a stone; a rock; coral rock; (b.) large clots of blood; (c.) the hard Ironwood tree (Casuarina); toatoa, small coral; faa-toa, to cast a stone called toa, as a confirmation of something settled. Cf. toaraa, a mass of coral rock above water; apatoa, the north (apatoerau, the south—apa meaning anything split down the middle, as the carcase of a fish, &c.); atoa, rocky; atoatoa, full of rooks; putoa, a piece of coral; toaa the hard substance in the pulp of the breadfruit; toafaaruru, a mass of coral beset by eddies; toaauau, a mass of coral over which the current runs; toa-toamarii, clots of blood; the lochia.

Hawaiian—koa, the horned coral: He koa kea i halelo i ka wai; The white coral in the watery caves, (b.) A broad prominent forehead; (c.) to be dry, without moisture; to be unfruitful, as a plant or tree; (d.) to be bold, to be courageous; koakoa, to live in one place page 526 not to move or rove about from one place to another; (b.) furnished supplied, having what is necessary for comfort; (c.) the coral rock; hoo-koa (as koa), to live in one place, &c. Cf. pukoa, rocks hidden or sunk under water, but such as ships may strike on; the coral rocks of the ocean; akoakoa, the horned coral; coral generally; a precious stone; koae, white, of a whitish colour.

Tongan—toka, aground, as a canoe; (b.) asleep; to sleep; to lie down, as one afflicted; sleep; (c.) submissive; conquered; (d.) to be; to exist in a certain state; (e.) sediment; totoka, any sediment; to sink, as a sediment; (b.) slowly, gently, gradually; slow, gentle; fakatoka, to run ashore, to ground; faka-totoka, to wait awhile; to act deliberately; gentle, deliberate. Cf. tokalalo, the lowest in any place; subjection; tokaaga, the bed or sleeping-place of chiefs; tokaluta, to stand or be firm.

Marquesan—toka; the white coral; (b.) a shoal of fish; (c.) the movement in sexual connection.

Mangarevan—toka, coral; (b.) a fixed place of abode; to live constantly in a place; tokatoka, curdled milk of the cocoanut. Cf. tokatea, white coral.

Rarotongan—toka, a stone. Ext. Poly:

Fiji— cf. toka, to stand or be placed (not used of persons, but of inanimate things); tokatoka, a seat or stand.

TOKA, perfect.

TOKAI (tòkai), battens or slips of wood covering the joints of a canoe. 2. Perpendicular pieces of wood fastened above to the thwart, and supporting the kauhuahua on which the rahoraho or floor is laid—W. W.

Samoan—to'ai, the timbers of a canoe.

Tongan—cf. tokai, to add to, to mix with.

Hawaiian—cf. koai, to wind round, to tie about.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. tokai, the covering on the ridge of a house of plaited leaves.

TOKAKAWA (tòkàkawa), steam; perspiration. Cf. totò, to ooze; kakawa, sweat.

TOKAMATUA, a troop, a company of persons. Cf. toko, a prefix to numerals, &c., when speaking of persons, as tokowaru, eight (persons); tokomaha, many (persons); matua, a company, a division of an army.

Samoan—cf. to'a, a prefix to the numerals in counting persons; to'afa, four (persons); to'afia, how many (persons)? [For full comparatives, see Matua.]

TOKANGA, a basket for cooked food.

TOKATAKA, syphilis.

TOKA-PARORE (myth.), the name of the anchor at the bow of the Arawa canoe in the Migration from Hawaiki to New Zealand. The name of the stern anchor was Tu-te-rangi-haruru—S. T., 15.

TOKARI (tòkari), to cut or notch. 2. To be cut or severed. 3. To ebb.

Whaka-TOKARIKARI, to out in notches; to serrate.

TOKATUMOANA, a mode of fighting without coming hand to hand.

TOKAU (tòkau), a canoe having side-boards but no figurehead nor sternpost.

TOKE, an earth-worm. Toke-wetara, a short kind of worm; toke-piripiri, a small kind of earthworm; toke-purakaroro, a large edible kind of worm; toke-tipa, a large edible worm eaten as a delicacy. Cf. noke, an earth-worm; nonoke, to struggle together, to wrestle; puratoke, a glow-worm. 2. The name of a fish. 3. The lobe of the ear. 4. Pudendum muliebre. 5. An omen of disaster and death.

Samoan—to‘e, the sea-eel (Ich. Murœna).

Tahitian—toe, an earth-worm; (b.) the worms that feed on the dead. Cf. motoe, to crawl as an earth-worm.

Hawaiian—koe, the angle-worm.

Tongan—toke, the seaeel.

Marquesan—toke, the large earthworm.

Rarotongan—toketoke, a worm.

Mangarevan—toketoke, sea insects like earth-worms. Cf. iritoke, an earth worm.

Paumotan—toko, toothache (believed to be caused by a worm).

TOKE (myth.), the ninth division of the Hades. the Lower-world; the last stage before final extinction, Here the soul becomes a worm (toke)—A. H. M., i. App. [See Reinga, Kore, &c.]

TOKE, to be out of sight; to be gone away.

TOKENEKENE, to tickle.

TOKEKE (tòkeke), churlish. Cf. keke, obstinate; houkeke, obstinate; hokeke, stubborn, churlish; pokeke, sullen. [For comparatives, see Keke.]

TOKEPIRIPIRI, the name of a bird, the Rifleman (Orn. Acanthidositta chloris).

TOKERAU, eastern.

Samoan—to'elau, the North-east tradewind: Taeao e toelau mai; To-morrow will the trade-wind blow.

Tahitian—toerau, westerly or north-westerly wind. Cf. aetoerau, a gentle and agreeable westerly wind; a soothing and pleasing state of mind.

Hawaiian—koolau, the east; A lele oe i ke kai kona, i kai koolau; Fly to the southern sea, fly to the eastern sea. (b.) The name of districts on the north side of islands.

Tongan—tokelau, the north: Ki be mataba oe katuba ki loto aia oku haga ki he tokelau; To the door of the inner gate that looks towards the north. Cf. koekoe, chilly: damp, wet; apatoerau. the south.

Mangaian—tokerau, the north-west wind: Vaia te rua e, i te tokerau è! Bush forth, O North-west wind! Cf. apatokerau, the north.

Mangarevan—tokorau, north: Hanau mai mei a Rumaragi, ko Tokorau; Born of Rumarangi was the (god of the) North-wind.

Moriori—cf. tokorau, the name of a wind (uncertain).

Paumotan—tokerau, north. Cf. patokerau, north-east.

Marquesan—tokoau, north; north-east. Bowditch Island.—The principal deity is Tui Tokelau, whose title is Tagaloa-ilaga-i-te-Lagi.

Ext. Poly.: Aneityum—cf. natokarau, the north-west wind.

Fiji—cf. tokalau, the east wind; tokalaulutu, the north or north-east wind.

TOKERE (tòkere), the name of a musical instrument.

Whaka-TOKERE, to beat together, to strike one thing with another: E karakia ana mai nga tohunga i tua o te harakeke, e whakatokere ana i nga iwi o Wahieroa—P. M., 58.

Hawaiian—koele, a slight knocking or pounding; the noise of the kapa (native cloth made from beaten bark) mallet at a distance; to strike, to beat; (b.) the ticking of a watch; page 527 to tick, as a clook; (c.) a union of two things; (d.) equality in numbers or strength; (e.) dry, at the ground; dry, as bones: Koele na iwi o Hua ma i ka la; Dry are the bones of Hua and his company in the sun. koeleele, to make a sound frequently by striking; to sound often; (b.) to be dry, as a place without rain and under the heat of the sun; (c.) contentious; quarrelling, as a man and his wife; much disposed to fight.

Mangarovan—cf. togere, the noise of water falling into a cask, the drawing in of the breast when coughing.

Paumotan—togere, to hit against, to strike; (b.) to ring, to tinkle; (c.) to use cruelty; to act severely.

TOKI, an axe, an adze, or any similar tool (tokihangai, an adze; toki-titaha, or toki-whakapae, a felling-axe): Tapahia ki te toki, kia hinga ki te wai—P. M., 66. Cf. titoki, to chop, to hew; koi, sharp [see Hawaiian]; toimaha, heavy. 2. To be nipped, as by cold: E te kiri o Manutongatea ka tokia e te hau—A. H. M., v. 16.

TOKITOKI, to earth up; to loosen the earth about the roots of plants.

Samoan—to'i, a hatchet. Cf. to'ia, to be struck, as by a falling tree, lightning (the natives think by thunder), or any calamity; to'ifafao, an axe fastened like an adze; to'ifatu, a stone axe; to'itu'i, a gouge-like axe; fatuto'i, a worn-out hatchet; to'ilalo, a state of subjection (lit. “under the axe”).

Tahitian— toi, a hatchet or tomahawk. Cf. toimato, a stone adze; a felling axe; toipauru, an axe that stands ill in its helve; toitamà, an adze used for finishing work; hurutoi, the fringes of the sinnet tied to the handle of the native axe; a company of mechanics; a bundle of axes; ihotoi, the name of a ceremony and prayer of a canoe-builder in cutting a tree for a new canoe. [See Rata (myth.).]

Hawaiian—koi, a small adze: Alaila, ooki maka koi hookahi iho ana; Then he cut with the edge of the adze one stroke, (b.) A projecting forehead, i.e. a sharp face; (c.) to use force with one, either physical or moral; to drive, to urge by violence; (d.) to urge, to entreat one to do or not to do a thing; (e.) to tempt; to ask or invite one to go in company; (f.) to take aside to ask a favour; (g.) to carry a bundle on the shoulders of two men with a stick between them; (h.) to drive or force in, as a nail or spike into wood; (i.) to flow or rush, like rushing water over a dam or any obstruction; (j.) shrill, sharp, fine, as a voice in a high key; koikoi, to beg one to do or not to do anything; (b.) to carry a heavy bundle on a stick between two men; (c.) to tempt; (d.) to be heavy; weight; solidity; (e.) substance; strength; spirit; kokoi, to spurt or eject, as water; to cast out suddenly; hookoi, to speak in a harsh rough voice; to make rough or harsh; to urge, to drive on; hoo-koikoi, rigor; severity, oppressive, hard, cruel; to compel; to exercise authority over; koina, a pressure, a compulsion. Cf. koiele, to drive, to force, to urge; to overflow; koiholu, an adze, a bent axe; koilipo, an axe, a hatchet; koine, to hurry on; mokoi, to be hard; to be stingy; to be cruel; oi, to be sharp, as the edge of a knife, axe, or spade.

Tongan—toki, an axe, a hatchet; (b.) to ravish; to be ravished; faka-toki, to throw down, to let fall; (b.) to give away. Cf. tokilalo, to be subdued; to fall under; faka-tokilalo, to keep in a state of subjection; togi, to carve, to engrave; faka-tokitala, to give good advice; toku, a kind of knife made from the common tortoise shell.

Mangaian—toki, an axe: Taamaa te toki ia ake te upoke; Their axes enter the skulls of their viotims.

Marquesan—toki, a hatchet. Cf. matatoki, the sharp edge of a hatchet.

Mangarevan— toki, an axe; an adze: Homai hoki e toki ko Iraiapatapa; He also gave him the axe Iraiapatapa. (b.) A saw; aka-toki, to speak with a high voice; to sound a body like a little bell; to make a noise in working. Cf. koutoki, the handle of a hatchet; tokiau, an adze.

Paumotan—toki, to hit, to strike, to drive in; (b.) the edge of tools; faka-toki, to cauae to fall; (b.) to descend.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. toki, spoils taken in war; toki-a, to seize, as a hawk does his prey; to peck. [See Tongi.]

Baliyon—cf. tuk,, to chop.

TOKI (tokì), brimfull. Cf. ki, full. [For comparatives, see Ki.]

TOKI (for Tiki,) to fetch. [See Tiki.]

TOKIA, fair weather; fine weather. Cf. tokitoki, very calm. 2. Wet with dew; damp.

TOKIHI, to dart along. Cf. tokiri, to thrust lengthwise; kokiri, to thrust any long body end-foremost. 2. A style of paddling used in Waikato; the cry or song with which this paddling is accompanied.

TOKIHI-KIWI, the cold wind of battle, an omen felt the night before a battle or bloodshed.

TOKIRI (tòkiri), to shove, to thrust lengthways: Ka tokirthia ko te hoe ki Awhitu—G.-8, 20. Cf. kokiri, to dart or thrust any long body end - foremost; a body of men rushing forwards; tokihi, to dart along; to, to haul; kiri, the skin; the bark of a tree.

Tahitian—toiri, to drag a log, bark and all; (b.) to collect in one place; to cause to assemble; (c.) to move in a body from place to place. Cf. iri, skin, bark, peeling.

Hawaiian—cf. koili, to set, to go down, as the sun; koi, to urge, to force; to drive with violence.

TOKITOKI, the name of a tree (Bot. Alectryon excelsum). Also called Titoki, and Titongi. 2. The name of a kind of small duck.

TOKITOKI, very calm. Cf. tokia, fine weather.

TOKO, a prefix used before numerals, some adjectives, &c., conveying the idea of personality, as tokorua, two (persons); tukohia, how many (persons) ? &c.: Tokorima i pai kia wehea, tokotahi i aroha—P. M., 7; Ahakoa tokomaha ki roto ki te whare—P. M. 81. Cf. tokamatua, a troop, a company of persons [see Samoan]; toko, a prop, brace, support.

Samoan—to'a, a prefix to the numerals in counting persons: E to'alima gafulu e taufetuli i ona luma; With fifty men to run before him (as retinue). Tahitian-too, a prefix to numerals when speaking of persons, not of things: I te tarairaa i te pahi ra, i ora ‘i e toofanu pue taata i te moana, oia hoi na taata toovau ra; During the building of the ship in which a few persons were saved from the sea, that is eight persons.

Hawaiian—koo, page 528 equivalent to the suffix “fold,” as koolua, twofold; kokoo, used in a singular manner, as kokoohia, how many times ? how many ? kokoolua, two times, two persons. Cf. koo, a prop, a brace; kokoolua, a staff, a cane; a second, an assistant; a companion.

Tongan —toko, a particle used before numerals and in asking a question, meaning person or individual; applied also to the lower animals: Bea ko eni, nae iate kimautolu ae kaiga e toko fitu; There were with us seven brothers. Cf. tokoua, (Maori -tokorua,) a brother, a sister; faka-tokolahi, to increase the number of persons.

Rarotongan—toko, a prefix to numerals, when speaking of human beings: E nga tangata toko itu o ratou tei akara i te mata o te ariki ra; Seven men of those standing in the presence of the king.

Mangaian—toko, a prefix used before numerals in counting persons: Na tokotoru a Rori; The three (sons) of Rori.

Marquesan—toko, a prefix used before numerals, from one to ten, in counting persons; singly, doubly, trebly, &c.: Aoe he meitai te noho tokotahi aneiho te enata; It is not good for the man to be alone.

Mangarevan—toko, a prefix to numerals, as tokotahi, one alone, tokohia, how many? Cf. toko, finally; after all.

TOKO, a pole, a rod: He mata nga toko o tana tuaahu—P. M., 77. Cf. titoko, a polo used to stretch anything out with; a sprit of a sail, &c; tokomauri, rods of wood used in certain religious ceremonies; tautoko, to prop up, to support; kotokoto, the sprit of a sail; urutoko, poles erected on a sacred place (tuaahu); ko, a pointed wooden tool or spear used in digging, &c. 2. To propel with a polo, as a canoe. 3. A sacred pole or stick set up in honour of a deity. 4. To separate man and wife by religious ceremony (a reference to the division of the first parents). [See Toko (myth.).] 5. Rays of light.

TOKOTOKO, a small pole; a walking-stick; Kei te kohamo te puhi he tokotoko te rakau— P. M., 102. 2. To support oneself with a stick; (met.) to be old: A ka koroheketia ka tokotoko hoki—P. M., 194. 3, To support or prop up anything with a pole or poles: Ko Tane anake, na na i tokotoko te rangi tou—Wohl., Trans., vii. 35.

Samoan—to'o, a pole with which to propel a canoe in the shallow lagoon; to propel a canoe with a pole; (b.) a stand on which is placed the perch of a pigeou; toto'o, to lean upon, as a staff; (b.) to be thick, to be stiff, as arrowroot or paint; to'oto'o, a staff, a walking-stick; (b.) an orator's staff of office; (c.) one method of fishing; (d.) to pull with a slow and steady stroke, as a canoe. Cf. to'otù, a branching stick set up in a house for hanging baskets on; tauto'o, to push forward a canoe or boat with a pole; to'ona'i, to lean on a staff; to'oalo, one kind of a club.

Tahitian—too. a pole with which to propel a canoe; (b.) a piece of wood forming the body of an idol; (c.) the man at the head of a wandering dancing party; (d.) to lay a restriction, as rahui [see Rahui]; totoo, to distend, to enlarge a thing; tootoo, to push along a canoe with a pole; (b.) a staff or walkingstick; faa-too, to make use of a staff. Cf. patoo, the sprit of a sail; to force a canoe along shallow places by means of a long pole; tutoo, to pull or drag along; to shove or push aside; toounuhi, the decayed too of a god taken out; (fig.) a select party of warriors; toomaa, the forked branch of a tree; the forked tail of a fish.

Hawaiian—koo, a prop, a brace for holding anything up; to support, to prop up; to brace oneself; to establish; (b.) to push off, as with an oar or polo; (c.) to help, to assist; (d.) to uncoil, as a rope or string when wound up; to slacken a rope that is drawn too tight; (e.) to struggle hard, as in rowing a canoe against the wind; (f.) a vacant place; kookoo, a staff or cane for supporting a weak person; (b.) (fig.) a stay, a supporter, a means of livelihood; hoo-koo, to unloosen, to unbind. Cf. kikoo, to stretch out the hand to take something or to do something; to extend the hand in making a gesture; to spread out or stretch out the wings, as a bird about to fly; an arm or weapon; a bow; a span, a measure made by the thumb and forefinger; a line across the arc of a circle; a chord; the bent bow.

Tongan—toko, a long rod, used for pushing canoes through the water; to work with this rod; (b.) to make preparations on a large scale; tokotoko, a walking stick; totoko, to walk with the aid of a long stick; to push out. Cf. tokomataba, a bar, a stick used for fastening doors; tokoni, help, assistance, support; tokotuu, the sticks used in the reed-fencing of walls; fetokoaki, to push a canoe to and fro with long rods; tautoko, to walk with the aid of a stick.

Marquesan—toko, to block up, to barricade; a platform; (b.) heavy, weighty; (c.) fatigued; totoko, to prop up with a stick; tokotoko, a stick, a cane. Cf. tutoko, to lean upon any person or thing for support.

Mangarevan—toko, the pole of a raft; to propel or guide a vessel with a pole; (b.) a tressel; (c.) to fish on the reefs with the hand; tokotoko, a stick; a pole for pushing rafts; (b.) a stick with a flat hook at the end; totoko, to make opposition; (b.) to stretch out anything to dry it. Cf. itoko, a pole for pushing; tokovavae, tressels.

Paumotan—tokotoko, a cane or walking-stick. Cf. tokoriu, the limbs of the human body; utokotoko, to carry a burden on a stick.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. doko, the poles with which canoes are propelled; a pointed stick used as a substitute for a spade [see Maori Ko]; toko, a prop; a pole to boom out the sail; a beloved or obedient child.

Malay—cf. tongkat, a walking-stick.

Macassar—cf. tokong, to push with a pole.

Tagal—cf. tungcod, a staff, a cane.

Pampang—cf. tucud, a staff, a cane.

TOKO (myth.), the Props of Heaven. When Rangi (Heaven) and Papa (Earth) were pushed asunder by their children, they were afterwards permanently separated by props or supports. Mythically, these were powers or deities existing between the reign of chaos and the creation of men. Their names are diversely given. Tokomua, Tokoroto, Tokopa, and Rangi-potiki. These were all children of Mahorahora-nui-a

Rangi—S. R., 12. Matupua, Ruatahito, Pinaki, Kaihe, Ngamaukitua, Kongamaukiwaho, and Kongamaukitahitooterangi—A. H. M., i. 52. Toko-maunga was the Prop of Tane; Ruatipua was the Prop of Paia—A. H. M., i. page 529 41. Tokohurunuku and Tokohururangi were names of Props by which Rangi was thrust upwards—S. R., 20. Tokoruatipua and Tokokapuka were the two outside Props, and Tokomaunga and Tokotupua the two inside Props.

In Mangaia, it is said that Ru, the Skysupporter, raised heaven, which is a solid arch of blue stones. Ru came from the Spiritworld (Avaiki or Hawaiki), and pushing up the sky, propped it up with strong stakes at Rangimotia, the centre of the Island, and of the world (I). Maui then threw Ru up into the sky, where he stuck fast. As his body rotted, the great bones came down on the earth, and formed stones. These are of pumice-stone: Ru tokotoko i te rangi tuatini; Ru, who supports the many heavens. [See Rangi, Papa, &c.]

TOKO, TOTOKO, to spring up in the mind: Tàwhi noa iho ana, e totoko tonu ake ana i roto i te ngakau te whanowhanoa—P. M., 83. Cf. tokomauri, to hiccough; to excite one's affections; taitoko, spring-tide.

Whaka-TOTOKO, to begin to swell.

Samoan — cf. to'oala, diseases of the stomach; diseases of women in connection with child-bearing; to'omaunu, hiccough; to'oma'a, an abscess in the foot; to'ona'i, to prepare largo quantities of food for cooking.

Tahitian—totoo, to distend; (b.) to enlarge a thing. Cf. too, to vomit.

Hawaiian—cf. kaikoo, a high surf of the sea; kooku, to swell, to enlarge; to puff up, as a ruffle; kikoo, to spread or extend the wings, as a bird about to fly; to stretch out the hand to do anything.

Tongan—cf. tokomohu, to hiccough.

TOKOEKA, the name of a bird, the South Island Kiwi (Orn. Apteryx australis).

TOKOHANA, the hiccough. Cf. tokomauri, to hiccough; tokopuhake, a hiccough.

Tongan—cf. tokomohu, the hiccough.

Samoan—cf. tokomaunu, the hiccough.

Whaka-TOKOHE, to wander about aimlessly.

TOKOHEA, the name of a bird, Mantell's Notoruis (Orn. Notornis mantelli).

TOKOHI (tòkohi), adultery.

TOKOHIA, how many (persons)? [See Toko; prefix.]

TOKOHINU, some (person). Cf. ehinu, some; toko, prefix to numerals when persons are spoken of. [See Toko.]

TOKOHURURANGI, TOKOHURUNUKU, [See Toko (myth.).]

TOKOITI, a few (persons). Cf. iti, little. [See Toko; prefix.]

TOKOMAHA, many (persons). Cf. maha, many. [See Toko; prefix.]

TOKOMANAWA (pou-tokomanawa,) the post in the middle of a house supporting the ridgepole (tahuhu): Kei te taha o te pou-tokomanawa—P. M., 39: Rokohina atu a Kae e noho ana i te poupou tokomanawa—Wohl., Trans., vii. 52. Cf. toko, a pole; urutoko, a pole erected for certain religious purposes [For comparatives, see Toko.]

TOKOMANGA, branched, forked. Cf. toko, a pole; manga, a fork, a branch.

Tahitian—toomaa, the forked branch of a tree. [For full comparatives, see Toko, and Manga.]

TOKOMARU (myth.), one of the celebrated canoes of the Migration of the ancestors of the Maori people from Hawaiki to New Zealand. [See under Arawa.]

TOKOMAUNGA (myth.), one of the Props of Heaven. [See Toxo (myth.).]

TOKOMAURI, poles of mapou wood, used during the ceremony of pure, or removing tapu from a kumara (sweet potato) cultivation. Cf. toko, a pole; urutoko, poles used in certain religious ceremonies; mauri, a sacred offering. 2. A hiccough. Cf. tokohana, the hiccough; tokopuhake, the hiccough.

Samoan —cf. tokomaunu, the hiccough.

Hawaiian—cf. mauliawa, the hiccough; to gasp for breath; to be dizzy.

Tahitian—cf. too, a piece of wood forming the body of an idol; a pole to push a canoe along.

Tongan—cf. tokomohu, the hiccough. [For full comparatives see Toko, and Mauri.]

TOKOPUHAKE, the hiccough. Cf. tokomauri, the hiccough; tokohana, the hiccough. [For comparatives, see Tokomauri.]

TOKORAHI, lean, thin. Cf. rahirahi, thin; tokoroa, lean, lanky; toko, a pole. [For comparatives, See Toko, and Rahi]

TOKORAU, at a distance, separated.

TOKORIRO, the name of an insect, a variety of weta.

TOKOROA, thin, lean, lanky: Ko nga mea tokoroa anake mana—P. M, 95. Cf. toko, a pole, a rod; roa, long; tokorahi, lean, thin. [For comparatives, see Toko, and Roa.]

TOKORUA (Nga tokorua a Taingahue), “The twins of Taingahue,” i.e. the Sun and Moon —A. H. M., i. 2.

TOKOUU, a variety of kumara (sweet potato).

TOKOWHAU, a savoury smell, as of roasting meat.

TOKU (tòku), (plural oku,) my: E ngaro ai au i toku hoa ngangare—P. M., 56. Cf. taku, my; noku, mine, &c.

Samoan—lo'u, my, mine: Ia e manatua o le matagi lava lo'u ola; Remember that my life is like wind. Cf. so'u, my; la'u, my.

Tahitian—to'u, my, mine: E maru iti a'e tauahoaho i to'u nei roi; My couch will ease my complaint. Cf. tau, my.

Hawaiian— ko'u, my, mine, of me; E haawi i ko'u honi ala aloha ia lakou; Give them my sweet loving kiss (hongi). Cf. ka'u, my, mine; kuu, my, mine.

Mangarevan—toku, my, mine: Te kai a toku motua; My father's food.

Rarotongan—toku, my: E ruru an i toku rima ki runga ia ratou; I will shake my hand over them.

TOMA, a burial place: Kawea ana ki roto ki te ana takoto ai, waiho tonu iho hei toma taua ana—A. H. M., iii. 18.

Tahitian—cf. toma, to be in an extirpated state; toitoma, an adze (Maori = toki) used for finishing work; to extirpate, to take off entirely.

Marquesan—cf. topa, to expire; to fall.

page 530

TOMAIRANGI, dew: A kia homai ano e te Atua ki a koe te tomairangi o te rangi—Ken., xxvii. 28. Cf. tomaiwhenua, dew; touarangi, rain [see Malayan comparatives of Ua]; totò, to ooze; rangi, sky; mai, hither.

TOMAIRANGI (myth.), one of the primitive Powers of Storm and Tempest who helped to cause the Deluge—P. M., 12. [See Tawhirimatea.]

TOMAIWHENUA, dew: Ka tokìa tou kiri, e te tomaiwhenua i roto o Hokianga—M. M., 167. Cf. tomairangi, dew; touarangi, rain; totò, to ooze; mai, hither; whenua, land.

Whaka-TOMENE, to destroy; to engulf; to cause to be swallowed up.

TOMITI, to shrink. Cf. mimiti, dried up.

TOMO, to enter: Katahi ka tomokia te pa o Houmai-tawhiti—P. M., 68: Hinga iho, tomo atu te pa — Prov. Cf. komo, to insert; urutomo, to enter. 2. To be filled: Kua tomo te waka i te mahi a te ika—P. M., 23.

Whaka-TOMO, to cause to enter. 2. A large basket.

TOMOKANGA, an entrance; a doorway, &c.: E puare ana te tomokanga i runga i te pari— A. H. M., v. 11.

Samoan —tomo, to sink in, as the foot into a hole; (b.) to drop through; (c.) penem intromittere; fa'a-tomo, to cause to sink in.

Tahitian—tomo, to enter, as at a door: E ore hoi te taata e tomo i te uputa o te arii; No man may enter into the king's gate. (b.) To go into the valleys for the first time in the season for mountain plantains; (c.) to be brought low, as a canoe or vessel heavily laden; (d.) to sink altogether, as a boat, &c.; to be sunken; faa-tomo, to load a canoe, boat, &c.; (b.) to cause a ship or other vessel to sink in the water; (c.) to cause an entrance into a house or other place; to cause the first entrance or public opening of a place of worship; faa-tomotomo, to heap one thing on another in a vessel, or in putting a burden upon a person, so as to overload him.

Tongan — cf. tomo, to project; to jut out.

Rarotongan—tomo, to enter: Naai e tomo mai i to tutou au are ? Who will enter into our houses?

Marquesan—tomo, to enter; (b.) to contain, to hold; (c.) a large hole in the rocks.

Mangarevan —tomo, to enter; (b.) to take possession; (c.) to be launched, as a vessel; aka-tomo, to make entry. Cf. tomopu, to enter suddenly.

Hawaiian — komo, to enter, to go in, as into a house; anything that enters; a tenon; the handle of an axe: Ma kona mau ipuka lehulehu i komo aku ai ka hewa; Through its many doors does evil enter in. (b.) To put in, as the hand into a calabash; anything that is entered into; (c.) to sink and go under water, as a canoe; the filling up of any empty space; (d.) to put on clothes, i.e. to enter into them: Komo Ku i kona ahuula; Tu is putting on his feathered cloak. Kokomo, a sinking canoe; a going down; an entering in; hoo-komo, to insert, as the finger into a ring; (b.) to put on, as a hat; (c.) to enter, as into another's country; (d.) to fill full, as a canoe or ship; to sink, as a canoe; komokomo, to insert into; to gird on; to fit on, as a garment; (b.) a disease, epilepsy, i.e. supposed demoniacal possession, perhaps; (c.) to possess, as an evil spirit: O komokomo kini o ke akua; Attached to the Host of Spirits. Cf. komohale, to dedicate a house (after which it was proper to use it); to enter a new house as a habitation; komoaina, to enter upon an inheritance, to take possession of a land; komohana, the west, as “the entering place” of the sun into the ocean; komolole, apparel;

Paumotan— faka-tomo, to cause to penetrate; to insert. Cf. tutomo, to submerge; tomokao, to enter; katomo, entry.

TOMURI (tòmuri), late. Cf. muri, the rear; muriwai, back-water.

Tongan —tomui, last, latest; late; too late; faka-tomui, to be last, or behind others. Cf. tomua, early; first; mui, the end, the hind part.

Marquesan —tomui, behind, in rear. Cf. tomua, in front. [For full comparatives, see Muri.]

TONA, a wart, an excrescence, a corn; a callous place in the flesh. Cf. kautona, a wart; tonga, a blemish in the skin; tongako, to be scabbed; to fester. 2. Glans clitoridis.

Whaka-TONA (Moriori,) to grow.

Samoan—tona, the yaws (a cutaneous disease, frambosia); (b.) a wart. Cf. lafetona, a stye in the eye; tonatona, the clitoris.

Tahitian—tona, a wart or excrescence; (b.) a variety of the venereal disease; tonatona, uneven, having a rough surface. Cf. tonahioe, a disease in which the body wastes away gradually.

Hawaiian —konakona, to be rough, to be uneven; to be dark-coloured; (b.) to be undesired; not to like, to dislike; (c.) to despise; to be displeased with; undesirable.

Mangarevan— tona, venereal disease; tonatona, swollen up; fat; inflated; aka-tonatona, to have difficulty in vomiting or in going to stool. Cf. tokaga, bruises on breadfruit.

Paumotan —tonatona, a rugosity, a wrinkle.

TONA (plural Ona), his, hers, its: Katahi ka panga tona upoko ki raro—P. M., 8. Cf. tana, his; nona, belonging to him, &c.

Samoan —lona, his, hers: Ua saoloto ai foi le pologa nai lona alii; The servant is free from his master. Cf. sona, his; lana, his, &c.

Tahitian —tona, his, hers, its: E tai tona paruru, e te moana tana patu; The sea was its rampart, and the ocean its wall. Cf. tana, his.

Hawaiian —kona, his, hers, its: Aole okana mai o kona waiwai; There is no end of his wealth. Cf. kana, his, hers, its.

Paumotan —tona, his or hers. Cf. tana, his or hers.

Mangarevan —tona, his, hers, its: Tona igoa ko Atua Tane; Its name was “The God Tane.”

TONANAWE (tònanawe), to lag behind. Cf. whaka-nanawe, to loiter, to dawdle.

TONIHINIHI (tònihinihi), a native oven.

TONO, to order, to command, to bid. 2. To bid to go, to send: Na Tangokorero pea koe i tono mai ki konei—Prov. 3. To demand.

Tahitian —tono, to send a messenger (a person, not a thing): E tau Fatu e, e tono oe i te an ia oe ia tono ra; O my lord, send by whom you please. (b.) To cause or excite a person to go; totono, the dual of tono; tonotono, to send repeatedly; (b.) to incline; to favour a person or thing; to attend to; faa-tono, to send a messenger; to cause one to be sent. page 531 Cf. tutono, to send a messenger; to look steadfastly.

Hawaiian—kono, to lead one along to any place; to take along, as a servant; to invite, as a guest; (b.) to go along slowly, as foot-travellers; hoo-kono, to invite, to lead along; konokono, to urge on, to excite, &c; hoo-konokono, to set on, to urge, as dogs to fight; (b.) to entice, so as to force one to do wickedly; (c.) to stir up or excite feeling in one; (d.) to send frequently to hurry one on. Cf. konohiki, the head man of a small division of the country; a person who has charge of land with others under him.

Rarotongan —tono, to send: E tono atu au i te taumaa ki runga ia koutou; I will send a curse upon you.

Paumotan— tono, to address, to order, to direct; tonotono, to send for; (b.) to direct, to order; tonohaga, to order, to ordain.

TONU, the grass or leaves on which food is laid in a native oven.

TONU, still; continually; quite: Penei ka ora tonu te tangata—P. M., 10: I pouri tonu te rangi me te whenua i mua—P. M., 7. 2. Precisely; personally; self: Ko Maui tonu koe; You are Maui himself. 3. Simply, only. 4. Immediately: Mahue tonu ake i a raua te kaipuke — Mat., iv. 22.

Samoan —tonu, right, straight, correct; to be right, to be straight, to be correct; tonuga, to be ascertained; to be decided; totonu, the plural of tonu; (b.) in the midst; within; tonusia, to be made straight; correct; fa'a-tonu, to put right; to direct; to instruct. Cf. ‘autonu, to keep things in order in a village or family; to be put right; agatonu, to go straight; to conduct affairs properly; tautonu, to come right; to come direct.

Hawaiian —konu, the centre; the central part. Konu is used to render waena (Maori = waenga) more emphatic and definite as the middle point; the very centre of a place or thing.

Tongan — tonu, straight, direct, free from error; fixed; totonu, straight, correct; upright; equitable; equity, justice; reality; faka-tonu, to correct, to straighten; faka-tonuhia, to justify, to free from charges, to clear; faka-tonutonu, to put straight, to correct; adjustment, regulation. Cf. tonuhia, justice, equity; righteous, just; to be justified; tonumaga, anything buried for a time, as yams for setting; tonumaki, to say and do unkind things to another repeatedly; auautonu, to declare without reserve; agatonu, upright, faithful; honesty; fetonumi, to follow in rapid succession; tautonu, to hit the precise place and time.

Mangarevan —totonu, to search for a thing; (b.) to return to a place one is used to; aka-totonu, to return after a long absence.

Aniwan —totonu, straight; faka-tonusia, to make straight; (b.) to stretch: Akoi kafaka tonusia tshou norima; You shall stretch forth your hands.

TONUI (Moriori.) the thumb. Cf. konui, the thumb; to, the finger or toe; nui, great. [See To.]

TONGA (myth.), the god of the South. 2. The god of the Forehead—A. H. M., i. App.

TONGA, south, southerly; the southern region; the south wind: ‘Ati no te hau tonga?’ ‘Kao’ —P. M., 19. 2. Biting cold. 3. Snow. Cf. toka, to congeal, to become solid; a stone.

Samoan —toga, the south wind: Le matu e, ina ala mai ia, le toga e, ina sau ia; Awake O north wind, and come thou south wind ! 2. The south quarter (modern).

Tahitian— toa, the south wind; (b.) a rock, a stone; (c.) the hard iron-wood; (d.) a warrior, a courageous man; (e.) clots of blood. Cf. apatoa, the north; apatoetrau, the south; toaraa, a mass of coral rocks above water,

Hawaiian —kona, a name of the south-west wind; the south wind; the south: A lele oe i ke kai kona; Fly to the southern sea: O ke kona ka makani ikaika; The Tonga is the strong wind, (b.) Pleasant, good weather; (c.) to be strong, to be rigid, obdurate; (d.) to pass or rush through, as the air from the lungs; (e.) strong, fierce, angry, blustering; (f.) to despise, to dislike; to disregard; (g.) the name of one of the Hawaiian islands; konakona, to dislike, to disregard, to despise; (b.) strong, not easily tired.

Tongan—cf. toga, to arrive panting for breath; toka, aground; asleep; to sleep; to be, to exist; a sediment; tokagalaa, the west, the place of sunsetting.

Rarotongan—cf. urutonga, the south wind; apatonga, the southern quarter.

Marquesan —cf. tuatoka, east; south-east; south.

Mangarevan —toga, the south; (b.) the south wind: Toga ra, ku ahuhia eki rau eute; The South-wind (god) was clothed in leaves of papyrus. 3. Native cloth made of papyrus; togatoga, ragged. Cf. putoga, a very grand robe of native cloth; putogatoga, frizzled,crimped; oho-putogatoga, frizzly hair; togaga, a bruise; a contusion; togakura, precious, inestimable, said generally only of men; urupatoga, south-1/4-west.

Paumotan — toga, the south. Cf. toga-tuamuri, the south-east; togahaumi, moist; mouldy.

Ext. Poly.: Aneityum — cf. natoga, the east wind.

Malagasy — cf. tonga, arrived; reached.

TONGA, a blemish on the skin; a mole, &c. Cf. tona, a wart; kautona, a wart; tongako, to be scabbed; to fester.

Samoan —cf. tona, a wart; a cutaneous disease.

Tahitian —cf. toa, a rock, a stone, coral; tona, a. wart or excrescence.

Hawaiian — konakona, to be rough, to be uneven; to be dark coloured; (b.) to be undesired; to dislike.

Paumotan —cf. tonatona, a rugosity, a wrinkle.

Mangarevan— cf. togaga, a bruise, a contusion.

TONGA, a derivative from To. [See To.]

Whaka-TONGA (whaka-tòngà), to repress oneself; to put constraint on one's feelings; to dissimulate. Cf. toka, to congeal; kia toka, wait a while.

Hawaiian —cf. kona, to be strong; to be rigid; to be obdurate; to dislike; to disregard.

TONGAHITI (myth.), the god of Headache— A. H. M., i. 101.

TONGAKO (tòngako), to be scabbed; to fester. Cf. tonga, a blemish on the skin; tona, an excresence; a wart; ngako, fat.

TONGA-KOTARATARA (tonga —kòtaratara), the South-west wind. Cf. tonga, the south wind.

TONGA-MA-URU (tongà-mà-uru), the South-west wind. Cf. tonga, the south wind; tonga-kotaratara, the south-west wind; uru, the west; mauru, the north-west wind.

page 532

TONGAMEHA (myth.), the god of the Eye—A. H. M., i. App. 2. An ogre or wizard, near whose fortress Tawhaki and Karihi passed, on their way to the “vine hanging down from heaven.” They were warned not to look towards the home of Tongameha, but one of their slaves did so, and his eye was instantly torn out by the arts of the magician—P. M., 42.

TONGAMIMI (tòngàmimi), the bladder. Cf. mimi, urine; to urinate.

Samoan —tagamimi (tagàmimi), the bladder; Cf. mimi, to urinate.

Hawaiian—koanamimi, a bladder; the container of urine. Cf. mi, to void urine.

Tongan—tagamimi, the bladder. Cf. taga, the large gut; tagai, a narrow bag. a sack; tagaba, a small bladder found in fish and animals; tagabula, a swelling; tagakakai, the crop, the gizzard; mimi, to make water.

Marquesan—cf. tumimi, the bladder; mimi, to urinate.

Mangarevan —togamimi, the bladder of animals. Cf. tiatoga, the kidneys.

Paumotan—togamimi, the lower abdomen.

TONGANUI (myth.), a marine deity, the grandson of Tangaroa, the Lord of Ocean. In the house of Tonganui, at the bottom of the sea, the fish-hook of Maui caught and held when that hero pulled up the dry land from the abyss—P. M., 26. [See Maui.]

TONGAMUMUHU, the junction of the neck with the trunk of the body.

TONGANGA (tòngàngà), to be uncooked, raw. 2. Broken. Cf. kongakonga, crumbs, fragments.

TONGARAUTAWHIRI (myth.), the wife of Rata. By him she bore Tuwhakararo, who was the father of Whakatau—P. M., 72.

TONGAREWA, a kind of ear-ornament. 2. A word of endearment; treasure. Cf. taonga, goods, property. 3. [Sec G. P., 249, and 317.]

Mangarevan—cf. tonga, native cloth of papyrus; togakura, precious. Tongarevan.—The constellation of Scorpio is called “the great fish-hook of Tongareva,” because with this hook the island of Tongareva (Penrhyn Island) was pulled up from the sea by Vatea. In other Polynesian islands, Scorpio is called “the fish-hook of Maui.”

Samoan — cf. tòga, property, consisting of fine mats, &c.

TONGAREKO, of mean origin.

TONGARIRO (Moriori,) the South-east wind. Cf. tonga, south.

TONGATONGAURI, redness of the skin caused by biting cold. Cf. tonga, biting cold; uri, dark; parauri, dark-skinned.

TONGAWAIKAU (Moriori.) the wind southeast by south. Cf. tonga, the south wind.

TONGI, TONGITONGI, a dot, a point, a speck: A ka wehea atu i roto nga mea whai tongitongi katoa—Ken., xxx. 32. 2. To nibble at bait.

Samoan —togi, to carve; to engrave; (b.) the dot of an i or cross of a t; (c.) to peck as a fowl; (d.) to throw, to cast, as a stone; totogi, to drive off, as a hen her chickens; (b.) to peck; to nibble, as a fish at bait; (c.) to appoint or decree the amount of a fine; the payment for labour or produce; to give a payment; (d.) to appoint the quantity of food to be taken to visitors; togitogi, to carve a stick (b.) to mark a part of the tattoo; (c.) to measure off by chopping with an axe; (d.) to throw lightly. Cf. togiola, the price of one's life; a redemption; togimamanu, to be carved with ornamental work; togipau, piece-work; job-work; togisala, the payment of a fine; totogiata, to do piece-work; to'i, a hatchet.

Hawaiian —koni, the beating or throbbing of the heart; (b.) the tapping, as on a melon to try its ripeness; (c.) a trial of strength or ability; konikoni, to nibble, as a fish at bait; (b.) to throb fast or frequently, as the pulse; (c.) to snatch away a little at a time; (d.) ardent; active; busy; (e.) feeling deeply.

Tongan— togi, to carve, to engrave; carved work; togitogi; to carve; totogi, to nibble, as a fish at bait; (b.) payment, wages, fee; to pay, to reward; (c.) expiation. Cf. togiaki, a sailing canoe; the former double canoes of Tonga; fetogi, exchange; lieu, stead, place; to exchange; toki, an axe.

Mangarevan—togi, to taste; to eat a little at a time; (b.) to retain; (c.) to hum, to sing with a low voice; (d.) to bless. Cf. tito, a point, a dot; to peck.

Paumotan—cf. titogi, delicate.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. toki-a, to peck.

TONGOTONGO (myth.), the wife of Haronga, who was the son of Rangi-potiki and Hineahupapa. The children of Tongotongo were a son, Ra (the sun), and a daughter, Marama (the moon). Hence the proverb: Nga tokorua a Tongotongo (the two children of Tongotongo) for the sun and moon—S. R, 17.

Whaka-TONGOTONGOHEKE, to be conceited; to give oneself airs.

TOPA (tòpà), to cook in a native oven.

Whaka-TOPA, to soar, as a bird.

TOPAPARU (tòpàparu), deeply laden. Cf. paruparu, deeply laden.

TOPATAPATA (tòpatapata), very small kumara (sweet potatoes). Cf. pata, a grain of corn; a drop of water, &c.; whaka-topatopa, to plant small kumara.

Tahitian — cf. topata, a drop; to fall, as rain.

Paumotan — cf. topata, a drop; topakapaka, vile; mean. [For full comparatives, see Pata.]

TOPATOPA, a young duck before it can fly. 2. A small sting-ray. 3. The name of a bird.

Whaka-TOPATOPA, to plant kumara (sweet potatoes). Cf. topatapata, very small kumara.

Tahitian —cf. toparuru, the fluttering of a bird that cannot fly.

Mangarevan — cf. topa, to fall from a height.

Mangaian—cf. topa, to fall to the ground.

Paumotan—cf. topa, to fall.

TOPE, TOPETOPE, to cut off: Te tangata nana i tope tope te whenua — G. P., 67: Ka hinga ki raro, ka topea te kauru o runga— Wohl., Trans., vii. 46: Me tiki he rakau roa, ka topetopea ai e tatou nga manga— A. H. M., ii. 160. Cf. hautope, to cut asunder; topitopi, to cut off; tapahi, to cut. 2. To cut the hair. 3. To fell, as trees: Ka whakatika a Hua ki te tope i te rakau—A. H. M., ii. 15.

Tahitian —tope, to prune, to cut off superfluous branches from a tree or plant; to chop off the ends of rafters, the eaves of a house, &c.; (b.) a tail or lock of hair left hanging page 533 behind; topetope, to cut or prune repeatedly.

Hawaiian —cf. kope, to shovel, as dirt; a scoop, a shovel; to paw; to scratch; to defend off, to parry; kopelehu, a fire- shovel.

Tongan—cf. tobe, a look of hair.

Marquesan —cf. tope, a tuft of hair in the shape of a horn.

Paumotan —tope, to shear, to clip; (b.) to shorten, to curtail.

TOPE, the new growth of fern on burnt land. 2. The name of a fish, a species of shark or dog-fish (Ich. Galeus canis).

TOPERE (Moriori.) the third finger. Cf. to, the finger or toe.

TOPIPI (tòpìpì), a small native oven; to cook in a small oven. Cf. tapi, a native oven; tàpìpì, a small native oven; hapì, a native oven; hopi, a native oven; pìpì, to bathe with water.

TOPITO (tòpito), the end, extremity. Cf. pito, the end, extremity. [For comparatives, see Pito.]

TOPITOPI, to cut off: No reira i topitopia ai nga rakau ki nga toki ure—A. H. M., i. 157. Cf. topetope, to cut off; tapahi, to cut, to chop. [For comparatives, see Tope.]

TOPU (topù), a brace, a pair, a couple; twicetold: Kotahi rau e whitu tekau topu—P. M., 77. 2. Assembled, congregated, in a body. 3. Undivided, whole. Cf. topuni, close together; punui, close together; pu, a bunch purua, to do a second time; putahi, to join, to meet.

TOPU, TOPUPU, of medium size; neither too large nor too small.

TOPUNI (tòpuni), close together: Ko nga tangata marohirohi katoa ia o koutou me haere topuni atu i te aroaro o o koutou tuakana—Hoh., i. 14. Cf. topu, assembled; undivided; puni, a company of persons; pu, a tribe; a bunch; a heap; kopuni, in a body, all together; punui, close together. 2. Lowering, overcast, as the sky. [For comparatives, see Puni.]

TOPUNI, a black dogskin-mat: He topuni te kahu, he paraoa te rakau—P.M., 102: Nga tuputupu, nga topuni, nga huru — A. H. M., v. 76.

TORA, to burn, blaze. Cf. tore, to burn; toro, to burn, to blaze; kora, a spark, fire; ra, the sun. 2. Erection of the penis. Cf. tore, pudendum muliebre; tara, the penis of males; the clitoris of females.

Whaka-TORA, to cause erection of the penis.

Samoan—tola, erectio penis. Cf. toletole, the clitoris of females.

Hawaiian—kola, to be excited, as the animal passions. Cf. kole, red, raw, inflamed; kolekole, flushed with red.

Mangarevan —tora, great desire; to long for; (b.) to have erection of the penis. E tora ana te tino, to feel erections, movements of the flesh. (c.) To be agitated. Cf. tore, the penis; a projection; a tongue of land; the uvula.

Marquesan—cf. toè, pudendum muliebre.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. todrà (used of the sun), to scorch, to be very hot. Solomon Islands (Natalava)—cf. tora, ashes.

TORE, to burn. Cf. tora, to burn, to blaze toro, to burn, to blaze; hinatore, any phosphorescent substance; katore, glimmering; dimly luminous; inatore, a will-o'-the-wisp 2. Pudendum muliebre. Cf. tora, erectio penis; kiritore, labia minora; kotore, the anus. 3. A white spot.

TORETORE, having inflamed eyes; reddish, inflamed. 2. To split into strips. Cf. toritori, to cut; to separate.

Samoan —toletole, the clitoris. Cf. tola, erectio penis.

Tahitian—tore, to grow, as proud-flesh in a sore; (b.) striped. obseeked, as cloth; (c.) a part of a paper kite; toretore, to be in streaks; (b.) to grow, as proud-flesh in a sore. Cf. atore, the person who embowels an animal; the knife used for that purpose; otore, to embowel.

Hawaiian—kole, raw, as meat not fully cooked; (b.) inflamed, red, as an inflamed wound; kolekole, reddish; raw; red earth; hoo-kole, to make red, as raw meat; to look red; to make raw flesh; hoo-kolekole, to make raw or red, as raw or fresh meat. Cf. kola, to be excited, as the animal passions; okole, the anus; ukokole, sore, inflamed, applied to a partial inflammation of the eye; ukolekole, reddened, inflamed; heemakole, a squid that has been cured with salt, and is red; makakole, soreeyed; makole, inflamed eyes; mokole, inflamed eyes; puukole, the mons veneris.

Mangarevan—tore, the penis; (b.) the uvula (also called torekaki); (c.) a pole; (d.) a tongue of land; a projection; aka-tore, to stick out in a point, as a cape; (b.) to dispute in words. Cf. tora, great desire; to long for; to have erection of the penis; to be agitated; pitore, the anus; torena, to be swollen up.

Marquesan —toe (toè), pudendum muliebre. Cf. toèma, red. Solomon Islands (Bougainville)—cf. tore, the belly.

TORE, to swim. Cf. tere, to float; torena, to overflow.

TOREA, the name of a bird, the Oyster-catcher: the Pied Oyster - catcher (Orn. Hæmatopus longirostris), the Black Oystcr - catcher (H. unicolor): Ka kite i te karoro, i te torea— P. M., 77. This bird was said to have been brought to New Zealand in the Mangarara canoe—A. H. M., ii. 189. [See under Arawa.]

Hawaiian —cf. kolea, the name of a fowl of the duck genus.

Tahitian—cf. torea, the name of a bird.

Marquesan—cf. toèa, the name of a species of bird.

Mangarevan — torea, a bird living on the border of the sea.

TOREAPANGO, TOREATAI, the name of a bird, the Pied Oyster-catcher (Orn. Haematopus longirostris).

TOREKE, to be left behind.

Whaka-TOREKEREKE, to dawdle, to lag behind.

TOREMI, to vanish from sight; to disappear: E kore e mohiotia kua toremi ratou ki roto i a ratou—Ken.,xli. 21. Cf. torengi, to disappear; poremi, to disappear.

TORENA (tòrena), to overflow. Cf. renarena, full; porena, to float, as oil on water; korengarenga, overflowing; tore, to swim.

Mangarevan —torena, to overflow, said of waters or of many words; (b.) to stretch on all sides, said of land; (c.) to be swollen up. Kopu torena, a swollen belly. Cf. tore, a tongue of land; a projection; the penis. [For full comparatives, see Renarena.]

page 534

TORENGI, to disappear: Kua torengi ki te pae, ia ra, ia ra, pena tonu—P. M., 21. Cf. toremi, to disappear.

TORERE (tòrere), to rush along precipitately; to harry: Ko torere tonu atu ki te mate—S. T., 316: Ko torere atu ki a koe te hunga ngakau aritarita—Kai., xviii. 25. Cf. rere, to run, as water; to fly; korere, a gutter, a channel for liquids; marere, to fail; to die; tororere, diarrhœa; turere, to flee. 2. an abyss. 3. A cave or cleft in the mountains into which the bones of the dead (after remaining some tine in their first burial-place) were thrown. 4. A term of endearment; a lover: Ko te ara tonu ia, i haere ai taku torere—S. T., 178. [For comparatives, see Rere.]

TORETERE, a small Sting-ray. [See Whai.]

TORETE, the name of a bird, the Parroquet. The Red-fronted Parroquet (Orn. Platycercus novæ-zelandiæ); the Yellow-fronted Parroquet (Orn. P. auriceps).

TORETORE, the name of a large mussel. Cf. torewai, a freshwater-mussel.

TOREWAI, the name of a shell-fish, a freshwater-mussel. Cf. toretore, a species of large mussel.

TORI, a cat (modern).

TORITORI, to cut; to separate. Cf. toretore, to split into sirips; toriririki, small.

Samoan—cf. toli, to gather fruit from high trees.

Hawaiian—koli, to pare; to shave off little by little; to whittle; to sharpen, as a quill pen, with a knife; to trim off the outside, as the fringe of a cloth; (b.) something moving through the air; a meteor; kolikoli, to cut off frequently; to cut off; to cut short; to trim. Cf. maukoli, to divide out food sparingly; to divide out water in time of drought; any diminutive thing; kolii, to diminish, to taper off, to grow less.

Tongan — cf. toli, to gather, to pluck, to take off; the gathering of flowers for garlands; tolii, to chip, to break off; fetoliaki, to gather from the same trees.

Mangarevan—cf. tori, to strike on the back.

TORINO (tòrino), the tympanum, the drum of the ear. 2. A kind of flute: I reira ka tango tetehi ki te torino—P. M., 129. 3. A small basket for cooked food. Cf. rino, a twist of two or three strands.

Mangarevan—cf. torino, fibres of cocoanut twisted thread by thread together; to make little boxes of cocoanut-threads.

TORINO (tòrino), flowing smoothly. Cf. marino, calm. [For comparatives, see Marino.]

TORIRE (tòrire), dressed in a showy manner; fine, smart.

TORIRIKI (tòririki), small. Cf. riki, small; mororiki, small; toritori, to separate, to cut.

Samoan—toli'i, close and small, as a basket neatly made, or sinnet laid on evenly. Cf. li'i, to be small; to be of fine make, as mats, &c.

Tahitian—toriirii, small, as drops of drizzling rain; to be falling in small drops. Cf. rii, small, little.

Hawaiian — kolii, to diminish, to taper off, to grow less. Cf. koli, to pare, to shave off little by little; lii, little, small.

Mangaian—torikiriki, to become small; to disappear. [For full comparatives, see Riki.]

TORIWAI, moist, watery.Cf. wai, water. 2. The name of a bird,

TORO, the name of a tree (Bot. Myrsine salicina). [The word toro applied to the tree Persoonia toro in the north is a misnomer; it should be toru.]

TORO, to stretch forth, as the hand, &c.: E ata hanga, ka toro atu taku ringa — M. M., 157. Cf. whatoro, to stretch out the hand; whatero, to put out the tongue; toroihi, to sprout, to bud; torokiki, to sprout afresh. 2. High, full (of the tide). 3. To burn, to blaze, a flame, burning: Ano he ahi e toro ana ki te whenua— P. M., 22: Mumura tou toro, kei rokohanga koe e Hauokanga — Prov. Cf. tora, to burn, to blaze; tore, to burn; torotiti, to itch; totorokiwi, said of a fire, when the sticks burn at the end and not in the middle; torohu, to burn. 4. Anything used for stirring the fire, a poker, &c. 5. To spread, as fire. 6. To take fire out of an oven preparatory to cooking. 7. To thrust or impel endwise; to launch. 8. To go to see, to visit; A ka aroha ki te tuahine; ka haere ia ki te toro—P. M., 41: Ka haere ka torona te ana—A. H. M., ii. 33. Cf. matoro, to woo, to pay attentions to. 9. To visit; to pay respect to the corpse of a deceased person. 10. To survey, to reconnoitre, to explore: Ko Matahorua te waka nana i toro te nuku-roa—P. M., 109. Cf. tiro, to look at. 11. To creep, as a spy; to creep, as a vine: Tupu te hue, toro te kawai — G. P., 388: Ka toro te kawai ki tawhiti—M. M., 194: Kotahi i tukua mai ki te toro—P. M., 49.12. To consult by divination.

TOTORO, to stretch forth: Na katahi ka totoro atu te ringa ki te Pou—P. M., 37. 2. To propagate.

TOROTORO, to put forth the hands, to act. 2. An advance-guard. 3. To send out spies. 4. A herald; an envoy: Ka tukua eia te karere ki Hauraki hei toro i tera iwi—A. H. M., v. 32. 5. To rake up leaves; to cut down and root up undergrowth; to clear. 6. To scorch, as food; to parch, as corn.

Whaka-TORO, to push forth. 2. To touch; to make trial of.

Samoan—tolo, a point, a promontory; (b.) a branch of the root of a yam; (c.) to push forwards, as a fishing-net, with the feet; (d.) to kindle a fire by rubbing sticks together; (e.) to singe, to burn off the hairs of a pig; (f.) to stir round the hot stones in cooking arrowroot; (g.) to throw a number of spears all together; (h.) to open an oven while the contents are in process of cooking (as by an animal or thief); (i.) to put off, to keep back, to adjourn; (j.) the sugar-cane; (k.) a plantation of sugar-canes; totolo, to crawl, to creep; crawling, creeping, as a reptile; tolotolo, a point of land running into the sea; (b.) to push forward a fishing-net; fa'a-totolo, to cause to crawl. Cf. toloipalai, the palai (a kind of yam) creeping underground; a branch of the palai; tolouli, a blight in taro and yams; tolofia, to have maggots in an ulcer or wound; tololeafi, to kindle fire by rubbing sticks together; toleli, to make a scraping noise; tolomati'e, to appear above ground, as yams; moe-totolo, to commit fornication (cf. this word in the sense of tolo, to kindle fire by friction, with Maori hika; see Hika); tolo- page 535 tolofa'i, to creep or crawl along; tolotologaimoa, to be smooth, of the sea (lit. to be like the crawling of a rat); fa'a-tolopa'à, to be getting old and weak.

Tahitian—toro, to run or creep, as vines or roots of plants; to stretch out, to reach towards: E tau oe i te amaa toro i Momona; You will hang upon the branch stretching out towards Momona (i.e. upon the great banyan tree of sacrifice): Toro Taaroa ia naio; Tangaroa stretches out the branches. (b.) The name of a fishing-net; (c.) the name of a species of banana; torotoro, to creep; (b.) to select, to pick out; (c.) to scrape together; totoro, to creep or move slowly; (b.) to be shrivelled; worn out with age; (c.) to trace by following a track; to trace a stalk or vine to the rest of the plant; faa-toro, to trace, to follow the footsteps of a thief; (b.) to stretch out the hand or foot; (c.) to lead or go before, as a canoe in a fishing party; (d.) to solicit the making of native cloth, as the chiefs often do; (e.) to trace out a report; one that traces out a thing; faa-torotoro, to trace or search out with perseverance; to stretch out repeatedly. Cf. faa-toropaaa, to trace, as the root of the yam through all the intricacies the vines coming from it; (fig.) to find out causes from their effects; torotoromaa, to branch out, as the veins of the leg or arm; torotorouaua, to be distended, as the veins; totoroaena, decrepitude; old age; stricken in years; haatororiro, to humble oneself; titoro, to seek to trace thieves or stolen property; to intrigue for criminal intercourse.

Hawaiian—kolo, to creep on all fours, like an infant; (b.) to crawl, as a worm; (c.) to grope, as a blind man; (d.) to crouch, to stoop, as an inferior to a superior; (e.) to grow or run, as a lateral branch of a vine; (f.) to creep, run, or penetráte, as the fine roots of a tree or plant into the earth; (g.) to urge, as in asking a favour; (h.) to drive; to row swiftly; (i.) to creep out, as a low point of land appears to do: Kolohia kau mai ana Kona i ka maka; Creeping along, Kona comes in sight. Hoo-kolo, to come into the presence of a chief on all fours (of old, the common way of asking a favour or deprecating displeasure); kokolo, to go on the hands and knees; to crawl; (b.) to walk with the back bent, as a humpbacked person; (c.) to creep in growing, as a vine. Cf. akolo, to run with small roots, as tubers, and yet bear no fruit; holo, a running, a moving; makolo, to crawl, as a four-footed animal; to run along, to creep, as a vine; to approach on hands and knees to ask a favour; nakolo, to run, to flow, as a liquid.

Tongan—tolo, half-grown, said of a yam; (b.) to rub, to ignite; (c.) to cast goods overboard; totolo, to crawl, to creep; (b.) to spread out, as roots: Oku totolo atu hono gaahi aka ki he vaitafe; That spreads out its roots by the river. Faka-tolo, to project, to jut out longer than the rest; faka-totolo, to allow or teach a child to crawl; (b.) to train, as a vine; (c.) to seek out what is unrevealed; tologa, the large stick used in getting fire; tono, adultery; to commit adultery [see Hika]; tolofia, to creep towards, to get at on the sly. Cf. toloi, to increase, to extend, to lengthen out; tolofa, wide, broad, spread out; tolotolofaki, to creep along, to crawl with something in the hand; fetololoi, to creep about, to crawl, applied to two or more; fekoloaki, to desire mutually.

Marquesan—too, to consent; (b.) to take; (c.) to lift up; (d.) a small band or fillet; totoo, adultery; to commit fornication; (b.) to move; moving, living: A huatupu nui mai na vai i na mea pohoe e totoo ana; Let the waters bring forth living things abundantly. (c.) To creep: Na mea totoo e totoo ana ma te fenua; All creeping things that creep on the earth. Cf. toopu, a small fillet; toòkaka, a kind of breadfruit.

Mangarevan—toro, to grow; that which sprouts well; (b.) a band, a thread; (c.) to make a bundle of anything; (d.) to envelope anything with a bag; totoro, to creep on hands and knees, as infants; torotoro, to walk bent up, so as not to be seen; aka-toro, to return by oneself; (b.) to slip secretly among a company of persons or into a place; (c.) to search for; to seek the doer of some act; (d.) to endeavour to restrain conversation; aka-totoro, to go on the hands and knees; to go secretly; to trail along; akatorotoro, to go in search of. Cf. gatoro, to creep, to crawl; to go on hands and feet; itching, said of insects crawling over the skin; motoro, a bastard; motorotoro, one who creeps about in the night; a shameful action; toroaki, to walk bent up with old age, or under a load; toromiki, a child; torororoa, to be very long, said of fillets or bands; aka-tororoa, to lengthen the garments, to spread out.

Aniwan—cf. toro, to draw, as a net.

Rarotongan—totoro, to creep, to crawl: E te au manu, e te au mea e totoro aere ua ra, e te ika; Birds, and creeping things, and fishes. Aka-toro, to spread out, to run, as fine roots of a tree. Cf. motoro, to approach libidinously.

Paumotan—totoro, to creep, to go all fours; torotoro, to creep, to go on hands and feet; faka-toro, to stretch out, as the hand.

Ext. Poly.: Macassar—cf. tjotjoro, to slide, to glide, to slip.

Fiji—cf. dolo, to creep, used of things without legs, as of snakes and eels; toro, clouds that appear to go against the wind; toro-va, to move towards; totolo, swift.

Malagasy—cf. oro, burning; doro, burnt.

TOROA (toroà), the Wandering Albatross (Orn. Diomedea exulans): Uahatia taku manu i te rangi, he toroa, he karae, he taiko—P. M., 30.

Samoan—cf. toloa, the wild duck (Orn. Anas superciliosa).

Tahitian—toroa, the name of a marine bird. Cf. manutoroa, the figure of a bird which was an appendage in some marae (sacred places).

Hawaiian— cf. koloa, a duck; specifically the Muscovy duck.

Tongan—cf. toloa, the duck.

Mangarevan —cf. toroa, the name of a bird.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. tolo, a large sea-bird (probably the albatross).

TOROA (tòroa), (Moriori,) the first finger. Cf. to, a finger or toe. [See To.]

TOROAHAOIKA, the name of a bird, the Australian Gannet (Orn. Dysporus serrator).

TOROA-HAUNUI, TOROA-PANGO, the Sooty Albatross (Orn. Diomedea fuliginosa).

TOROAMAHOE, a variety of the kumara (sweet potato).

TOROA-I-TAIPAKIHI (myth.), the name of one of the large canoes in which the force of Whakatau sailed to assault the Ati Hapai and burn the temple of Te-Uru-o-Manono—P. M., 62.

page 536

TOROHAKE, a limb distorted by disease. Cf. hake, crooked.

TOROHANGA (also Tarahanga,) a fork of a tree.

TOROAI. [See Torowai.]

TOROHE (tòrohe), a party of pillagers, marauders.

Hawaiian —kolohe. mischief, evil; to be mischievous; to act destructively; roguish; troublesome; vilely: Hueu oe i ke kolohe; You are bold in mischief.

TOROHEKE, the name of a plant (Bot. Pimellea arenaria).

TOROHEROHE (tòroherohe), to sway, to waver; to wag: Haere mai ana ki te kainga he kuri; toroherohe mai ana te whiore—P. M., 28.

TOROHIHI, to spirt up, as water. Cf. hihi, to hiss; to make a rushing noise.

TOROHU, to burn: I kite ai ra nge au, i te ahi torohu—A. H. M., v. 119. Cf. toro, to burn. [For comparatives, see Toro.]

TOROI (toroì), to ferment. Cf. i, to ferment, to turn sour. [For comparatives, see I.]

TOROIHI, to sprout, to bud. Cf. toro to stretch forth; whakatoro, to push forth; ihi, an emanation. 2. To be overbearing in manner; insolent. Cf. whaka-hihi, supercilious, arrogant.

TOROKAKA, stiff and straight, said of hair. Torokaka-waero-kiore, hanging straight down (lit. “like rats' tails”); Torokaka taratarakina, split at the points (lit. “spines of Sea-urchin”); Torokaka motihetihe, sticking straight up.

TOROKIKI, to sprout afresh. Cf. toro, to stretch forth; toroihi, to sprout.

TOROKU, a kind of caterpillar: Ka takua e Maru ki te toroku kia mate te Maui mahinga kai— Wohl., Trans., vii. 36.

TOROMIRO, the name of a tree (Bot. Podocarpus ferruginea): Ko te pohatu o te wai rite tonu ki te hua o te toromiro—MSS.

Tahitian —cf. toromiro, the name of the sacred tree amae,

TOROMOKA, a button: A ka kuhua nga toromoka ki nga koropiko—Eko, xxvi. 11.

TORONGA, a derivative from Toro.

TORONGA (tòronga), to dole out, to divide out in small quantities. Cf. tohungarua, to dole out.

TOROPAPA, to lie flat. Cf. papa, flat; kurapapa, flat-roofed; tapapa, to lie flat. [For comparatives, see Papa.]

TOROPUKE,a mound, a small hill. Cf. puke, a hill; kopuke, to throw up the soil into hillocks preparatory to planting; tapuke, to be heaped up. [For comparatives, see Puke.]

TOROPUKU, secret, stealthy. Cf. puku, secretly; without speaking; koropuku, concealed.

TORORERE, looseness of the bowels; diarrhœa: He wai tororere kei te tinana—G. P., 320. Cf. rere, to run as water; torere, to hurry, to go headlong; torohihi, to spurt up, as water.

Tongan —cf. tolele, purged; afflicted with a purging. [For full comparatives, see Rere.]

TOROUKA, a promontory, a headland. 2, Green, unripe, uncooked.

Whaka-TOROUKA, to lie motionless. 2. To be preoccupied; musing.

TOROTIKA, to stand upright: Torotika, e tu te maota—A. H. M., iii. 4. Cf. toro, to stretch out; tika, right, straight; whaka-tika, to stand up. [See Tika.]

TOROTITI, the itch. Cf. toro, to burn.

TOROTORO, the name of a plant.

TOROWAI (also Toroai,) the name of a weapon made from the rib of a whale. 2. The name of a wooden weapon.

TOROWHAKARERE, to cast, to hurl, as a spear. Cf. whaka-rere, to cast away; to use a weapon.

TOROWHENUA, a variety of kumara (sweet potato).

TORU, the name of a tree (Bot. Persoonia toro). Generally, but erroneously, called toro in the North.

TORU, three: A wehea ana kia toru nga matua— Whaka, ix. 43. Cf. matoru, a crowd; matorutoru, thick; matou, we; torutoru, few.

Samoan — tolu, three: O au fo'i, ou te fana ni u e tolu i le tasi ona itu; I will shoot three arrows on that side. Cf. uitolu, to have three at a birth; tautolu, three hanging together, as a cluster of three oranges.

Tahitian —toru, (also atoru,) three: Ia toru nanai ofai rarahi; With three rows of great stones. Cf. putoru, a spear with three prongs; a rope of three strands.

Hawaiian —kolu, three (common forms, akolu, and ekolu). Cf. kaakolu, threefold; three-stranded; pakolu, threefold; three by three.

Tongan — tolu, three: Kuo ke kaka'i au o liuga tolu; You have mocked me three times.

Rarotongan — toru, three: Taki Rua ake e taki toru ake mea ua ki runga i te tamoko o te rara teitei roa ra; Two or three berries in the top of the uppermost bough.

Marquesan — tou, three: Te tumu tahi koaa mea na toko tou; One tree (trunk, cause) was produced from those three. Cf. matou, we; tatou, we.

Mangarevan—toru, three. Cf. putoru, to repeat an action three times.

Aniwan —toru,three; (b.) few. Ext. Poly.: The following words mean “three”:—Nguna, tolu; Fiji, tolu; Malagasy, telo; Kayan, tulo; Sulu, to; Sikayana, toru; Mame, tolu; Lampong, tulu; Magindano, tulu; Champa, klau; Formosa, tauro; Timur, tolo; Bisaya, tulu; Tagal, tatlo; Java, talu; Saru, talu; Matu, talau; Pampong, atlu; Salayer, tello; Bolang-hitam, toro; Salibabo, tetalu; Bouro, tello; Liang, tero; Morella, telo; Batumerah, telua; Lariki, toro; Saparua, toru; Camarian, tello; Gah, tolo; Wahai, tolo; Matabello, tolu; Mysol, tol; New Britain, tul; Guadalcanar, tolu; Lord Howe's Island, ekolu.

TORUA (tòrua), twilled; showing little ridges, as cloth.

TORUA (tòrua), a double-soled variety of the sandals called paraerae. Cf. rua, two. [See Paraerae.]

TORUHI, the name of a fish.

TORUTORU, few: A he hunga torutoru o koutou e toe iho i roto i nga tauiwi—Tiu., iv. 27. Cf. toru, three.

page 537

Whaka-TORUTORU, to diminish, to shorten: Whakangoikoretia iho e ia toku kaha i te ara; whakatorutorua ana e ia oku ra—Wai., cii. 23.

Aniwan—toru, few.

TOTA (totà), perspiration, sweat. Cf. toto, to ooze; tata, near.

Mangarevan—totata, to be sweating and red from having been near the fire.

TOTARA (tòtara), the name of a tree (Bot. Podocarpus totara): Apopo, ka kimi i tetehi totara ma tatou — P. M., 91. The Large-leaved Totara is P. hallii; the Acute-leaved Totara, P. acutifolius; the Alpine Totara, P. nivalis. (Myth.) The “mother” or tutelary deity of the Totara was Te Kuwhakahara (A. H. M., i. 23) or Mumuhango — S. R, 21. 2. The name of a plant (Bot. Leucopogon frazeri). 3. (Bot. Fuchsia procumbens).

TOTARA-KERIA (myth.), a celebrated canoe in which the warriors of Ngatoro-i-rangi sailed from New Zealand to Hawaiki to revenge the curse of Manaia—P. M., 116. [See Ngatoro.]

TOTE (myth.), the god of sudden death—M. S., 114.

TOTI, TOTITOTI, to limp; to halt: A kei te totitoti tona huha—Ken., xxxii. 31.

Mangarevan— toti, to walk with pain and difficulty; to be lame.

TOTIKA (tòtika), straight; correct, right. Cf. tika, straight; correct, right; torotika, to stand upright; tautika, even, level; tutika, upright. 2. Intentionally, with premeditation: I whakamate i tona hoa, otiia ehara i te mea totika—Tiu., iv. 42.

TOTO, blood; to bleed: Ko te toto anake te mea hei hoatutanga tapu ki nga atua—A. H. M., i. 5. Cf. putoto, raw; bloody; hikutoto, revenge; marototo, a menstruous cloth.

TOTO (totò), to ooze, to trickle. Cf. to, the flower-stem of plants such as maize, bulrush, &c. 2. To arise in the mind; to gush, as strong feelings: Katahi ka toto ake te aroha o te ngakau — Col., Nom., 13.

Samoan — to, to fall, as rain or dew; toto, blood: Ou te fa‘asusuina i lou toto le nuu ua e aau ai; I will water the country in which you swim with your blood. Totototo, bloody; (b.) raw; (c.) to be red; fa'a-toto, to take up a growing yam, leaving the stalk to grow again. Cf. totouli, venous blood; totolima, murderous; Totomà, arterial blood; ‘aitoto, to have a bloody mouth; alu‘alutoto, clotted blood; sanatoto, dysentery.

Tahitian—toto, blood: Te amu ra outou ma te toto; You eat with the blood, (b.) The juice or sap Cf plants. Cf. to, the sugar-cane; sugar; totomapu, to do some violence or mischief; totopao, the blood obtained by striking the head with a shark's tooth, formerly a frequent custom of women in Token of grief or affection; horoiatoto, a man for a sacrifice; putoto, blood, bloody; tuatoto, labour-pains of women.

Hawaiian—koko, blood: Aole e pili kona koko; No blood shall be shed for him. Kokoko, having the blood up; raging with anger; hoo-koko, to spill, as a liquid; to shed, as blood. Cf. ko, sugarcane; aakoko, a vein, a blood-vein; okoko, to be red like blood; to be red with heat; hikoko, a bloody flux; kokopuna, menstrual blood from one who is purely a virgo intacta.

Tongan— toto, blood; to bleed: O ne liligi ae toto œ tau lolotoga ae melino; And shed the blood of war in peace. Totoa, bloody; totototo, red: faka-toto, to stain with blood; (b.) to move slightly; to go secretly. Cf. to, sugar-cane; to fall; fetotoi, bloody.

Marquesan —toto, blood.

Mangarevan—toto, blood; totototo, reddish, bloody; aka-toto, to beg with insistance; entreaty. Cf. heketoto, a flow of blood; putoto, a great flow of blood; totata, to be sweating and red from being near the fire; totoi, stricture of the urethra; totoua, patches of red in certain breadfruits; aka-totohi, pains of dysentery or stricture; to run drop by drop with pain and, difflculty.

Rarotongan—toto, blood: Auraka toku toto kia ta'e ki raro i te one; Do not let my blood fall to the ground.

Paumotan —cf, putotoi, bloody.

Ext. Poly.: Sikayana—cf. toto, blood.

Fiji—cf. to, saturated with water; tòtò, saturated.

TOTO (myth.), the father of Rongorongo, the wife of Turi. He hewed down a tree and made two canoes. One of these, the Matahorua, he gave to Reti; the other, the Aotea, was given to Turi, and became one of the famous canoes of the Migration of the ancestors of the Maori people to New Zealand—P. M., 128. [See Turi, Arawa, &c.] Toto had a son named Tuau, and two daughters. One of these was the wife of Turi; the other was Kuramarotini (carried off by Kupe), the wife of Hoturapa.

TOTOARA, the name of a bird, the North Island Robin (Orn. Miro australis).

TOTOHU, to sink: A he toetoe aua whare, a kihai i totohu—A. H. M., v. 22: Katahi ka rere atu nga ringa ki te pehi i te taha kia totohu—P. M., 92. Cf. to, to go down, as the sun; tou, to dip into water, to wet. 2. Sunken, hidden under water: Ko te ara o nga niho totohu a Te Parata—S. T., 132.

Samoan—tofu, to dive; tofutofu, to dip under repeatedly, as the head while bathing.

Hawaiian—cf. koukou, heavy, as a canoe, or anything which sinks in the water instead of floating lightly.

TOTOKE, the name of a fish.

TOTOKIPIO, the name of a bird, the New Zealand Dabchick (Orn. Podiceps iufipectus).

TOTOKURI, a native remedy, consisting of blood taken from the ear of a dog and boiled. It is supposed to be a cure for spear-wounds, whether used externally or internally. Cf. toto, blood; kuri, a dog.

TOTOREKA (tòtòreka), the name of a shell-fish.

TOTOROKIWI, said of a fire when the sticks burn at the end and not in the middle. Cf. toro, to burn.

TOTORONGU (tòtorongu), the name of a fresh water shell-fish.

TOTORORE, the name of a bird, the Dove Petrel (Orn. Prion turtur).

TOU (tòù), (plural Ou,) thy: A he mea takai ahau e koe ki roto ki tou tikitiki—P. M., 14. Cf. tau, thy; nou, thine, &c.

Samoan—lou, thy: Alu ia oe i lou fale; Go to your house. Cf. sou, thy; lau, thy.

Tahitian — tou, thine (not much used in Tahiti itself, but in sub-dialects).

Hawaiian—kou, thy, thine: E hoaapu ae i kou page 538 poho lima; Make the palm of your hand a cup. Cf. kau, of thee, thine, thy.

Rarotongan— toou, thy; your: E kia anga te riri o toou tuakana ia koe; Till the anger of your elder brother is turned away from you.

Mangarevan—tou, thy, your. Cf. toku, my.

Fotuna—cf. tiau, thy.

Aniwan —cf. tshou, thy.

TOU, the anus, the orifice of the rectum: E kia iana ta te tou e hoake? —Prov. 2. A wart.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. tovu, the back; the rump.

TOU, to kindle, to set on fire. Cf. tao, to cook in a native oven; tùtù, to set on fire; tahu, to kindle. 2. To dip into water, to wet; Ka tou ai i taua toetoe ki te wai—A. H. M., i. 5: Ka mate i te taniwha ka toua ki te wai— MSS. Cf. tòwahiwahi, moist, watery. 3. To plant. Cf. whaka-to, to plant.

Samoan —cf. to, to be swamped; to plant.

Hawaiian —kou, moist, wet, damp; chilly from moisture; koukou, moist, as a healthy skin when somewhat cold; moist, damp; chilly, as a garment or house.

Tongan —cf. touaki, to put the stones on the fire in cooking; toumohomoho, the banana-leaves baked with the food.

Mangarevan —cf. tou, to hide; to be hidden.

Paumotan —tou, to drown.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. dovu, the sugar-cane.

TOU (for Tonu,) continuous, continual: He heke tou ki te mate—A. H. M., ii. 9. [See Tonu.]

TOU (tóua), the yolk of an egg. Cf. tò, pregnant; hua, an egg.

Hawaiian —cf. kauo, the yellow part or yolk of an egg; seed; offspring; ko, to conceive, as a female; kauhua, to conceive, to become pregnant.

Tongan —cf. toumanu, the season in which birds lay.

Paumotan —touo, an egg.

TOUARANGI (toùarangi), rain. Cf. tomairangi, dew; ua, rain. [See Malayan comparatives of Ua.]

TOUKEKE, churlish. Cf. keke, obstinate; hokeke, stubborn; churlish; houkeke, obstinate; pokeke, sullen; tokeke, churlish. [For comparatives, see Keke.]

TOUMARAMARA (myth.), a chief of a small tribe formerly living on the Three Kings at the extreme north of the North Island. He was killed, with all his people (except one woman named Te Poinga), by Taiakiaki and the Aopori.

TOUPIORE, listless; indifferent; languid.

TOURAWHI, a male (of animals only).

TOUTOU, TOUTOUWAI the name of a bird, the North Island Robin (Orn. Miro australis).

TOUWHA, to swell, to increase in size.

Hawaiian —cf. kohaha, large, increased in size; swelled up; plump, as a fat animal; puffed up, as a swelled limb.

TOWAHIWAHI (tówahiwahi), TOWAWAHI moist, watery. Cf. toriwai, moist, watery; wai, water. 2. Shining. Cf. whakawahi, to anoint. 3. Sleek, glossy, smooth.

Tahitian —cf. tavai, to anoint the body with oil to make use of water.

TOWAI (tówai), the name of a tree (Bot. Weinmannia racemosa).

TOWAWAHI. [See Towahiwahi.]

TOWENE (tówene), to set, as the sun. Cf. toene, to set; to, to set.

TOWENEWENE (tówenewene), urgent in solicitation; importunate; wearying with much solicitation.

Whaka-TOWENEWENE, to be troublesome; to become a bore.

TOWHARE (tówhare), to murder in cold blood.

TOWHERO, red. Cf. whero, red; kurawhero, red; toto, blood. [For comparatives, see Whero.]

TU (tù), to stand: E kite koe i te rakau roa e tu ana? Cf. tumau, fixed, constant; tutira, a row, a file of men; tuturu, fixed, permanent. 2. To be vehement. Cf. tupuhi, a gale, a storm; tuperepere, boisterous; tukauati, a whirlwind. 3. The part of a fishing-net which is first in the water. 4. The girdle to which the maro was attached: Kua riro te tu, me te marowhaiapu, e hara! kua ngaro—P. M., 15. 5. The manner; the way of performing or executing anything; the sort. 6. To be struck, to be wounded: He tao rakau e karohia atu ka hemo; te tao kì, werohia mai, tu tonu—Prov. Cf. tua, to fell, to cut down; tumere, a weapon of war; taotu, a wounded man. 7. To fight with. Cf. tuhiti, to expel, to banish. 8. To be served, to be waited on. 9. (Tu-te-ihu) To sniff: Kua rongo i te piro o Tawhaki raua ko Karihi, kua tu-te-ihu—P. M., 49.

TUNGA, a standing place; the time or place of standing: Kua tu ano taua rakau ki runga ki tana tunga ano—A. H. M., v. 7. 2. The circumstance, &c., of being wounded.

TURIA, to be set on foot. Ka turia te korero, to be arranged.

TURANGA, time, place, or circumstance of standing.

TUTU (tùtù), to be raised, as dust. 2. To stand erect, to be prominent: Koia nga pou paenga kohatu e tutu nei i runga i te whenua—MSS. 3. To be mutinous; disobedient, rebellious; disorderly: Kia ata noho, kia whakatupu tangata, kaua hei tutu—P. M., 83: He tutu na etahi, i whakataka iho ai era ki aua Po— A. H. M., i. 23. 4. To be boisterous, to be in commotion: Tutu ana te moana i aua atua— A. H. M., i. 159.

TUTUTIA, to have violence offered to one.

TUTU (tùtù), to convene; to summons; to assemble; a messenger, an envoy. 2. Tutuwaewae, or tutu-ngarehu, to dance the wardance. 3. To set on fire. Cf. tutu, to melt down fat, &c.; tou, to kindle. 4. A perch for birds.

TUTUTUTU, to stand erect: Tutututu ana nga huruhuru o toku kikokiko—Hopa, iv. 15.

Whaka-TU (whaka-tù), to erect, to set up: Ka whakaturia hoki te pou purutanga-ringaringa—P. M., 37. 2. To make an oration, to deliver a set speech. 3. To propound a subject for discussion. 4. To instigate.

Samoan —tu, to stand, to stand up, to arise: Na tu mai o ia, a ou, te lei iloa le uiga o lona tino mai; It stood still, but I could not discern the form of it. (b.) To take place, to coma to pass; (c.) a custom, a habit; (d.) a disease of the eye, called pterygium; (e.) the name of a page 539 species of pigeon (Orn. Phlegœnas stairi); (f.) a large block of coral in the lagoon; tutu (tutù), to divide; to cut off, as a man's head or the head of a tree when felled; (b.) to reach to the end, as rafters laid on a roof reaching to the eaves; (c.) a whale; tutu, to set fire to, to light, as a lamp; (d.) to beat out native cloth; tungia, to be lighted; tutu (tùtù), to wipe the feet; (b.) to shake out of a bottle; (c.) a large crab; tutua, the wooden block to beat native cloth on; tutututu, speckled; fa'a-tu, to cause to stand up; (b.) to place on end, as a post; (c.) to appoint, as to an office; fa'a-tutu, to ask for a share of food taken to visitors; (b.) to ask a larger share than was given; (c.) to refuse a request; (d.) to walk about with a child in order to quiet It. Cf. tautù, to attempt to stand; to stand straight out; tatù, to strike down a man standing; tagitá tutuvae, to cry and stamp the feet; tù'ia, to be pierced by a spear; tù'u, to strike, as the foot against a stone; tutia, to be cut off, as one part of an army separated from the rest; to cut off the head (in abuse).

Tahitian — tu, to stand erect, to be upright or straight; (b.) an advocate, a supporter, a pleader for another; (c.) to fit, to agree, to answer the purpose; tutu, a short pole on the top of a fishing-net; (b.) to beat the layers of bark with the cloth-mallet, as the women do in cloth-making; (c.) to strike or beat; (d.) to beat, to express the juice from the mati - berries in order to dye a scarlet colour; (e.) to cook food by means of hot stones; (f.) the name of a mode of fishing; tutua, the beam on which the women beat the bark for cloth-making; faa-tu, to raise up, to put into an erect position; (b.) to support, to assist; tututu, the sickening smell of provisions; the smell of baked hogs, &c., in large quantities. Cf. atutu, a stir, a commotion, caused by reports of war; tutui, to kindle fire, to set on fire; tuani, one who helps or supports; turu, a prop; side supports of a house; turui, a heap of stones; tutumatie, to stand up in a body; irititù, sudden death; to die by a sudden stroke; tua, to cut; tuatuaau, a secret robber and murderer; tumama, a root, a foundation; tunu, to cook; tupai, a hammer, a mallet; tupatupatai, to strike repeatedly with the fist; tupetupe, a sort of fishing-net; turatura, honoured, exalted; turaa, a cock-fighter; to set cocks to fight; turaiarea, to be cut or battered down, as rea (turmeric); tureirei, to stand on the extreme end or on a slippery place; unsettled, restless; turori, to stagger; tutuhaa, to beat the bark for cloth-making.

Tongan —tuu, to stand: Oku ou tuu hake, ka oku ikai te ke tokaga'i au; I stand up, but you take no notice of me. (b.) To rise, to get up; (c.) to finish; (d.) to go to stool; to void the fœces; (e.) to be lit, as a fire or lamp; (f.) a white watery matter in the eye; tutuu, to stand, applied to many; (b.) to cut off, to lop off; tuuga, a foundation, a site; (b.) a ladder; (c.) a pile; (d.) the sign of the plural; tutu, the bark of the Chinese mulberry, of which the native cloth (gatu) is made; to beat the tutu in making native cloth; (b.) to burn, to set on fire; faka-tuu, to finish; to complete according to order; faka-tuuga, to pile in lots; to keep separate and distinct; faka-tuutuu, to order or command to stand still; (b.) to be recovering from an affliction. Cf. tuuete, to stand on tip-toe; tuuau, to stand; to tread down the rope to which leaves are fastened; to take fish; tuuji, to cut off, to reap; tuualialiaki, to stand firmly, steadfastness; tuuaoa, to stand in the passage or channel to seize the canoe on entering, tuuekina, to break, to tear by Pressure; tuubou, to stand, as a post; tuukina, to stand on end, as the hair of the body in fright; tuula, a stick upon which birds are carried about; a bird roost; tuumau, to stand fast; to continue; tuuta, rows, one upon another; faka-tuukimua, to place in front, to expose to view; faka-tuutaga, to cut into square thick pieces; otu, a row or line; a rank; takatuu, to rise, to stand up for work; tuutuulele, to stand ready to run; tuumaro, to stand fast; steadfast.

Hawaiian —ku, to arise, to rise up; to stand erect; the standing up, setting up of anything: Ke ku ana mai o keia mea kamahao; The standing of this wonderful thing. (b.) To stand, to stop still; to anchor, as a ship: Aole nae i ku ka moku, kalelewa wale no; The vessel, however, did not anchor, it only lay off and on. (c.) To rise, as war; (d.) to stand against; to resist; (e.) to hit, to strike against; to pierce, as a spear; (f.) to hit, as the foot in walking; (g.) right, fit, proper; put in order; (h.) the name of a month; (i.) a portion of land which does not pass with all the land from one to another, but is fixed; kuku, to stand perpendicularly, as a precipice; to stand before one; (b.) to rise, as a thought in the mind; (c.) to sweep; to brush away as dirt; (d.) to be high, to excel, to be eminent; (e.) to strike; to beat, as in pounding kapa (native cloth); the operation of beating out kapa; (f.) standing thickly together, as trees; hoo-ku, to be placed or set in a state or condition; (b.) to resemble, to agree with; (c.) to fit as a garment; hoo-kuku, a standing up, as in the practice of boxing; (b.) full, as with food; satiated; to eat to uncomfortable fullness; to eat voraciously; (c.) to try or fit on, as a garment. Cf. kuau, the stick or mallet with which the kapa is beaten out; the handle of a oo (Maori ko); the handle of a hoe; kue, to be opposed; opposition; strife; commotion; kuhapa, to be incorrect; kuhela to rise and move along; kukaawale, to stand apart; okuku, to erect, to turn up, as the head when swimming; kuoo, to stand ready prepared.

Rarotongan —tu, to stand: No roto ia ratou e tu ua maira; Among those that stand by. (b.) To stand up, to arise: E tu! e ara! Stand up, get up! Aka-tu, to be stood up; to set upright; to cause to stand up : E atamoa, kua akatuia ki runga i te enua; A ladder set up upon the ground. (b.) To build: Kua oti i te akatu e nga tupuna; The building finished by your ancestors.

Marquesan —tu, to remain fixed, immovable: Te hua a ua tu me Tanaoa; Return and stand with Tongaroa. (b.) To throw a lance; (c.) to be struck, as by a spear, a stone, &c.; tutu, to beat bark for making cloth; (b.) to put fire to; (c.) a prop, a support; (d.) to arrive: E tutu au, e ono! I shall arrive, hearken! Hakatu, supported; standing on: Hakatu mauna na paipai nui take a-anaau; Supported on thrones; many-coloured; various.

Mangarevan — tu, being; essential; a necessary part of; to be the essence of; (b.) a cry, as of page 540 a sick person in pain; (c.) a lance hitting its mark; to be struck by a lance; (d.) following, coming after; a retinue. Tu aga, to do the next work; kai tu, eating afterwards. (e.) To be about to rise; (f.) to aim, to aim truly, to “hit the bull's-eye”; (g.) to cause a spine or thorn to wound the foot or skin; tuga, to be seated for a whole day; tutu, to make native cloth; a wooden instrument for beating cloth; aka-tu, to search for epochs or dates; (b.) to search among words for a certain name; (c.) to draw a sketch or design; (d.) to dress or line a hole in the ground for storing food; (e.) to create; (f.) a kind of combat. Cf. pakehe-tutututu, to disobey continually; ragitu, to make all the cocoanuts fall from a tree.

Paumotan—cf. turei, a trunk, a stem; foundation; tuhinga, to kill; tukiri, ravage, havoc.

Ext. Poly.: Sikayana—cf. tutu, to cut.

Motu—cf. tutuka-tutuka, to stand firm, as a house or a post in a strong wind; to be steady.

Fiji—cf. tu, to stand; tutu, a place or thing to stand on; tutù, the beat of drums when a town is taken or people killed.

Malagasy—cf. toto, the act of pounding; totohoudry, the fist. [Malagasy uses o for u, as volo for huru, &c.]

Malay—cf. kukuh, stable, firm.

Duke of York Island—cf. turu, to stand.

Lepers Island—cf. tu, to stand.

Aurora—cf. tu, to stand. Espiritu-Santo —cf. turi, to stand.

Fate—cf. to, to stand.

Sesake—cf. to, and du, to stand.

Baki —cf. tu, to stand.

TU (myth.), one of the greatest and most widely worshipped of Polynesian deities. In New Zealand he was the War-god; to him all war-parties were sacred, and his terrible name was held in the utmost awe and sanctity. The children of the chief and the slave-woman were the property of Tu, as a tribute to the other gods for a chief having broken the tapu. Tu was known by several names, according to the special power attributed to him under a certain denomination; he is best known as Tu-mata-uenga. He advised his brothers to destroy their parents Rangi (Heaven) and Papa (Earth), but the gentler counsels of Tane prevailed, and the primeval pair were only rent apart, letting in the sunshine which, until then, had never brightened the world. Tu was the only one of the divine brethren that could resist the fierce assaults of Tawhiri-matea, the Lord of Tempests, who was indignant with the way in which their parents had been treated. Tu turned fiercely upon Tangaroa, Rongo, Tane, and the others who had deserted him in the combat with Tawhiri-matea, and wrought destruction on their progeny. After this he assumed his many names, viz.: Tu-kariri, Tu-ka-nguha, Tu-kai-taua, Tu-whakaheke-tangata, Tu-matawhaiti, and Tu-matauenga—P. M., l,et seq. Although the great parents Rangi and Papa were not of human form, Tu was in the likeness of man; so were his brothers. Tu-matauenga and Rongo led the rebellious spirits to the war in heaven, and Tu was slain at the battle which took place at the celestial locality named Awarua. (The Maori narrator of the legend adds, parenthetically, “as much as a spirit can be killed.”) Rongo and his company Were hurled down from heaven to the gulfs of darkness —A. H. M., i. 38. [See Rongo, Rehua, Tane, &c.] Tu was born a twin with his brother Tu-potiki —S. R., 18. To-uru-no-Tu (the head of Tu), is used as an expression for anything very sacred.

Hawaii.—Tu, known as Ku, is one of the greatest of divinities. He was one of the Trinity (Hikapoloa or Oie, “Supreme”) of Kane, Ku, and Lono (Tane, Tu, and Rongo: Light, Stability, and Sound). He was the Great Architect and Builder. These gods created the three heavens as their dwelling-place, then the earth, sun, moon, and stars; then, the host of angels and ministers. Kanaloa (Tangaroa), who represented the spirit of evil, was a later introduction into the Hawaiian theology; he it was who led the rebellion of spirits, although Milu is in other traditions credited with this bad pre-eminence. Ku was worshipped under many names, as Ku-ula, Ku-kaoo (a god of husbandry), Kukailimoku (a feather-god, the tutelary deity of Kamehameha), &c. The Triad of Ku, Kane, and Lono wore sometimes called by the name of Ku-kau-akahi (Tu-stands-alone), as signifying their unity; and it was by the exertion of their will that they rent the Chaos and let light in upon Creation. They themselves were uncreated gods, existent from eternity. Tahiti.—Tu is known in the Society Islands, but his high place is usurped by Oro. Otu and Raitu are other modes of designation (Ko-Tu and Rangi-Tu). Aitu, the generic name for a deity, is probably compounded with the name of Tu. Tuete was the god of adultery; Tu-te-rai-marama was the god of the Meho, or fugitives of the mountains; Tutoa, a cannibal monster existing in ancient times. Samoa.—Tu, or Alii Tu, was a heavenly god (in distinction from inferior or household deities) who was sometimes incarnate in the bird called the Rail (Ve'a, the Maori Weka). Tu was a War-god, and if the Rail appeared reddish and glossy, it was a good omen for the combat. Mangaia.—Tu, or Tu-metua, (Tu, the parent,) was the son of Vari-ma-te takere (the Very Beginning). His brothers were Vatea, Tinirau, &c. He dwells with his mother in Spirit-land (Avaiki=Hawaiki), the interior of the earth. His narrow realm is called Te Enua-te-ki (the Mute Land), on account of the universal silence imposed on on all its inhabitants. He is generally called Tu. The tenth night of the moon is sacred to him. He was not a powerful deity in Mangaia, where Tane and Rongo were great divinities, but another of the isles of the Hervey Group is known as Te Au o Tu (the Kingdom of Tu). Mangareva.-Tu is a great god, mentioned in all the religious cults. Ext. Poly.: The Alfourus of the Celebes believe that, before the coming of toe Malays, they were ruled by a queen named Tu-manu-rong.

TUA, a religious word, sometimes used for Atua (god), and implying indefinite power and infinity—One auth.

Hawaiian—kua, used in the sense of akua (god) by the ancient people. Cf. kuauka, gods of the mountains, in opposition to kuakai, gods of the sea-shore; kuaaha, a place where the gods were worshipped; kakua, the worship of page 541 gods.

Tahitian—cf. tuatuà, a word of address in prayer used In the evening at the marae (sacred place)

Ext. Poly.: Malay— cf. tuhan, a deity; tuan, a lord, a master.

Fiji—cf. tuatua, a word used by children to their grandfathers.

TUA, the further side of a solid body; on the further side: Ka rumaki atu koe ki tua o Raukawa—M. M., 167. Cf. tuaiwi, the back; tuara, the back; tuaroa, the back part of a house; kotua, to turn the back to one. 2. Tua-o-rangi, ancient times. Cf. tuauki, ancient times.

TUATUA, a ridge. 2. The name of a shell-fish (Mesodesma spissa). 3. A kind of mat.

Samoan—tua, the back, as of a person, of a house, &c.; behind: E faa saga o latou mata i le sami i sasae,e u foi o latou tua i le sami tupito; They shall face towards the eastern sea, and the hinder parts toward the utmost sea. (b.) the next in order, especially of children, as the next to the eldest;(c.) thickness, fold, as tua-valu, eight-fold; (d.) to take behind, to remove to a place of safety, as the women and children in time of war; (e.) to trust in the protection of; (f.) to return upon, as the consequences of one's own conduct. Cf. a'etua, to take hold of one arm with the hand of the other arm behind; auitua, to retrograde; to grow worse, as a sickness; alatua, a back way; iotua, a strip of fish or flesh taken from the back; faletua, a small back-house; tuàua, the back of the neck; tuàlagi, the back of the skies; heaven.

Tahitian—tua, the back; E ua faarue oe ia'u i muri i to tua;You have cast me behind your back. (b.) The great open sea; (c.) an upper flat stone of a wall; (d.) company. Cf. auotua, to swim on the back; otua, to lie on the back; tuaio, the backbone; the fleshy parts on each side of the backbone; tuamoo, the spine; tuamoua, a mountain ridge.

Hawaiian—kua, the back of a person or animal, in distinction from the face: O ka lei kua, o ka lei alo; Garlands for the back, garlands for the breast. (b.) The top of a ridge or high land; (c.)the front side of a place, Cf. kuaaina, the back-country; kuahiwi, the top or summit of a mountain; kualono,the space on the top of a mountain; a knoll, small hill or protuberance on the top of a mountain; kuamoo, the backbone of an animal; a road, a frequented path; kuala, the fin on the back of a fish; hokua, the back between the shoulders; kaikua, a countryman, a backwoodsman; kokua, to back up or brace up a falling house; (b.) to assist in business or an undertaking; help, assistance.

Tongan—tua, the back: Hili ene tafoki hono tua ke alu; He turned his back to go. (b.) external; outward; the outside of anything; (c.) the common people; faka-tua, to act like a common person (tua); to act meanly; vulgar; abject. Cf. akitua, to walk with the hands behind; batua, to be at the back; to hang behind; tuotua, to raise up with the back.

Marquesan—tua, the back. Cf. tuahauapu, hump-backed.

Rarotongan— tua, the back: Kua ariu mai ratou i te tua kiaku e kare te aro; They have turned their backs to me and not their faces. Cf. mokotua, the back.

Mangarevan—tua, the back; (b.) behind; (c.) high tide. Cf. angaangatua, to turn the back to one; matuau, to go behind; paretua, the back of a house; pohoretua, the back of the hand; tu, after, following; retinue; tuahonu, burnt food (lit. “the back of a tortoise ”); taukei, the loins, the haunches; the lower dorsal vertebræ.

Paumotan—cf. tautua, the back of a house; tuavaero, the rump; tuamoko, the back.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji — cf. tuatua, the top of a mountain.

TUA, a word of address to a man: Haere mai, e tua!

TUA, the ordinal prefix to adjectives, as tuarua, second, &c.: No reira enei kupu ‘i a Po, i te Po tuatahi tae noa’.

Samoan-tua, thickness; fold, as tuavalu, eight-fold.

TUA, to fell, to cut down, as trees: Ka tuaina e ia ki raro, ka tapahia te kauru— P. M., 57. Cf. tu, to be hit, to be wounded; tuangau, to beat with a stick.

TUAKANGA, the circumstance, &c., of felling trees.

Samoan—cf. tutua, the wooden block on which the native cloth is beaten.

Tahitian —tua, to cut. Cf. tuata, the name of a stone adze; tuatuaau, to rob and murder secretly; tuatuapoi, to swoon; tuau, to ravage, to lay waste, as in war; tue, to kick, to strike with the foot.

Hawaiian — kua, to strike in a horizontal position: hence, to cut or hew down, as a tree with an axe: E kua i kumu o Kahiki; Gut down the foundations of Tawhiti: No ka mea, a i kuaia ka laau, he manao no nona, e ulu hou auanei; There is hope of a tree if it is cut down that it will sprout again. (b.) to hew, to trim, as wood or stones; to cut out, as stones from a quarry; (c.) the hewn block or piece of wood upon which kapa (native cloth) is beaten; (d.) to overthrow; to destroy; to cast away; kuakua, to cut, to hew out, as a canoe. Cf. kuapapa, to hew out boards or planks; kuamaka, to cut down, as a tree with the edge of an axe.

Tongan—tua, to push; to drive against. Cf. tuai. to push; to push; to knock against.

Marquesan — tua, to throw down, to hurl down. Cf. tu, to be struck; to throw a spear.

Mangarevan—tua, to beat; (b.) to fell trees; tuatua, to cut with many strokes. Cf. tu, to aim at; to strike with a lance; to wound with a thorn.

TUA (tùà), religious ceremonies taking place at the naming of a child; the (so-called) baptismal ceremony; to name a child: Ko te tangata i tuatia ki te wai e ona tipuna—A. H. M., i. 152. 2. To utter the name of a person. 3. To bewitch, to lay under a spell. 4. To invoke; to perform ceremonies of worship.

TU-A (tù-à), a qualifying prefix to adjectives, as whero, red; tu-a-whero, reddish, somewhat red.

TUAAHU (tùàahu), the sacred place, used by the priests for the purposes of divination: Ka kite a Rata i te ahi e ka ana i runga i te tuaahu—P. M., 58: Ka whakaturia nga tuaahu, i whakaturia hoki nga toko o te atua kia ngaua putia ai—P. M., 112. Cf. tùahu, to throw up into hillocks; Tùa, a name of deity; uruahu, a tapu place where certain ceremonies were performed; ahu, a heap. 2. A mound of rubbish; a “kitchen midden,” on which the remains of food, &c., were deposited. It was page 542 tapu from being the receptacle of morsels partly eaten by chiefs.

Tahitian—tuahu, the name of a part of the marae (sacred enclosure); (b.) a wharf or quay; (c.) a disease of the skin; (d.) to fill up the earth about a plant; (e.) to work wickedness. Cf. tuaaea, a sacred place; ahu, to pile up stones; to put up the wall of a marae; aiahu, one that eats upon the high and privileged place of the marae; to vaunt in an ostentatious manner; turuma, a place in the outside of the back part of the native houses, where all refuse was cast; a sort of dunghill; but it was sacred, and no one ought to walk over it.

Hawaiian—cf. kuaaha, the name of a place where the gods were worshipped; the name of a cup used in worshipping the gods; kuaha, an altar for sacrifice; kuakua, the gods of the mountain, in opposition to the kuakai, gods of the sea-shore; kuahua, to bend upwards, as the back; to rise above water, as a whale's back.

Marquesan—cf. ahu, a sacred place; tuahu, one who watches with a torch over dead persons.

TUAHAE (tùàhae), jealous, envious: Ka tuahae te tuakana, ka mea’ Riro rawa te wahine pai nei i taku teina’—M. M., 184. Cf. hae, envy, jealousy; to be jealous; taruhae, jealous; puhaehae, envious. [For comparatives, See Hae.]

TUAHANGATA, a word used instead of the name of the principal person in a narrative, as “our hero,” “my gentleman,” &c.

TUAHAU, a kind of rough mat made from the leaves of the kiekie.

TUAHINE, a man's sister: Na ko Hinauri, te tuahine o Maui—P. M., 27. Cf. hine, a girl; tamahine, a daughter; wahine, a woman; tungane, a woman's brother; kohine, a girl; tuakana, the elder sister of a woman; the elder brother of a man.

Samoan—tuafafine, a man's sister: O lo'u tinà ma lo'u tuafafine lea; My mother and my sister. Cf. teine, a girl; fafine, a woman; tamafafine, a mother's daughter; mafine, a woman.

Tahitian—tuahine, a sister of a man: E tuahine oe no matou; You are our sister. Cf. mahine, a daughter; tamahine, a daughter; vahine, a woman.

Hawaiian— kuahine, a sister of a brother. Cf. kaikuwahine, the sister of a brother; kaikamahine, a daughter; wahine, a woman, a female.

Tongan—tuofefine, a sister (used only by a brother): Bea nae tuu mamao atu hono tuofefine; His sister stood afar off. Cf. fine, women; fefine, a woman; taahine, a maiden.

Rarotongan—tuaine, a man's sister: E muteki ua ra koe, e taku tuaine; My sister, hold your tongue. Cf. tuakana, the elder sister of a woman.

Marquesan—tuehine, a man's sister. Cf. vehine, women; tuakane, a Woman's brother.

Mangarevan—tuehine, a sister, a female cousin, said by men only (it is used up to the sixth degree of cousinship); aka-tuehine, to treat like a sister or cousin, said by men.

Paumotan—tuahine, a sister.

TUAHIWI-O-TE-RANGI (myth.), the kauati or fire-raising sticks taken by Tura from Whiro. With these sticks, Tura first made fire among the fairies—A. H. M., ii. 18.

TUAHU (tùahu), to throw the soil into hillocks: Ko te mara o te tangata nei kua oti te tuahu— P. M., 137. Cf. ahu, a heap; to heap up; uruahu, a sacred place; tuaahu, a sacred place; ahurewa, an altar; tuatua, a ridge. [For comparatives, see Ahu.]

TUAHURI, to cover the roof of a house with an under-thatch of raupo before putting on the outer-thatch of toetoe. Cf. tuanui, the roof of a house; tuatua, a ridge.

TUAITARA (tùaitara), the dorsal spines of a reptile or fish. Cf. tara, spines in the dorsal fin of a fish; tuatara, a kind of lizard.

TUAIWI, the back: Ko te ekenga tenei o te kakari ki runga ki te tuaiwi o Raki—A. H. M., i. 31. Cf. tua, on the further side; hiwi, the ridge of a hill; kahiwi, a ridge; iwi, a bone; iwituara, the spine; tuatua, a ridge; tuakoi, a boundary-line.

Samoan —tuasivi, the backbone; (b.) a chain of mountains. Cf. ‘ivi, a bone; tuasivivae, the shin.

Tahitian—tuaivi, the stone of a mountain top. Cf. tua, the back; ivi, a bone; tuamoo, the spine.

Hawaiian —kuahiwi, the top or summit of a mountain: Mehe hee nui no kuahiwi; Like a land-slide from the hills, (b.) A mountain of the highest class; (c.) mountains, or mountainous country. Cf. kua, the back of a person; iwi, a bone; the side of an upland hill of kalo (taro); iwikuamoo, the backbone.

Rarotongan—tuaivi, a hill; the crest of a hill: Te aere ra raua na runga i te tuaivi ki taua oire ra; As they went up the hill to the town. Cf. ivi, a bone.

Marquesan—tuaivi, a mountain. Cf. tua, the back; ivi, a bone; koivi, the body.

Mangarevan—cf. ivitua, the backbone; ivi, a small hill; ivituapu, hunch-backed.

Paumotan—cf. tutaivi, a small hill.

TUAKAI, an ancient burial place.

TUAKANA, the elder brother of a male; the elder sister of a female: Ka tupu te whakaaro i a Tawhiri-matea kia tahuri mai ia ki te whawhai ki ona tuakana—P. M., 8. Cf. tuahine, a man's sister; matua, a parent; an adult; tungane, a woman's brother. [See Marquesan.]

Samoan—tua'a (tua'à), a man's brother; a woman's sister; (b.) a father who has preceded in name or office, but who is dead.

Hawaiian—kuaana, the epithet of the relationship signifying the older of two children of the same sex. Cf. kaikuaana, the elder of two brothers or sisters; kaikamahine, a daughter; kaikunane, the brother of a sister.

Tahitian— tuaana, an elder brother of a man; a senior relative; the elder sister of a women: Ka haere na te e'a o to tuaana.

Rarotongan—tuakana, the elder brother or elder sister: E kia anga te riri o toou tuakana ia koe; Until your brother's anger turn away from you.

Marquesan—tuakana, (also tukana,) the elder sister of a woman; the elder brother of a man. Cf. tuakane, a woman's brother; tukane, a woman's brother (cf. Hawaiian kane, a male).

Mangarevan—tuakana, elder brother or sister: Me te kui me tona mau, tuakana; With his mother and elder brothers. Cf. tuaure, a parent; matua, a superintendent.

Moriori—tukana, elder brother.

Paumotan—tuakana, his elder brother; (b.) the eldest girl; the eldest son. Cf. tuahine, a page 543 sister.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. tuaka-na, an elder brother or sister; tu, a word used by children to their fathers; tua, a word used by the children to their grandfathers.

Malay —cf. tuan, a lord, a master; tuhan, a deity.

TUAKANGA. [See under Tua.]

TUAKE (myth.), a learned priest of prediluvian times—A. H. M., i. 169.

TUAKEKE (for Tuatete,) a kind of lizard: A te tino upoko o aua tini ngarara nei, te tuakeke— A. H. M., ii. 172. [See Tuatete.]

TUAKI, to clean fish; to disembowel fish or birds: Ka tuakina nga ika, ka panga nga piha—A. H. M., ii. 31.

Mangarevan—tuaki, to disembowel.

Tongan—cf. tuakofi, to clear the entrails of animals with anything sharp.

TUAKIRI, a grazed skin; a place where the skin has been scraped off. Cf. tu, to be struck; wounded; kiri, the skin.

TUAKOI, a boundary line.

TUAKUKU, to scrape. Cf. kuku, to grate, to rub over a harsh surface; hakuku, to scrape; harakuku, to scrape; kuku, a kind of mussel-fish. 2. To rough-hew timber before dragging it out. Cf. tua, to fell; to hew down. [For comparatives, see Kuku.]

TUAKURA (tùàkura), the name of a tree-fern (Bot. Dicksonia squarrosa).

TUAMAKA, a round cord plaited with five or with four strands: Ka kitea i reira te whiri tuamaka—P. M., 21. Cf. tuapuku, a round cord plaited with four strands; maka, a stone.

Tahitian—cf. maa, a sling; to sling stones.

Hawaiian—cf. ma, a sling; a string of a musical instrument.

Tongan—cf. makauua, to coil, to twist.

TUANUI, harsh, overbearing, domineering.

Whaka-TUANUI, to domineer, to be overbearing.

Hawaiian—kuanui, big-backed, i.e. awkward; (b.) obstructive; self-willed.

TUANUI, the roof of a dwelling: Ka piki a Whakatau ki runga ki te tuanui o te whare— P. M., 45. Cf. tuahuri, to thatch a roof in a certain way; tuatua, a ridge.

Hawaiian—cf. kuanui, big-backed; awkward.

Paumotan—cf. tuanui, a protection.

TUANUI-A-TE-RA (myth.), one of the crew of the Aotea canoe in the Maori Migration from Hawaiki to New Zealand. Turi, the chief of the canoe, enraged with the insolence and disobedience of Tuanui, threw him overboard into the ocean, but when the canoe touched the land, the crew found the footprints of Tuanui on the sand. They were recognized on account of some deformity in one of the feet.

TUANGI, the name of a shell-fish, a variety of cockle, found in salt or brackish water.

TUANGAU, to beat with a stick. Cf. tu, to be hit; ngau, to bite, to hurt; whaka-ngau, to cause to be struck with a weapon.

TUAO (tùao), transient; not permanent. 2. Standing or growing in the forest. Cf. tu, to stand; wao, forest.

TUA-O-RANGI, the days gone by. Cf. tùàrangi, of ancient date; tua, on the further side; rangi, a day. [For comparatives, see Tua, and Rangi.]

TUAPAE (tùàpae), anything bounding the horizon: Kia kite koa au i te tuapae o utu—P. M. 73. Cf. tu, to stand; pae, the horizon.

TUAPANA (tùàpana), a karakia or incantation for purifying a woman after childbirth, and lifting the tapu. It is used in the tùà ceremony.

TUAPEKA, hiding under false appearances; dissembling. Cf. peka, to turn aside; a branch; ripeka, a cross; tapeka, to turn aside; false, erroneous. 2. To bend towards; to make advances to. 3. The common fern (Bot. Pteris aquilina).

Whaka-TUAPEKA, to dissimulate [For comparatives, see Peka.]

TUAPIKO (myth.). Tuapiko and Tawhaitiri were two huge spirits or genii dwelling in the Underworld (Po). Between these spirits the soul of a -deceased mortal must pass: the light, free soul would proceed in safety; the heavy, burdened soul was caught and destroyed— Wohl., Trans., viii. 111.

TUAPORA (tùàpora), the first-fruits of a crop: A ki te whakaherea mai e koe tuapora—Rew., ii 14.

TUAPUKU, a round cord plaited with four strands.

TUARA (tuarà), the back: Na kua tu a Rata kei muri kei te tuara—P. M., 57: Na, te tahuritanga mai o tona tuara—1 Hum., v. 9. Cf. tua, the farther side of a solid body; kotua, with the back towards one; iwi-tuarau, the backbone; ra, a sail. [See Tahitian.] 2. To assist, to support, as an ally; an ally; to backup.

Whaka-TUARA, backwards.

Samoan—tuala (tualà), the prime portion from the back of a pig; tuala (tuàlà), the back of a sail; (b.) to put a canoe before the wind. Cf. tua, the back of a person, of an animal, or of a house; to take behind, &c.

Tahitian— tuara, the sail of a vessel; (b.) to treat a person with contempt; (c.) to forage for food. Cf. tua, the back; tuamoo, the spine.

Hawaiian—kuala, the fore-fin on the back of a fish; (b.) a sharp and cutting bone on the side of a certain fish near the tail; (c.) hard kalo (taro); heavy food. Cf. kua, the back of a person or animal; kuamoo, the backbone of a person or animal; a road, a frequented path, &c.

Moriori—tura, the back. [For full comparatives, see Tua.]

TUARAKI (tùàraki), the North wind. Cf. raki, the north; paraki, a north wind.

TUARANGARANGA, unsettled; perplexed; in doubt. Cf. ranga, to raise; a shoal of fish; to set in motion; raranga, to weave.

Hawaiian—cf. kualana, to be idle; to be indifferent to business; to wander about without object; to sit uninterested, as one who does not understand a conversation; floating, not sinking; lana, to float.

Mangarevan—cf. tuaraga, dispersed, scattered here and there.

TUARANGI (tuàrangi), old, of ancient date. Cf. tuaorangi, the days gone by; tua, on the farther side; rangi, a day.

page 544

Samoan—cf. tualagi, heaven, “at the back of the skies”; tuai, former, olden.

Tahitian —cf. raituatua, exceedingly vast; tuauri, the ancient people of a place; an old priest.

Paumotan—cf. tuauki, a descendant (Maori cf. uki, ancient times).

Moriori—cf. tuapoi, ancient.

TUARANGI (myth.), a name of Rangi, the Sky or Heaven: Tuarangi nui, Rangi roa, Rangi pouri, Rangi potango —S. T., 135; see also G. P., 292.

In Mangaia, Tuarangi is a god or goddess: Te anau tuarangi, the Heavenly Family; Te enua tuarangi, the Land of Spirits; E tuarangi kai taro mata, a goddess feeding on raw taro. In Hawaii, Kua-i-he-lani was the name of a land said formerly to be known to all Polynesians. It was governed by a king, Iku or Aiku (Aitu), and a queen, Ka Papaiakea (Te Papa-i-Atea). The youngest of their twelve sons was Aukele (Kau-tere).

TUARARO (Iwi-tuararo,) the backbone. Cf. iwituaroa, the backbone; tua, the farther side of a solid body; iwi, a bone. [For comparatives, see Tua, and Iwi.]

TUAREA, sympathy, sorrow, condolence.

Whaka-TUAREA, to grow anxious.

TUARENGA, the name of a small fish, generally known as Inanga (Ich. Galaxias attenuatus).

TUARIKI, a name of the fairies. [See Patupaearehe, Turehu, &c.]

TUARITE, almost level; nearly horizontal. Cf. rite, balanced, equal. [For comparatives, see Rite.]

TUAROA, the back part of a house. Iwi-tuaroa, the backbone. Cf. tua, the farther side of a solid body; roa, long; iwi-tuararo, the backbone; tuarongo, the back of a house; tungaroa, the back part of a native house. [For comparatives, see Tua, and Roa.]

TUAROKO (for Tuarongo,) the back part of a house: Ka mate te ahi o runga o te tuaroko— Woh., Trans., vii. 49.

TUARONGO (also Tuaroko,) the back of a house. Cf. tua, the farther side of a solid body; tuaroa, the back part of a house; tungaroa, the back part of a house.

TUATA, a part of the pure ceremony on lifting the tapu from a new canoe; fish being roasted and eaten by the crew.

TUATAATA (tùataata), a lid or covering: Ka whakarongo atu a Te Roiroiwhenua, e ngau ana i te tuataata—Wohl., Trans., vii. 32. 2. A fence made of stakes.

TUATAHI, first: Koia ahau i haere mai ai inaianei, te tuatahi o te whare katoa—1 Ham., xix. 20. Cf. tua, the ordinal prefix to adjectives, as tuarua, second, &c.; tahi, one.

Hawaiian—kuakahi, the third generation of a series; that is, the third from a parent. First, the parent (makua); second, the child (keiki); third, the grandchild (kuakahi); a grandchild (moopuna kuakahi). Cf. kahi, one; a portion. [For full comparatives, see Tua, and Tahi.]

TUATANGATA, the second part of the ancient genealogy, dealing with the names of men; the first part being the very sacred names of the gods and celestial ancestors. [See Popoarengarenga.]

TUATARA (tuatàra), the name of a species of large lizard (Sphenodon punctatum). (Myth.) The tuatara was brought with other lizards in the canoe Mangarara—A. H. M., ii. 189. [See under Arawa.] 2. Spines on the back of a lizard: Nga unahi, ta peka, nga tuatara i ahua ngarara katoa enei—P. M., 150. Cf. tara, spines; tùaitara, spines on the back of a reptile or fish. [For comparatives, see Tara, and Tua.]

TUATARA (myth.), a lizard-god; the son of Tu-te-wanawana and Tupari. [See Tu-tewanawana.]

TUATEA (tuàtea), the break on the crest of a wave; a large wave; a heavy swell: Kua mahaki noa iho te tuatea o te moana—P. M., 179. 2. A person of high rank.

TUATEA, pale. He manu tuatea, a fat bird which shows white under the feathers. Cf. tea, white; horotea, pale; kotea, pale; katea, whitened; motea, white-faced. 2. Anxious, distressed: A tuatea noa iho a Moapa i nga tamariki a Iharaira—Tau., xxii. 3.

Whaka-TUATEA, feared; causing anxiety or terror; to grow anxious.

Samoan—cf. tetea, pale; an albino; tua, the back; tuapapa, a rock; the sea along an iron-bound coast.

Tahitian—tuatea, a great rolling billow of the sea. Cf. tua, the back; tuamoua, a mountain ridge; tea, white; tuateaea, a sacred place, as the back of the king, &c.

Hawaiian—kuakea, to be white as chalk, as salt on or about salt-ponds. Cf. kea, white; kua, the back of a person or animal; the top of a ridge of high land.

Mangarevan—tuatea, a great heap of anything exposed to view. Cf. tua, the back; high tide; tuateanoa, in great quantity; lavish waste.

Paumotan—tuatea, a wave; the surge of a wave; a billow. Cf. tua, the back.

TUATETE (or Tuakeke,) the name of a species cf lizard (Sphenodon): Ko te ahua ia i rite ki te ahua tuatete—P. M. 150. [See Trans., x. 222.]

TUATINI, the Blue Shark (Ich. Carcharias brachyurus).

TUAU (myth.), a son of Toto, a chief of Hawaiki. His brother-in-law carried him off by stratagem in the Aotea canoe at the time of the Migration to New Zealand. [See Aotea, under Arawa.]

TUAUKI, old, ancient; of long standing. Cf. uki, ancient times; tuarangi, old, of ancient date; tuaorangi, the days gone by.

Paumotan—cf. tuauki, a descendant; the issue of.

TUAUKIPO (tuakipò), midnight. Cf. tuauki, of long standing; po, night.

TUAUMU, a name of the niu ceremony when performed for a war-party.

TUAUMU-WAHINE, a mode of divination by the niu. [See Niu.]

TUAURIURI, very dark. Cf. uri, dark; pouri, dark; manauri, sunburnt. He po tuauriuri, a dark abyss. 2. Very many. Cf. uri, progeny, descendants. [For comparatives, see Uri.]

page 545

TUAURU, western: A i hoe atu i reira ka ma te tai tuauru a ka u ki Patea—A. H. M., v. 5. Cf. uru, west; hauauru, west; the west wind; mauru, the north-west wind; tauru, the west wind. 2. Rare, choice; prized because seldom found, or seldom occurring. [For comparatives, see Uru.]

TUAWAHINE, a word used in narrative as an appellation of the heroine; “my lady”; used as tuahangata, for the hero of the tale: Katahi ra ka pehia ki tetehi taha, ki tetehi tana, ae ta tuawahine—P. M., 163. Cf. wahine, a woman.

TUAWHENUA, the main-land: Kihai raua i kite mai i te tuawhenua—M. M., 184. Cf. whenua. land; tua, the farther side of a solid body. 2. The interior of a country: A puta rawa mai i Waikato ki uta, ki te tuawhenua—P. M., 181

Samoan—tuafanua (tuàfanua), land at the back, or beyond the wall of a village; (b.) the back of an island. Cf. tua, the back; behind; at the back; fanua, land. [For full comparatives. see Tua, and Honua.]

TUAWHERO, reddish; somewhat red: He wahi tuakanapa ranei, he mea ma, e tuawhero ana— Rew., xiii. 19.

TUAWHIONUKUTUAWHIORANGI (myth.) [See under Tu.]

TUAWHITI, thick, fleshy, fat. Cf. whiti, to shine; tuatea, pale; manu-tuatea, a fat bird with white showing under the feathers.

TUAWHITU, a variety of flax (Phormium).

TUE, to yelp, as a dog.

TUERE, suspended, hung up. Cf. were, to hang, to be suspended.

TUHAHA (tùhàhà), happening late in the day.

TUHEITIA (myth.), a descendant of the chief Hoturoa, of the Tainui canoe. He was father of Wahanga. He became a taniwha or waterdeity.

TUHANA. [See Tuwhana.]

TUHARA (tùhara), a species of toetoe-grass.

TUHAUA (tùhaua), quick, nimble, speedy.

TUHAUWIRI (tùhauwiri), to quake, to thrill; to shiver with cold; to tremble with fear. Cf. wiri, to tremble; to feel anxious; tawiri, cowardice.

TUHAWAIKI, the native leprosy; a disease in which the extremities perish as though by frost-bite. Cf. Hawaiki, the cradle-land of the Maori people; tiwheke, covered with sores; tuwhenua, leprosy; covered with sores.

TUHEA (tùhea), covered with scrub, overgrown with bushes: A ka tuhea i a an te whenua— Rew., xxvi. 32.

TUHEIHEI (tùheihei), dishevelled.

TUHI, to depict; to delineate; to sketch; to write. Cf. tohi, to cut. [See Tongan.] 2. To paint, to stain: Kua tuhia te taha o te rangi—P. M., 64: Ka ona toto ena e tuhi i te rangi na—P. M., 37. 3. To point out, to indicate. 4. To ascertain the fortune of. 5. Part of the tattooing on the face. Cf. tui, to pierce.

TUHITUHI, to write: Kia tuhituhi whakatepe atu ki a koe—Ruk., i. 3.

Samoan—tusi, to mark siapo (native cloth); (b.) to point out, as a road,(c.) to write; a writing, a letter: E fiatusia lava o a'u upu; Would that my words were now written. Tusitusi, striped; to be striped; tutusi, plural of tusi. Cf. tusialuga, to make secret signs of disapproval of a speech; tusi'es[gap — reason: unclear] to be wrongly directed; to name wrongly, as belonging to a place to which the person does not belong; tosi, to tear in strips without quite separating), tofi, to split up; a chisel; tusilima, writing, handwriting; tui, to prick.

Tahitian—cf. tuhi, to curse (cf. Maori tapatapa).

Hawaiian—kuhi, to think, to suppose, to imagine: O ka mea naaupo hoi, i kona mumule ana, ua kuhiia oia he naaupo; Even a fool if he holds his tongue is thought clever. (b.) To point out; to point at with the fingers; a gesturing; (c.) to give an appellation; (d.) to cast up to one, to reproach with a reminder of some former delinquency; (e.) to judge; kuhikuhi, to show, to point out; to designate; E kuhikuhi ana ia oukou i ke ala e hele ai; He pointed out the road in which you should go. (b) To teach; to make signs with the hand; to ask by signs; (c.) to be fat, to be rich with fatness, as food; sweet, pleasant to the taste; hoo-kuhi, to suppose; to think; to cause to guess. Cf. kuhihewa, to mistake; kuhilani, proud, haughty; kuhina, one that carries the orders and executes the commands of the king or highest chief; kuhikuhipuuone, the name of a class of priests in ancient times who were consulted and gave advice concerning the building of temples (luakini) and their location; kuhipa, not to understand clearly.

Tongan—tohl, a book; a writing, a letter; to write; to enroll; (b.) to score; to streak; to split; a small shasp shell used in splitting leaves; tuhituhi, striped. Cf. tofi, a knife made of hard wood; to cut into small pieces; tofitofi, to cut into small pieces; fetohiaki, to correspond by writing; tufi, to collect together; to pick up small things,

Marquesan—tuhi, to point out with the hand or finger. Cf. tuhimauka, to indicate by pointing out.

Mangaian— tui, marked, inscribed; to mark.

Mangarevan—tuhi, to designate; to point out with the finger.

Paumotan—tuhi, to point out with the finger. Cf. tuhihi, a mediator.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. tusi, of native cloth, dyed with various colours and patterns.

Bugis—cf. atui, to compose; to write.

Malay—cf. tulis, to draw; to paint.

TUHINAPO (myth.), a deity who was a guardian spirit to the Maoris in their migrations over the great ocean—A. H. M., i. 40.

TUHIOTERANGI (myth.), the name of a god.

TUHITI, to expel, to banish. Cf. whiti, to cross over; to reach the opposite side; to start, to be alarmed; kowhiti, to pull up or out. [See also Hiti.]

TUHOE (tùhoe), steep, as a high-pitched roof.

TUHONO (tùhono), to join. Cf. hono, to splice, to join, to unite; tarahono, to pile up, to lay in a heap.

Samoan—cf. tafono, to join the planks of a canoe; fono, to patch, to inlay; laufono, a plank of a canoe.

Tahitian—cf. tahono, to join, to piece together; to lengthen by joining another piece; hono, to splice a rope; to join page 546 pieces of wood together; pahono, to splice, to join.

Hawaiian—cf. hono, to join, to unite together; to stitch, to mend, as a garment; paahono, to splice; to sew together; pahono, to sew up, as a rent; to stitch together. [For full comparatives, see Hono.]

TUHORO (myth), a son of Tama-te-kapua.

Tuhoro and his brother Kahumata— momoe went to Maketu, and built a house named Whitingakongako. Their pa (fort) was called Koari. Kahu had a cultivation named Parawai. Tuhoro quarrelled with Kahu, who was working in his garden, and tore from Kahu's ear the celebrated greenstone (jade) ornament Kaukaumatua. The incantations over Tuhoro and the wanderings of his brothers and himself form a very valuable part of our knowledge of the ancient Maori people—S. R., 53 et seq.

TUHOURANGI (myth.), a chief noted for his tall stature, he having reached the unusual height of nine feet. His bones were used by later generations at religious ceremonials, they being brought out by the priests and set up in the sacred places at the time when root-crops were dug up, when the fishing season commenced, and when an enemy was to be attacked— P. M., 93.

TUHU (tùhu), (also Tuhunga,) a perch for birds, used as part of a snare. Cf. tu, to stand.

TUHUA, obsidian or volcanic glass. Also called matatuhua.

TUHUNA, a clump of miro trees.

TUHUNGA. [See Tuhu.]

TUHURUHURU, a name for the fairies. [See Turehu, Patupaearehe, &c.]

TUHURUHURU (myth.), a son of Ihuatamai and Hina. He was generally known as Tinirau's son, because Tinirau had married Hina before the child was born — P. M., 50. Tuhuruhuru married Apakura and by her he begat a son, Tuwhakararo, then a girl, Mairatea, then other children, and lastly the youngest (the Reimatua), the celebrated Whakatau-potiki—P. M., 61. When Tuhuruhuru was a baby his mother, Hinauri, or Hinete-iwaiwa, deserted him, flying away with her brother Rupe (Maui-mua), but she let the infant drop into the arms of Tinirau, who became its foster-father. When the boy was old enough he was taught by Tinirau how to find the mother who had left him, and by his ministrations Hina was induced to return to her husband—A. H. M., ii. 143. Tuhuruhuru is mentioned in the celebrated childbirth-incantation of Hine-te-iwaiwa used by Maori women at the time of parturition. [For this incantation, see S. R., 30.]

TUI, the name of a bird, the Parson Bird (Orn. Prosthemadera novæ - zealandiæ): He tui te manu e werohia nei e Marutuahu—P. M., 135.

TUI, to pierce; to penetrate with a sharp instrument. He karakia tui, an incantation for spearing birds; tuki, to impel endwise. [See Semoan, and the note to Marquesan of Tuki.] 2. To thread on a string; a string on which anything is threaded: He mea huri noa iho ki te tui—P. M., 175. 3. To lace; to fasten by passing a cord through holes; Tuia tu tatou waka—P. M., 62: He mea tui te ngutu kei tetea nga niho—A. H. M., i, 36. 4. A warcry; a war-chant: Ka mohio mat nga tangata o te kainga ki te karakia a Tawhaki, he tui taua—A H. M., i. 92. [Also, see Maori Tungi.]

TUITUI, to lace; to sew; He wa e haehae ai, he wa e tuitui ai—Kai., iii. 7. 2. To fasten up, to render inaccessible: E kore koe e tae; ko nga rangi i tuituia e Tane—P. M., 35.

Samoan—tui, to prick; (b.) to sew, as clothes; (c.) to thread a needle; tuitui, prickly, thorny, to be prickly; (b.) a beam running the length of a long house; tutui, to seize with the claws, as owls and cats do; (b.) to be griped; fa'a-tuituia, to indulge angry feelings. Cf. tuilà, to sew sails; tuiga, a head-dress made of hair; matuitui, prickly; su'i, to thread on a string, as beads; to do needlework; su'ituafilo, to stitch; tuiveve, leaves sewn together to cover over an oven of food; tutu'i, to pierce; to drive in anything sharp.

Tahitian—tui, to pierce; to make a hole or opening; (b.) a hiccough; (c.) a certain prayer and ceremony to prevent the soul of a dead person from returning to trouble the living; tutui, to kindle fire, to set fire to a thing; (b.) the Tiari or Candlenut-tree (Bot. Alcurites triloba). [Note. — The nuts are pierced, threaded on a stick, and then the upper one is kindled. This is the common Polynesian torch.] Cf. hui, to pierce, to lance, to prick; fetui, to string together, as beads; huitoto, the act of piercing an infant In the womb [see Maori Huki]; tatui, to strike through, as a dart; tuiaha, a hog marked with sinnet, in token of dedication to the gods; to devote to the service of the gods by marking with sinnet (aha); tuiau, to join hand in hand, to clasp hands; to be led or drawn; a line that runs through the meshes of a fishing-net, to which are fastened the weights and buoys; tuiora, to set well with wedges and ties, a term used by canoebuilders; tuituitu, to burn a standing tree.

Hawaiian—kui, to stick together; to join, to add; (b.) to sew, to stitch together: Kui pua, let pua; Stringing flowers, making garlands, (c.) A general name for all pointed instruments: a nail, a pin, a spike, an awl; kuikui, to fasten together, as the parts of a building; kukui, the Candle-nut tree; hookuikui, to put together, to form: hence, (b.) to feign, to pretend; kuina, a set of fine kapa (pieces of native cloth) sewn together, answering the purpose of sheets; (b.) a seam. Cf. kuikahi, a union of sentiment or feeling; to make peace, or be at peace; a treaty; kuikele, a needle; kahookui, a union, a joining; pakui, to splice, as timber or a rope.

Tongan—tui, to string, as beads, &c.; (b.) to thread a needle; (c.) to pierce; (d.) to perform an operation on the eye; (e.) to believe, to credit; faith belief; credulous, believing; (f.)a king, a governor; one who governs (of either sex); tuia, to be pierced or wounded by anything sharp; (b.) to be seized by affliction; tuitui, to sew; needlework; tutui, to sow seeds; tuituia, conception; faka-tui, to cause others to string beads; (b.) to inspire confidence; (c.) king-like; to act like a tui or leader; tuiga, a string of beads, flowers, &c.; (b.) a wig. Cf. tuigataa, unbelieving; difficult to pierce; tuila, to make or mend sails; tuigutu, to pierce the page 547 cheeks on the death of a chief; fetuiaki, to thrust or run into each other; to pierce through and through; fetuituiaki, to enter into an agreement; to club together; touia, wounded, pierced, as by a spear.

Rarotongan —tui, to pierce; (b.) to sew; (c.) marked, inscribed; tuitui, the Candle-nut tree.

Marquesan—tui, to pierce the ears, as for ear. rings; (b.) to rope anything; (c.) to sew; tuia, to marry. Cf. tu, to strike, as with a spear; patuitui, a cord on which fish are strung; tuiha, to tear, to lacerate; tutuki, to join together, to unite.

Mangarevan—tui, to sew; (b.) to thread on a reed; (c.) to take in the arms; tuiga, a sewing. Cf. tuiamaro, a piece of cloth not large enough to go round the body; tuitahi, a waist-cloth (maro) without ornament; tuituipua, to agree.

Paumotan—tui, to sew.

Ext. Poly.: Tagal— cf. tahi, to sew.

Bisaya—cf. tahi, to sew.

Malay—cf. jahit, to sew.

Motu—cf. turia, to sew; to plait an armlet; turi, a bone;tui, the knee (Maori= turi).

Fiji—cf. tui, a rattan, a giant climber; a lot of things strung together; tutui, to sew (properly to bring edges together to meet, and sew them).

TUIRANGI (myth.), a name of Rata's canoe, constructed by the Hakuturi wood-fairies. [See Rata.]

TUKAHOTEA (tùkahotea), roofless; without covering on the roof. Cf. tu, to stand; kaho a rafter; tea, white.

TUKARAROA (tùkararoa), the name of a bird.

TUKAREHU, the name of a plant (Plantago sp.).

TUKARI (tùkari) to dig the soil and throw it up into small hills. Cf. kari, to dig; keri, to dig; karituangi, to dig deep. [For comparatives, see Kari.]

TUKANGUHA TUKARIRI, TUKATAUA,, (myth.) names of Tu, the Wargod. [See Tu.]

TUKAU, a variety of kumara (sweet potato).

TUKAUATI (tùkauati), a whirlwind. Cf. kauati, a piece of wood used in procuring fire by friction. [See Kauati.]

TUKE, the elbow: Kotahi whatianga o te ringa ahu atu i te tuke. a tae noa ki te pito o te ringa mapere—A. H. M., i. 4. Cf. tukemata, the eyebrow. 2. A perch on which birds were snared: He tuke takiri manu—A. H. M., i. 126. 3. A portion of a bird's maw.

TUKETUKE, to elbow, to nudge. Cf. tutetute, to jostle, to hustle; tuki, to strike with anything; to ram. 2. A short-bladed shovel. Cf. tukekau, short.

Samoan—cf. tu'etu'e, to be stripped of its leaves, as a taro with its leaves eaten off; or taro with the stalks rotted off; also, a crayfish with its legs broken off, or a cuttle-fish with its tentacles taken off; tu'elima, the knuckles.

Tahitian—tue, to impel; to kick with the foot; to play at football; (b.) to strike against anything; (c.) the core of the Tahitian apple; the body of a crab, starfish, &c.; tuetue, to withstand, to oppose, to resist; (b.) thick, stout, as cloth; irregular, as cloth or boards; tutue, unstable, having no proper root or foundation. Cf. tueve, to press, to throng; tuemata, the eyebrows; tuerehu, a great concourse of people; otue, a promontory; peaks or tops; the ends of the fingers.

Hawaiian—kue, to be opposed; to be contrary; to be strange; strife, opposition, commotion; (b.) to act contrary to authority; to oppose the government; (c.) the crooked side-timbers in a ship; the knees of timber; (d.) any object with an angle; (e.) the name of a kind of fish-hook; kuekue, a joint, a protuberance; the knuekles; the wrist-bones; kuee, to disagree, to contend in words; disagreement, dissension; opposition of sentiment; hoo-kue, to set against; to oppose; to cause to oppose. Cf. tu, to stand; e, strange; kuekuelima,the elbow; kuekuewawae, the heel; the anklejoint; kuekueni, to shake; to move; to struggle; kui, to pound fine; to smite; to injure; mukne, to punch; to elbow one; to provoke to anger; opposition.

Tongan— tuke, the knuckles; (b.) to be stripped or mode bare, as a tree of its branches; tuketuke, to speak amorously of men; (b.) to be stripped of branches. Cf. tui, the knee.

Mangarevan —tuke, the elbow; (b.) the heel; (c.) the joints of the fingers; tuketuke, large feet; (b.) to make eyes at anyone. Cf. tukemata, parts about the eyes; tukerae, a high forehead; tukerakau, to drive away in an imperious manner.

Paumotan— tuketuke, a bend, an angle. Cf. tuketukerima, the elbow; katuke, a handle.

TUKE-A-MAUI, Orion's Belt, a part of the constellation of Orion.

TUKEKAU, short. Cf. tuketuke, a short-bladed shovel.

TUKEKE, lazy. Cf. keke, obstinate, stubborn; pakeke, stiff, hard.

Paumotan—tuketuke, late; slow; fakatuketuke, to delay.

Hawaiian—cf. kuee, to do contrary, to oppose.

TUKEMATA, the eyebrow. Cf. tuke, the elbow; mata, the eye.

Samoan— cf. tu'igamata, the part immediately under the eye [see Samoan of Tuki]; tuàmata, the eyelash; ‘aumata, the inner corner of the eye; fulufulumata, the eyebrow.

Tahitian—tuemate, the eyebrows. Cf. mata, the eye; tuematafatiore, an eye that gazes steadily; the eyes of an adulterer; tuematamauru, a person with the hair of the eyebrows falling off, a sign of the venereal disease.

Hawaiian—kuemaka, the eyebrows; (b.) the brow of a hill. Cf. kue, any object with an angle; maka, the eye or face.

Tongan—cf. tuamata, the outside of the eyelash; tuamataaki, to close the eyes; to rest.

Marquesan—tukemata, the eyebrow.

Mangarevan—tukemata, the parts about the eyes; (b.) the whites of the eyes; akatukemata, to fill up to the brim, said of liquids; (b.) to look angry; fierce; (c.) to look upwards. Cf. tukerae, a long forehead; tuketuke, to make eyes at anyone.

Moriori —cf. tikamata, the eyebrow.

Paumotan— cf. tukenohi, the eyebrow. [Note.—Here nohi compares with Maori kanohi, the eye.]

TUKI, to thrust or strike with anything impelled endwise; to ram. Cf. patuki, to beat, to strike; tuke, to elbow, to nudge. 2. To butt. 3. To attack. 4. To fill up, to occupy a space: Ka tukia mai te matao o te whare—

page 548

A. H. M., ii. 29. 5. A knob or knot of hair: E uaru nga tuki o te kaki— A. H. M., ii. 126. 6. To beat time or give time to paddlers in a canoe. 7. A song to make the paddlers in a canoe keep time.

TUTUKI, to abut against, to jam hard up against. Cf. tutaki, to cause to meet, to put close. 2. To reach its furthest limit; to be finished; completed. Cf. porotutuki, to come to an end.

TUTUKI (tùtuki), to trip in walking, to stumble; to strike against any object: Tutuki noa te wae ki nga rakau—M. M., 167.

TUKITUKI, to destroy, to demolish, to knock to pieces: A ko tana upoko i mongamonga noa te tukituki—A. H. M., v. 26: Tukituki, pae rawa nga takitaki me te maihi o te whare—Wohl., Trans., vii. 49. 2. To take to pieces, to take down.3. To kill: Maku e tukituki, maku hoki e whakaora — Tiu., xxxii. 39. 4. To curse. 5. High-water.

Samoan — tu'l, to thump, to beat, to pound; (b.) to strike with the fist, a blow with the fist; (c.) to devote to destruction; (d.) a curse; tu'ia, to strike, as the foot against a stone: E le tu'ia foi lou vae; Your foot shall not stumble. (b.) To be pierced, as by a spear, tu'itu'i, small sticks connecting the outrigger with the iato (outrigger bars); (b.) the drum used at a night-dance, made of a bundle of bamboos, with a mat rolled round them; (c.) to bruise, to pound; (d.) to thump gently, as a part of the body in pain; (e.) a stick on which vegetables are rested while being scraped; (f.) to forbid the doing of anything; (g.) to forbid a payment; to remit a debt; tutu'i, to pierce, to drive in anything sharp. Cf. tui, to pirick; tu‘iàisola, to pound secretly (referring to one kind of scented oil, the mode of preparation of which was kept secret); tu'imomomo, to beat to pieces; tu'igamata, the part immediately under the eye, so called because beaten when In grief; tu'imonoi, to strike a short blow so as not to be heard, as a man beating his wife; tu'inini'i, to beat to dust; tu'ipè, to beat severely; tu'ipala, to beat to a mummy; tau- tu'i, to insinuate an imprecation by praising in a jeering manner.

Tahitian—tui, to butt or impel; to strike with the head or horns, as a beast in fighting; (b.) to strike with the hand; (c.) to pound; a pestle; (d.) to stumble. Ua tuia ratou i nia i te feia i taparahihia e ratou; They stumble upon the corpses. (e.) The hiccough; (f.) to pierce, to make a hole or opening. Cf. tuifara, a violent blow with the fist; tuitaa, to grind, as the jaws in anger; tuitaora, to throw a stone; otui, to box; to push away a person or thing; to butt; to ram; to thump; to beat, as an artery; tue, to impel; to kick with the foot; utuitui, to thump with the hand or butt with the elbow; to press under.

Hawaiian—kui, to pound with the end of a thing; to pound with a hammer or mallet; to knock out, as the teeth; to pound up, to break fine: A kui iho la, a pepe liilii a aeae e like me ka lepo; It was stamped on and ground very fine till it was small as dust. (b.) To smite; to injure; to smite with the hand; (c.) to smite, as conscience; (d.) to sound, as thunder; (e.) to sound abroad, as a report; fame; to publish; (f.) to stick together, to Join; kuikui, to strike often; to buffet; to beat; to box: I kuikui aku me ka lima hana ino; To strike with the fist of evil. (b.) To pelt, to throw at: (c.) striking or blowing strongly, as the wind; kukui, to publish, to spread, as a report; to make famous. Cf. kuikuiwale, a pounding or bruising to death, an ancient mode of killing; kuipalu, to bruise or pound fine; to pound soft; to beat or bruise; kuipe, to beat down; to bend over flat; kuiai, the act of pounding food; kuihewa, to strike or hit by mistake; kuike, to smooth off a place, to leave nothing rough; to destroy men in war until not one is left; to extirpate; kue, to oppose; to attack; makakuikui, to provoke; to scowl at one.

Tongan — tuki, a blow, a thump; a striker; to strike; to drub; to drive; (b.) a superstitious custom by which thieves are said to be accursed; tutuki, to drive; to strike; tukituki, to strike; to rap gently; (b.) short sticks driven into the outrigger, and fastened to rails from the body of the canoe; (c.) a pin, a peg, a stopper; tukia, to stumble; to strike against; to wreck; (b.) soft; bruised; tukiga, the place or point to which a thing is struck or driven. Cf. tukiaaga, a stumblingblock; tukibalagia, to beat soundly; tukitukifao, to nail; to fasten with nails; fetukiaki, to strike each other with the fist; to imprecate; fetukiaaki, to stumble to and fro; tukitala, to warn, to beat with words; to admonish; tukitalai, to doom; to execrate; tukitoka, to strike while lying down; tukifulei, onanism; tukifakaaugafa, to imprecate extinction in case of guilt.

Rarotongan—tuki, to strike, to beat.

Marquesan—tuki, to beat poi (a mess of native food); to crush, to bruise; (b.) to pay, to recompense; tutuki, to meet; to run against; (b.) to join together, to unite (see Tui; probably a “joining together”), as in beating the pasted edges of tapa or native cloth together.

Mangarevan—tuki, to touch to; to extend to; (b.) to pound, to bray with a pestle; (c.) to be importunate, to press for a thing to be given to one; tukia, a shook; clashing; (b.) repetition; (c.) a stone against which one stumbles; to jar against; tukiakia, a cause of stumbling; (b.) scandal; to slander; (c.) charms; allurement; bait; tukiga, a series; continuation, said of things touching each other; tukituki, to bray with a pestle; to pound. Cf. tutaki, to meet, to join; to meet frequently; tukinoho, to persevere; tukimata, to look upwards; putuki, to draw together the mouth of a sack; tui, to sew, to thread on a reed.

Paumotan—tukituki, to hit against, to strike; (b.) to pound; (c.) to grind. Cf. kotuki, to ram.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. tatuki, to strike the head against a thing; tuki-a, to beat or knock with the fist; to hammer.

Malay—cf. chuki, to copulate.

TUKIATA, a morning surprise,an early ambus-cade. Cf. ata, early morning; haeata, dawn; moata, early in the morning; tuki, to attack. [For comparatives, see Tuki, and Ata.]

TUKINO (tùkino), to maltreat; to use with violence: Hokona ahau i roto i teringa o te kai tukino—Hopa, vi. 23. Cf. tu, to be hit or wounded; kino, ill, evil.

TUKIPOHO, ahead, contrary, said of the wind.

TUKIRUNGA, the name of a tree-fern (Bot. Dicksonia antarctica).

page 549

TUKITUKIPAPA (myth.), a chief of prediluvian times— A. H. M., i. 169.

TUKOKIKOKI (tùkokikoki), to roll, as a ship: No te waru o nga marama i ahua rere ke ai te tukokikoki o te mokihi—A. H. M., i. 159. Cf. koki, limping; to move ahead, as a canoe; oioi to shake; tuoi, deformed.

Hawaiian — kuoi, to move slowly, as a vessel with little wind; (b.) to rock or reel to and fro, as a vessel in a calm; (c.) to reel or stagger, as a fowl drenched with water; to stagger, as a person unable to walk through weakness; hoo-kuoi, to limp, to walk with unequal steps. Cf. oi, to limp, to walk stiffly; oioi, to move sideways.

Tahitian—tuoi, to stumble through weakness. Cf. oi, to turn, as in steering a boat; maoioi, movable.

Paumotan—cf. koki, to hop on one foot.

TUKOREHU (tùkòrehu), the name of a plant (Plantago sp.).

TUKOU (tùkou), the clitoris.

Marquesan— cf. tukou, permission given by a nod of the head.

TUKU, to let go; to give up; to permit, to allow: Tukua atu te punga i konei — P. M., 23: Tukua ahau kia haere ki toku ariki— Ken., xxiv. 54. 2. To send: Ka tukua nga purahorua ki hea ki hea—P. M., 102. 3. To set to, to begin an action. 4. To subside. 5. To settle down. Cf. tukupu, coming down on all sides; covering completely; tukunga atu mo, a place into which one may be received; tukunga iho, the end; the result. 6. An incantation used at the time of parturition: ka mene nga tuku, me nga karakia katoa ki a koe—P. M., 127.

TUKUTUKU, a kind of curse. Cf. tukituki, to curse. 2. The ornamental work in the interior of a house. 3. A cobweb. Cf. tukuroa, a back-stay. 4. To stir up the fire (probably a form of tungutu).

Samoan— tu'u, to permit, to allow: Auà e le tuuina ia te i latou e tautala; It is not permitted for them to speak. (b.) To place, to. set: Ia tu'u o'u ivi i tafaiafa o ona ivi; Place my bones by his bones. (c.) To appoint; (d.) to send forth; (e.) to let go; to set free; (f.) to put aside; (g.) to pass by; (h.) to desert, to leave: Na te tuu ana fua i le eleele; Leaving her eggs in the ground. (i.) To deliver over: Ua tuuina mai le lalo lagi i le lima o le amio leaga; The earth is delivered into the hands of the wicked, (j.) To desist, to cease; (k.) a payment: ‘O le malie ma te tu'u; Each shark caught has its payment — Prov. Tu'ua, to be left; (b.) to be dismissed; tutu'u, to race on foot or in canoes; (b.) to have the bowels moved; (c.) the plural of tu'u; tu'utu'u, to pass along (followed by ane); (b.) to pass up (followed by a'e); (c.) to let down (with ifo); fa'a-tu'utu'u, to yield to; to be discouraged. Cf. tu'u'au, to disband troops; tu'u'aulele, to let a pigeon fly; tu'ufa'alele, to let go, as a sail; tu'ufau, to be left to itself, as a tame pigeon left to go the whole length of its line; to be uncorrected, uncared for, as children; tu'ufua, to be deserted; to be uninhabited; tatu'u, to let down, as the cocoanut-screens of a house.

Tahitian— tuu, to let go, to dismiss: E oti a'era taua parau nana ra, ua tuu atura oia i taua feia ra; When he had finished his speech, he dismissed the assembly. (b.) To yield; (c.) to deliver, to set free; (d.) the name of a species of spider; tuutuu, to slacken or ease a rope; (b.) the name of a species of spider; tutuu, a bequest, a legacy, a will; counsel left by a dying person with his relations. Cf. tuutuuvea, a king's messenger; tuuati, the departure of the friends of a conquered party; tuumata, a spy; tuupiri a puzzle, an enigma; to put an enigma to try a person's skill; tuutuurea, a small body of messengers: tuutuutautai, the frequent use of the fishing-net.

Hawaiian—kuu, to let go, to loosen; to let down, as by a rope; to slacken; to let down from the shoulder: Ka maunu ka Alae a Hina, kuua ilalo i Hawaii; The bait was the alae (bird) of Hina, let down upon Hawaiki. (b.) To dismiss or send away, as on an errand; (c.) to put down, as one in authority; (d.) to pay out, as a rope or cable in casting anchor: Aole i kuu ka heleuma o ka meku; The anchor of the ship was not let down. (d.) To give liberty; (e.) to suffer to be done; (g.) E kuu i ka uhane, to “give up the ghost”; to die; (h.) to fail; to give up; (i.) the act of taking fish in a net; kuukuu, a species of insect called the Daddy-long-legs (Tipula, the Crane-fly); (b.) a species of short-legged spider; (c.) the name of a game; (d.) to let go; to let down; hoo-kuu, to excuse; to permit; to let go; (b.) to send away, as a multitude; (c.) to lead out of an enclosure; to deliver from difficulty; kuuna, a passing down; a descending; hereditary. Cf. kuue, to release, as one from his sufferings; to have one's difficulties pass away; kuukanae, a free breathing, i.e. free from fear; safe; kuukuli, to sit on the heels with the knees on the ground; kuulala, to be demented; beside oneself; great ignorance; stupidity.

Tongan—tuku, to let, to permit, to allow; to suffer: Ka ko hono fitu oe ta'u, ke ke tuku ia ke màlòlò, bea tae ue'i; The seventh year you shall let it rest and lie still. (b.) To slacken, to let go, as a rope; (c.) to cease, to desist; to adjourn; (d.) to bequeath; to give: Bea teu tuku ia ki he nima oe kakai muli ke ma'u fakakaihaa; I will give it into the hands of strangers for a prey. (e.) To dye or stain; (f.) the name of a rope in a canoe; tukua, to cease, to give over; (b.) to excommunicate; to put away; tutukua, to doom; to execrate; tutuku, to finish; to separate, to disperse; tukutuku, to let go gradually; (b.) to sink in the sea; tukuaga, any places for stores; an end, a finishing; faka-tuku, to refer any cause to a third party; faka-tukutuku, to desert, to abandon; to cast off. Cf. tukuage, to let go; to dismiss, to release; tukubala, to let go or slacken suddenly or too much; tukufakalele, to let go by the run; tukuhau, to pay tribute; tukumamao, to leave behind in the rear; fetukutuku, to remove with goods and chattels; tukufatogia, a general making of presents to a chief; tukuaki, to accuse unjustly; tukuumu, to take presents of cooked food to a female as an expression of wishing for her in marriage; tukutukutonu, to drive right upon; tukulalo, to speak low, to whisper.

Rarotongan— tuku, to allow, to permit, to grant: E tuku mai ana koe i nga ra e itu; Grant thou seven days (unto us): Aere katoa, tukua i te rangi, e Rongo; O Rongo, grant thou complete success. (b.) To page 550 let down; to let out: Tukua atu te taura i Enuakura; Drop down some cords to Spirit-land.

Marquesan—tuku, to give, to grant; (b.) to let loose, to set free; tuu, to give: Aoe he mea tuu atu no te Po; Nothing was given back to Night. Cf. tukou, permission given by a nod of the head.

Mangarevan—tuku, to point out, to indicate, to instruct; (b.) to send; (c.) to permit to go; (d.) to deliver up a thing; (e.) to give the hand; (f.) to give up to the mercy of wind and wave; (g.) to throw the fishing fillet or the net; (h.) a portion of land; tukuga, Instruction; tukutuku, to weave. Cf. tukuakaegutu, to confide a secret; tukuakanunui, to send; to throw often; tukukiraro, to humiliate; tukurua, to send two by two.

Paumotan—tuku, to lay down, to lay aside; (b.) to place, to put; (c.) gradually. Cf. tukute-moto, to give a blow; tukuatu, to deliver up; tukutukurahinui, and tukutukurahinuku, names of species of spiders.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. tuku-ca, to let go, to slacken a rope.

Sikayana—cf. tuku, to let alone, to put down.

TUKUKU (tùkuku), to plunder.

TUKUMARU, cloudy. Cf. tumaru, shady; maru, shaded, sheltered; taumaru, shaded. [For comparatives, see Maru.]

TUKUNGA, a native oven made tapu after a fishing expedition.

TUKUNGA-ATU-MO, a place into which anyone may be received.

TUKUNGA-IHO, the end, the result. [For comparatives, see Tuku.]

TUKUPERU, a species of whale 2. A person of uninviting appearance.

TUKUPU (tukupù), coming down on all sides, as rain. Cf. tuku, to let go; pu, intensive. 2. Overcast, as the skies; lowering. Cf. tukumaru, cloudy. 3. Covering completely.

TUKUPUNA, an ancestor: Ki te aroaro oku tukupuna, oku matua—MSS. Cf. tupuna, an ancestor.

TUKUPUNGA, to drown anything. Cf. tuku, to let go; punga, a stone used as an anchor. [For comparatives, see Tuku, and Punga.]

TUKURANGI (myth.), an axe made by Ngahue from his greenstone (jade)—A. H. M., ii. 185. [See Ngahue.]

TUKURENGA, choice fern-root for food.

TUKUROA, the backstay of a canoe-sail. Cf. tukutuku, a cobweb; roa, long.

Hawaiian—cf. kuukuu, a species of shortlegged spider; to let go, to let down.

Tahi— tian—cf. tuku, the name of a spider.

Tongan —cf. tuku, the name of a rope in a canoe.

Paumotan—cf. tukutukurahinui, the name of a spider.

TUKUROA, badly supplied. He tau tukuroa, a year of famine.

TUKUTUKU, TUKUTUKUTU, (for Tun?utu,) to put a fire together. [See Tungutu.]

TUKUWARU, to fall down with a crash. 2. (Moriori) To carry on a pole.

Whaka-TUMA, abuse; ill-treatment; anger; to act defiantly; to menace: A ka korero whakatuma mai ki a ratou—Ken., xlii. 7. Cf. tumatatenga, apprehensive.

Whaka-TUMATUMA, to defy, to threaten: Na reira ano ka whakatumatuma te tohetohe ki te whakatuma—P. M., 81.

Samoan— cf. tuma, to strike with the knuckles.

Hawaiian — ha-kuma, a thick cloud; one threatening a storm; ha-kumakuma, to lower, to frown; (b.) to look threatening, as clouds portending a storm; (c.) to be rough or pitted, as from the scars of the small-pox.

Mangarevan—cf. tumatatega, defiance.

Tahitian—cf. tupatupa, to surmise evil; tupatupatai, to strike repeatedly with the fist.

TUMA (tumà), an odd number in excess. Cf. tu, to stand; ma, others not specified. 2. (Moriori) An unmarried man.

Tahitian—tuma, over and above, as ehuru tumarua, ten, and two above or over; tumatuma, vast, great in quantity. Cf. hatuma, abundance, plenty; hatumatuma, abundance; large.

Hawaiian—kuma, a word used for “standing in company with”: hence, it implies an addition to, an enlarging. Cf. ku, to stand; ma, others not mentioned individually.

Mangarevan—tuma, units in excess, after counting tens; tumatuma, big; fat.

TUMAHANA (tùmahana), a present of food given by one tribe as a return for another present of food (kaihaukai), &c.

TUMANAKO (tùmanako), to think of some absent object as desirable; to regard with favour. Cf. manako, to like, to set one's heart on. [For comparatives, see Manako]

TUMANGAI (tùmàngai), a kind of spell or magical incantation: I mene te tumangai, i mene te rotu—P. M., 156.

TUMARO (tùmàrò), hard, close, solid. Cf. maro, hard, solid; pamaro, hard, solid; taumaro, obstinate. [For comparatives, see Maro.]

TUMARU, shady. Cf. tukumaru, cloudy; maru, shaded, sheltered; taumaru, shaded.

Mangarevan—tumaru, umbrageous, shady. [For full comparatives, see Maru.]

TUMATA (tùmata), to set on fire, to burn.

TUMATAKAHUKI (tùmatakahuki), sticks arranged perpendicularly between the wall-posts of a house for supporting the battens to which the reeds are fastened.

TUMATAKURU (tùmatakuru), the name of a shrub (Bot. Discaria toumatou): O te wiwi, o te wawa, o te tumatakuru A. H. M., iii. 8.

TUMATATENGA (tùmatatenga), fearful, anxious, apprehensive. Cf. tuma, to menace; to illtreat.

Mangarevan—tumatatega, defiance; (b.) afraid of being deceived; (c.) satiating, cloying.

TUMATAUENGA,TUMATAWHAITI, (myth.) names of Tu, the War-god. [See Tu.]

TUMATOHI (tùmatohi), on one's guard; on the alert; watchful: Kia tumatohi hoki koutou katoa—Hoh., viii. 4. 2. Marching in close order.

TUMAU (tùmau), established, fixed, constant. Cf. tu, to stand; pumau, fixed, permanent; mau, fixed; continuing, lasting; tamau, to fasten; tumo, continuous. 2. To remain in a place: Kei Waiharakeke ka tumau atu—S. T., 259. 3. A housekeeper, a servant, a cook: E kore e e rongo nga tumau—P. M., 25.

page 551

Samoan—tumau, to stand fast: E mavae atu foi c ia e pei o le ata, ma ua le tamau; He passes by like a shadow and does not stand fast. Fa'a-tumau, to cause to stand fast. Cf. mau, to be firm, to be fast.

Tahitian— tumau, constipation. Cf. mau, to retain or hold a thing.

Hawaiian—cf. tamau, constant; fast-adhering; mau, to continue, to endure; continually, perpetually.

Tongan —tuumau, to stand fast; to continue; steadfast, constant; faka-tuumau, to fix, to establish. Cf. mau, always, perpetually; constancy.

TUMEKE, to be alarmed, to take fright.

TUMERE, a weapon of war. Cf. mere, a flat club.

TUMINGI, the name of a plant (Bot. Leucopogon fasciculatus).

TUMO, continuous: Ka tumo te tangi o nga manu—Wohl., Trans., vii. 52. Cf tumau, established, fixed. [For comparatives, see Tumau.]

TUMOREMORE (tùmoremore), with all branches or external appendages stript off. Cf. moremore, to make bald or bare; mamore, without accompaniments or appendages; hamore, bald.

Hawaiian—kumolemole, to be straight up and down, as a smooth precipice; to be smooth and steep, as a cliff that cannot be climbed. Cf. molemole, round and smooth; cylindrical; smooth, as the skin of a bald head: hence, bald-headed; sleek and smooth with fatness. [For full comparatives, see More.]

TUMU, to stop short; to halt suddenly. Cf. tu, to stand. 2. To start, to be startled. 3. To coo, to grunt: Ko te tumu kau ano ki a ia— P. M., 17. cf. mu, a low sound; mumu, to murmur; ku, to make a low moaning sound; kuku, a pigeon.

Hawaiian — cf. kumu, a cough; a hard breathing; mumu, to hum, to make an indistinct sound.

TUMU, TUMUTUMU, (also Timu,) the stump of a tree: Ka tae mai ki te tumu a tona matua a Umukaria kei waho i te moana—P. M., 130: Ko kauwharu i runga aia i te tumutumu e tu ana—A. H. M., iv. 98. Cf. mutu, to cut short. 2. A loop or snare for catching birds: Kua eke kei runga kei te tumu a Whakatau— P. M., 63. 3. A chief or principal person; the master of a territory. Cf. tumuaki, a leader, director; the crown of the head; tupu, to grow; tupuna, an ancestor [see Mangarevan]. 4. The shoulder-bone.

Samoan—tumu, a hollow place in a tree where the water lodges; (b.) to be full; tumutumu, the top, the summit: E lua pe tolu nai fua i le tumutumu o le laau; Two or three berries on the summit of a tree. Cf. tumua'i, the crown of the head; tumusaisai, to be full so as to require to be tied up, as a cocoanutleaf basket; to be full to overflowing.

Tahitian— tumu, the trunk; the root; the origin, the cause: Te tumu Taaroa, te papa, Taaroa te one; Tangaroa is the Root, the Foundation, the Sands: Te vai nei hoi te opahi i te tumu raau i teie nei a; Now also the axe is laid at the root of the tree. (b.) The foundation: E faaai te tumu, e faai te papa; Fill up the foundation, fill up the rocks. Haa-tumu, to lay a foundation; tumutumu, the red part of the bark of the uru (breadfruit, artocarpus) tree; (b.) to distance by receding from an object; to become small as the object becomes distant. Cf. huritumu, to overthrow from the foundation; otumutumu, stumpy, as the grass where cattle have been feeding; taihitumu, to raze from the foundation; tupuai, the crown of the head.

Hawaiian—kumu, the bottom or foundation of a thing, as the bottom of a tree or plant, but not the roots: E kua i kumu o Kahiki; Cut down the foundations of Tawhiti: I ikeia kona kumu, a e hinaia; That the foundations may be laid bare and it may fall. (b.) The beginning of a thing, as work or business; to begin or commence a work; (c.) the producing cause: Ua inaina kumu ole mai lakou ia'u; They hated me without a cause. (d.) An example, a pattern, a copy: Me ke kumu hoohalike o kona mau mea e pili ana; After the pattern of all the instruments. (e.) A fountain of water; (f.) the price of a thing, or the property to be given for a valuable; properly paid for hire. [Under the ancient system of barter, one thing given as the equivalent of another was its kumu.] (g.) A shoal of fish; a flock; a herd; (h,) civil power; legal authority; (i.) a teacher; (j.) a species of fish of a red colour, forbidden to women during the ancient kapu (tapu); hoo-kumu, to found; to lay a foundation; to settle; to establish; to appoint to a particular office or business; kumukumu, to be cut short or shaved close, leaving the stumps; the stumps or roots of what is cut off; the short hairs with the roots left after dressing a hog; the short stumps left after breaking off weeds instead of pulling them up; to be short; to make blunt, dull, or short; kumumu, to be blunt, to be obtuse, to be dull, as a tool. Cf. kumuao, a teacher. muku, a piece cut off; to cut short; kumuha, the bottom of the intestines; the rectum [see Maori Kumu]; kumuhoola, a ransom; kumuhoolaha, seed, applied to animals; to spread abroad; kumuhoolike, a pattern, a copy; kumulau, that which propagates or brings forth often; a producer; a breeder; a vegetable that produces much, as the stump of a tree that throws out many sprouts; a female (man or beast) that produces many offspring; applied to chiefs, because they nourished or fed men; kumupaa, to have a firm foundation; the sum, in distinction from its parts; kumuwai, a water-spring, a fountain.

Tongan—tumutumu, the peak, the summit, the top; (b.) to express surprise; faka-tumu, to allow melons to grow too long; faka-tumutumu, to express astonishment. Cf. tumuaki, the crown of the head.

Mangaian—tumu, the root: Nga Te Frui, nga Matareka e ano i te toki i te tumu o te rakau; Erui and Matareka have brought their axes to the foot of the tree. (b.) Foundation, origin: No te tumu i te rangi; From the root of the skies.

Rarotongan—tumu, a root: Kare rava e akatoeia te tumu ma te rara katoa ra; It shall leave them neither root nor branch.

Marquesan—tumu, the trunk, the stem; a stump; (b) the beginning, source, origin: I te tumu Onaona a na hoa; In the beginning, Space and companions. (c.) A tree.

Mangarevan—tumu, base, foundation; (b.) origin, principle, source; (c.) the page 552 trunk of a tree; (d.) a stump, a stub; to be rooted; (c.) father, protector; stay, support; case, protection; (f.) a cold; a cough; to cough; aka-tumu, to appropriate a thing. Cf. aka-tupu, to nourish, to fertilize; tupu, a base origin; a stump; tumukere, “All-sustainer,” said of God; tumuragi, the horizon; tumurakau, to extirpate.

Paumotan—faka-tumu, to lay a foundation; to build; (b.) to adore; adoration.

Ext. Poly.: Malagasy—cf. tompo, master, sir.

TUMU (tùmù), a cape, a promontory, a headland: He ana kohatu i puta mai i tetahi taha o te tumu puta atu ki tetahi taha—G.-8, 18.

TUMU, contrary, ahead, as the wind.

TUMUAKI, the crown of the head: I te kapu o tou waewae, a, tae noa ki to tumuaki. 2. A chief, a leader: Te huihuinga o nga tumuaki o tenei moana—M. M., 146. Cf. tumu, a chief.

Samoan—tumua'i, the crown of the head: Le tumua'i o tagata vavao; The crown of the head of the rebels. Cf. tumutumu, the top, the summit,

Tahitian—tupuaki, the crown of the head; (b.) the top of a mountain.

Tongan—tumuaki, the crown of the head. Cf. tumuakiua, a double-crowned head; tumutumu, a peak, a summit.

Mangarevan—cf. tumu, father, protector; stay, protection.

Paumotan—tupuaki, the occiput.

TUMUAKI, the name of a large canoe which went out to meet Capt. Cook's ship when near Cape Brett, Wangarei. Te Tumuaki was commanded by Tapua (father of the centenarian Eru Patuone), and contained eighty men. At the same time went from the shore the canoes Te Harotu, manned by forty men, and commanded by Tuwhera; Te Homai, with forty men, in charge of Tahapirau; and Te Tikitiki, with sixty men, of whom Ne was chief—L. of P., 7.

TUMUTUMU-WHENUA (myth.), some divine person or demigod ancestor of the Maori. The name is doubtless a variation of Tuputupuwhenua, and is probably the true form [see Marquesan and Hawaiian of Tuputupuwhenua): Ko taku tupuna ko Tumutumuwhenua, ko tenei tangata no rota i te whenua, ehara i tenei ao—G.-8. In Hawaiian legend, Kumuhonua (M.L. =Tnmu-whenua) is the name of the first man.

TUMUWHENUA (myth), the tutelary deity of rats; a son of Ati-nguku—A. H. M., i. App.

TUMU-WHAKAIRIHIA (myth.), a chief of Hawaiki, whose wife was insulted by Ruawharo. This Ruawharo was afterwards chief of the Takitumu canoe—A. H. M., iii. 43.

TUNA, the Eel: Ko etehi ka mea ‘He ahi tunu tuna’—P. M., 182.

Samoan—tuna, the fresh-water eel. Cf. tunagata, and tunale'a, varieties of eel.

Tahitian—tuna, the fresh-water eel. Cf. tunapu, a fresh-water eel that lives in very deep water; tunatore, a species of Salt-water eel; iteretunatore, smooth; slippery, as an eel's tail; ofaotuna, an eel's hole or hiding-place.

Marquesan—tuna, a worm; a caterpillar.

Mangaian—tuna, the eel.

Tongan— tuna, the eol; (b.) great, large in quantity.

Mangarevan—cf. tunatuna, blackish, dark.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. duna, the eel; tunatuna, a variety of sea-eel,

Malagasy—cf. tona, the largest kind of eel.

TUNA (myth.), a deity, the son of Manga-wai-roa. Tuna came down from heaven, and was met by Tawhaki, who was ascending. Tuna was coming down because of drought in the celestial lands. Kawa and Maraenui were hanging on his forehead like veils—Wohl., Trans., vii. 19 and 44. 2. Tuna and Koiro were sons of Maru-te-whare-aitu. He killed two of the children of Maui, and was slain by that hero—A. H. M., ii. 84. Hine, the wife of Maui, was the daughter of Tuna and Repo—Wohl., Trans., vii. 89. Tuna was slain by Maui. His tail became salt-water eels, and his head the fresh-water eels: his blood brought forth the pukapuka-tree; his brains became the koarere-tree, and the hairs of his head the aka-creepers —A. H. M., ii. 76.

In Mangaia, Tuna is said to have been an enormous eel, who was the lover of Ina-moeaitu, the daughter of Kui the blind. [See Hina.] Tuna took his human form, and wooed the maiden, but offered himself as a sacrifice to prevent her being destroyed by a flood. According to his instructions, she cut off his head and buried it; then the rain, &c., ceased. From the buried head sprang the cocoanut - tree. The white kernel is often called Te-Roro-o-Tuna, “the brains of Tuna.” Women were not allowed to eat eels. In Tahiti, it is is related that a king named Tai (Sea) had a wife name Uta (Shore), who wished to visit her relatives, but did not like to go without a present. Her husband consulted the oracles, and the god directed the woman to go to the water, cut off the head of the first eel she saw, put it into a calabash, and then let the rest of the eel go. She carried the calabash to her husband, who bid her take the calabash to her brother as a present, telling her that it was a thing of wondrous virtue, but that she was on no account to turn aside from the path or stay to bathe in any tempting spot. Alas! she forgot the charge, and stayed to bathe in a tempting stream; but when she went to take up the calabash again, she found that it had taken root and sprouted. Weeping bitterly on account of not being able to proceed with her journey, she returned; but her husband died at once as a punishment for her disobedience.

TUNARANGI (myth.), a son of the deity Haumiatikitiki. Tunarangi is a god of fern-root, koromiko, nikau, and flax (phormium)—A.H.M, i. App.

TUNARUA (myth.), a name of the taniwha or water-monster slain by Maui. [See Tuna.]

TUNANA (tùnana), impatient of restraint. Cf. nana, angry, furious; nanakia, outrageous; hinana, staring wildly.

TUNEWHA, to shut the eyes involuntarily, as when intolerably sleepy; to be overcome with drowsiness. Cf. anewa, languid, weak.

Samoan — cf tuneva, to be languid and sleepy.

Hawaiian—kunewa, to be in a deep sleep; fatigue; to be weary; heaviness; (b.) to close the eyes in sleep; kunewanewa, to be sound asleep; (b.) to stagger like a drunken man; to reel; a staggering through weakness from want of food; (c.) to be drunk. page 553 Cf. anewa, indolent; sleepy; newa, to stagger or reel, as one drunk; lewa, swinging, floating, unstable. [For full comparatives, see Anewa.]

TUNU, to roast, to broil, to burn: Ka tunua te ika, ka kainga—Trans., vii. 47: Ko ta Tainui i tunua ki te ahi—P. M., 77. Cf. hunu, to char; tutu, to melt down fat. [See Ext. Poly. comparatives.] 2. To frighten. Cf. tunuhuruhuru, to injure, to offend.

TUNUTUNU, faint-hearted; afraid.

Samoan—tunu, (plural tutunu,) to roast, to toast; to broil; to boil. Cf. tunuafi, to roast anything tied up in leaves; tunupa'u, to broil anything in its own skin.

Tahitian—tunu, to roast; to cook victuals by roasting or boiling. Cf. tunupa, roasted in the skins; tunuvehi, roasted in a covering of leaves.

Hawaiian—kunu, to lay meat on the embers to roast: hence, to roast meat on the coals; kunukunu, angry with the chief or orator for requiring so much labour; to cherish secret anger.

Tongan—tunu, to roast or broil; food broiled or roasted on the fire. Cf. feitunu, to broil or roast on the fire, applied to two or more.

Rarotongan—tunu, to broil, to cook upon the embers.

Marquesan—tunu, to cook.

Mangarevan—tunu, to cook; to place to the fire to cook.

Ext. Poly.: Motu —cf. tunua, to bake pottery.

Malagasy—cf. tono, to roast.

Suva—cf. tunu, to roast. Bugis, Landa, and

Bali—cf. tunu, to burn.

Binua—cf. tune, to burn.

Sumba —cf. tunang, to burn.

Sassac—cf. tulu, to burn.

Kandayan—cf. tinu, to burn.

Lampong—cf. tunkan, the hearth.

New Britain—cf. tun, to cook.

Malay—cf. tunu, to burn, to consume with fire.

Espiritu—Santo—cf. tutunu, hot. Santa Maria—cf. tutun, hot. Vanua Lava (Vureas and Mosina)—cf. tutun, hot.

Rotuma—cf. sunu, hot.

Macassar—cf. toenoe, to bake, to roast; an oven.

TUNUHURUHURU, to offend; to injure; to do violence to some friend or connection. Cf. tunu, to frighten; to burn; huruhuru, hair.

TUNUKU (myth.), the father of the Sun. The mother was Toatoa—A. H. M., ii. 87. Tunuku's father was Rangi-potiki; his mother, Hineahupapa—S. R., 17.

TU-NUI-A-TE-IKA, a meteor.

TUNGA (tùnga). [See under Tu.]

TUNGA, the grub of a species of beetle inhabiting decayed wood. 2. (Niho tunga) Toothache (supposed to be caused by the presence of a gnawing worm). Cf. tungaraupapa, toothache; tungapuku, a gum-boil; tungawiri, a kind of sickness.

Samoan—tuga, a maggot. Cf. ugà, rottenness of the teeth.

Tahitian—tua, a maggot. Cf. tuatoto, the birth-pains of a woman in travail.

Hawaiian—kuna, a dangerous sore; a species of itch difficult to heal.

Tongan— cf. tuga, an insect; ugà, rotten, decayed (of the teeth). Moriori-tunga, a chrysalis; a worm.

Mangarevan—tuga, a worm infesting sugar-cane.

Paumotan—tutuga, ringworm. Cf. toke, toothache (cf. Maori toke, a worm).

Ext. Poly.: Malagasy—cf. olitra, a worm; the toothache.

TUNGANE (tungàne), the brother of a female: Na ka titiro atu te wahine ra, a ka kite ko tona tungane—P. M., 35. Cf. tane, a male [see Note, Marquesan.]

Samoan— tuagane, a woman's brother;Ma Tafa'i ma Alise ona tuagane ia; Tawhaki and Karihi were her brothers: Ua ia foai atu foi i lona tuagane ma lona tinà o oloa taua; He gave also to her brother and to her mother precious things.

Tahitian—tuaane, a brother in relation to a sister: E parau oe ia'u e ‘E tuaane oia no'u’; Say of him “He is my brother.”

Hawaiian—kunane, the relationship of a brother to a sister. Cf. kaikunane, the brother of a sister (I hoi noho i ke kane, kaikunane; Dwelling in marriage with the husband, the brother); kaikamahine, a daughter; kane, a male.

Rarotongan—tungane, a woman's brother: E tungane ia aia noou; He is your brother.

Marquesan—tukane, and tuakane, a woman's brother. [Note.—A most interesting form. Tuakane, which resembles the Samoan tuagane, shows the same form which we have in tuahine, tuakana, &c.; this would imply that the Maori tungane should be tuangane. Ngane is evidently a form of kane, and conversible, while kane is (probably as in Hawaiian) tane, the male; thus showing that Tuatane, the male Tua, is the proper equivalent of Tuahine, the female Tua. If so, the Hawaiian kunane is a later form, synchronal with the Maori tungane.]

Mangarevan— tugane, brother; male cousin to sixth degree (used only by women); aka-tugane, to treat like a brother or cousin (used only by women).

Paumotan—tugane, a woman's brother.

Ext. Poly.: Fiji—cf. gane, a female's brother; a male's brother.

TUNGANGA (tùngàngà), to be out of breath. Cf. nga, to breathe. [For comparatives, see Nga.]

TUNGANGI, the name of a shell-fish.

Whaka-TUNGANGI (Ara-whakatungangi), a. stile.

TUNGARANGARA (tùngarangara), to be weary; fatigued.

TUNGAPUKU, a gum-boil. Cf. tunga (niho-tunga), a decayed tooth; puku, a swelling; tungaraupapa, toothache. [For comparatives, see Tunga, and Puku.]

TUNGARAHU (tùngarahu), a muster or review, made to ascertain the exact number and condition of a war-party; this is generally done just before the starting of the expedition. Cf. tu, to stand; ngarahu, a war-dance.

TUNGARAUPAPA, toothache. Cf. tunga (nihotunga), a decayed tooth; tungapuku, a gumboil. (For comparatives, see Tunga.]

TUNGAROA (tùngaroa), the back part of a native house: Ka wahi i te tungaroa o te whare— P. M., 54. Cf. tuaroa, the back part of a house; tuarongo, the back part of a house; ngaro, hidden.

TUNGATUNGA, to beckon, to make signs with the hand. 2. To order to go; to Send.

TUNGAWIRI, a phase of sickness when the exterior of a person burns with fever, while he feels cold within.

TUNGEHE, to cower, to quail; to be frightened. 2. (Moriori) To blink.

page 554

TUNGI, TUTUNGI to kindle, to set on fire: Tungia te ururua, kia tupu whakaritorito te tupu o te harakeke—Prov.: Tungia ana te kainga i te ahi—A. H. M., ii. 21. Cf. ngiha, to burn; tui, to pierce.

TUNGITUNGI, a sacred oven near a cultivation.

Samoan—cf. tuga'i, to light up a fire at night.

Tahitian—tutui, to kindle fire; to set fire to a thing; (b.) the tiari or Candlenuttree (Bot. Aleurites triloba) and its nuts. These are pierced, threaded on a stick, and used as torches. [See Maori Tui]

Hawaiian—kuni, to kindle, as a fire; to light, as a lamp; (b.) to blaze up and burn, as a fire; to scorch and burn, as with a flame of fire; (c.) to burn, as a sacrifice; (d.) to burn, as a fever; a fever; the fever and ague: Ua kanahae ka wela o ke kuni; The heat of the burning has ceased. (e.) The heat of the sun; (f.) the burning of lime; (g.) the name of a prayer connected with sorcery and with praying people to death; kukuni, to kindle, to burn; to kindle, as a fire; very hot; burning; (b.) the prayer of a sorcerer.

Tongan—tugia, to set on fire; to burn.

Rarotongan—tungi, to kindle: Tungia te ai, e Uti; Light the fire, O Uti. Tutungi, to kindle: Kare oki kotou e tutungi tutaki kore ua i te ai ki runga i taku atarau; Neither do you kindle fire on my altar for nothing.

Ext. Poly.: Binua—cf. tune, to burn.

Sumba—cf. tunaag, to burn.

Lampong—cf. tunkan, the hearth.

Fiji—cf. tugi-va, to kindle.

TUNGOU, to nod, to beckon. Cf. tungatunga, to beckon; ngoungou, to wear the hair in a knot on the forehead. 2. To nod the head as a sign of dissent. 3. To bow the head down: Ka tungou iho ahau—Ken., xxiv. 28.

Tahitian—tuou, to beckon or nod with the head; tuouou, to beckon or nod repeatedly. Cf. tuoou, to nod, as two persons to each other; faa-tuoou, to nod or give a sign.

Hawaiian—kunou, to make signs for one to do a thing; (b.) to bow slightly or gently; to nod or beckon with the head; kunounou, to bow often, to nod the head in derision.

Marquesan—tukou, permission given by a nod of the head.

Mangarevan—tugou, to make signs with the eyes or forehead; (b.) to say “yes” by a sign with the head; tugoutugou, not to be vigorous, said of men or plants; aka-tugougou, to make a sign by nodding the head; (b.) to be sickly. said of men and plants.

Paumotan—tugou, to shake the head.

TUNGOUNGOU (tùngoungou), the chrysalis of a certain large moth.

TUNGURU (tùnguru), rubbed down by constant use; worn away by friction; blunted, dull, as a tool. 2. To lose one's influence. 3. The wild turnip.

TUNGUTU (tùngutu), to push together the logs of a fire: Ka tungutu a Mahuika i tana ahi Wohl., Trans., vii. 38. Cf. tu, to stand; ngutu, the lip; tukutuku, to put a fire together; tukutukutu, to put a fire together; ungutu, to place things with their ends touching. 2. To set on fire, to burn. [For full comparatives, see Tu, and Ngutu.]

Bougainville—cf. unguto, fire.

TUNGUTUNGU, to rake fire together, to push the sticks of a fire together: Ka tungutungu a Mahuika i tana ahi—Wohl., Trans., vii. 38. Also Takutaku. Cf. tungutu, to push together the logs of a fire.

TUOHU (tùohu), to stoop, to bend forward; to bend the head: He tuohu te haere, kua ngaoki aia i te whenua—A. H. M., v. 31: Ka tuohu ia, ka toia mai ki waho, ka patua, ka mate a Kae P. M., 48. 2. To remove oneself; to avoid notice.

TUOHUNGA, a house having a very low doorway.

TUOHUNGIA (myth.), the name of an ancient greenstone (jade) ear-drop. [For that part of its long interesting history which can be traced, see M. M., 15.]

TUOI (tuoi), meagre, thin, lean. 2. Deformed: Ko nga uri tuoi a Rangi—A. H. M., i. 36. Cf. tukokikoki, to roll, as a ship; koki, limping.

Tahitian—tuoi, to stumble through weakness. Cf. tuoivi, lean of flesh; wasted.

Hawaiian—kuoi, to move slowly, as a vessel with little wind; (b.) to rock or reel to and fro, as a vessel in a calm; (c.) to reel or stagger, as a fowl drenched in water or a person unable to walk through weakness. Cf. oi, to limp, to walk stiffly.

Paumotan—cf. koki, to hop on one foot.

TUORO (tùoro), an electric Eel (existence unproven) said by the natives to be found in the Waikato River: He tuna tuoro; ka rangona te tau o te tuoro—W. W. Cf. oro, to grind on a stone.

Hawaiian—cf. kuolo, to make a vibrating motion; to rub; to shake; to vibrate, as the voice; olo, to rub up and down; kuolokani, an ancient musical instrument among Hawaiians.

TUPA (tùpà), the name of a shell-fish. 2. The bolt or catch of a snare: Tangi mai te tupa— G. P., 234.

TUPA (tùpà), in vain, fruitless; unfruitful: Toia te waka ki runga, ki tapanihi e tupa—A. H. M., ii. 15. Cf. pa, barren, as a childless woman; to obstruct, to block up; pakoro, not producing young; barren; pakoko, barren.] For comparatives, see Pa.]

TUPA (myth.), the sister of Tutanekai. She married Tiki, her brother's bosom friend—P. M., 146. [See Hinemoa.]

TUPAERANGI, the sea-bed; the foundation rocks under the ocean: Hau titiparerarera, keria te tupaerangi—S. T., 134.

TUPAKI (tùpaki), fine weather, fair, without rain. Cf. paki, fair, without rain.

TUPAKIPAKI (tùpakipaki), small.

TUPAKIHI (tupàkihi), (also Tutu, and Tutupakihi,) the name of a shrub (Bot. Coriaria ruscifolia).

TU-O-ROTORUA (myth.), the chief who first discovered and occupied the Rotorua country, but was dispossessed by Ihenga. Tu was a son of Marupunganui—S. R., 82 (or father of Marupunganui)—P. M., 96.

TUPANAPANA (tùpanapana), to twitch: Ki te mea ka tupanapana te Io i te ringa ranei—A. H. M., ii. 4. Cf. panapana, to throb. [For comparatives, see Pana.]

page 555

TUPAPAKU (tùpàpaku), a dead body, a corpse: Ko te piro o te tupapaku kua tae mai ki o raua ihu—P. M., 172. Cf. paku, dry; papaku, to become hard and dry. 2. A sick person. 3. One intended to be killed.

Tahitian—tupapau, a corpse; (b.) a ghost or apparition, the spirit of one dead; (c.) an old grievance raised from oblivion. Cf. tiapapau, a corpse; a ghost; faa-tiapapau, to play tricks to frighten people, as if there was a ghost; tuitupapau, a prayer and certain ceremonies performed for the dead, that the spirit might not come to annoy the living.

Hawaiian—kupapau, a dead body, a corpse: E ike i ke kupapau o Kalaniopuu maluna o na waa; They saw the corpse of Te Rangiopuku on the canoes: Hele kanu kupapau; Gone to bury the dead: Ua make kupapau oia ma kona aupuni; He died a natural death in his kingdom. Cf. halekupapau, a tomb, a sepulchre; hopapau, sorrow, grief of a husband or wife for the death of a companion; luakupapau, a grave; a tomb; papaumake, a graveyard.

Tongan—cf. tubaku, to be burnt to a cinder, as food.

Marquesan—tupapaku, a corpse; (b.) moribund; dying; (c.) ill.

Mangarevan—tupapaku, a corpse; dead; (b.) a sick person. Cf. pakupaku, a funeral representation when the corpse is not present.

Paumotan—tupapaku, a corpse; (b.) a ghost.

TUPARAHAKI (myth.), a daughter of Takakopiri and Kahureremoa. She was the ancestress of the Ngati-paoa tribe—P. M., 168.

TUPARAUNUI (myth.), an ancient deity, who, assuming the form of a fly, buzzed over the body of Tutenganahau—A. H. M., ii. 187.

TUPARE (tùpare), a chaplet, a garland for the head. Cf. pare, a head-dress; to ward off, to parry; kopare, a shade or veil for the eyes. 2. A shade for the eyes. [For comparatives, see Pare.]

TUPARI, the name of a tree (Bot. Olearia colensoi).

TUPARI (myth.), the wife of Tu-te-wanawana. Her children were Moko-i-kuwharu, Tuatara, Kaweau, Mokomoko, and other reptile gods— A. H. M., i. App.

TUPARIMAEWA (myth.), the god presiding over the liver — A. H. M., i. App. Also called Tuparitupua.

TUPARIPARI (tùparipari), the low bank of a river. Cf. pari, a cliff. [For comparatives, see Pari.]

TUPARITUPUA (myth.). [See Tuparimaewa.]

TUPARU (tùparu), to coat with raupo (typha). Cf. paru, to cover with a coating of raupo.

TUPATIU (tùpàtiu), the North-west wind. Cf. atiu, the north-west wind; hauatiu, the northwest wind; kotiu, the north wind. [For comparatives, see Atiu.]

TUPATO (tùpato), cautious, wary; suspicious: Ka tahi ia ka tupato ki te mahi mahinga tonu a taua wahine—P. M., 15.

TUPATUPOU (tùpatupou), to pitch, to toss, as a vessel: I tupatupou te mokihi, a i tukokikoki—A. H. M., i. 159.

TUPE (myth.), a minor deity, having charge of the calf of the leg—A. H. M., i. App. Cf. tupehau, the calf of the leg.

TUPE, to disable and make weak by means of a charm.

Hawaiian—cf. kupe, a fetter; kupee, to bind with fetters; okupe, to sprain the ankle.

TUPETUPE (Moriori,) to incite, to stir up to action.

TUPEHAU, a bank of earth. 2. The calf of the leg.

TUPEHU, angry; blustering. Cf. pehu, bluster. 2. Insolent; rebellious: Nga atua tupehu i nga rangi—A. H. M., i. 31.

Whaka-TUPEHU, to be mutinous; rebellious: I tutu enei i whakatupehu ki a Rangi—A. H. M., i. 25.

Whaka-TUPEHUPEHU, to rebuke: Ka whakatupehupehu mai tona papa ki a ia—Ken., xxxvii. 10.

TUPEKE, to jump, to leap. Cf. hupeke, to bend the legs and arms; pepeke, to draw up the legs and arms; koropeke, having the limbs doubled up. [For comparatives, see Peke.]

TUPENU (myth.), a chief of Hawaiki. His rape upon the wife of Manaia led to his death, to a fierce war, and the migration of Manaia, with his followers, in the Tokomaru canoe to New Zealand—P. M., 138. [See Manaia 2.]

TUPEPE (Moriori,) a dwarf.

TUPERE (tùpere), to utter briefly and earnestly; to ejaculate. Cf. whaka-tupereru, to make a noise with the lips.

TUPEREPERE, noisy, boisterous. 2. Strong, vigorous.

Mangarevan—tupere, to babble; to talk much and uselessly; (b.) to scrape. Cf. tupereapipi, to be a great prater; a babbler.

Whaka-TUPERERU, to make a noise with the lips. Cf. tupere, to ejaculate; tuperepere, boisterous, noisy.

TUPINI, a kind of mat or garment: A koia nei te ingoa o nga tupini—A. H. M., i. 45.

TUPO (rua-tùpò), a tomb; a cave or hidíng-place in which the bones of dead persons were deposited after the flesh had decayed. 2. A hole over which ceremonies took place and spells were recited for the purpose of weakening one's enemies. Syn. Rua-haeroa. [See Haeroa.] Cf. tu, to stand; po, night, darkness; the world of spirits. [See Po.]

TUPOKI (tùpoki), to cover over; a covering, a lid. Cf. poki, to cover; taupoki, to cover, to close with a lid; hipoki, to cover; kaupoki, to cover over. 2. To turn bottom upwards, as a canoe: Ka tupoki te waka—A. H. M., iii. 2. [For comparatives, see Poki.]

TUPONO (tùpono), to discover by accident; to chance upon: I tupono hoki te tane ki a ia i te parae—Tiu., xxii. 27. Cf. pono, to light upon; to come upon.

TUPOPORO (tùpòporo), to be overturned. Cf. porohuri, to upset; to overturn; porotaitaka, turned over and over.

TUPORE (tùpore), to treat in a generous manner; to behave kindly to. Cf. popore, to show favour to; to treat kindly.

TUPOU (tùpou), TUPOUPOU, to bend the head downwards; to stoop down: Ka tupou ki roto ki te wai—P. M., 57. 2. To fall or throw. page 556 oneself headlong. 3. To dive, to plunge into the water; Ka rere tupou te waka ra—P. M., 47.

TUPOUPOU, the porpoise (Ich. Delphinus novæzealandiæ). 2. A kind of seal: A ka hoatu tetahi wahi o te kikokiko tupoupou ki roto ki taua whare—A. H. M., v. 68.

Tahitian—tupou, to bow the head and show the posteriors towards a person by way of contempt.

Hawaiian—kupou, to bend or move forwards, as in drowsing, or if one hits his foot and stumbles forward; kupoupou, the name of a fish.

Rarotongan—tupou, to bow down.

Marquesan—tupou, to bend, to incline, to stoop over; (b.) to cover, to wrap up.

Mangarevan—tupou, to bow down, to curve downwards; tupoupoua, to be sick and ill.

Moriori—tupopo, to splash.

Paumotan—tupou, to show the posteriors; (b.) to relapse.

TUPU (also Tipu,) to grow, to increase; growth: Ko a ratou rapunga whakaaro hoki mo o ratou matua kia tupu ai te tangata—P. M., 7. Cf. tumu, the stump of a tree. 2. To spring up; a shoot or bud: Ka tupu te whakaaro i a Tawhiri-matea—P. M., 8: Kua tupu ona uri, kua whanau ana tama—P. M., 32: I aua ra o mua ka tupu te whawhai—P. M., 178: Kia tipu ai te pai—P. M., 15. Cf. tupuna, an ancestor; pu, a wise man; a tribe. 3. To be firmly fixed; steadfast; firm. 4. To be born; Haere noa ake a Tawnaki ki runga ki te rangi, kua tupu tana tamaiti a Wahieroa—P. M., 56. 5. Social position; dignity. Whakaheke tupu, to treat with indignity. 6. Genuine; own.

Whaka-TUPU, to cause to grow; to foster, to rear: Na Papa-tu-a-nuku i whakatupu ake ana purapura — P. M., 16: Na aku tupuna ano ahau i whakatupu—Wohl., Trans., vii. 37. 2. To personify, to act a certain character. 3. To create.

TUPUTUPU, green boughs; young shoots or sprouts. 2. The spike-like growths in a mangrove swamp. 3. Young shoots or rods, used in incantations, &c.

Whaka-TUPURANGA, a generation: Kua kite hoki ahua i a koe e tika ana ki taku aroaro i tenei whakatupuranga—Ken., vii. 1.

Samoan — tupu, (plural tutupu; passive tupua; reduplicate tuputupu,) to grow, to increase: Mona ua tupu mea; For it increases: Ua tupu le tama, ua matua; The youth grew up to mature age. (b.) To spring up; to sprout: Pe tupu mat ea te kome a le o i ai se palapala? Can rushes grow up except in muddy soil? (c.) To be born; (d.) a king; to become a king: Faatasi ma tupu ma faipule o le lalolagi; Together with kings and advisers of the world. Tupulaga, a growth; those of one age; a generation; fa'a-tupu, to cause to grow; (b.) to originate, to cause, as a quarrel; (c.) to raise a post by filling the hole under it with earth. Cf. tupu'aga, ancestors; tupuivao, a despot; tupula'i. to grow greatly, to increase; tupulua, to grow two together; fa'a-tupufatu, to be enduring; àugàtupu, a succession of kings; talafa'atupua, traditionary tales.

Tahitian—tupu. to grow: E ia tupu to outou umiumi;; Until your beards are grown, (b.) To happen, to come to pass; (c.) anything used by a sorcerer to have access to a person, such as hair, spittle, &c.; tuputupu, a sort of mushroom; (b.) red dusty mould that grows on stale bread; haa-tupu, to cause growth, to promote increase; faa-tupu, to cause anything to happen or come to pass; (b.) to cause to grow. Cf. faa-tupui, the remaining one of a family or race, who is to keep it from extinction by becoming the root of a future progeny; tupuai, the crown of the head; the top of a mountain; tupuarii, a fine grown person; tupuna, an ancestor, a grandfather; tuputino, to grow in bulk but not otherwise; tupuhau, the highest in growth; anotupu, an inhabitant, a resident; ihotupu, the native of a place; one of the aborigines; indigenous, not foreign.

Hawaiian—kupu, to sprout, to spring up, to grow, as vegetation; a vegetable; a thing sprouted up: Malama e kupu auanei ka hua i luluia; Perhaps hereafter the seed sown may spring up; (b.) to grow large: to increase; (c.) to spring up in the mind: Kupu mai nei ka manawa ino e Ku; Rising are bitter thoughts in the mind of Tu. (d.) A tax; a tribute to a ruler; (e.) one born in the same place as his ancestors; (f.) one who is mischievous and lawless; (g.) thick, as paste; kupukupu, a vegetable; that which springs from the ground; (b.) a species of groundpine; (c.) an odoriferous plant; hoo-kupu, to cause to grow up, as a vegetable; to spring up, as a seed; (b.) to pay or gather a tax; a taxation; a tribute to one in higher standing; (c.) to accomplish, to perform; (d.) to give freely, to make a present to one; kukupu, growing, increasing; Ho-eu, kukupu, inana, quickened, increasing, moving. Cf. okupu, to rise up and cover with dark shades, as cloth; especially applied to those out at sea; kupueu, a person who excels in doing mischief or in doing good; kupua, a sorcerer, a wizard; kupuohi, to grow up quickly, as a vegetable of quick growth, or a child that has grown to maturity early; kupulii, a small man; slow in growth, as vegetables or persons; kumu, the stalk or stem of plants.

Tongan—tubu, to spring, to grow; growth; to be caused to sprout: Bea te nau tubu hake o hage oku i he mohuku; They shall spring up as among the grass. (b.) To receive, to arise from; produce; proceeds; increase; (c.) the groin; (d.) the odd numbers in counting; tutubu, to sprout, to grow; tubutubu, clouds that have a land-like appearance from the sea; fakatubu, to beget, to engender; to originate; to create; the cause; a founder, creator; a generation; (b.) to cause to spring up, as plants: Ke fakatubu ae moto oe akau vaivai; To cause bud of the tender herb to spring forth. Faka-tubutubu, to cause to grow; to increase; tubuaga, the origin, source, cause; the author, the creator. Cf. tubuiotua, a selfexistent god, a god whose origin is unknown; tubunoa, to be without any apparent cause; tubufakaholo, to arise in succession; fakatubufoou, to regenerate, to make anew; tototubu to set when sprouting; tubutamaki, anger, displeasure, applied to chiefs; tubutomua, to exist too early; tubutubua, for ever.

Rarotongan—tupu, to grow, to spring up: Mei te rakau rikiriki e tupu no roto i te enua ra; As the tender herbs springing up out of the ground, (b.) To spring from, as posterity: E kare rai oou e aite e tupu a muri atu; Neither after yon shall any arise like you. page 557 (c.) To be kindled, as anger; to spring op in the mind, as rage: Tupu rava akera tona riri;; His anger was greatly kindled. (d.) Neighbouring; contiguous; a neighbour: Auraka koe e karanga ki to tangata tupu ra ‘E aere !’ Do not call out to your neighbour “Go!”

Marquesan—tupu, to germinate; to bud; to spring up; (b.) to arise, as troubles, &c.: Tupu ae na toua aha-oaoa; Then sprang up wars fierce and long. (c.) To conceive; pregnant; to be conceived; (d.) to weep, to make complaints; (e.) to produce: Atea tupu i te ahi veavea; Atea produces the very hot fire. (f.) To be born: Tupu to ‘ia tama mua, to ‘ia tama Hakaiki; Born is his first son, the princely son. Haka-tupu, and haa-tupu, to be born, to proceed, as progeny: No Atea hakatupu nui ia atou i te tama; From Atea they were born as his sons. Cf. titupu, to germinate; tupuna, an ancestor.

Mangarevan—tupu, the trunk, the root; (b.) the base, foundation; (c.) origin, principle; (d.) to sprout, to shoot out, as young plants; (e.) to grow, to increase; (f.) to conceive, to become pregnant; (g.) better or worse, as applied to good or bad qualities; (h.) mouldy, fusty; tutupu, a cocoanut-palm beginning to grow; aka-tupu, to make fruits grow; to fertilize land by industry; (b.) to conceive children, to become pregnant: (c.) food brought from several places and heaped up; (d.) to be assembled iu great numbers; (e.) to be accustomed to public speaking. Cf. tumu, principle, origin, father, protector, &c.; tupuna, grandfather; tupua, a principal; a chief; a wise man; urutupu, the skull; aka-tupuhi, to guard, preserve: kiritupu, a wart, a pimple; a bud; pupu, to grow, to appear above ground; tiputahi, an only son.

Paumotan—faka-tupu, to raise up; (b.) to create. Cf. tagata-tupu, a neighbour; faka-tuputamaki, a war-turban. Ext. Poly:

Motu—cf. dubu, a chief's platform; a sacred house; tubu, to ferment; to swell; tubua, the crown of the head; tubudia, ancestors; posterity; tubukohi, the first appearance of the menses in females; tubutama, ancestors; tubutamahereva, a tradition.

Fiji—cf. tubu. to spring up; to increase; kubu, to bud; a flower- or leaf-bud; tubu-na, ancestors, commonly a grandmother; tubutubu, ancestors, origin.

Malagasy—cf. tombo, exceeding, surpassing; mitombo, to grow, to increase.

Kayan—cf. tubo, to grow; tumboh, to sprout.

Bisaya—cf. tubu, to grow.

Malay—cf. tumbuh, to grow, to shoot; to arise; to spring from.

Java—cf. tuwuh, to grow, to spring from.

Matu—cf. tubu, to grow.

New Britain—cf. tubu, corpulent.

TUPUA (also Tipua,) a goblin; a monster; a demon; a fairy: He tipua, ara he atua penei me te patupaearehe o te ao nei—A. H. M., i. 48: Waka o Whiro me te tipua ka ripiripia, ka toetoe—A. H. M., ii. 9. 2. An object of fear and dislike: Ka toe ki te tino wahi i noho ai te tupua nei a Hotupuku—P. M., 148. 3. A strange sickness. 4. The spirit of one who when living was noted for the powerful effect of his incantations (karakia). Cf. pu, a wise man [see Mangarevan]. 5. (Rarely) the gods. 6. Kahui-tipua, the Ogre-band [see Kahuitipua]. 7. To steal. 8. Strange. 9. A fester. 10. Vengeful; desolating: Ki runga, ki waho, ki te uri, ki te uru, he tipua ariki.

Whaka-TUPUA, to maintain silence. 2. The name of a fish.

Samoan —tupua, a certain stone, supposed to be a man petrified; (b.) an image; (c.) a riddle; (d.) a fine mat when torn; (e.) certain privileges. Cf. tupu'aga, ancestors; autupua, to curse, to imprecate a curse on; talafa'atupua, traditionary tales; tupu, a king.

Tahitian— tupua,a charmer; one that could defend himself against the arts of a sorcerer; (b.) a look of hair hanging behind; (c.) a look of hair cut off from a deceased person to keep in remembrance of him; faka-tupua, to be silent, grave, severe; serious, reserved, sullen; haa-tupua, an enchanter, one whose skill it supposed to save him from the power of sorcery; (b.) to be silent, grave, serious; tuputupua, a demon or tii; (b.) something vile or insignificant; (c.) something extraordinarily large or great. Cf. tupumoea, a piece of a mat by which the sorcerer worked destruction.

Hawaiian—kupua, a sorcerer, a wizard; (b.) a person of extraordinary powers of mind and body; one able to do what others cannot; (c.) thick, as paste.

Tongan—tubua, anything new or wonderful; tubutubua, endless, for ever. Cf. talatubua, to relate fables and traditions; fables; tubu, to spring; to grow; to arise from; tubuiotua, a self-existent god; one whose origin is unknown.

Mangarevan—tupua, very great, very large; (b.) principal, chief; a chief; (c.) a wise man; the master of an art; the teacher of a doctrine; (d.) a large tortoise, generally a male. Cf. tupuna, a grandfather; tupu, principle; origin; stump; root; base; urutupu, the top of the head.

Paumotan—tupua, a ghost; (b.) a corpse; (c.) an insect; tuputupua, a monster; faka-tupua, dull, gloomy, sad.

Marquesan—tupua, a wizard: Ui, ui te tupua, ‘Oai te pua i uta nei? ’ Ask, ask the wizard, “Who is the flower inland here?”

TUPUHI (tùpuhi), a gale, a tempest; windy: E aki ana hoki ia i a au ki te tupuhi—Hopa, ix. 17. Cf. pupuhi, to blow; pu, to blow. [For comparatives, see Pupuhi.]

TUPUHI, thin, meagre, lean. Cf. puhihi, seedpotatoes that throw up a weak shoot. 2. Indolent; inactive; sluggish. Cf. puhoi, slow.

TUPUNA; also Tipuna; plural Tupuna (tùpuna), an ancestor, a progenitor, either male or female: Te waka o toku tupuna, o Rata—P. M., 62: Kotahi ano te tupuna o te tangata Maori— P. M., 7: I mua tetahi tipuna o matou—MSS. Cf. tupu, to spring up; to grow; tukupuna, an ancestor; puna, a spring of water.

Samoan—cf. tupu, to arise from; to spring up; tupuga, ancestors; tupu'aga, ancestors.

Tahitian—tupuna, an ancestor; (b.) a grandfather. Cf. aiatupuna (M. L. = kainga-tupuna), land acquired by inheritance; puna, prolific, as a female; tiapuna, an ancestor; an ornament in the stern of a canoe; tutii, an ancestor (tii, a demon; see Tiki]; tupua, one wise in charms; tuputupua, a demon or tii.

Hawaiian—kupuna, a grand-parent, either father or mother: He mai na na kupuna; A disease from their grand-parents. (b.) A forefather or ancestor indefinitely: O na kupuna mua o ko Hawaii nei i kuauhauia; The first ancestors ot the Hawaiians noted in genealogy. Cf. mookupuna a list or line or the stock or page 558 tribe of one's family or ancestor; a pedigree; kupu, to spring up; one born in the same place as his ancestor.

Tongan —cf. tubu, growth, increase; tubuaga, the origin, source, cause; the author, the creator; tubufakaholo, to grow, to arise in succession.

Mangaian—tupuna, an ancestor: Kua oti te aka-tu e nga tupuna; The building was finished by your ancestors. Cf. tupu, to spring from, as posterity.

Marquesans—tupuna, an ancestor. Cf. tupu, to grow; puna, a source.

Mangarevan — tupuna, a grandmother or grandfather: Kua noho Maui Matavaru io te tupuna; Maui the Eight-faced lived with his grandmother. (b.) Great-uncle or great-aunt. Cf. tupu, to grow; base, origin, source; tupua, a wise man; a chief; the teacher of an art, or expounder of a doctrine.

Paumotan— tupuna, an ancestor. Cf. kaiga-tupuna, a heritage; hui-tupuna, forefathers.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. tubuna, grand-parents; ancestors; descendants; tubu, to grow.

Fiji —cf. bu-na, a grandmother; tubu-na, an ancestor, commonly a grandmother; tubu, to grow, to increase; tubutubu, ancestors; tubunigone, a midwife.

New Britain —cf. tubu-na, ancestors.

TUPUNI (tùpuni), to thatch with an outside coating the walls of a house. Cf. puni, covered, filled up. 2. Leggings; a protection for the legs: Te tangata e mau na nga tupuni—Wohl. Trans., vii. 52.

Hawaiian —kupuni, to stand around, to surround, as an enemy. Cf. ku, to stand; puni, around, on every side. [For full comparatives, see Puni.]

TUPU-O-TE-RANGI (myth.), the dwelling place of the god Rehua—Ika., 283.

TUPUNUI-A-UTA (myth.), a great chief or preacher at the time of the Deluge—A. H. M., i. 172. Probably the same person as Tuputupuwhenua. [See Tuputupuwhenua.]

TUPURANGA, Whaka-TUPURANGA, a derivative from Tupu. [See Tupu.]

TUPURANGA-O-TE-AO (myth.), the path travelled by Hine-nui-te-po on her journey to the Spirit-world (Po) —A. H. M., i. 131. 2. The doorkeeper of the Spirit-world (Po), who, when Tane tried to follow and regain his wife, opened the portals and showed the darkness to Tane, who drew back terrified—A. H. M., i. 132.

TUPUTUPU, a kind of mat: Nga koroai, nga tutata, nga tuputupu, nga topuni—A. H. M., v. 76: He tuputupu katoa e mau ana i nga ringa o te iwi katoa—Kor., Jan. 1st, 1888. 2. [See under Tupu.]

TUPUTUPUWHENUA (myth.), a celebrated divine or semi-divine personage mentioned in Polynesian traditions. He is also called Tumutumuwhenua. The stories concerning him seen to be connected with—

THE DELUGE LEGENDS.—In New Zealand, these traditions refer either to accounts of different occurrences, or to relations from widely distant standpoints. The Flood is spoken of either as “The overturning of Mataaho; or “The Tide of Ruatapu.” The Hurihanga i Mataaho was caused by Tawhaki, in revenge for the cruel treatment he had received from his brothers, who had beaten him terribly and left him for dead. Tawhaki called on his ancestors, the gods, for revenge; the floods of heaven descended; the earth was overwhelmed with the waters, and the whole race of men perished—P. M., 37. Another version relates that Puta, who was commissioned to regenerate mankind by teaching them the doctrines of the god Tane, was mocked by Mataeho, who was the most obstinate unbeliever, and that Puta then, having called on the gods, struck the ground with his knife, the earth turned upsidedown, and all living beings perished except Puta and his followers—A. H. M., i.168 and 181. The Tai a Ruatapu arose from Ruatapu, the son of Uenuku, considering himself insulted by his father remarking that Ruatapu was of inferior birth (on his mother's side). In revenge, Ruatapu beguiled seventy of the firstborn sons (ariki) of families into a canoe, and then drowned them; one only, Paikea, escaping to carry the message that Ruatapu would shortly be with them to destroy them. Only those people who escaped to the sacred mount of Hikurangi escaped—A. H. M., iii. 24 and 30. The flood of Ruatapu came as a great tidal-wave —A. H. M., iii. 41. The most consecutive and valuable account of a deluge relates that evil being everywhere triumphant in the world, Parawhenuamea and Tupunuiauta preached to wicked mortals in vain, and that the holy doctrines of Tane and the teachings as to the separation of Rangi (Heaven) and Papa (Earth) were derided. The evil men cursed Para and Tupu, so these two with their few disciples took their stone-axes and felled trees (totara, kahikatea, &c.), which they dragged to the source of the Tohinga River. They then bound the logs together with ropes of vines and supple-jacks (pirita), making a very wide raft, on which they built a house and stored it with provisions. They repeated their incantations and prayed for such abundance of rain as to prove the power of Tane, and the necessity for ceremonial worship. Parawhenuamea, Tupunuiauta, Tui, Reti, a woman named Waipunahau, and some other women embarked upon the raft. The staff for rain was set up, and Tui the priest uttered an incantation. It rained in floods for five days and nights until the mountains were covered, and then ceased. The raft had floated down the river Tohinga and entered the waste of waters wherein all had perished who denied the worship of Tane. They floated about on the raft during seven moons, and on the eighth were told by Tui that the flood was about to subside; he knowing by the signs of the staff, and by the altar which he had erected on one side of the deck. The rescued mortals landed on dry earth at Hawaiki. They thought at first to find some human beings, but none remained; the earth was changed; it had cracked in parts, and had been turned upside down. On landing, they carefully performed their religious duties by offering sacrifices to Tane, Rangi, Rehua, and all the gods; seaweed was the sacred offering, as they had no sacrificial victim to slay. Then they performed the sacrifices of thank-offerings for the females, to the goddesses of the Dark Spirit-world (Po), of the Day (Ao), of the Void (Kore), &c. Then other page 559 incantations and ceremonies were proceeded with, and looking up they saw Kahukura (the Rainbow) and Rongonuiatau standing in the sky; to them also were offerings made —A. H. M., i. 166, 172 et seq. This is the Deluge called “The Flood of Parawhenuamea." The ark of safety is called a covered canoe (waka pokiki rakau) or a raft (mokihi). There was a lesser flood at the time when Tane had completed the adornment of his father Rangi (the Sky), by setting the groups of stars upon his breast—A. H. M., i. 180. There would seem to be little reason for connecting these legends with Tuputupuwhenua, save for the Marquesan chant related further on. Tuputupuwhenua is first heard of as having landed at some ancient period in New Zealand, a time anterior to the great immigration of the Maori people, which is stated to have happened some forty-six generations (or 1,000 years) ago —A. H. M., iii. 189. Nukutawhiti, a chief of Hawaiki, arrived in search of Tuputupuwhenua, and Nuku is said to have met Kupe near Hokianga, but there is no trace of this in the Kupe legend. [See Kupe.] It is also said that Kupe had set out to look for Tuputupuwhenua, and that he found him at Hokianga—G.-8, 28. The tradition of Nukutawhiti bears trace of great age. This Nukutawhiti, whose name is of interest etymologically [see Nuku, and Tawhiti], is almost certainly the Nuu of the Hawaiian deluge legend, the Polynesian Noah. Tuputupuwhenua was also called Kui, or had a wife named Kui, and they went down under the ground. Kui is now incarnate as a little insect. To him or her offerings of grass, &c., are made when a new house is built. When men dream of seeing Tuputupuwhenua coming up out òf the ground, it is a sign that the people will die and the land be forsaken—G.-8, 15. There is, perhaps, some historical basis for these apparently foolish stories, as we are elsewhere told that the “fish of Maui,” i.e. the North Island of New Zealand, was given by Maui to Kui and his descendants, who were afterwards dispossessed by the Tutumai-ao, Turehu, and others, Kui going down under the ground. On the arrival of Nukutawhiti with his brother-in-law Ruanui at Hokianga, Kui is said to have tunnelled under the land at the West Coast, and appeared on the surface at Kerikeri (keri, to dig), near the Bay of Islands; while the Moriori of the Chatham Islands relate that Nunuku (probably Nuku-tawhiti) also tunnelled underground, and that the tunnel of Moreroa came out at Kerikerione. Tumutumuwhenua's wife's name was Repo. Neither of them were of the people of this world; they were of the Tuhirangi (fairy) people—G.-8, 16. Nuku came in the canoe Mamari; and the stories lead to the belief that there was a prior immigration to that in which the Arawa, Tainui, &c., arrived. Hotunui, of the Tainui canoe, married a woman of Tawhai, “who was of the people which had arrived in this land ages before”—G.-8, 20. From Nukutawhiti the celebrated Ngapuhi tribe is descended, through Puhi-moana-ariki. [Note.—In repeating the Ngapuhi genealogy, the part from Nukutawhiti to Puhi-moanaariki is held to be the tapu or sacred portion (popoarengarenga). After that come the names of common mortals (tuatangata). The popoarengarenga runs as follows:—Nukutawhiti, Papatahuriiho, Papatahuriake, Mouriuri, Morakerake, Morakitu, Whiro, Toi, Apa, Rauru, Kanea (a sea-god), Te Toko-o-te-rangi, Terangi-tau-mumuhu, Te-rangi-tau-wananga, Hekana, Poupa, Maroro, Te-ika-taui-rangi, Awa, Awa, Awanui, Rakei, Tama-te-ra, Puhimoana-ariki.] The canoe Mamari, in which Nukutawhiti, with Ruanui, arrived, remained at Hokianga, converted into stone. There also is the (stone) baler; and at Onoke is a stone called “the dog of Nukutawhiti.” A rock in the Narrows of the Hokianga River is the buoy of the Mamari. It is highly probable that Ruanui and Nuku are the same person, called Ruanuku elsewhere in Polynesia. The Moriori genealogy gives Ruanuku as the son of Kahukura and father of Motuariki, being the twenty-third in genealogical succession. Luanuu (Ruanuku) also is twenty-third in the Hawaiian genealogy —P. R., i. 182. Mangaia.—Once this island was a gentle slope from the centre to the sea. Aokeu, a son of the goddess “Echo,” had a dispute with the sea-god Ake as to which of them should perform the most wonderful thing. Ake, as a marine deity, had a lofty contempt for Aokeu, who had been born from the drippings of pure water from the stalactite roof of a cavern. Ake called Raka, the god of the winds, to his assistance, and with the Wind-god came his two children Tikokura (the Surf-line) and Tane - ere-tue (the Storm-wave). These drove a fearful hurricane before them, beating down the coral rocks and gaining on the land. Aokeu, on his part, was master of deluges of rain, and was washing down the great and little stones, tearing out the slope of the hills into great valleys, and forming the land into a vast lake. Rangi, the King of Mangaia, perceived that his realm was being destroyed in the elemental strife, and wading chin-deep in the flood, gained his marae (sacred place), from which he sent up his prayers for the great deity Rongo to come to his assistance. Rongo looked from the skies upon the conflict raging between the aqueous divinities, the floods of the interior struggling with the sea-waves, and cried out, ‘A tira!’ It is enough”; then the waters of the ocean sullenly returned to their usual position, and the flood-water drained off. Only those mortals who had stood with Rangi upon Rangimotia had survived. Rongo from that time received the name of Rongoarai-kea (Rongo, the warder-off of billows). Ruanuku was the eldest son of Tangiia, a water-deity. He had two brothers, Motoro and Kereteki. Ruanuku and Kereteki threw Motoro into the sea as they were voyaging. Ruanuku was afterwards drowned by Kereteki. In the “Spirit Journey” (M. & S., 215) it is said, “Thou wert laved in the sacred streams of Ruanuku, Rongo, and Tangaroa”; also, “Dear child, ere now thou hast reached the loftiest heights of Mount Ikurangi, where the moon itself is devoured by the gods from Tonga and Iti.” This is probably the Mount Hikurangi on which the Maori legend tells that the remnant, of the saved escaped. Rakaanga.—Taoiau, the king, was angry because the people did not bring him the sacred turtle, page 560 so he Commenced incantations which woke to action all the sacred sea-gods which are the divinities of Rakaanga and Manihiki, and particularly one mighty deity, who rose up in anger from the ocean-bed like a vast upright stone. Then came a fearful tempest blowing upon the land, and the sea rose over the whole island. Only those inhabitants who escaped to a certain hill were saved. This is called “The overwhelming of Taoiau” —L. S. T., 80 et seq Hawaii.—Few detailed accounts of the Flood reach us from the Hawaiian Islands, although the Deluge is alluded to frequently in old songs and chants. Nuu, or Nana-Nuu is the Noah of these legends. In his day, the gods commanded him to build a large vessel with a house on it; and In this ship Nuu, his wife, his three sone and their wives were preserved. The Triad of deities, Tane, Tu, and Rongo (kane, Ku, and Lono), ordered him to disembark on the top of Mauna-kea. There he Called a cave after the name of his wife. Other versions state that Nuu landed in Kahiki-honua-kele, a large and extensive country. The ark is called the Waa-halau-Alii-o -ka-Moku, meaning perhaps “The royal extended Vessel of the Island.” In this it is said the ancient records were preserved. After the Flood Nuu offered sacrifice to the moon, under the impression that it was the god Kane (Tane, the god of Light) appearing in the sky, and saying to himself, “Doubtless you are Tane though you have metamorphosed yourself to my sight.” So he offered his sacrifices—a pig, cocoanuts, and awa (kava)—to the moon. Then Tane descended on the rainbow and rebuked Nuu, who asked forgiveness and was pardoned; Tane ascended to heaven, leaving the rainbow as a sign of forgiveness. Nuu's wife was named Lili-nae. The Flood is known in Hawaii as Te kai-a ka-Hinalii; the name of the Flood yet to come is Ke Kai-a-ka-Hulumanu. There is mention of Lua Nuu (Rua Nuku) together with his son Kupulupulu-a-Nuu, and his servant Pili-Lua-Nuu, having left Hawaii and sailed in search of a mountain whereon they were ordered by the gods to offer sacrifice. Luanuu reached a country named Honua-ilalo (the Southern-land or the Under-land), and dwelt there with his wives Mee Hiwa and Ahu. Long before this time had existed Kumu Honua (Tumu-whenua, doubtless our Tumutumuwhenua or Tuputupuwhenua), who was the first man in the world. He was placed with the first woman, named Lalo-honua (Raro-whenua) in the Paradise of Paliuli. [See Hawaiki.] This name, Lalohonua, bears a probable translation as “beneath the ground”; it may be a confirmation of the story of Kui. The pedigree called the Kumuhonua genealogy gives thirteen generations from Kumuhonua to Nuu. Raiatea, the Sacred Island (near Tahiti) of the Society Group. The Lord Rua (Rua Fatu) was lying asleep at the bottom of the ocean when a fisherman who was plying his vocation, entangled his sunken hook in the beard of the marine deity. [See Tonganui.] The unhappy fisherman prayed to the angry god for pardon, and was ordered to betake himself to an islet named Toa Marama while the rage of the divinity spent itself upon the rest of the world. The fisherman repaired to the little island, he taking with him a friend, a dog, a hog, and a pair of hens. There he remained till the rest of the world was submerged and all the people perished, then he was allowed to return to the scene of his former home. Marquesas.—In these islands we have by far the best preserved evidence of the possession of an antique belief in a great flood. It consists in an old chant called Te Tai Toko (The Flood), and opens with the declaration that the Divine Being, the Lord of Ocean (Fatu-moana), will overflow the land, but respite is granted for seven days. Then is depicted the building of a great ship with storied buildings; the confusion existing as the different kinds of animals are brought forward, tied up in couples, and taken into the house on the ship, to be preserved alive. With invocations to the different deities, and amid the roaring noise of the imprisoned creatures and of the great flood of waters, comes the Deluge over the world. In the second part is related the landing, when a bird is sent forth but finds no land; again is dispatched and alights on the sand but is recalled. Another bird is sent forth returning with green sprigs in its mouth. Then we are told of the dry land appearing; the sacrifice of seven sacred offerings, and the spreading of the new generation over the

Great mountain ridges, ridges of Hawaii;

Great mountain ridges, ridges of Matahou.

The third part is almost purely mystical, and full of allusions to obscure sacerdotal observances. The concluding lines are:—

Who is the flower behind here?

It is Mau-te-anua-nua.

Who is the strange flower here?

I am here, Tumutupufenua.

The last line is very probably an allusion to the Tuputupuwhenua or Tumutumuwhenua of New Zealand tradition; while Mau-te-anuanua is the Rainbow, spoken of in the Maori and Hawaiian versions. [See Aniwaniwa.] Ext. Poly.—The only perfect Deluge legend is that of Fiji. The cause of the Flood was the killing of a favourite bird belonging to the great semi-ophidian deity Ndengei by the god's grandsons. The boys refused to ask pardon, but defied the irritated divinity, and fortified themselves against him in the town of their friends. Ndengei submerged the whole world, only the mountain fortress of his grandsons being above the Flood. The rebels, seeing their great peril, cried to the other gods, who sent a vessel of some kind to their assistance. In this, eight only, the remnants of the human race, escaped, and landed from the subsiding waters on Mbenga. From these eight the aristocracy of Fiji is descended.

TURA (turà), open day; daylight. Cf. ra, the sun; rama, a torch; marama, light; turama, to light with a torch, &c.; turaha, to keep clear. 2. Bald; a bald-headed person.

Hawaiian — kula, the open country back from the sea; any open uncultivated land: Ke kula Ohia, ke pule e; The upland Ohia-trees, the strange prayer.

Samoan — tula, bald; (b.) destitute of trees.

Tahitian—cf. tura, to be exalted; to be invested with power.

Tongan—tula, bald; (b.) uncovered.

Mangarevan—tura, to look at; (b.) from custom page 561 to regard without surprise. Cf. pakitura, to be pale; yellow; without vigour, said of trees; turaha, the rays of the rising sun.

Paumotan—cf. faka-tura, venerable; to respect.

TURA (myth.), a chief of Hawaiki, who Was persuaded by the great Whiro to embark with him upon a voyage to distant lands. On arriving at a land called Otea, Tura left Whiro, and went into the interior of the country, where he met the curious fairies called TeAitanga-a-Nuku-mai-tore. [See Nukumaitore.] He married a fairy wife named Turakihau, and they lived happily together. He was surprised one day, when the birth of their first child drew near, by finding his wife in great sorrow; and she informed him that she was weeping at her approaching death, it being the custom of the country to deliver a child by the Cæsarian operation, the death of the poor mother being a certainty under their rude surgical instruments of sharp flint. Tura reassured his wife, and drove off the fiendish midwives, allowing the infant to be born in a natural manner. The wife of Tura was one day combing out her husband's hair, when she observed a white hair among the dark ones. Asking him why this was, he told her that it was a sign to mortals of approaching decay and death, whereupon the wife wept bitterly to find that her husband must one day pass from the loving arms of his companion. Hence the Maori proverb, “The weeds of Tura,” for grey hairs. (Ka tata ki a koe nga taru o Tura!). Tura's child by the fairy wife was called Tauira-ahua. When Tura became very old, he went apart from his family and lived in a desert place alone. Here his memory continually went back to the scenes of his youth, and he often called on the name of his son Ira-tu-roto (born by Tura's first wife), who had been left in the canoe with Whiro. At last Ira came and carried the decrepit old man back to die in his own land —A. H. M., ii. 6; Col., Trans., xii. 141.

In Hawaii, Kula (Tura) is the name of an ancient god who could overleap barriers and mountains, perch on straws or twigs, &c.; and as one meaning of kula is“ a place in a tree or trees where birds assemble,” this may be an allusion to Tura's fairy friends. [See Whiro.]

TURAHA (tùraha), to keep clear, to stand off. Cf. tu to stand; raha, open, extended; tura, open day. [For comparatives, see Raha.]

TURAKANGA, a priestly ceremony in which there was thrown down a stick which had been set up to represent the path of Death. Cf. turaki, to throw down from an upright position.

TURAKI (myth.), a progenitor of the sun—A. H. M., ii. 87. 2. A chief who lived in prediluvian times—A. H. M., i. 167.

TURAKI, to throw down anything which had been in an upright position; to push down; to fell: Kia turakina atu nga uru rakau— A. H. M., v. 18: E kite koe i te rakau roa e tu ana, turakina ka amo ai—P. M., 47. Cf. tua, to fell.

TURATURAKI, to throw down many things.

Samoan—cf tula‘ i, to rise up, to stand up.

Hawaiian — kulai, to push over from an upright position; to knock down, to overthrow; a knocking down a person with a view to kill him: Hoi aku la e kulai i ke kapu o Kahai; It has passed thither and overthrown the tapu of Tawhaki. (b.) To move, as the tail of an animal; (c.) to dash in pieces; to kill; kulakulai, to wrestle; to scuffle; a wrestling; hoo-kulai, to thrust at; (b.) to cause to fall.

Tahitian—turai, (also turae,) to push from, to resist, to repulse; faa-turai, to push; to throw down by pushing.

Tongan —tulaki, to push down; (b.) to cut the hair of the Tui (King) of Tonga.

Marquesan—tuaki, to throw anyone down on the ground.

Mangarevan—turaki, to turn upside down; to throw down, to hurl down; (b.) to drive a people from their country by force of arms.

Paumotan—turaki, to turn upside down; (b.) to repel, to repulse; (c.) to defile, to profane; (d.) to abolish a prohibition. Cf. turaki-hau, sedition.

TURAKIHAU (myth.), the fairy wife of Tura—A. H. M., ii. 12. [See Tura.]

TURAMA (tùrama), to light with a torch; to give light. Cf. turà, open day; rama, a torch; marama, light, &c.

Tahitian—haa-turama, to get torches for fishing. cf. rama, a torch.

Marquesan—tuama, to give light to anyone.

Mangaian—turama, to light with a torch: Tungia te ai, e Uti, ei turama ia Manomano; Light your torch, O Uti, to illuminate Manomano.

Paumotan—turamarama, a lamp; a torch. [For full comparatives, see Rama.]

TURAMOE, to be drowsy, sleepy. cf. moe, to sleep; hiamoe, sleepy; aumoe, at ease, at rest. [For comparatives, see Moe.]

TURANGA. [See under Tu.]

TURANGAIMUA (myth.), a son of the chief Turi, born to him in Hawaiki before he emigrated to New Zealand—P. M., 127. [See Turi.]

TURANGA-PATUPATU, a variety of kumara (sweet potato): Ko nga ingoa o aua kumara he Puwhatawhata, he Turanga-patupatu, he Hinamoremore, he Kakari-kura—A. H. M., iii. 83.

TURANGAWHANAU, cognate, related.

TURANGI (myth.), a child of Rangi-potiki, the Prop of Heaven, and his wife Hine-ahu-papa. [See Toko.]

TURAPA, to spring towards an object; to leap. Cf. rarapa, to flash; turapana, to fillip. 2. To slide.

Whaka-TURAPA, to cause to spring. 2. To cause to slide.

TURAPANA, to strike with the nail of the finger forced from the thumb by sudden motion; to fillip. Cf. turapa, to spring; pana, to drive forth, to expel; whana, to recoil, as a bow; koropana, to fillip. [For comparatives, see Pana.]

TURARA (tùrara), to spread out, to extend. Cf. rara, to be spread out on a stage; pirara, to be separated, to be wide apart; tirara, to be wide apart; marara, scattered; korara, to scatter, to disperse; porara, having wide spaces. [For comparatives, see Rara.]

TURAWERA, the name of a plant (Bot. Pteris tremula.)

page 562

TURE, law, order, commandment, rule, maxim: I nga ture a nga tupuna i ako ai mo nga mahi o te ao—A. H. M., i. 11. [This is said to be an introduced word, but is Polynesian.] Cf. turetehe, to boast, to brag.

Tahitian—ture, a law, a rule of conduct, a code of laws: I teie nei ra, ua tatarahia tatou i te ture; Now we are delivered from the law. (b.) To be exalted, to be honoured. Cf. tureia, conversant; communicative; tura, to be invested with power; turepu, an agitator: turerua, to be in peace.

Rarotongan—ture, a law: Kai kini oki ratou i te ture i tona vaa; They shall seek the truth at his mouth.

Paumotan—ture, a decree, a law.

Mangarevan—cf. turevare, ignorant, unused to anything.

Hawaiian—kule, to seize or take another's; to give one trouble in dispossessing another of his own; kulea, able; successful; competent; kuleana, a part, portion or right in a thing: E lilo nana ka uha mua akau i kuleana nona; He shall have the right shoulder as his portion. (b.) A right of property which pertains to an individual; (c.) a friend; a portion belonging to a friend; (d.) one's appropriate business; (e.) au attached piece of land which another was allowed to cultivate and had some claim to; (f.) to stir up, to excite, as the ripples or waves of water; kulekule, to be ousted from place or place, or from house to house; (b.) to trample often where one ought not, as a large animal does.

Ext. Poly.: Malagasy—cf. tory, proclaimed; preached; mitory, to plead; fitoriana, the place of pleading (Malagasy o = Polynesian u).

TUREHU (tùrehu), a fairy; any supernatural being. 2. Indistinctly seen. Cf. rehu, mist, misty; rehutai, sea-spray; nehutai, sea-spray; nehu, dust; nehunehu, dusky; ngarehu, charcoal; pungarehu, ashes; kaurerehu, dusky. 3. To doze. Cf. kurehu, to doze. 4. To wink. Turehutanga-kanohi, the twinkling of an eye.

Tongan—tulehu, to be tired in waiting. Cf. tule, to nod, as one drowsy; to jog along, as one old and weak; tulelu, to be tired of waiting; tulemohe, sleepy, drowsy.

Samoan—cf. tulemoe, to be sleepy. [For full comparatives, see Rehu.]

TUREHU (myth.), fairies. These supernatural beings are probably the traditional remembrance of some former inhabitants of New Zealand. It is said that when Maui pulled up his great “fish,” the North Island, he gave the land to the descendants of Kui. [See Kui.] The Kui people were conquered and superseded by the Tutu-mai-ao, and these by the Turehu, who came from “the other side of the ocean.” Then the Maori people came and dispossessed the Turehu, who were conquered, intermarried with, and absorbed by the victors forty-six generations (about 1,000 years) ago—A. H. M., iii. 189.

TUREIKURA, folly, silliness.

Whaka-TUREIKURA, to be infatuated.

Mangarevan—cf. tureihemo, to be very ignorant and useless; turei, to escape the hook; to break matrimonial bonds; turevare, useless.

TUREPO (tùrepo), the name of a tree.

TURERE (tùrere), to slip away, to steal away, to flee: A turere ana te moe i oku kanohi—ken., xxxi. 40. Cf. rere, to fly.

Hawaiian—kulele, to drive or scatter away, as some light thing; to drive a way, as by a puff of wind. [For full comparatives, see Rere.)

TURETEHE, to boast, to brag.

Tahitian—cf. ture, to be exalted, to be honoured; turepu, an agitator, a disturber.

Hawaiian—cf. kule, to seize or take another's; kulea, successful, competent; kuleana, to stir up, to excite.

TURETIRETI (tùretireti), unsteady, threatening to fall over.

TURI, the knee: Ngoikore katoa nga ringaringa, nga turi katoa kei te wai te rite—Ehe., vii. 17. Cf. turipu, weak in the knees; turingongengonge, crippled, lame; turipotu, the thigh-bone; turiroa, a lower leg-bone. 2. The post of a fence.

TUTURI (tùturi), (also Tuturu,) to kneel: Ka tuturi nga turi ki tana wai heru—P. M., 57.

Samoan—tuli, the knee; (b.) the outside corner, as of a house, of a box, &c.; (c.) to drive; to chase; (d.) to pursue, to follow up;. tutuli, to drive; fa'a-tulitulia, to pretend to be driven off, so as to lead the enemy into an ambush. Cf. tulivae, the knee; fa'a-tulifelaia'i, to be knock-kneed; tulioso, to jump (of a number of persons jumping over a wall or into the water); tulifuaimoa, the knee-cap; tulilima, the elbow; tàtàtuli, to tap the knees; to caution; to'otuli, to kneel; tui, a high chief, a king. [See Tongan.]

Tahitian—turi, the knee: E ua tarapape te aau, ua paaraara te mau turi; The heart melts, the knees Knock together. (b.) A knee of timber in a boat; tuturi, to lean upon or against a thing; faa-turi, to commit adultery or fornication; adultery; prostitution (commonly the word is applied to prostitution for hire). Cf. turiopa, weakness of the knees; turimene, a disorder of the knee; tiaturi, a stone in the marae (sacred place), against which the priest leans when officiating.

Hawaiian—kuli, the knee; Kulanalana ko'u mau kuli no ka hoo keai; My knees are weak with fasting. Kukuli, to kneel: Kukuli iho la au, a hohola aku la i kuu mau lima; I knelt down and spread out my hands. (b.) The joint of the knee; (c.) on unpleasant sensation of the stomach, produced by food; hoo-kukuli, to cause to kneel down. Cf. kulipee, to be lame; fatigued; to be weak, to be feeble; kuukuli, to sit on the heels with the knees on the ground.

Tongan—tui, the knee: Bea nae fetaboji a hono ogo tui; His knees knocked together. (b.) Faith; belief; credence; believing; credulous; (c.) a king; a governor; one who governs, of either sex; faka-tui, king-like. Cf. tuitala, believing; obedient; tuulutui, to kneel, to bead the knee; tuutui, to bend the knee.

Rarotongan—turi, the knee: Te au tangata ravarai e tuku i te turi ki raro ka inu ei; The men that go down on their knees to drink. Tuturi, to kneel down.

Marquesan—cf. tuina, a director, a conductor. [See Tongan.]

Mangarevan—turi, the knee; aka-turi, to reward by satisfying desire; (b.) to seduce. Cf. apeturi, a deformed knee; koturi, to kneel down.

Paumotan—turi, the knee; tuturi, to kneel down. Cf. Kopani-turi, the knee-pan.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. tui, the knee; tui-kebere, the kneecap; turi, a bone; turiarudu, a rib.

Fiji— page 563 cf. duri, to sit up or raise oneself when lying down; duru, the knee; tui, a king. Redscar Bay—cf. tui, the knee.

Brumer Islands—cf. turida, the knee.

Malagasy—cf. tolila, lame, crippled; toringana, lame, crippled.

TURI, deaf: Na wai hoki i mea kia wahangu. kia turi—Eko., iv. 11. Cf. pouturi, deaf; tàturi, the wax in the ear. 2. Obstinate, self-willed, stubborn. Cf. whatuturi, to be unyielding. 3. The lobe of the ear.

TURITURI, noise, uproar. 2. (Exclam.) Stop that noise! Hush! 3. Noisy.

TUTURI, obstinate, stubborn.

Whaka-TUTURI, to be obstinate: Kihai au i whakatuturi ki ta koutou ngare mai i a au—P. M., 101.

Samoan—tuli, deaf; (b.) to follow up, to pursue; (c.) to drive, to chase; tutuli, to be deaf; one who is deaf: Aua e te faifai i lè tutuli; You shall not curse the deaf. Fa'atulituli, to pretend to be deaf. Cf. taetuli, the wax in the ear; tuliau, to be very deaf; tulia'ina, to follow up, to persist in; tulimata'i, to look steadfastly; tulitulisega, to persist in; tulitatao, to follow closely,

Tahitian—turi, deaf: E turi hoi to ratou taria; Their ears shall be deaf. Turituri, deafness through great noise; faa-turi, to pretend deafness; faa-turituri, to turn a deaf ear repeatedly; to pretend deafness, or that what is said is unintelligible. Cf. pouturi, deaf as a post; tariaturi, a deaf ear; taturi, the wax in the ear; tui, a disease of the ear.

Hawaiian—kuli, to be stunned with noise; to be deafened; not able to hear; deafness; inattention to duty; a deaf person: A la la, e lohe no ka mea kuli i na huaolelo; On that day the deaf shall hear the words. Hoo-kuli, to turn a deaf ear, to refuse to hear: Mai hookuli mai oe; Do not turn a deaf ear. (b.) To be disobedient; to be stubborn in disobedience; kulikuli, to stun with noise; (b.) Hush! Be still! Keep silence! kulina, to hear partially and indistinctly. Cf. haliikuli, to be hard, disobedient, stubborn; kulihiamoe, to doze; not to hear through drowsiness.

Tongan—tuli, deaf; deafness: Bea nau omi kiate ia ha toko taha nae tuli; They brought to him one that was deaf. (b.) To chase, to pursue; tulia, to be chased, to be pursued; tutuli, to make speed, to haste; faka-tuli, to deafen. Cf. tulimui, to follow in succession; tulitulita, to strike while chasing; tulitulihega, to follow close to the hook, as a fish.

Rarotongan—turi, deaf; a deaf person: E koai tei akariro iaia ei murare, e ei turi, e ei matapuera, e ei matapo? Who has made the dumb or the deaf, the seeing or the blind?

Marquesan—tui, deaf; to remain deaf; (b.) to refuse to do a duty; tuitui, an exclamation: “Silence!” “Peace!” Cf. putui, deaf; disobedient; tetui, the orifice of the ear.

Mangarevan—turi, a noise; turituri. an exclamation: “Silence!” “What a noise!” (b.) noisy, said of fatiguing conversation; akaturituri, uproar; racket; to make a noise. Cf. teturi, wax in the ear; turitahaga, a confused noise of everyone speaking at once.

Paumotan—turituri, hubbub, bustle, noise; fakaturituri, a noise, a row. Cf. tarigaturi, disobedient; katuri, the wax in the ear.

Ext. Poly.: Motu—cf. tuia, to quiet. Fiji-cf. dule, the wax of the ear; tule, ear-wax.

Malay—cf. tuli, deaf; chulik, to clear the ears of wax; churichuri, silently, clandestinely.

Matu—cf. turang, deaf.

Formosa—cf. chorrien, deaf.

Macassar—cf. toli, to listen.

TURI (myth.), a great chief of Hawaiki in ancient times. A near relative of his having been slain by the high-priest Uenuku, Turi wrought revenge by killing Hawepotiki, the son of Uenuku, and sending the boy's heart, concealed in an offering of food, to the high-priest. The heart was eaten by Uenkku. On discovering the dreadful fact, the father sung a song of revenge, which was overheard by Rongorongo, the wife of Turi, who warned her husband, and they resolved to fly. Toto, the father of Rongorongo, bad constructed two canoes, and gave one to his daughter. In this canoe, the Aotea, Turi and his people set forth to try to reach the islands of New Zealand, information as to the proper course having been given to him by Kupe, who had previously discovered this country. [See Kupe.] Turi carried off his brother-in-law Tuau by force. The Aotea, in company with the Ririno, reached a small island named Rangitahua, situated in midocean; and here, the canoes having been much storm-beaten, they rested awhile to refit. Sacrifices were offered, and religious ceremonies performed. Before they left, there were dissensions as to the course to be steered, Turi insisting on an easterly course, according to Kupe's direction; but he was at last overruled, and both canoes stood to the westward, until the Ririno became a total wreck on the reef of Taputapuatea. Turi then resumed the former course, and steered eastward. A little son named Tutawa was born during the voyage. The Aotea at length made the shore of New Zealand. Turi left his canoe in the harbour of Aotea, and with his men travelled on foot along the Taranaki coast to the Patea River, where he finally settled—P. M., 126 et seq.; Genealogical statements, &c., P. M., 114, Maori part. When Turi was stricken in years and enfeebled with old age, he became tired of life, and is said to have drowned himself in the Patea River.

TURIKAKOA (turikàkoa), a species of grass (Bot. Spinifex hirsutus). 2. The seed of a plant.

TURINGONGENGONGE, crippled, lame. Cf. turi, the knee; turipu, weak in the knees; ngongengonge, crippled. [For comparatives, see Turi.]

TURIPEPEKE (turipèpeke), having the knees bent. Cf. pepeke, to draw up the legs and arms; hupeke, to bend the legs and arms; tupeke, to leap; koropeke, having the limbs doubled up; turi, the knee. [For comparatives, see Turi, and Peke.]

TURIPONA, the knee-joint: Nga turipona o tatou matua—M. M., 28. Cf. turi, the knee; pona, a joint. [For comparatives, see Turi, and Pona.]

TURIPOTU, the thigh-bone (Os femoris). Cf. turi, the knee; turipona, the knee-joint; turiroa, a bone of the lower leg.

TURIPU (turipù), weak in the knees. Cf. turi, the knee; turipona, the knee-joint; pu, intensive.

page 564

TURIROA, a bone of the lower log. Cf. turi, the knee; roa, long; turipona, the knee-joint; turivotu, the thigh-bone. [For comparatives, see Turi, and Roa.]

TURITAKA, a variety of the taro plant.

TURITURI. [See under Turi.]

TURITURI-POUREWA, the name of a bird.

TURIWATAITAI (tariwàtaitai), to be deprived of feeling by cold; benumbed; to shiver with cold. Cf. turiwetautau, to shiver; to be benumbed.

TURIWETAUTAU (turiwètautau),to be benumbed; to shiver. Cf. turiwataitai, to be benumbed; to shiver.

TURONGO (myth.), a deity—P. M., 220.

TURORA (myth.), a deity mentioned in invocation—P. M., 220.

TURORI, to reel in walking; to stagger, to totter. Cf. rori, entangled; rore, intoxicated; weary; hurori, to stagger; pirori, to roll, as a ball; wairori, to turn round.

Tahitian — turori, to stagger, to stumble; to be unsteady: E turori haere a ratou haere noa i; They shall stumble in their going.

Hawaiian —cf. kulolia, to shake, to tremble; wandering; going from place to place without object; kuloli, a man who has no wife or children; loli, to turn over; to change, to alter.

Rarotongan —turori, to stumble, to stagger; tottering, unsteady: E kure to vaevae e turori; Your foot will not stumble.

Mangarevan —turori, to totter; not to be solid or firm on Its base; (b.) to roll; (c.) to balance: turorirori, to be inconstant; to be unstable; (b.) softness, slackness; aka-turori, to cause to stagger; to make uncertain; undecisive.

Paumotan —turorori, faintness, weakness; to be faint; turorirori, weak, feeble, infirm; (b.) plump; faka-turorirori, to enfeeble; hakaturorirori, to shake, to move. [See also comparatives of Rori.]

TURORO (tùroro), a sick person, an invalid: Ka kawea ki te wai te ata o te turoro—A. H. M., i. 6. 2. A corpse: A e kore a ia e roa ka mate turoro—A. H. M., i. 6.

Samoan —cf. tulolo, to bend down, as a tree or wall; fa'a-tulolo, bowing, inclining, as a wall about to fall down.

Tahitian —cf. turoia, not able to move, as a bed-ridden person; turora, to be weak through want of necessary food.

Mangarevan — cf. akaturourou, bending here and there; overcome with sleepiness.

Tongan — cf. tulolo, to stoop, to crouch.

Paumotan —cf. turorirori, weakly, sickly.

Hawaiian —cf. kulou, to bow the head; to stoop forward; lou, to bend, as a hook.

TUROTOWAENGA, the middle. Cf. tu, to stand; roto, within; wawae, to part, to separate; waenga, division; turuawaenga, the middle.

TUROUROU, a stick for stirring up the fire. Cf. tirou, a pointed stick used as a fork; rou, a long stick used for reaching anything with. [For comparatives, see Rou.]

TURU, to last a short time: Turu tahanga atu; In a little while.

TURUA, to be done for a short time.

TURU, a stick wherewith to steady oneself. Cf. turupou, to support on a pole. 2. The moon at fifteen days old. 3. To build an eel-weir.

TURUTURU, a title to land by descent from from ancestors whose right is undisputed. 2. A stick to steady oneself by.

TUTURU (tùturu), fixed, permanent, lasting: Ka tuturu te noho i reira—P. M., 70; Ko te Whai-a-Pawa tona kainga tuturu—P. M., 180.

Whaka-TUTURU, to confirm; to make sure; fixed: Ma Ngapuhi e whakatuturu te tika o tenei mea o te tohora—G.-8, 19.

Samoan —cf. tulu'i, long; lasting; to endure.

Tahitian —turu, a prop; the sideposts of a house; (b.) any support or help; assistance; to prop or render support in any way; turuturu, the side-posts of a house; (b.) to help or assist repeatedly; tuturu, to prop or support; a post or prop for support; faaturu, to prop; to put up a turu or support. Cf. turui, a heap of stones; a stone or other thing to lean against for support; tururu, a friendly support or defence; tuturumau, to place the foot so as to support oneself firmly; aturu, a prop or support; faa-turui, to lean against or upon a thing; turuiaparere, an assistant who has gone a way; turuora, to save alive in time of war; turutootoo, a staff or walking-stick; paturu, a prop, a helper; to support, to help; tauturu, to assist, to help; a prop, a support.

Hawaiian —kulu, the name of a day of the month, the first night the moon is dark or cannot be seen; kukulu, to set up on end; to erect, as a tent; to make fast in a perpendicular position; (b.) to set up, as the frame of a native house; (c.) to stand up together, as a multitude; to stretch out, as lands: Ka pae aina o i kukulu o Kahiki; The cluster of isands stretching to the limits of Tawhiti. (d.) To set up, as an idol; to stick up, as a stake; a pillar; a post; (e.) kukuluhale, to perpetuate a family; (f.) the place where the sky apparently meets the horizon; kukula-eka, the four cardinal points of the compass, i.e. everywhere; na kukulu o ka honua, the ends of the earth; (g.) the border or edge of a country. Cf. kukuluaeo, the name of a bird with long legs; a person walking on stilts; kukulupapa, to erect a temporary shed or house; kukuluakau, the north point; okulu, the sixteenth day of the month.

Mangaian — turu, a post, a prop for roofs.

Mangarevan — turu, a stick, a prop; (b.) to sustain, to protect, to aid; (e.) second, next in dignity; turuga, an aid, a protection; turuturu,a stick, a cane: Homai ta te tupuna kia na e turuturu mana; His grandfather gave him the Staff of Power. (b.) The tibia of the leg; (c.) help, relief. Cf. oturu, one of the quarters of the moon; turua, a pillow.

Paumotan —turu,a post, a pillar; (b.) to support, to sustain; turuturu, to support, to bear upon. Cf. tauturu, to succour, to assist; aturu, to aid, to help; turuhaga to help one another.

Ext. Poly.: Malay —cf. juru, the upright sticks or posts in a fence; tulus, trust, reliance; true, sincere; turus, posts or upright sticks of a fence; a stake.

Fiji —cf. duru, the shorter posts of a house on which the wall-plate rests; the knee; one kind of spear.

TUTURU (tùturu), to kneel. Cf. tuturi, to kneel; turi, the knee; uru, the head.

page 565

Tongan —cf. tuulu, to bow down the head; tuulutui, to kneel, to bend the knee (M.L. = turu-turi ?).

TUTURU, to leak; to drip. Cf. maturuturu, to fall in drops; to distil.

Samoan —tutulu, to leak (of a house); (b.) to weep (said of a chief); tulutulu, the eaves of a house; fa'a-tulutulu, to cause to drop. Cf. tului, to drop into, as lotion into the eyes; to add to; tuluvao, the drops from the trees after rain.

Tahitian —tuturu, to drop, as rain from the roof of a house; (b.) the fins of a shark.

Hawaiian —kulu, to drop, as water; to drop, an tears; a drop of water; the dropping of water; to leak, as the roof of a house; (b.) the name of a disease; (c.) to fall down, to tumble over; (d.) to be asleep; to dream; (e.) to be in a pleasant frame of mind; kulua, to flow down, to run, as water; to flow along, as in singing or reciting a song, kulukulu, to sleep; to dream; to be in a trance; (b.) to be sociable and interesting in conversation; hoo-kulukulu, to distil; to drop silently, as mist from the clouds. Cf. kuluìhiamoe, to doze; kuluiki, to soak in, as water; nakulu, to drop, as water drops; to make a rattling noise; nakulukulu, to shake, to make a rustling noise; to patter, as drops of rain.

Tongan —tulutulu, to drop, to drip; (b.) to let in water; (c.) the eaves of a house; fakatulutulu, the name of that which is first put on in building a house; tutulu, to drop, to fall in drops; (b.) not watertight; faka-tutulu. to allow the thatch of a house to be so bad that it admits rain. Cf. tuluta, a single drop; a tear; mokulu, to fall, as tears; tuu, a white watery substance in the eye; to void the fœces; tului, to drop into the eyes or any wound.

Mangarevan — aka-turu, to conduct water by a canal; (b.) to eat the poi paste in big mouthfuls; to make the food liquid.

Ext. Poly.: Motu —cf. hetuturu, to drop, as water.

Malay —cf. jurus, to water, to irrigate.

Fiji —cf. taruturu, the eaves of a house; turu, the eaves of a house; turu, and tuturu, to drop, as water.

TURUA, beautiful: Puhipuhi rawa ki te waero, anana! ka turua ra—P. M., 23. Cf. tu, to stand; rua, two; turu, to drip.

Tahitian —cf. turua, to stand equal on both sides.

Samoan —cf. tulua, to divide into two.

Hawaiian —cf. kulua, to flow along, as in singing or reciting a song.

TURUAPO (tùruapo), midnight. Cf. turuawepo, midnight; tu, to stand; rua, two; po, night; turuawaenga, in the middle.

Samoan —tuluaopo, and tuluapo, midnight: A tuluapo ma ao, sii le fata o Sina; At midnight Hina's litter will be lifted up. Cf. tulua, to divide in two; lua, two; tuluaopomaao, midnight.

Tahitian —cf. turua, to stand equal on both sides; tuiraapo, midnight.

Hawaiian —cf. kulua, the union of two things; kulu, to be near or quite midnight.

Tongan — tuuabo. about midnight. Cf. tuuabolilolilo, dark, thick darkness; tuuabomalie, midnight; tuua, to be in two parts; bo, night.

Rarotongan —turuaipo, midnight. Cf. rua, two; po, night.

Moriori —cf. turuhea, midnight.

TURUATU, the name of a bird.

TURUAWAENGA, TURUAWAENGANUI, the middle. Cf. turoto-waenga, the middle; waenga, the portion marked off by a dividing line. [For comparatives, see Wawae, to divide.]

TURUAWEPO (turuawepò), midnight: Na, no te turuawepo, ka piki a Tutenakai—P. M., 129. Cf. turuapo, midnight; po, night; rua, two.

TURUKI, to grow up in addition, at the suckers of a tree; a sucker. 2. To come up, with afterwards; to come up. as a reserve or supplement; to supplement; a supplement: Turuki, kumea mai kia piri— A. H. M., v. 5.3. To travel by short stages: Turuki, turuki, paneke, pancke—S. T., 165. 4. To be occupied; to be full, replete. 5. To thatch a house. Cf. turu, to leak, to drip.

Tahitian —turui, a heap of stones; a stone or other thing to lean against; faka-turui, to lean against or upon a thing; faa-turuturui, to go lounging from place to place.

Hawaiian — cf. kulu, to leak, as the roof of a house.

Tongan —tuluki, crowded. Cf. tulu, the eaves of a house; faka-tulutulu, the name of that which is first put on in building a house.

TURUPEPEKE, a child's game of turning somersaults. Cf. peke, to leap over. [For comparaives. see Peke.]

TURUPOU, to support on a pole. Cf. turu, a stick to steady oneself by; pou, a post or pillar. [For comparatives, see Turu, and Pou.]

TURURU (tùrurù), to cover oneself from the cold. Cf. ruru, to draw close together; sheltered from wind; rurutake, shivering; poruru, close together. 2. To cower, to crouch; to be downcast.

TURUTU (tùrutu), the name of two plants (Bot. Dianella intermedia, and Libertia ixioides)

Whaka-TURUTURU, to fly a kite.

TURUTURU-PARAWAI, sticks to which the web is fastened in weaving. Cf. turuturu, a stick for steadying oneself by; parawai, a kind of mat.

TUTA, the back of the neck. Cf. tuata, the point of junction of the backbone and the skull.

TUTAANGA, a variety of the kumara (sweet potato).

TUTAE (tùtae), dung, excrement: Ka karanga ake a Whiro ki taua wahine ka haere mai kia horoia te tutae o te tamaiti—A. H. M., ii. 8. Cf. tae, exudation from trees; kotae, alluvial soil; tutae-whetu, some phosphorescent substance.

Samoan —cf. tae, excrements, fœces; momotae, human excrement; taefe'e, black vomit; taetafi, rubbish brought down by a river; taepù. to break wind (Lat. pedere); taetuli, wax in the ear; tatae, to gather up rubbish.

Tahitian —tutae, the excrement of any kind of animal. Cf. tiatae, excrement; tiataeatua, still-born infants (lit.) “excrement of the gods”; tutaeauri, the rust of iron.

Hawaiian —kukae, excrerment, dirt, filth. Cf. kukaeuli, the dark matter in the cuttle-fish (sepia); kukaeloli, to spot, to stain; kukaenalo, beeswax; kukaepele sulphur (Pele is goddess of volcanoes); haukae, filthiness; carelessness; to blot or stain; kae, contempt; to spurn; the exterior of the anus.

Tongan —cf. tae, excrement, fœces; a cough, to cough; page 566 tee, excrement; taele, sediment; remains; faka-taetae, to expectorate; to feel sorrow for what is irremediable.

Marquesan —tutae, excrement. Cf. kae, spittle dropping from the mouth.

Mangaian —tutae, dung: Tutae keinga e te tuarangi; Dung is fit food for Such gods.

Moriori —cf. hokotae, disgusting, abominable, to detest.

Mangarevan — tutae, excrement; a place for excrement; (b.) filth, filthy, dirty; aka-tutae, to dirty, to dishonour; to dishonour oneself by bad conduct. Cf. hututae, to break wind; tikotutae, to void excrement; tutaeveta, excrement of new-born infants.

Paumotan — tutae, excrement. Ext. Poly.

Motu — cf. tage, excrement.

Fiji—cf. da, and de, excrement. Brierly Island —cf. tai, dung.

Malagasy —cf. tay, dung, excrement.

Magindano —cf. tae, dung.

Malay —cf. tai, dung, ordure.

TUTAE-A-MATARUA, an expression used in the South Island when the sea is discoloured and dirty, so that no fish can be caught. (Myth.) Matarua was a great shark or formidable monster living in deep ocean.

TUTAEKOKA, a kind of flaw in greenstone (nephrite). (Myth.) Tamatea Pokai-whenua was in search of his runaway wives and arrived where they were at the mouth of the Arahura River, but they had by enchantment been turned into stones. Tama, accompanied by his slave Tumuaki, proceeded inland; this slave lighted a fire to cook some birds, but on burning his fingers he thoughtlessly put them in his mouth, which, as he was tapu, was a dreadful act of impiety. The erring servant was instantly turned into a mountain called Tumuaki, after his name. The wives Tama was seeking became greenstone, sometimes disfigured by a flaw called tutae-koka (excrement of the birds), from the birds the slave was cooking at the time—Trans., xii. 163, and A. H. M., iii. 80.

TUTAEPOROPORO (myth.), a taniwha, or watermonster inhabiting the Wanganui River. It was killed by the magician-hero Aokehu, who was swallowed down, but cut his way out with an enchanted weapon named Taitimuroa.

TUTAETARA, a variety of the kumara (sweet potato).

TUTAEWHETU, some phosphorescent substance. Cf. tutae, excrement; whetu, a star.

Paumotan — cf. tutae-hana, crystalline (hana = sun); tutae-pere, sulphur. [For full comparatives, see Tutae, and Whetu.]

TUTAHI, the star Canopus. Also called Atutahi, Autahi, &c. Cf. tu, to stand; tahi, one.

TUTAI (tùtai), a spy, a scout. Cf. tutei, a spy; tutu, a messenger sent to summon people; titei, a spy.

TUTAKA (also Tutanga,) uneasy. 2. A portion of land.

TUTAKAHINAHINA (myth.), a personage spoken of in very ancient tradition. He had no parents. On the birth of his son, Te Roiroiwhenua, Tutakahinahina ordered his people to lay in great stores of firewood and provisions; he then died, and was buried. An intense long - continued darkness overspread the world, so that no person could move about to get food or firewood. In the darkness, the son Roiroiwhenua heard the voice of his father calling to him, “Here am I, where the earth heaves up.” The son listened, and having kindled fire by friction, cooked a part of the mortal remains of his parent. Tamatea shook the oven, and then appeared the first faint tints of dawn. Since that time the morning has been with Tamatea; before that time it was with Tangaroa — Trans., vii. 32; A. H. M., ii. 49. A story curiously resembling this is told in Rarotonga as to the origin of pigs. They sprung from the corpse of Maaru, who had been buried by his son Kationgia— M. & S., 137.

TUTAKI (tùtaki), to meet: Ka pena tonu tana ritenga ki nga tangata e tutaki ana i a ratou— P. M., 193. 2. Touching, meeting. Cf. tutuki, to jam against; to abut against.

TUTATAKI, touching, meeting.

Hawaiian —cf. kukai, the name of a rope fastening two fishing-nets; to repeat over and over again.

Mangarevan — tutaki, to meet, to join; (b.) to run against anyone; aka-tutaki, to unite two objects; aka-tutakitaki, to unite more than two objects.

TUTANEKAI (myth.), a young chief of Rotorua, the illegitimate son of Tuwharetoa and Rangiuru. He was celebrated as the lover of the beautiful Hine-moa—P. M., 146. [See Hine-moa]

TUTANGA (tùtanga), a portion, a division. Cf. tutaka, a portion of land.

TUTANGATANGA, to divide into small portions.

TUTANGATAKINO (myth.), one of the evil deities dwelling with Miru in Tatau-o-te-Po. He was the god presiding over the human stomach. Tu- te- wanawana and Mairangi were his parents—A. H. M., i. App.

TUTARA (tùtara), Small talk, gossip, light conversation. Cf. korero-tara, a fable. [For comparatives, see Tara.]

TUTARA-KAUIKA, the Right-whale.

TUTATA, a kind of mat: Nga kaitaka, nga neko, nga koroai, nga tutata—A. H. M., v. 76.

TUTATA (tùtata), near: Ko te hunga tutata mai ki Waitaha i tino kite — P. M., 82: Poroaki tutata, whakahoro ki tau ké—Prov. Cf. tata, near.

Mangarevan —tutata, to be near to.

Tongan —tuutata. to repeat after a short interval. [For full comparatives, see Tata.]

TUTAUMAHA (tùtaumaha), a kind of spell or incantation. Cf. taumaha, a thank-offering to the gods.

TUTAURU (myth.), a famous greenstone (jade) axe. It was formed by Ngahue, from his celebrated block of stone brought from Hawaiki. Two axes were made of this, Tutauru and Hauhau-te-rangi. Tutauru was lost in recent times by two brothers, Purahokura and Reretai, descendants from Tama-ihu-roa—P. M., 83.

TUTAWA (myth.), a son of Turi and Rongorongo. He was born when the canoe Aotea was in mid-passage from Hawaiki to New Zealand— P. M., 134.

TUTAWAKE (myth.), a prediluvian personage. He preached to the evil races; and because they would not listen to his doctrine, he slew page 567 thousands of them at a battle called Taiparipari—A. H. M., i. 166. He is probably referred to in an old Mangaian chant — M. & S., 275 and 285.

TUTAWHAKE (myth.), a personage of ancient times. He was a son of Houmea, and was altogether evil. The story concerning him (as told A. H. M., ii. 172) is quite unintelligible as it stands.

TUTE, a kind of charm or incantation: Ko te karakia a Hakawau he Parepare, he mono, he tute,—P. M., 172.

TUTE, to push with a pole. Cf. tuketuke, to nudge; tutetuke, to elbow; tuke, the elbow.

TUTETUTE, to jostle, to hustle, to push or crowd against.

Tahitian — tute, to push away, to force away; tutetute, to push away repeatedly; to push one against another. Cf. tue, to kick with the foot; to strike against a thing.

Hawaiian —kuke, to drive or force away; (b.) to push with the elbow as a hint to go; hookuke, to cast out, to expel; to be angry at; kukekuke, to expel with energy. Cf. kukeku, to bluster, to rage.

Marquesan — tute, to chase; to drive away; to send back.

Mangarevan —tute, the splashing of waves; to break with splashing, an waves; (b.) squalls of wind; (c.) to throw carelessly, as an object into a hole; tutetute, to go suddenly and precipitately to a place. Cf. tuteteatea, smoke driven by the wind and rising in great undulations.

TUTEAMOAMO (myth.). [See Waihuka.]

TUTEAITI (myth.), an elder brother of Tutanekai — P. M., 146. [See Hinemoa.]

TUTEHOUNUKU (myth.), a personage of prediluvian times—A. H. M., i. 170.

TUTEI (tùtei), a spy, a scout; one sent to discover the state of the enemy; to reconnoitre: Ka tukua a te Awaihaea, hei tutei—A. H. M., v. 32: A ka mea mai ia ki a ratou ‘He tutei koutou’—Ken., xlii. 9: He whenua pai whakaharahara te whenua i haerea i tuteia e matou— Tau., xiv 7. Cf. titei a spy, a scout; tutai, a spy, a scout; tutu, to send a messenger.

TUTEKOROPANGA (myth.), a chief who eloped with the wife of Tama. [See Tama.]

TUTENGANAHAU (myth.), a son of Manaia (2). He was killed accidentally when the haumi of the canoe was being put on. His body was discovered through a god named Tuparaunui, who, in the shape of a fly, buzzed about the corpse—A. H. M., ii. 187.

TUTEPAERANGI (myth.), TUTEPOARAKI, names of the canoe in which Ruatapu decoyed the young chiefs of his nation to sea and drowned them—A. H. M., iii. 10. [See Ruatapu, and Huripureiata.]

TUTERAKIROA (myth.), a personage who lived before the flood of Paruwhenuamea—A. H. M., i. 169.

TUTERANGIHARURU (myth.), the stern-anchor of the Arawa canoe. The bow-anchor was called Tokaparore —S. T., 15. [See Arawa.]

TUTETUKE, to elbow, to push with the elbow. Cf. tute, to push, to shove with a pole; tutetute, to jostle, to hustle; tuke, the elbow. [For comparatives, see Tute, and Tuke.]

TUTEURE, the name of a shell-fish, a kind of fusus.

TUTEWANAWANA, to bristle up; to become angry. Cf. wanawana, bristles.

TUTEWANAWANA (myth.), TUTEWEHIWEHI, the father or tutelary deity of reptiles. He was a son of Punga, the son of Tangaroa. When Tangaroa and his progeny were being furiously attacked by Tawhiri-matea, the children of Punga sought safety in flight. One son, Ikatere (the Lord of Fish), took refuge in the sea; the other, Tu-te-wehiwehi (Lord of Reptiles), fled to the land, and hid in the forest. Tangaroa was greatly incensed at his desertion by his children; and urged incessant war against Tane-mahuta (the Lord of Forests), who had sheltered some of the fugitives—P. M., 5. Tutewanawana was the husband of Whatitiri, and father to Ruahine, Ikatere, and others. He afterwards married Tupari, and begat Moko-i-kuwharu, Tuatara, Kaweau, Mokomokopaapaa, and other reptiles —A. H. M., i. App.

TUTIKA (tùtika), upright. Cf. tika, right, straight; whakatika, to stand up; tu, to stand. [For comparatives, see Tu, and Tika.]

TUTIRA (tùtira), a row of porsons; a file of men. Cf. tu, to stand; tira, a file of men; a row; matatira, in a row.

TUTOHU (tùtohu), to accede to a proposal graciously; to consent: Tutohu ahiahi, whakarere hapai—Prov.

TUTU (tùtù), a scout; a messenger. Cf. tutai, a scout; tutei, a scout. 2. A “forlorn hope,” a small desperate attacking party. 3. The place in a battle where the Struggle is raging very fiercely.

TUTU, the name of a shrub (Bot. Coriaria ruscifolia). Also called Tupakihi, Tutupakihi, Puhou, &c.

Tongan —cf. tutu, the name of a shrub.

Mangarevan —cf. tutu, the name of a shrub.

TUTU, to melt down fat, &c. Cf. matu, fat; kotutu, to melt down fat; korotutu, to render, to melt down fat; tututupò, redness, glow.

Whaka-TUTU, to flow through a funnel.

Tahitian —tutu, to cook food by means of hot stones; tututu, the sickening smell of provisions; tutututu, the smell of baked hogs, and of other food, when in large quantities. Cf. otutu, ill-savoured, such as the disagreeable odour of rotten mahi (sour paste made of fermented breadfruit); tutui, to set fire to a thing; ahitututu, a disagreeable odour, as of grease burning.

Hawaiian — cf. hookuku, to be filled, as with food.

Tongan — tutu, to burn; to set on fire; (b.) the porpoise.

Marquesan —tutu, to put fire to; to cause to burn.

Mangarevan —tutu, to put to the fire; (b.) to kindle; (c.) a torch; tutututu, warmth; great heat; especially of the sun; (b.) excessive; exceeding limits.

TUTU (tutù). [See under Tu.]

Whaka-TUTU, to make a hoop-net for catching some kinds of fish.

Tahitian —cf. tutu, a short pole on the top of the fishing-net.

page 568

TUTUA (tùtùà), mean, low-born; a low-born person: Ka titiro a Paoa ki tetehi wahine ahua pai, he tutua, he ware — P. M., 18.

Whaka-TUTUA, to degrade; to dishonour.

Tongan—tua, the common people; (b.) the back; faka-tua, mean, vulgar; to act like a tua (common man). Cf. tuatalaeiki, a poor man who talks much of his relationship with chiefs.

TUTUA, [See under Tua]

TUTUHEUHEU, the name of a shrub (Bot. Coriaria thymifolia).

TUTUIRA, the name of a fish, a small Sting-ray.

TUTUKAI, a guessing game for children. A small stone Is held in the hand of one of the persons standing in a circle, and is passed From on to another rapidly, as the shoe passes in “hunt the slipper,” Cf. kai, a riddle.

TUTUMAIAO (myth.), the name of a people once inhabiting New Zealand. They have become misty and indistinct in tradition. They conquered and absorbed the race of Kui (to which race New Zealand had been given by Maui), and they in turn were dispossessed by the Turehu (now fairies), who were defeated, intermarried with, and assimilated by the Maori immigrants—A. H. M., iii. 188, 191.

TUTUMANU (tùtùmanu), a bird-stand, a perch. Cf. tu, to stand; manu, a bird.

TUTUMATA, the name of a bird, the Pied Stilt (Orn. Himantopus leucocephalus).

TUTUNAWAI (tutunàwai), the name of a water-plant. 2. (Bot. Polygonum prostratum).

TUTUNUI (myth.), a pet whale belonging to Tinirau, Lord of Fishes. It was lent by him to the magician Kae, and was by him treacherously kilied—P. M., 38; M. M., 181; Wohl., Trans., vii. 51. [See Kae.]

Tongan —of. tutu, the porpoise.

TUTURI. [See Turi.]

TUTUPAPA, the name of a shrub (Bot. Coriaria thymifolia).

TUTURIPOUREWA, the name of a bird, the White-headed Stilt (Orn. Himantopus leuco-cephalus).

TUTURIWATU, the name of a bird, the Redbreasted Plover (Orn. Charadrius obscurus).

TUTUROROA (myth.), Mist; the personification of Mist.

TUTURU. [See under Turu.]

TUTUTU, to go through certain ceremonies in order to make a kumara (sweet potato) plantation fruitful.

TUTUTUPO (tututupò), redness, glow: E hara! tau ana te tututupo ki te wai—P. M., 76. Cf. tutu, to melt down fat; po, night. [For comparatives, see Tutu.]

TUURENUI (myth.), a son of Manaia (2). He accompanied his father from Hawaiki to New Zealand; and the Urenui River at Taranaki was named after him—P. M., 140.

TUUTA (tuùta), the point of junction of the spinal column and skull. Cf. tuta, the back of the neck.

TUWA (tùwà), growing without being planted; self-sown; growing out of place. Cf. wawa, to be scattered, separated; tiriwa, to plant at wide intervals.

TUWAERORE (myth.), the mother (by Tane) or tutelary goddess of the Rimu, Kahikatea, and Tanekaha trees—A. H. M., i. 143.

TUWAHAROA (tùwaharoa), to yawn. Cf. waha, the mouth; tu, to stand; roa, long.

TUTUWAEWAE. [See Tu (myth.).]

TUWATAWATA (tùwatawata), the katua or main fence of a pa: Ka kite atu ia i te tuwatawata— P. M., 85. Cf. watawata, full of holes, perforated. [For comparatives, see Kuwatawata.]

TUWAWAKIATERANGI (myth.), a name of the fish-hook of Maui. [See Maui.)

TUWHA, TUWHAWHA, to distribute, to apportion: E toru tekau o nga kete tawatawa, tika mai ano e tuwha ana—P. M., 141. Cf. wha, to be disclosed, to get abroad; kowha, to split open, to burst; ngawha, to burnt open; makowha, expanded; kuwha, and huwha, the thigh (as wae, “the leg,” and “to saparata” ?); toha, to spread out. 2. To spit: Me i tuwha kau atu tona paka ki tona mata—Tau., xiv. 14. Cf. ngawha, a boiling spring.

Samoan—tufa, to divide, to share out, to distribute; tufa'aga, a division, a portion, a share of food; tufaga, a dividing. Cf. tufa'i, to divide into portions.

Tahitian—tufa, to share or divide portions; (b.) the reef uncovered at low water; (c.) to spit: E tufa hoi ratou i te huare i mua i tau aro; They also are spitting in my face. Tufaa, u share, a portion; a division, a heritage; tuha, to split, to divide; tuhaa, a share.

Hawaiian — kuha, saliva; to eject spittle from the mouth: Alaila kuha aku la o wakea i ko papa mau maka; Then Vatea spat in Papa's face.

Tongan— tufa, to divide, to portion out, to distribute; tufatuha, to divide or separate to persons, as they may sit; tutuha, equal, on a par. Cf. tufakautufa, to pay off in the same way; tufafakama, to divide out, as balls of bread; tufaki, distribution; to divide into small portions; tufotufa, to divide out; tufotufaulunima, to give out from hand to hand.

Marquesan — tuha, to divide, to apportion; (b.) to spit, to sputter. Mangarevan-tuha, to divide, to share out; tuhaga, a distribution; a lot.

TUWHAKAHEKETANGATA. [See Tu (myth.).]

TUWHAKAPARUATE (myth.), a certain deity— A. H. M., v. 3.

TUWHAKARARO (myth.), a chief of Hawaiki; a son of Tuhuruhuru and Apakura. He was grandson of Hina and great-nephew of Maui. Tuwhakararo went on a visit to the Ati Hapai (or Raeroa) people, whose chief, Poporokewa, had married Mairatea, the sister of Tuwhakararo. In a wrestling match he was treated unfairly, and was killed in a treacherous manner. In revenge for this murder, the slain man's brother Whakatau set out with an expedition, and burnt Te Uru o Manono, the temple or tribal meeting-house of the Ati Hapai. This was one of the troubles which led to the exodus of the Maori people from Hawaiki, and their arrival in New Zealand—P. M., 61. Tuwhakararo's wife was named page 569 Hakiri Maurea, according to a Southern version of the tale, but it is related in the North that Maurea was the young sister of Poporokewa, and that her rejection of a lover in favour of Tuwhakararo led to the latter's death at the hands of the discarded suitor. A different account (P. M., 72) is given of Tuwhakararo's pedigree, he there being called the son of Rata and Tongarautawhiri; also that Tuwhakararo had by his wife Apakura a son named Whakatau.

TUWHANA (tùwhana), to urge, to press on, to incite. Cf. whana, to spring, to kick; kowhana, springing up violently. 2. A pole used in crossing swift rivers.

TUWHANAWHANA,bent, distorted; crippled: Uenuku-kopako, te atua tuwhanawhana — A. H. M., iii. 2. Cf. kowhana, bent, bowed; whana, bent, bowed; korowhana, bent, bowed. [For comparatives, see Whana.]

TUWHARETOA (myth.), a chief of olden times, the ancestor of the Ngati-Tuwharetoa tribe. He took away Rangiuru, the wife of Whakaue-Kaipapa, from her husband, and by her had a celebrated son, Tutanekai. (See Hinemoa.] Rangiuru afterwards returned to her husband — P. M., 146.

TUWHATU (Moriori,) an adult, a grown up person.

TUWHEKE, covered with sores. Cf. tuwhenua, to be covered with sores; leprosy; tuhawaiki, leprosy.

TUWHENUA (tùwhenua), covered with sores: Ki te tuwhenua kino e kore e taea te rongoa — Tiu., xxviii. 35. Cf. tuwheke, covered with sores. 2. A leper; leprosy. Cf. tuhawaiki, leprosy.

TUWHENUA (myth.), a chief whose spirit was met in the Under-world by his descendant Tama. [See Tama (myth.).]

TUWHERA, open, as the mouth or a doorway: Tuwhera ana nga kanohi, kopi ana nga ngutu —P. M., 32: Toia ake te tatau kia tuwhera—P. M., 68. Cf. whewhera, to spread out, to open; tawhera, open, gaping; kowhera, to open; to gape.

Whaka-TUWHERA, to set open; to cause to open: Ka whakatuwhera i o huha kia kite mai a Maniatiemi i tou—A. H. M.,iv. 89.

Tahitian—tufera, to go obscenely exposed; tuferafera, to expose the person obscenely, and that repeatedly.

Mangarevan—tuhera, to split, to cleave; (b.) to disperse, said of a gathering of persons; aka-tuhera, to scatter. [For full comparatives, see Whewhera.]

TUWHITI (also Tuhiti,) to expel, to banish. Cf. whiti, to cross over. [For comparatives, see Whiti.]